Form S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on September 25, 2020.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Eargo, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   5047   27-3879804

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

San Jose, California 95110

(650) 351-7700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Christian Gormsen

President and Chief Executive Officer

Eargo, Inc.

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

San Jose, California 95110

(650) 351-7700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alan C. Mendelson

Kathleen M. Wells

Phillip S. Stoup

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 328-4600

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Stephen Salmon

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price(1)

  Amount of
registration fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,980.00

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

(2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated September 25, 2020

Preliminary prospectus

            shares

 

 

LOGO

Common stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Eargo, Inc.

We are offering                shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                and $                .

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “EAR.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk factors” beginning on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

     
        Per share        Total  

Initial public offering price

     $                      $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

     $          $    

Proceeds to us before expenses

     $          $    

 

(1)   See the section titled “Underwriting” beginning on page 183 for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2020.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

J.P. Morgan      BofA Securities  
Wells Fargo Securities      William Blair  

Prospectus dated                , 2020


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1  

The offering

     12  

Summary consolidated financial and other data

     14  

Risk factors

     17  

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

     65  

Market and industry data

     67  

Use of proceeds

     69  

Dividend policy

     70  

Capitalization

     71  

Dilution

     73  

Selected consolidated financial data

     76  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     78  

Business

     104  

Management

     135  

Executive and director compensation

     144  

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     158  

Principal stockholders

     164  

Description of capital stock

     168  

Shares eligible for future sale

     175  

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     179  

Underwriting

     183  

Legal matters

     194  

Experts

     194  

Where you can find additional information

     194  

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1  

 

 

“Eargo,” the Eargo logo and other trademarks, trade names or service marks of Eargo, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Eargo, Inc. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert their rights thereto.

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.

 

i


Table of Contents

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside the United States.

Through and including                , 2020 (the 25th day after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the sections titled “Risk factors,” “Special note regarding forward-looking statements” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Eargo,” the “company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar references in this prospectus refer to Eargo, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary taken as a whole.

Overview

We are a medical device company dedicated to improving the quality of life of people with hearing loss. We developed the Eargo solution to create a hearing aid that consumers actually want to use. Our innovative product and go-to-market approach address the major challenges of traditional hearing aid adoption, including social stigma, accessibility and cost. We believe our Eargo hearing aids are the first and only virtually invisible, rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. Our rapid pace of innovation is enabled by our deep industry and technical expertise across mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design, and is supported by our strategic intellectual property portfolio. Our differentiated, consumer-first approach empowers consumers to take control of their hearing by improving accessibility, with personalized, high-quality hearing support from licensed hearing professionals. We believe that our differentiated hearing aids, consumer-oriented approach and strong brand have fueled the rapid adoption of our products and high customer satisfaction, as evidenced by over 42,000 Eargo hearing aid systems sold, net of returns, as of June 30, 2020. We believe this represents the beginning of our penetration into a large, growing and underserved market of people with hearing loss, which we estimate included approximately 43 million adults in the United States and more than 465 million adults globally in 2019.

Hearing loss is a natural consequence of aging and has a significant impact on quality of life. Globally, hearing loss is one of the most prevalent health conditions, and it is the third most common medical condition in the United States—more prevalent than both diabetes and cancer. As demographic trends shift and people continue to live longer, we expect that the proportion of the population with hearing loss will continue to rise, further expanding this already large market.

We estimate that in 2019, 37 million individuals over the age of 50 in the United States had mild to moderate hearing loss. Of these 37 million, our initial marketing efforts are focused on individuals with annual incomes above the median household national average. We estimate that this group consisted of approximately 14 million people and represented an initial target market of over $30 billion in 2019. In addition, we believe our solution is also effective for individuals with severe high frequency hearing loss, which we believe represents an incremental opportunity in the United States.

Age-related hearing loss in the United States is predominantly addressed by the use of FDA-regulated hearing aids. Despite the significant individual and societal impact of hearing loss, we estimate only approximately 27% of the estimated approximately 43 million adults with hearing loss in the United States in 2019 owned a hearing aid. We believe the low adoption and underserved nature of this market is a direct result of the limitations of and stigma associated with traditional hearing aids and the cumbersome manner in which they are sold.

 

1


Table of Contents

Hearing aids are traditionally distributed through a business-to-business model in which hearing aid manufacturers rely on a fragmented network of independent hearing clinics to sell their devices to consumers. Purchasing a hearing aid through a clinic can be a lengthy, inconvenient and disempowering process that generally requires a series of in-clinic appointments with a licensed hearing professional for assessment, fitting, programming, ongoing adjustments and maintenance. We believe the separation of the manufacturer from the consumer is not necessary, adds an incremental layer of cost and has contributed to the lack of consumer-centric innovation in this market, resulting in products that fail to meet consumer needs.

Designing hearing aids that offer high quality audio performance in a virtually invisible and comfortable form factor that address the needs of consumers presents significant engineering challenges. These challenges have historically been difficult to reconcile in a single device, resulting in the traditional landscape of products that reflect trade-offs between functionality, comfort, visibility and ease of use. Behind-the-ear devices represent approximately 88% of hearing aids dispensed in the United States in 2019 but have a highly visible form factor that contributes to the stigma of hearing loss and limits their adoption. The remaining approximately 12% of hearing aids dispensed in 2019 were in-the-ear devices that are less visible but can occlude or obstruct the ear canal, causing discomfort. Additionally, in-the-ear devices require customization and generally require batteries that need to be replaced, making them expensive and cumbersome to use.

We believe the emergence of COVID-19 has made the process of obtaining a hearing aid through these traditional channels more challenging, while at the same time increasing the attractiveness to consumers of Eargo’s differentiated telecare model.

We believe our hearing aids and consumer-centric approach, which we refer to collectively as our Eargo solution, address many of the drawbacks of the traditional hearing aid market. The primary benefits of our solution include the following:

 

 

Virtually invisible:     Our hearing aids fit completely in the ear canal and are virtually invisible, allowing our customers to avoid the stigma associated with visible hearing aids.

 

 

Comfort and performance:     Our proprietary and patented technology allows our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal, offering a comfortable “open fit” that does not fully block or occlude the ear canal while still providing high quality audio.

 

 

Rechargeable:     Our hearing aids are rechargeable, eliminating the need for battery replacement.

 

 

Ease of use:     Our hearing aids feature an intuitive design that allows for multiple sound profiles, easy “on the go” personalization and convenient storage.

 

 

Empowering consumer-centric experience:     We believe our personalized approach motivates consumers to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey.

 

 

Accessible:     We eliminate the need for cumbersome visits to the clinic by offering an easy-to-use purchasing interface and convenient access to a highly trained clinical support team consisting of licensed hearing professionals.

 

 

Affordable:     Our vertically integrated, consumer-first model allows us to eliminate a layer of cost and offer our high-quality products at prices that are approximately half the average cost of a pair of hearing aids purchased through traditional channels in the United States.

We designed the Eargo solution to provide significant advantages relative to traditional solutions for hearing loss and believe that the high level of customer satisfaction that we have achieved demonstrates our strong value proposition.

 

2


Table of Contents

We believe we are the first and only company to successfully address the technical challenges inherent in designing and commercializing a high quality, comfortable, rechargeable, in-the-canal hearing aid. We have also established a highly capable research and development organization with what we believe is a rare combination of expertise in mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design. In addition, we have strategic intellectual property protection in certain key areas. Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver significant product enhancements on a rapid development timeline, which in turn drives our compelling new product roadmap.

We market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized, consumer-centric approach. Our commercial organization consists of a talented marketing team with deep experience in consumer-focused brand and performance marketing, a team of inside sales consultants and a dedicated customer support team of licensed hearing professionals. Our commercial organization is focused on accelerating consumer adoption, improving sales team productivity and increasing brand awareness. Going forward, we also plan to selectively pursue omni-channel opportunities and international expansion initiatives that are accretive to our customer acquisition strategy and that provide consumers additional means to access our solution.

Our revenue, net was $6.6 million, $23.2 million and $32.8 million for 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of 122.6% and $28.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, representing a $14.1 million increase as compared to same period in 2019. We generated net losses of $24.6 million, $33.8 million, $44.5 million for 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $19.0 million and $18.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Our competitive strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths are essential to our mission of empowering consumers to take control of their hearing and will support our goal of penetrating the large population of individuals with untreated hearing loss:

 

 

Highly differentiated product

 

 

Transformative consumer-centric business model

 

 

Personalized customer experience and support

 

 

Multi-faceted marketing expertise

 

 

Robust technical, engineering and design expertise, supported by our strategic IP portfolio

 

 

Proven management team with deep industry expertise

Our market overview

We estimate that annual spend on traditional hearing aids in 2019 in the United States was greater than $8 billion. Further, we estimate that only 27% of the estimated approximately 43 million adults with hearing loss owned a hearing aid in 2019. We believe these figures result from a market that historically has been constrained by an inefficient distribution channel and lack of innovation.

We estimate that in 2019, 37 million individuals over the age of 50 in the United States had mild to moderate hearing loss. Our marketing efforts are focused on a subset of this group with annual income above the national

 

3


Table of Contents

median household average. We estimate that this group of consumers consisted of approximately 14 million people and represented an initial target market of over $30 billion in 2019. In addition, we believe our solution is also effective for individuals with severe high frequency hearing loss, which we believe represents an incremental opportunity in the United States.

In addition, while Medicare and most commercial payers have not traditionally covered the cost of hearing aids, certain Medicare Advantage and Medicaid programs as well as certain U.S. federal government programs do cover the cost or a portion of the cost of hearing aids. We estimate there are approximately 12 million adults in the United States over 50 years of age with both hearing loss and access to an existing hearing aid benefit under these plans. While we have achieved only limited coverage of Eargo hearing aids by these health plans, the increase in customers with insurance coverage has been a significant driver of our growth in 2020, and we intend to pursue additional coverage in the future.

In the future, we also anticipate selectively expanding our commercial efforts to the large population of individuals with mild to severe high frequency hearing loss outside of the United States.

Traditional alternatives for the treatment of hearing loss

Traditional product landscape

Hearing loss in the United States is typically addressed by the use of FDA regulated hearing aids. Despite the individual and societal impacts associated with hearing loss, hearing aids are significantly underutilized in the hearing-impaired population as traditional hearing aids generally require consumers to compromise between functionality, comfort, visibility and ease of use. In 2019, of the estimated approximately 43 million adults with hearing loss in the United States, only approximately 27% owned a hearing aid.

FDA-regulated hearing aids generally can be categorized either as behind-the-ear or in-the-ear hearing aids. Behind-the-ear hearing aids hook over the top and rest behind the outer ear. Behind-the-ear hearing aids are generally more comfortable and less occlusive than traditional in-the-ear hearing aids; however, they have the most visible form factor. In-the-ear hearing aids are generally custom-made with all of the electronics sitting in a shell that fits in the ear. Because in-the-ear hearing aids either sit in the opening of, or fully in, the ear canal, they are less visible than behind-the-ear hearing aids, but are much more occlusive and uncomfortable. Behind-the-ear hearing aids are often rechargeable, while in-the-canal hearing aids are not rechargeable and require batteries that can be difficult to replace. The average retail cost of a pair of hearing aids sold through traditional channels in the United States is estimated to be $4,600. Hearing aids that have custom features to reduce visibility or improve comfort retail for significantly more than this industry average. We believe that most hearing aids sold in the United States are sold with a 48-day trial period.

Traditional sales and distribution channel

Hearing aids have traditionally been sold through a business-to-business model in which hearing aid manufacturers rely on a fragmented network of independent hearing clinics to sell their devices to consumers. Purchasing a hearing aid through a clinic generally requires a series of appointments with a licensed hearing professional for assessment, fitting, programming and ongoing adjustments.

We believe the separation of the manufacturer from the consumer is not necessary, adds an incremental layer of cost and has contributed to the historical lack of innovation in this market, resulting in products that fail to meet consumer needs.

 

4


Table of Contents

Traditional consumer journey

Market research indicates that approximately six to seven years pass between the time that the average hearing aid user in the United States first acknowledges their hearing loss and when they first purchase a hearing aid. Once consumers decide to seek help for hearing loss, they are often referred to a licensed hearing care professional. The licensed hearing care professional performs a hearing test, recommends a hearing device and then performs fitting procedures which often require multiple visits.

Following purchase, traditional hearing aids typically require programming and adjustments by the licensed hearing care professional, resulting in additional in-person follow-up visits. Throughout this lengthy process, which can take weeks or even months, the consumer is reliant on the licensed hearing care professional for education and support. Despite the high touch nature of the selling process and extensive level of customization, hearing aids are often returned due to issues related to comfort, fit, functionality and aesthetics.

Limitations of traditional alternatives for the treatment of hearing loss

We believe the limitations of traditional hearing aids and the manner in which they are sold today are the primary reasons that approximately 73% of the estimated approximately 43 million adults in the United States with hearing loss in 2019 did not own a hearing aid. These limitations include the following:

Product limitations

 

 

Visible, aesthetically unattractive devices

 

 

Occlusion causing discomfort for the wearer

 

 

Battery changing hassle

Channel limitations

 

 

Disempowering consumer experience

 

 

Inconvenient, cumbersome process

 

 

High cost

The Eargo solution

We are passionate about helping people hear better. Our mission is to change the way the world thinks about hearing loss.

Since our inception, our founding principle has been to dramatically improve the consumer experience at every step of the hearing care journey. Our products, customer support and marketing messaging are a direct result of that passion. We believe our model can shift the paradigm in the treatment of hearing loss for the ultimate benefit of consumers.

Our products

Our Eargo hearing aids combine proprietary technology, engineering know-how and design expertise to offer high-quality performance in an in-the-canal form factor that makes them virtually invisible. Our in-the-canal

 

5


Table of Contents

devices feature high quality audio, are designed to provide up to 16 hours of battery life and have proprietary Flexi Fibers or Flexi Palms, which are designed to enable the unit to comfortably “float” in the ear canal, allowing air and sound to pass freely around them. Eargo hearing aids are designed for ease of use and maintenance and to fit a majority of the population, and are rechargeable. In addition, Eargo hearing aids are highly customizable, allowing our users to cycle through four different sound profiles, which include different features such as amplification and noise levels, while on-the-go to accommodate different ambient noise environments. We currently offer three versions of our hearing aids, the Eargo Max, the Eargo Neo and the Eargo Neo HiFi, at three different price points to provide customers with choices on cost and functionality.

 

 

Eargo Neo HiFi Hearing Aids with Charging Case   Eargo Neo HiFi Hearing Aid in Ear

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

Close up of Eargo Neo HiFi Hearing Aid

 

 

LOGO

Deep technical expertise

In designing the Eargo hearing solution, we set out to offer a differentiated product with a compelling value proposition centered on the ability to offer a rechargeable device with high quality audio performance in a virtually invisible and comfortable form factor. This design poses significant engineering challenges.

 

6


Table of Contents

To address these challenges, we have developed multiple technologies in the critical aspects of hearing aid design. For example, we developed a sophisticated in-the-ear high-fidelity multichannel compression system. Such a system is critical to hearing aid performance as it dynamically amplifies the distinct acoustics of everyday life in a differentiated manner based on the frequency of the incoming sound. This ensures that the hearing aid offers comfortable and appropriate hearing support for the full range of everyday activities and sounds. Maintaining high quality audio and reducing feedback in a hearing aid with a microphone and receiver in close proximity is a significant challenge. In order to address this, we have incorporated an adaptive feedback cancellation system. In addition, we developed our proprietary Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms to allow our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal, which provides for an “open fit,” thus eliminating full occlusion and offering high quality sound and comfort while staying firmly in place.

We believe our distinct combination of engineering, design and manufacturing know-how, coupled with intellectual property protection in certain key areas, enables us to offer an attractive, virtually invisible hearing aid while maintaining high quality audio performance.

Our business model and consumer journey

We employ a differentiated, consumer-first business model to empower the consumer and improve the accessibility and affordability of high-quality hearing aids. We engage consumers through a mix of digital and traditional marketing that is designed to appeal to prospective customers on a personal level and build our brand. Once a potential customer has expressed interest in our Eargo solution, one of our sales consultants will contact them directly. In addition, Eargo provides insurance claims processing for customers, eliminating in most cases the need for customers to interface with their insurance providers. Customers are able to complete their purchase over the phone with their sales consultant or directly on our website, without the need to navigate multiple visits to the hearing clinic for tests and fittings. Once a customer makes their purchase, they are assigned to one of our licensed hearing professionals, who provides complimentary convenient clinical support by phone, chat or email. The combination of these services allows us to deliver clinical support in an efficient and streamlined manner without the burden of in-clinic visits.

We allow for the return of products from direct customers within 45 days after the original sale. We also generally allow customers to return defective or damaged products for a replacement or refund. The term of the warranty provided is two years for Neo HiFi and one year for all other devices.

Key advantages of our solution

We believe the Eargo hearing solution offers the following advantages relative to traditional hearing aids:

Product advantages

 

 

Virtually invisible

 

 

Comfort and performance

 

 

Rechargeable

 

 

Ease of use

 

7


Table of Contents

Channel advantages

 

 

Empowering consumer-centric experience

 

 

Accessibility

 

 

Affordability

We designed the Eargo solution to provide significant advantages relative to traditional solutions for hearing loss and believe that the high level of customer satisfaction that we have achieved demonstrates our strong value proposition. From June 2018 to August 2020, our average net promoter score, or NPS, which we view as a metric for understanding customer satisfaction and loyalty, was over 45. A NPS score of 45 demonstrates high customer satisfaction as it means, of the customers surveyed, approximately four times as many customers are likely to recommend Eargo to a friend than those who either have a neutral view or would not recommend the product. For further information on how we calculate NPS see “Market and industry data”. Similarly, our average rating across over 2,800 reviews posted by customers on our website was 4.6 out of 5 as of June 30, 2020.

Growth drivers

We believe we are transforming the hearing aid market and are working to establish the Eargo solution as the preferred approach to the treatment of hearing loss. We seek to achieve this goal by converting existing hearing aid users to the Eargo solution and attracting consumers who have historically chosen not to wear hearing aids.

Our growth strategies include the following:

 

 

Accelerate consumer adoption:     We plan to grow our base of customers by efficiently targeting the approximately 14 million people in our initial market, driving these consumers to our website by optimizing our mix of digital and traditional media, and increasing our customer conversion.

 

 

Optimize customer mix:     Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2019, we began targeting a more diverse mix of consumers, including those with hearing aid health insurance benefits and repeat customers. We believe consumers with hearing aid insurance benefits typically convert at higher rates and return their devices at lower rates, due in part to having reduced or, in some cases, no out of pocket cost for an Eargo hearing aid. This more optimized customer mix has resulted in a lower overall customer acquisition cost. We believe this strategy will continue to further improve the efficiency of our sales and marketing spend as we scale our business.

 

 

Improve sales team productivity:     We intend to continue to leverage our data-driven insights to iterate our sales tactics with the goal of increasing inbound lead conversions. We also intend to nurture long-term relationships with our customers to drive repeat purchases and increase their lifetime value.

 

 

Introduce new, innovative products:     We are focused on continuing to launch new versions of the Eargo solution that further improve audio quality, amplification, fit, comfort and/or ease-of-use. We believe our new product roadmap will drive adoption by new customers and encourage repeat purchases by existing customers.

 

 

Increase brand awareness:     We intend to further increase our brand awareness by optimizing our media mix and data-driven insights. For example, we have only recently begun national and direct television advertising, which we believe over time will further elevate our national brand awareness, reduce lead generation costs and increase sales.

 

8


Table of Contents
 

Selectively pursue omni-channel opportunities:     We intend to accelerate our customer acquisition growth and efficiency by selectively partnering with retailers, pharmacies, payors and other consumer-oriented healthcare companies with similar customer demographics.

 

 

Expand internationally:     We anticipate selectively expanding our commercial efforts to the large population of individuals with mild to severe high frequency hearing loss outside of the United States.

Recent developments

Impact of COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic thus far has largely resulted in favorable trends for our business. In contrast to the recent volume declines in the traditional sales channel, our 2020 second quarter gross systems shipped increased 82% year-over-year. We believe the pandemic has accelerated the pace of consumer awareness of our vertically integrated telecare model. As a result, we are further investing in our business to build on this leadership position.

While the impact of COVID-19 has largely resulted in favorable trends for our business, the ongoing impact of these factors depends on the pandemic’s duration and severity, which are difficult to assess or predict. For additional discussion of the impact of COVID-19 on our business, see the sections titled “Risk factors—Risks relating to our industry and business—Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth may be impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

Preliminary estimated results for the nine months ended September 30, 2020

We expect preliminary unaudited revenue, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 to be approximately $                 to $                , net operating loss will be approximately $                 to $                , gross systems shipped will be approximately                  to                  and return accrual rate will be approximately                % to                 %. We have provided a range for the preliminary and unaudited financial results and operating metrics described above primarily because our financial closing procedures for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 are not yet complete. As a result, there is a possibility that our final results will vary from these preliminary estimates. We undertake no obligation to update or supplement the information provided above until we release our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The preliminary estimates for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 presented above have been prepared by, and are the responsibility of, management. Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has not audited, reviewed, compiled, or performed any procedures with respect to such preliminary information. Accordingly, Deloitte & Touche LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

Risks associated with our business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making a decision to invest in our common stock. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

 

We have a limited operating history and have grown significantly in a short period of time. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

 

9


Table of Contents
 

We have a history of net losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

 

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

 

We are deploying a new business model in an effort to disrupt a relatively mature industry. In order to successfully challenge incumbent business models and become profitable, we will need to continue to refine our product and strategy.

 

 

If we are unable to reduce our return rates or if our return rates increase, our net revenue may decrease or grow more slowly than we anticipate, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

 

We depend on sales of our hearing aids for our revenue. Demand for our hearing aids may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate due to a variety of factors, including a weakness in general economic conditions or competitive pressures.

 

 

If we cannot innovate at the pace of our hearing aid manufacturing competitors, we may not be able to develop or exploit new technologies in time to remain competitive.

 

 

Changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices could render our consumer-first business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products.

 

 

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth may be impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

 

We currently rely on a single manufacturer for the assembly of our hearing aids. If we encounter manufacturing problems or delays, we may be unable to promptly transition to an alternative manufacturer and our ability to generate revenue will be limited.

 

 

We rely on the timely supply of components and parts and could suffer if suppliers fail to meet their delivery obligations, raise prices or cease to supply us with components or parts.

 

 

The size and expected growth of our addressable market has not been established with precision, and may be smaller than we estimate.

 

 

If the quality of our hearing solution does not meet consumer expectations, or if our products wear out more quickly than expected, then our brand and reputation or our business could be adversely affected.

 

 

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unable to obtain, maintain or successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, the commercial value of our products and services will be adversely affected and our competitive position may be harmed.

Our corporate information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on November 12, 2010 under the name “Aria Innovations, Inc.” and changed our name to “Eargo, Inc.” in November 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor, San Jose, California 95110, and our telephone number is (650) 351-7700. Our corporate website address is www.eargo.com. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website shall not be deemed incorporated into and is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

10


Table of Contents

Implications of being an emerging growth company

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

 

 

We will present in this prospectus only two years of audited consolidated financial statements, plus unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

 

 

We will avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

 

We will provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

 

We will not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from our competitors that are public companies or other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and therefore we will not be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

11


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares.

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

                shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to fund sales and marketing, including launching new marketing channels and further expanding our brand efforts, and to fund research and development activities. The remaining funds will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds, if any, to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time.

 

  See the section titled “Use of proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

You should read the section titled “Risk factors” for a discussion of factors to consider carefully, together with all the other information included in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“EAR”

 

12


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering reflected in the table above is based on 85,431,188 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the conversion of all of our shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 into an aggregate of 47,379,252 shares of our common stock and the conversion of all of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the $10.3 million aggregate principal amount and accrued interest of our convertible promissory notes, or the 2020 Notes, issued and sold in March and April 2020) into an aggregate of 37,210,448 shares of our common stock, in each case, immediately prior to the completion of this offering), and excludes:

 

 

413,457 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of June 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the issuance of a warrant to purchase 160,461 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock in September 2020), with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.60 per share;

 

 

10,133,628 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.11 per share;

 

 

10,958,600 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.01 per share;

 

 

            additional shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan (defined below) after the consummation of this offering;

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2020 Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan; and

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus, including the number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

 

 

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

the conversion of all the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 and all of the outstanding shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the 2020 Notes) into an aggregate of 84,589,700 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

a                 -for-                reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock effected on                , 2020;

 

 

no exercise of the outstanding warrants or options subsequent to June 30, 2020; and

 

 

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                additional shares of our common stock.

 

13


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial and other data

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, which has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, which has been derived from our interim condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our interim consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of our interim condensed consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future, and results for the six months ended June 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year ending December 31, 2020. You should read the following summary consolidated financial and other data together with the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     
     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  

Revenue, net

   $ 6,620     $ 23,163     $ 32,790     $ 14,445     $ 28,590  

Cost of revenue

     4,467       11,423       15,790       7,450       9,861  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,153       11,740       17,000       6,995       18,729  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     5,449       9,520       12,841       5,562       5,017  

Sales and marketing

     9,269       25,540       35,725       15,408       21,687  

General and administrative

     5,774       8,251       12,470       5,098       9,335  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,492       43,311       61,036       26,068       36,039  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,339     (31,571     (44,036     (19,073     (17,310

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest income

     35       164       627       419       23  

Interest expense

     (1,783     (424     (711     (274     (1,143

Other income (expense), net

     (1,181     (1,403     (366     (54     100  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (3,348     (559                  
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,277     (2,222     (450     91       (1,020
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (24,616     (33,793     (44,486     (18,982     (18,330

Income tax provision

                              
  

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (24,616   $ (33,793   $ (44,486   $ (18,982   $ (18,330
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

   $ (37.17   $ (49.89   $ (57.82   $ (25.40   $ (22.34
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

     662,246       677,333       769,443       747,329       820,342  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

       $         $    
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

          

 

 

 

(1)   See Notes 2 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

14


Table of Contents

The table below presents our consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 on:

 

 

an actual basis;

 

 

a pro forma basis, to reflect: (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 and all of the outstanding shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the 2020 Notes) into an aggregate of 84,589,700 shares of common stock, in each case, immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 and the warrant to purchase 160,461 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued in September 2020 into warrants exercisable for 413,457 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments discussed above, and giving further effect to the sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

   
     As of June 30, 2020  
(in thousands)    Actual     Pro
forma
     Pro forma
as adjusted(1)
 

Consolidated balance sheet data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,278     $                        $                    

Working capital(2)

     (19,611     

Total assets

     24,748       

Long-term debt, current and noncurrent

     23,227       

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     112       

Convertible preferred stock

     152,880       

Accumulated deficit

     (177,533     

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (173,411     

 

 

 

(1)   The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(2)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

15


Table of Contents

Key business metrics

To analyze our business performance, determine financial forecasts and help develop long-term strategic plans, we review the following key business metrics.

 

   
     Three months ended  
      March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
 

Gross systems shipped(1)

     5,363       4,955       5,257       7,212       7,030       9,040  

Return accrual rate(1)

     37     34     35     34     28     27

 

(1)   For a discussion of how we calculate gross systems shipped and return accrual rate, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key business metrics.”

 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.

Risks relating to our industry and business

We have a limited operating history and have grown significantly in a short period of time. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

We were organized in 2010 and began selling hearing aids in 2015. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history, which makes an evaluation of our future prospects difficult. Our operating results have fluctuated in the past, and we expect our future quarterly and annual operating results to fluctuate as we focus on increasing the demand for our products. We may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results, such as modifications to our pricing strategy, business structure or operations.

In addition, we have experienced recent rapid growth and anticipate further growth, although the COVID-19 pandemic may substantially impact our future growth. For example, our revenue increased from $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and from $14.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $28.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The number of our full-time employees increased from 115 as of December 31, 2017 to 239 as of December 31, 2019. However, in the second quarter of 2020, we reduced our full-time employee headcount by 45 employees.

This growth has placed significant demands on our management, financial, operational, technological and other resources, and we expect that our growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and other resources and will require us to continue developing and improving our operational, financial and other internal controls. In particular, continued growth increases the challenges involved in a number of areas, including recruiting and retaining sufficient skilled personnel, providing adequate training and supervision to maintain our high quality standards and preserving our culture and values. We may not be able to address these challenges in a cost-effective manner, or at all. If we do not effectively manage our growth, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain high-quality product offerings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a history of net losses, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses since inception. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, we incurred net losses of $24.6 million, $33.8 million and $44.5 million, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2020, we incurred net losses of $19.0 and $18.3 million, respectively. As a result of our ongoing losses, as of June 30, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $177.5 million. Since inception, we have spent significant funds on organizational and start-up activities, to recruit key managers and employees, to develop our hearing aids, to develop our manufacturing know-how and customer support resources and for research and development. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and may increase as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our long-term success is dependent upon our ability to successfully develop, commercialize and market our products, earn revenue, obtain additional capital when needed and, ultimately, to achieve profitable operations. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve profitability. It is possible that we will not achieve profitability or that, even if we do achieve profitability, we may not maintain or increase profitability in the future. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of our common stock.

We are deploying a new business model in an effort to disrupt a relatively mature industry. In order to successfully challenge incumbent business models and become profitable, we will need to continue to refine our product and strategy.

Our direct-to-consumer business model is new to the hearing aid industry. Our products are currently primarily available direct-to-consumer and are therefore generally not sold by channels which consumers would traditionally look to for the treatment of their hearing loss. Because audiologists and hearing clinics do not currently offer our products, they are unlikely to recommend our products as a solution to their patients. If we are unable to reach this population through our online or direct marketing, the estimated market size for our products may be lower than we anticipate.

Delivery of hearing aids via a direct-to-consumer model represents a change from the traditional channel, which requires in-person visits to one or more hearing care professionals, and consumers may be reluctant to accept this model or may not find it preferable to the traditional channel. In addition, consumers may not respond to our direct marketing campaigns, or we may be unsuccessful in reaching our target audience, particularly if we expand our sales efforts in foreign jurisdictions where our advertising and distribution model may be more heavily regulated. If consumers prove unwilling to adopt our model as rapidly or in the numbers that we anticipate, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed.

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The worldwide market for hearing aids is competitive in terms of pricing, product quality, product innovation and time-to-market. We face strong competitors, which have greater resources and stronger financial profiles that may enable them to better exploit changes in our industry on a cost-competitive basis and to be more effective and faster in capturing available market opportunities, which in turn may negatively impact our market share. There are five major traditional manufacturer competitors in the industry—GN Store Nord, Sonova, Starkey, William Demant and WS Audiology—who together control a significant majority of the hearing aid market.

In addition to these manufacturer competitors, Costco sells multiple brands of hearing aids, including those of the traditional manufacturers and Costco’s own white-label Kirkland Signature brand of hearing aid, at prices ranging from approximately $1,499 to $2,899 per pair. We estimate that during 2019, Costco dispensed approximately 14% of the hearing aids distributed in the United States, which percentage is expected to increase going forward. The United States Department of Veterans Affairs, or the VA, is also a significant provider of hearing aids and provides hearing aids at no charge to its patients. We estimate that, in 2019, the VA dispensed approximately 19% of the hearing aids distributed in the United States. Our products are not distributed by Costco, or on contract or currently eligible to be distributed by the VA.

We also face competition from companies that introduce new technologies, including consumer electronics companies that sell direct to consumers. For example, in May 2018, the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted marketing clearance to Bose Corporation for a “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid.” The Bose self-fitting hearing aid was cleared under the FDA’s de novo premarket review pathway with the intended use to amplify sound for individuals 18 years of age or older with perceived mild to moderate

 

18


Table of Contents

hearing impairment, with no pre-programming or hearing test necessary. We view our consumer-first model as a competitive advantage, and competitors, including Bose or other consumer electronics companies, that sell hearing aids directly to consumers may erode that advantage. Please see the risk factor below titled, “Changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices could render our direct-to-consumer business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products.”

We also face competition from other direct-to-consumer hearing aid providers. Similar to our business model, these hearing aid companies allow consumers to purchase hearing aids remotely, with no need to visit a clinic and they provide remote clinical support. Given the similarities in our business model to these providers, if potential consumers opt to buy their hearing aids from these direct-to-consumer competitors, our business could be adversely affected.

We may be unable to compete with these or other competitors, and one or more of such competitors may render our technology obsolete or economically unattractive. To the extent we expand internationally, we will face additional competition in geographies outside the United States. If we are unable to compete effectively with existing products or respond effectively to any new products developed by competitors, our business could be materially harmed. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors or that competitive pressures will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There are a variety of hearing aid products and technologies, and consumer confusion about product features and technology could lead consumers to purchase competitive products instead of our products, or to conflate any adverse events or safety issues associated with third-party hearing aid products with our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that many individuals do not have full information regarding the types of hearing aids and hearing aid features and technologies available in the market, in part due to the lack of consumer education in the traditional hearing industry sales model. Consumers may not have sufficient information about hearing aids generally or how hearing aid products and technologies compare to each other. This confusion may result in consumers purchasing hearing aids from our competitors instead of our products, even if our hearing aids would provide them with their desired product features. In addition, any adverse events or safety issues relating to competitive hearing aid products and related negative publicity, even if such events are not attributable to our products, could result in reduced purchases of hearing aids by consumers generally. Any of these occurrences could lead to reduced sales of our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to reduce our return rates or if our return rates increase, our net revenue may decrease or grow more slowly than we anticipate, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Customer return accrual rates were approximately 44% in 2018 and have decreased to approximately 35% in 2019 and approximately 28% in the first half of 2020. Our return policy allows our customers to return hearing aids for any reason within the first 45 days of delivery for a full refund, subject to a handling fee in certain states. We report revenue net of expected returns, which is an estimate informed in part by historical return rates. As such, our return rate impacts our reported net revenue and profitability. If actual sales returns differ significantly from our estimates, an adjustment to revenue in the current or subsequent period is recorded. Furthermore, if we are unable to reduce our return rates or if they increase, our net revenue may decrease or grow more slowly than we anticipate, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

19


Table of Contents

We depend on sales of our hearing aids for our revenue. Demand for our hearing aids may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate due to a variety of factors, including a weakness in general economic conditions or competitive pressures.

We expect that revenue from sales of our hearing aids will continue to account for our revenue for the foreseeable future. Continued and widespread market acceptance of hearing aids by consumers is critical to our future success. Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions, which have been adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and may continue to be materially adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Hearing aids are primarily paid for directly by the consumer and, as result, demand can vary significantly depending on economic growth. A general slowdown in the U.S. economy and international economies into which we may expand or an uncertain economic outlook could adversely affect consumer spending habits, which may result in, among other things, a reduction in consumer spending on elective or higher value products, or a reduction in demand for hearing aids generally, each of which would have an adverse effect on our sales and operating results. Weakness in the global economy results in a challenging environment for selling hearing loss technologies. In such circumstances, consumers may opt to purchase less expensive hearing loss technologies. If there is a reduction in consumer demand for hearing aids generally, if consumers choose to use a competitive product rather than our hearing aids or if the average selling price of our hearing aids declines as a result of economic conditions, competitive pressures or any other reason, these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are not successful in adapting our production and cost structure to the market environment, we may experience further adverse effects that may be material to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we cannot innovate at the pace of our hearing aid manufacturing competitors, we may not be able to develop or exploit new technologies in time to remain competitive.

The hearing aid industry has in the past experienced rapid shifts to new key technologies, including for example the switch from analog to digital hearing aids in the 1990s, that disrupted existing market patterns and led to a large-scale market realignment among customers and hearing aid manufacturers. For us to remain competitive, it is essential to develop and bring to market new technologies or to find new applications for existing technologies at an increasing speed. If we are unable to meet customer demands for new technology, or if the technologies we introduce are viewed less favorably than our competitors’ products, our results of operations and future prospects may be negatively affected. To meet our customers’ needs in these areas, we must continuously design new products, update existing products and invest in and develop new technologies. Our operating results depend to a significant extent on our ability to anticipate and adapt to technological changes in the hearing aid market, maintain innovation, maintain a strong product pipeline and reduce the costs of producing high-quality new and existing hearing aids. Any inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices could render our direct-to-consumer business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products.

Hearing aids are considered medical devices subject to regulation by the FDA. We currently market our products pursuant to the FDA regulatory framework for air-conduction hearing aids, which are classified as Class I devices exempt from premarket review procedures. In addition, while applicable FDA regulations establish certain “conditions for sale” of all hearing aids, including that prospective hearing aid users must have a medical evaluation by a licensed physician within the six months prior to hearing aid dispensation, the FDA has stated that it does not intend to enforce these medical evaluation requirements prior to the dispensing

 

20


Table of Contents

of Class I air-conduction and Class II wireless air-conduction hearing aids to individuals 18 years of age and older. Accordingly, while we are required to comply with other FDA requirements, including specific hearing aid labeling requirements and provision of a User Instructional Brochure, our products have not been reviewed by the FDA and are not dispensed by licensed physicians. If the FDA were to determine that our products do not properly satisfy the conditions for marketing Class I air-conduction hearing aid devices, we could be forced to cease distribution of our products until we obtain regulatory clearance or approval, and we could be subject to additional enforcement action by the FDA. In addition, many states have laws regarding the provision of hearing aid devices, and if we are found to be in violation of the laws of any state in which our devices are sold, we could be subject to further sanctions at the state level.

The regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices has been subject to recent changes that may alter or increase our requirements for regulatory compliance. The FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, or FDARA, created a new category of over-the-counter, or OTC, hearing aids that are intended to be available through in-person transactions, by mail or online without the involvement of a licensed practitioner. Under the statute, the FDA is required to issue regulations to implement the new framework. As part of its rulemaking process, the FDA is required to evaluate whether OTC hearing aids should be subject to premarket review and clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and it is unclear whether the FDA will subject OTC hearing aids to this requirement or other more onerous requirements. The language in FDARA is not self-implementing, which means that the OTC hearing aid category does not exist until the effective date of a published final regulation. Despite the deadline in FDARA for the FDA to issue proposed regulations by August 18, 2020, the FDA has not yet issued a notice of proposed rulemaking or indicated how it will implement the new OTC hearing aid pathway. We market the Eargo system devices as Class I exempt air-conduction hearing aids under existing regulations and are not dependent on the FDA’s issuance of OTC hearing aid regulations for the marketing of our products. However, our devices may become subject to additional requirements in connection with such regulations in the future.

In addition, in May 2018, the FDA granted a de novo classification request from Bose for a direct-to-consumer “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid,” which is classified as Class II and subject to 510(k) premarket review. We do not consider our devices to be “self-fitting” hearing aids similar to the recently cleared Bose device, but the FDA could disagree. While we expect our products to continue to be regulated as Class I exempt devices, our products could in the future be deemed to fall under the definition of a “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid” or an OTC hearing aid, in which case we could be required to seek 510(k) clearance for our products or otherwise comply with additional regulatory requirements associated with these new pathways. In such case, the FDA may require us to remove our devices from the market while we seek FDA clearance. In addition, even if our current products remain Class I exempt devices, it is possible that any future products we may develop could fail to meet the requisite criteria for similar regulation and could be subject to more stringent requirements and premarket review, increasing our costs for regulatory compliance.

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth may be impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We are subject to risks related to public health crises such as the global pandemic associated with COVID-19. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, SARS-CoV-2, and the resulting disease COVID-19, has spread to most countries, and all 50 states within the United States. The COVID-19 pandemic may negatively impact our operations and revenues and overall financial condition by harming the ability or willingness of customers to pay for our products due to macro-economic conditions resulting from the pandemic or the operations of manufacturers, suppliers and other third parties with which we do business. These challenges will likely continue for the duration of the pandemic, which is uncertain, and the macro-economic effects of the pandemic will likely continue far beyond the duration of the pandemic.

 

21


Table of Contents

Numerous state and local jurisdictions have imposed, and others in the future may impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Starting in mid-March 2020, the governor of California, where our headquarters are located, issued “shelter-in-place” or “stay at home” orders restricting non-essential activities, travel and business operations for an indefinite period of time, subject to certain exceptions for necessary activities. Such orders or restrictions have resulted in our headquarters closing, work stoppages, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions and cancellation of events, among other effects, thereby negatively impacting our operations. Other potential disruptions may include delays in processing registrations or approvals by applicable state or federal regulatory bodies; delays in product development efforts; and additional government requirements or other incremental mitigation efforts that may further impact our capacity to manufacture, sell and support the use of our Eargo systems. In addition, even after the “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19 are lifted, we may continue to experience disruptions to our business.

While the potential economic impact brought by and the duration of COVID-19 may be difficult to assess or predict, the widespread pandemic has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which could in the future negatively affect our liquidity, including our ability to repay our existing indebtedness. In addition, a recession or market correction resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could materially affect our business and the value of our common stock. The COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in a significant increase in unemployment in the United States which may continue even after the pandemic subsides. The occurrence of any such events may lead to reduced disposable income and access to health insurance which could adversely affect the number of our products sold after the pandemic has subsided. Further, although we have experienced growth in our sales volume during the COVID-19 pandemic, this and any other favorable impacts we have experienced in connection with the pandemic may subside, and the ultimate effect of COVID-19 on our sales volume and other results of operations could differ substantially from our expectations and our experience to date.

We currently rely on a single manufacturer for the assembly of our hearing aids. If we encounter manufacturing problems or delays, we may be unable to promptly transition to an alternative manufacturer and our ability to generate revenue will be limited.

We have no manufacturing capabilities of our own. We currently rely on a single manufacturer located in Thailand, Hana Microelectronics, for the manufacture of all of our products currently available for sale. We have entered in a manufacturing services agreement with a second manufacturer located in Taiwan, Pegatron Corporation, for the manufacture of our next generation hearing aid. For us to be successful, our contract manufacturers must be able to provide us with products in substantial quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. While our existing manufacturer has generally met our demand requirements on a timely basis in the past, its ability and willingness to continue to do so going forward, and the ability and willingness of our new manufacturer to meet our demand requirements, may be limited for several reasons, including our relative importance as a customer of the manufacturer or its ability to provide assembly services to manufacture our products, which may be affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. An interruption in our commercial operations could occur if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing these manufactured products if we cannot obtain an acceptable substitute.

Any transition to a new contract manufacturer, or any transition of products between existing manufacturers, could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of our products or could require that we modify the design of our products. If we are required to change either of our contract manufacturers, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and

 

22


Table of Contents

applicable regulatory requirements, which could further impede our ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and engage alternative contract manufacturers on similar terms or without delay. Furthermore, our contract manufacturers could require us to move to a different production facility. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our ability to meet the demand for our products in a timely and cost-effective manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The manufacture of our products is complex and requires the integration of a number of components from several sources of supply. Our contract manufacturers must manufacture and assemble these complex products in commercial quantities in compliance with regulatory requirements and at an acceptable cost. Our hearing aids require significant expertise to manufacture, and our contract manufacturers may encounter difficulties in scaling up production of the hearing aids, including problems with quality control and assurance, component supply shortages, increased costs, shortages of qualified personnel, the long lead time required to develop additional facilities for purposes of testing our products and/or difficulties associated with compliance with local, state, federal and foreign regulatory requirements. There can be no assurance that manufacturing or quality control problems will not arise in connection with the scale-up of the manufacture of our products. If we are unable to obtain a sufficient supply of product, maintain control over product quality and cost or otherwise adapt to anticipated growth, or if we underestimate growth, we may not have the capability to satisfy market demand, and our business and reputation in the marketplace will suffer. Conversely, if demand for our products decreases, we may have excess inventory, which could result in inventory write-offs that would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may also encounter defects in materials and/or workmanship, which could lead to a failure to adhere to regulatory requirements. Any defects could delay operations at our contract manufacturers’ facilities, lead to regulatory fines or halt or discontinue manufacturing indefinitely. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on the timely supply of components and parts and could suffer if suppliers fail to meet their delivery obligations, raise prices or cease to supply us with components or parts.

We rely on three critical suppliers for many of the components that are used in the manufacture of our products, including for batteries, integrated circuits, microphones and receivers. This reliance on third parties adds additional risks to the manufacturing process that are beyond our control. For example, the occurrence of epidemics or pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, may cause one or more of our suppliers to close or reduce the scope of their operations either temporarily or permanently. In addition, many of these suppliers also provide components and products to our competitors. The industry’s reliance on a limited number of key components and product suppliers subjects us to the risk that in the event of an increase in demand, our suppliers may fail to provide supplies to us in a timely manner while they continue to supply our competitors, many of which have greater purchasing power than us, or seek to supply components to us at a higher cost. The failure of our suppliers to deliver components or products in a timely fashion could have disruptive effects on our ability to produce our products in a timely manner, or we may be required to find new suppliers at an increased cost. Furthermore, we generally do not enter into long-term commitment contracts with our suppliers, but rather enter into framework agreements as a basis for individual orders. The terms of such framework agreements are typically up to two years and in most cases do not contain any firm purchase commitments. We can make no assurance that we will be able to renew such supply agreements. If we are unable to renew supply agreements, our access to key components could be reduced, which could harm our business. Additionally, our reputation and the quality of our products are in part dependent on the quality of the components that we source from third-party suppliers. If we are unable to control the quality of the components supplied to us or to address known quality problems in a timely manner, our reputation in the market may be damaged and sales of our products may suffer. As a result, we may experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

Certain components needed to manufacture our hearing aids are only available from a limited number of suppliers.

Several of our suppliers provide products for our hearing aids and accessories for which they own the design and/or intellectual property rights. This includes integrated circuits, transducers, batteries and various electrical components. Although there may be several potential suppliers for our components, as our components are highly customized, there is a risk that these components may not be readily substituted by similar products of other suppliers or that any substitution may take a lengthy period of time to implement. Even if we do identify new suppliers, we may experience increased costs and product shortages as we transition to alternative suppliers. If any of these limited suppliers cease to supply us with their products, or any of the foregoing events occurs, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to successfully develop and effectively manage the introduction of new products, our business may be adversely affected.

We must successfully manage introductions of new or advanced hearing aid products. Introductions of new or advanced hearing aid products could also adversely impact the sales of our existing products to consumers. For instance, the introduction or announcement of new or advanced hearing aid products may shorten the life cycle of our existing devices or reduce demand, thereby reducing any benefits of successful hearing aid introductions and potentially lead to challenges in managing write-downs or write-offs of inventory of existing products. In addition, new hearing aid products may have higher manufacturing costs than legacy products, which could negatively impact our gross margins and operating results. Accordingly, if we fail to effectively manage introductions of new or advanced products, our business may be adversely affected.

We experience challenges managing the inventory of existing hearing aids, which can lead to excess inventory and discounting of our existing devices. Inventory levels in excess of consumer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of inventory at discounted prices, which has affected our gross margin and could impair the strength of our brand. Reserves and write-downs for rebates, promotions and excess inventory are recorded based on our forecast of future demand. Actual future demand could be less than our forecast, which may result in additional reserves and write-downs in the future, or actual demand could be stronger than our forecast, which may result in a reduction to previously recorded reserves and write-downs in the future and increase the volatility of our operating results.

If the quality of our hearing solution does not meet consumer expectations, or if our products wear out more quickly than expected, then our brand and reputation or our business could be adversely affected.

Our products may not perform as well in day-to-day use as we or our customers expect. Although we designed our Eargo hearing aids to provide high quality audio, we have collected limited data comparing our products to competitive devices. In October 2019, we conducted a series of comparative electroacoustic benchmarking tests, or the Bench Study, to compare our Eargo Neo hearing aid with hearing aids from three major manufacturers. While each of the devices tested in the Bench Study, including our Eargo Neo hearing aid, met or exceeded the identified benchmarks for appropriate levels of sound quality and amplification to improve speech audibility, the design, methodology and results of the Bench Study have not been subject to external review and may not be reliable or replicable indicators of the general performance of our Eargo Neo hearing aid or the other manufacturers’ hearing aids that were the subject of the Bench Study. Further, the benchmarks for appropriate levels of sound quality and amplification that we identified in the Bench Study may not be appropriate proxies for hearing aid performance or reflect the real-world performance of any tested device. Future studies, including our internal studies or those of our competitors or other third parties, may not yield the results that we expect to obtain and may not demonstrate that our products are superior to, or may

 

24


Table of Contents

demonstrate that our products are inferior to, existing or future products with regard to functional or economic measures. These study results may be published in medical journals or other publications, or by our competitors and result in adverse publicity for our products. The performance of our Eargo hearing aids may not live up to customer expectations, and our brand, reputation, customer satisfaction, return rates and sales may be adversely affected as a result.

Furthermore, because of our products’ limited time in the market, we cannot be certain about the usable life of our products. Due to the design constraints applicable to our rechargeable, in-the-canal form factor, our hearing aids may offer a shorter usable life compared to our competitors’ hearing aids. Thus, even though our products may be more affordable than competitive devices, they may need to be replaced more often. Although we believe the advantages of our design justify this tradeoff, customers may expect a longer useful life, and failure to live up to this expectation could result in reduced sales, decreased customer loyalty, higher than expected warranty claims and adverse publicity.

Certain components of our hearing aids may also offer reduced performance or wear out over time. For example, the rechargeable technology used in our hearing aids and charging cases has a limited lifespan, and recharging performance will degrade over time. We designed our Eargo Neo and Eargo Neo HiFi hearing aids to provide up to 20 hours of continuous use between charges when new and up to 16 hours after 1,000 charging cycles, but charging capacity may decrease more quickly than expected. Moreover, certain components of our hearing aids, including Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms that can be purchased online, will require more frequent replacement than the device itself. If the quality, longevity and durability of our products does not meet the expectations of customers, then our brand and reputation and our business, financial condition and results of operations, could be adversely affected.

Customer or third-party complaints or negative reviews or publicity about our company or our hearing aids could harm our reputation and brand.

We are heavily dependent on customers who use our hearing aids to provide good reviews and word-of-mouth recommendations to contribute to our growth. Customers who are dissatisfied with their experiences with our products or services may post negative reviews. We may also be the subject of blog, forum or other media postings that include inaccurate statements and create negative publicity. In addition, traditional hearing aid supply chain participants may express and publish negative views regarding our direct-to-consumer model and products. Any negative reviews or publicity, whether real or perceived, disseminated by word-of-mouth, by the general media, by electronic or social networking means or by other methods, could harm our reputation and brand and could severely diminish consumer confidence in our products.

Repair or replacement costs due to guarantees we provide on our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We provide product guarantees to our customers, both as a result of contractual and legal provisions and for marketing purposes. We allow for the return of products from direct customers within 45 days after the original sale and record estimated sales returns as a reduction of sales in the same period revenue is recognized. We also generally allow customers to return defective or damaged products for a replacement or refund. The term of the warranty provided is currently two years for Neo HiFi and one year for all other devices. Existing and future product guarantees place us at the risk of incurring future repair and/or replacement costs. As of June 30, 2020, we had provisions of $1.4 million relating to warranties. Substantial amounts of product guarantee claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we reserve for the estimated cost of product warranties when revenue is recognized, and we evaluate our warranty reserves periodically by reviewing our warranty repair experience. While we engage in product quality programs and processes, including monitoring and evaluating the quality of our components

 

25


Table of Contents

sourced from our suppliers and instituting methods to remotely detect and correct defects, our warranty obligation is affected by actual product defect rates, parts and equipment costs and service labor costs incurred in correcting a product defect. Our warranty reserves may be inadequate due to undetected product defects, unanticipated component failures or changes in estimates for material, labor and other costs we may incur to replace projected product defects. As a result, if actual product defect rates, parts and equipment costs or service labor costs exceed our estimates, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to successfully anticipate product returns may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our net losses are affected by changes in reserves to account for product returns and product credits. The reserve for product returns accounts for customer returns of our products after purchase. We record a reserve for product returns based on historical return trends together with current product sales performance in each reporting period. If actual returns are greater than those projected and reserved for by management, additional sales returns may be recorded in the future. We do not currently have the ability to resell products that are returned. To the extent we are unable to successfully refurbish devices in the future, we will not be able to resell such devices. Further, the introduction of new products, changes in product mix, changes in consumer confidence or other competitive and general economic conditions may cause actual returns to differ from product return reserves. Any significant increase in product returns that exceeds our reserves could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Accelerated consolidation and formation of purchasing groups increases the pricing pressure on hearing aids.

Many purchasing groups, such as hearing aid clinics, retailers and hospital systems, are consolidating to create new entities with greater market power. Such groups, such as Costco and the VA, have used and may continue to use their increased purchasing power to negotiate price reductions or other concessions across our industry. This pricing leverage has resulted, and will likely continue to result, in downward pressure on the average selling prices of hearing aid products generally, including our own products. The forthcoming OTC regulations could further contribute to the pace of consolidation as well as the introduction of new entrants in the hearing aid market. Please see the risk factor titled, “Changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices could render our direct-to-consumer business model contrary to applicable regulatory requirements, and we may be required to seek additional clearance or approval for our products.” These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The size and expected growth of our addressable market has not been established with precision, and may be smaller than we estimate.

Our estimates of the addressable market for our current products and future products are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates and assumptions, including the prevalence of hearing loss across income levels and demographic profiles. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct. In addition, the statements in this prospectus relating to, among other things, the expected growth in the market for hearing aids are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates and assumptions and may prove to be inaccurate. For example, although we expect that the prevalence of hearing loss will increase as the U.S. population ages, demographic trends could shift and the prevalence of hearing loss could decrease. Furthermore, even if the prevalence of hearing loss increases as we expect, technological or medical advances could provide alternatives to address hearing loss and reduce demand for hearing aids. As a result, our estimates of the addressable market for our current or future products may prove to be incorrect. If the actual number of consumers who would benefit from our products, the price at which we can sell future products or the addressable market for our products is smaller

 

26


Table of Contents

than we estimate, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in third-party coverage and reimbursement may impact our ability to grow and sell our products.

Our products are primarily purchased on a cash-pay basis and currently only have limited coverage by third-party payors. Third-party coverage and reimbursement may increase for certain hearing aids but not our products, or could decrease for our products, which could reduce our market share. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for establishing the reimbursement rate that such a payor will pay for the product. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide such coverage. Third-party coverage and reimbursement may never become available to us at sufficient levels.

To the extent we sell our products internationally, market acceptance may depend, in part, upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement within prevailing healthcare payment systems. Reimbursement and healthcare payment systems in international markets vary significantly by country and include both government-sponsored healthcare and private insurance. We may not obtain international coverage and reimbursement approvals in a timely manner, if at all. Our failure to receive such approvals would negatively impact market acceptance of our products in the international markets in which those approvals are sought.

We spend significant amounts on advertising and other marketing campaigns to acquire new customers, which may not be successful or cost effective.

We market our hearing aids through a mix of digital and traditional marketing channels. These include paid search, digital display advertising, email marketing, affiliate marketing, direct response television, national reach television and select print and radio advertising. We also leverage our database of prospects and customers to further drive customer acquisition and referrals. We spend significant amounts on advertising and other marketing campaigns to acquire new customers, and we expect our marketing expenses to increase in the future as we continue to spend significant amounts to acquire new customers and increase awareness of our products. While we seek to structure our marketing campaigns in the manner that we believe is most likely to encourage consumers to use our products, we may fail to identify marketing opportunities that satisfy our anticipated return on marketing spend as we scale our investments in marketing, accurately predict customer acquisition or fully understand or estimate the conditions and behaviors that drive consumer behavior. If any of our marketing campaigns prove less successful than anticipated in attracting new customers, we may not be able to recover our marketing spend, and our rate of customer acquisition may fail to meet market expectations, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that our marketing efforts will result in increased sales of our products.

In addition, we believe that building a strong brand and developing and achieving broad awareness of our brand is critical to achieving market success. If any of our brand-building activities prove less successful than anticipated in attracting new customers, we may not be able to recover our brand-building spend, and our rate of customer acquisition may fail to meet market expectations, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that our brand-building efforts will result in increased sales of our products.

We experience seasonality in our business, which may cause fluctuations in our financial results.

Historically, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonality in our business, with higher sales volumes in the first and fourth calendar quarters, and lower sales volumes in the second calendar quarter.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our sales volumes in the first calendar quarter tend to be higher as a result of the timing of product launches. Our sales volumes in the fourth calendar quarter tend to be higher as a result of holiday promotional activity. These factors may contribute to substantial fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. Because of these fluctuations, among other factors, it is possible that in future periods our operating results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, in which case the market price of our stock would likely decrease. These fluctuations, among other factors, also mean that our operating results in any particular period may not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

Our products are complex to design and manufacture and could contain defects. The production and sale of defective products could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our products.

We make hearing aids that include highly complex electronic components, which are sourced from external third parties, and there is an inherent risk that defects may occur in the production of any of our products. Although we rely on the supplier’s internal procedures designed to minimize risks that may arise from quality issues, there can be no assurance that we or our suppliers will be able to eliminate or mitigate occurrences of these issues and associated liabilities. Under consumer product legislation in many jurisdictions, we may be forced to recall or repurchase defective products, and more restrictive laws and regulations relating to these matters may be adopted in the future. We also face exposure to product liability claims in the event that any of our devices are alleged to have resulted in personal injury or damage to property, or otherwise to have caused harm. For example, we may be sued if any of our hearing aids allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranty. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our products. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

 

decreased demand for our current or future products;

 

 

injury to our reputation;

 

 

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

 

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

 

substantial monetary awards to customers;

 

 

regulatory investigations, product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

 

loss of revenue; and

 

 

the inability to sell our current or any future products.

Our inability to obtain and maintain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost and scope of coverage to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the sale of our current or any future products we develop. Although we currently carry product liability insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions and deductibles, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have

 

28


Table of Contents

no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to pay such amounts. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses.

In addition, any product defects, recalls or claims that result in significant adverse publicity could have a negative effect on our reputation, result in loss of market share or failure to achieve market acceptance. For example, our first generation hearing aid, launched in 2015, had a high incidence of product returns and warranty claims. As a result, we voluntarily withdrew the product from the market. The production and sale of defective products in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to consumer protection laws that regulate our marketing practices and prohibit unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business, and changes in such regulations or laws could require us to modify our products or marketing or advertising efforts.

In connection with the marketing or advertisement of our products, we could be the target of claims relating to false, misleading, deceptive or otherwise noncompliant advertising or marketing practices, including under the auspices of the Federal Trade Commission and state consumer protection statutes. If we rely on third parties to provide any marketing and advertising of our products, we could be liable for, or face reputational harm as a result of, their marketing practices if, for example, they fail to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

If we are found to have breached any consumer protection, advertising, unfair competition or other laws or regulations, we may be subject to enforcement actions that require us to change our marketing and business practices in a manner which may negatively impact us. This could also result in litigation, fines, penalties and adverse publicity that could cause reputational harm and loss of customer trust, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Alternative technologies or therapies that improve or cure hearing loss could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If medical research were to lead to the discovery of alternative therapies or technologies that improve or cure the various forms of hearing loss as an alternative to the hearing aid, such as by surgical techniques, the use of pharmaceuticals or breakthrough bio-technological innovations or therapies, our profitability could suffer through a reduction in sales. The discovery of a cure for the various forms of hearing loss and the development of other alternatives to hearing aids could result in decreased demand for our products and, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adapting our production capacities to evolving patterns of demand is expensive, time-consuming and subject to significant uncertainties. We may not be able to adequately predict consumer trends and may be unable to adjust our production in a timely manner.

We market our products directly to consumers in the United States, where we face the risk of significant changes in the demand for our products. If demand decreases, we will need to implement capacity and cost reduction measures involving restructuring costs. If demand increases, we will be required to make capital expenditures related to increased production and expenditures to hire and train production and sales and product support personnel. Adapting to changes in demand inherently lags behind the actual changes because it takes time to identify the change the market is undergoing and to implement any measures taken as a result. Finally, capacity adjustments are inherently risky because there is imperfect information, and market trends

 

29


Table of Contents

may rapidly intensify, ebb or even reverse. We have in the past not always been, and may in the future not be, able to accurately or timely predict trends in demand and consumer behavior or to take appropriate measures to mitigate risks and exploit opportunities resulting from such trends. Any inability in the future to identify or to adequately and effectively react to changes in demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

International trade disputes could result in tariffs and other protectionist measures that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Tariffs could increase the cost of the our products and raw materials that go into making them. These increased costs could adversely impact the gross margin that we earn on our products. Tariffs could also make our products more expensive for customers, which could make our products less competitive and reduce consumer demand. Countries may also adopt other protectionist measures that could limit our ability to offer our products. Political uncertainty surrounding international trade disputes and protectionist measures could also have a negative effect on consumer confidence and spending, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on international manufacturers and suppliers, which exposes us to foreign operational and political risks that may harm our business.

We currently rely on a single manufacturer located in Thailand, Hana Microelectronics, for the manufacture of all of our products currently available for sale and have entered into a manufacturing services agreement with a second manufacturer located in Taiwan, Pegatron Corporation, for the manufacture of our next generation hearing aid. In addition, we rely on some third-party suppliers in Europe, Southeast Asia, Japan, China and the United States, who supply, among other things, certain of the technology and raw materials used in the manufacturing of our products. Our reliance on international operations exposes us to risks and uncertainties, including:

 

 

controlling quality of supplies;

 

 

trade protection measures, tariffs and other duties, especially in light of trade disputes between the United States and several foreign countries, including China and countries in Europe;

 

 

political, social and economic instability;

 

 

the outbreak of contagious diseases, such as the novel coronavirus (COVID-19);

 

 

laws and business practices that favor local companies;

 

 

interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services;

 

 

product or material delays or disruption;

 

 

import and export license requirements and restrictions;

 

 

difficulties in the protection of intellectual property;

 

 

exchange controls, currency restrictions and fluctuations in currency values; and

 

 

potential adverse tax consequences.

If any of these risks were to materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

If manufacturers and suppliers are unable to procure raw materials, semi-finished products and finished products on terms or within timeframes acceptable to us, our business may suffer.

We are dependent on the availability of raw materials necessary to manufacture the products we sell. We rely on third-party manufacturers and suppliers to identify and purchase quality raw materials, semi-finished goods and finished goods while seeking to preserve our quality standards. If our suppliers or third-party manufacturers experience shortages, limited access or increased costs of certain raw materials and other semi-finished or finished goods, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, it may result in production delays or delays in deliveries of our products to our customers. Production by one or more manufacturers or suppliers may be suspended or delayed, temporarily or permanently, due to economic or technical problems such as the insolvency of the manufacturer, the failure of the manufacturing facilities or disruption of the production process, all of which are beyond our control. Any shortage, delay or interruption in the availability of our products may negatively affect our ability to meet consumer demand. As a result, our business may be unable to offer a satisfactory experience to customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by disasters, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster. Any interruption in the operations of our or our suppliers’ manufacturing or other facilities may have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our corporate headquarters are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, which has experienced both severe earthquakes and wildfires. We do not carry earthquake insurance. The current sole manufacturer of our hearing aid finished products is located in Thailand, which has experienced landslides, flooding, tropical storms and tsunamis. We have entered into a manufacturing services agreement with a second manufacturer located in Taiwan, which has also experienced landslides, flooding, tropical storms and tsunamis. Our customer support operations are based in Nashville, Tennessee, and our third party provider’s distribution facilities are based in Louisville, Kentucky, both of which have experienced flooding and tornadoes. Severe weather, natural disasters and other calamities, such as pandemics (including COVID-19), earthquakes, tsunamis and hurricanes, fires and explosions, accidents, mechanical failures, unscheduled downtimes, civil unrest, strikes, transportation interruptions, unpermitted discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances, other environmental risks, sabotage or terrorist attacks, could severely disrupt our operations, or our third-party manufacturers’ and suppliers’ operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters or other facilities, or those of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as our enterprise financial systems or manufacturing resource planning and enterprise quality systems, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. A mechanical failure or disruption affecting any major operating line may result in a disruption to our ability to supply customers, and standby capacity may not be available. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. The potential impact of any disruption would depend on the nature and extent of the damage caused by a disaster. There can be no assurance that alternative production capacity will be available in the future in the event of a major disruption or, if it is available, that it could be obtained on favorable terms. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

31


Table of Contents

Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are similarly vulnerable to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen and severe adverse events. If such an event were to affect our supply chain, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be deemed to manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain “conflict minerals.”

While we do not believe we manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain conflict minerals, we may be deemed to manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain certain minerals that have been designated as “conflict minerals” under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. As a result, in future periods, we may be required to diligence the origin of such minerals and disclose and report whether or not such minerals originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. The implementation of these new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of minerals used in the manufacture of our products. In addition, we may incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant minerals and metals used in our products.

Any future international expansion will subject us to additional costs and risks that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Historically, all of our sales have been to customers in the United States. To the extent we enter into international markets in the future, there are significant costs and risks inherent in conducting business in international markets. If we expand, or attempt to expand, into foreign markets, we will be subject to new business risks, in addition to regulatory risks. In addition, expansion into foreign markets imposes additional burdens on our executive and administrative personnel, finance and legal teams, research and marketing teams and general managerial resources.

We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices internationally, and we may not be able to penetrate or successfully operate in new markets. We may also encounter difficulty expanding into international markets because of limited brand recognition in certain parts of the world, leading to delayed acceptance of our products by consumers in these international markets. If we are unable to expand internationally and manage the complexity of international operations successfully, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If our efforts to introduce our products into foreign markets are not successful, we may have expended significant resources without realizing the expected benefit. Ultimately, the investment required for expansion into foreign markets could exceed the results of operations generated from this expansion.

Our Loan Agreement contains restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

In June 2018, we entered into a loan and security agreement, as amended in January 2019, May 2020 and in September 2020, with Silicon Valley Bank, or the 2018 Loan. As of June 30, 2020, $10.4 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding under the term loan facility. The September 2020 amendment provides for a term loan facility of up to $20.0 million, of which we borrowed $15.0 million upon the closing of the amendment (a portion of which was used to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of the previously funded term loan). The 2018 Loan has a maturity date of September 1, 2024. The 2018 Loan contains various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions without Silicon Valley Bank’s prior consent. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

 

 

encumber or license our intellectual property subject to certain exceptions;

 

 

sell, transfer, lease or dispose of our assets subject to certain exclusions;

 

 

create, incur or assume additional indebtedness;

 

 

encumber or permit liens on any of our assets other than certain permitted liens;

 

32


Table of Contents
 

make restricted payments, including paying dividends on, repurchasing or making distributions with respect to any of our capital stock;

 

 

make specified investments (including loans and advances);

 

 

consolidate, merge with, or acquire any other entity, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

 

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

In addition, the 2018 Loan requires us to maintain a certain percentage of our total cash holdings in accounts with Silicon Valley Bank. The covenants in the 2018 Loan limit our ability to take certain actions and, in the event that we breach one or more covenants, Silicon Valley Bank may choose to declare an event of default and require that we immediately repay all amounts outstanding of the aggregate principal amount of term loans funded under the 2018 Loan, plus exit fees, prepayment premiums, penalties and interest, and foreclose on the collateral granted to it to secure such indebtedness. Such repayment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to a number of risks related to the credit card and debit card payments we accept.

We accept payments through credit and debit card transactions. For credit and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees may require us to increase the prices we charge and would increase our operating expenses, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we or our processing vendors fail to maintain adequate systems for the authorization and processing of credit and debit card transactions, it could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if these systems fail to work properly and, as a result, we do not charge our customers’ credit or debit cards on a timely basis, or at all, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated in exploiting weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach, we may be liable for significant costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in certain payment types, which may result in a shift to other payment types or potential changes to our payment systems that may result in higher costs. If we fail to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures and significantly higher card-related costs, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it more difficult for us to comply. We are required to comply with payment card industry security standards. Failing to comply with those standards may violate payment card association operating rules, federal and state laws and regulations and the terms of our contracts with payment processors. Any failure to comply fully also may subject us to fines, penalties, damages and civil liability, and may result in the loss of our ability to accept credit and debit card payments. Further, there is no guarantee that such compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payment systems or the theft, loss or misuse of data pertaining to credit and debit cards, card holders and transactions.

 

33


Table of Contents

If we are unable to maintain our chargeback rate or refund rates at acceptable levels, our processing vendor may increase our transaction fees or terminate its relationship with us. Any increases in our credit and debit card fees could harm our results of operations, particularly if we elect not to raise our rates for our products to offset the increase. The termination of our ability to process payments on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our ability to operate our business.

If we fail to attract and retain senior management and key technology personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management and clinical and scientific personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, particularly our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as our senior technology personnel and other members of our senior management team. The unplanned loss of the services of any of our members of senior management could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement can be found.

Competition for qualified personnel in the medical device field in general and the audiology field specifically is intense due to the limited number of individuals who possess the training, skills and experience required by our industry. In addition, our future growth and success also depend on our ability to attract, recruit, develop and retain skilled managerial, sales, administration, operating and technical personnel. We will continue to review, and where necessary, strengthen our senior management as the needs of the business develop, including through internal promotion and external hires. However, there may be a limited number of persons with the requisite competencies to serve in these positions and we cannot assure you that we would be able to locate or employ such qualified personnel on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Therefore, the unplanned loss of one or more of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain additional key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their research output.

We rely on our own direct sales force, and if we are unable to maintain or expand our sales force, it could harm our business. Additionally, our reliance on our direct sales force may result in higher fixed costs than our competitors and may slow our ability to reduce costs in the face of a sudden decline in demand for our products.

We rely on our own direct sales force to market and sell our products. We do not have any long-term employment contracts with the members of our direct sales force. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our sales and customer support team. If our employees fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales could significantly decrease. As we launch new products, expand our product offerings and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks. Our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled employees with significant technical knowledge in various areas. New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity.

Additionally, most of our competitors rely predominantly on third party distributors. A direct sales force may subject us to higher fixed costs than those of competitors that market their products through independent third parties, due to the costs that we will bear associated with employee benefits, training and managing sales personnel. As a result, we could be at a competitive disadvantage. Additionally, these fixed costs may slow our ability to reduce costs in the face of a sudden decline in demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

34


Table of Contents

We will need to increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing growth. A deterioration in our relationships with our employees could have an adverse impact on our business.

As of June 30, 2020, we employed 184 full-time employees. In the second quarter of 2020, we reduced our full-time employee headcount by 45 employees. In addition, in April 2020, we reduced salaries of all employees at the level of vice president and above by 20% and other employees by 10%, effective through December 31, 2020. These employee terminations and salary reductions may lead to reduced employee morale and productivity, increased attrition and problems retaining existing and recruiting future employees, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the future, we expect to expand our managerial, operational, finance and other resources in order to manage our operations and continue our research and development activities. Our management and personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our need to effectively execute our growth strategy requires that we:

 

 

manage our commercial operations effectively;

 

 

identify, recruit, retain, incentivize and integrate additional employees;

 

 

manage our internal development and operational efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to third parties; and

 

 

continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reports systems and procedures.

Maintaining good relationships with our employees is crucial to our operations. As a result, any deterioration of the relationships with our employees, including as a result of the employee terminations and salary reductions that we implemented in the second quarter of 2020, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Business—Human capital resources.”

Additionally, material disruption to our business as a result of strikes, work stoppages or other labor disputes could disrupt our operations, result in a loss of reputation, increased wages and benefits or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on our relationship with a professional employer organization for our human relations function and as a co-employer of our personnel, and if that party failed to perform its responsibilities under that relationship, our relations with our employees could be damaged and we could incur liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

All of our personnel, including our executive officers, are co-employees of Eargo and a professional employer organization, Insperity. Under the terms of our arrangement, Insperity is the formal employer of all of our personnel and is responsible for administering all payroll, including tax withholding, and providing health insurance and other benefits for these individuals, and our employees are governed by the work policies created by Insperity. We reimburse Insperity for these costs, and pay Insperity an administrative fee for its services. If Insperity fails to comply with applicable laws or its obligations under this arrangement, or creates work policies that are viewed unfavorably by employees, our relationship with our employees could be damaged. We could, under certain circumstances, be held liable for a failure by Insperity to appropriately pay, or withhold and remit required taxes from payments to, our employees. In such a case, our potential liability could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

We do not expect to become profitable in the near future, may never achieve profitability, and have incurred substantial net operating losses, or NOLs, during our history. Unused NOLs will carry forward to offset a portion

 

35


Table of Contents

of future taxable income, if any, until such unused NOLs expire, if ever. Federal NOLs generated after December 31, 2017 are not subject to expiration, but the yearly utilization of such federal NOLs is limited to 80 percent of taxable income for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020. In addition, in general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its prechange NOLs or tax credits to offset future taxable income or taxes. For these purposes, an ownership change generally occurs where the aggregate stock ownership of one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who owns at least 5% of a corporation’s stock increases its ownership by more than 50 percentage points over its lowest ownership percentage within a specified testing period. If finalized, Treasury Regulations currently proposed under Section 382 of the Code may further limit our ability to utilize our pre-change NOLs or credits if we undergo a future ownership change. We believe we have experienced more than one ownership change in the past and we may experience additional ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering and/or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership (some of which shifts are outside our control). As a result, even if we attain profitability, we may be unable to use a material portion of our NOLs and other tax attributes.

Risks relating to intellectual property and legal and regulatory matters

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unable to obtain, maintain or successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, the commercial value of our products and services will be adversely affected and our competitive position may be harmed.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our ability to maintain and enforce existing intellectual property and to obtain, maintain and enforce further intellectual property protection for our products and services, both in the United States and in other countries. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing agreements and third-party confidentiality and assignment agreements. Our inability to do so could harm our competitive position. As of June 30, 2020, we had 17 issued U.S. patents, 16 patents outside the United States, 5 pending U.S. patent applications and 8 pending foreign patent applications.

We rely on our portfolio of issued and pending patent applications in the United States and other countries to protect our intellectual property and our competitive position. However, the patent positions of medical device companies, including our patent position, may involve complex legal and factual questions, and, therefore, the scope, validity and enforceability of any patent claims that we may obtain cannot be predicted with certainty. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurances that any of our issued patents have, or that any of our currently pending or future patent applications that mature into issued patents will include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect our products and services. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in the issuance of patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file for a patent, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Additionally, any patents issued to us may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated, held unenforceable or circumvented, or may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design to our products.

Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection, which in turn could diminish the commercial value of our products and services. In addition, any protection afforded by foreign patents may be more limited than that provided under U.S. patent and intellectual property laws. There can be no assurance that any of our patents, any patents licensed to us or any patents which we may be issued in the future will provide us with a competitive advantage or afford us protection against infringement by others, or

 

36


Table of Contents

that the patents will not be successfully challenged or circumvented by third parties, including our competitors. Further, there can be no assurance that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our competitive position may be harmed.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. There can be no assurance that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, there can be no assurance that competitors will not infringe our trademarks or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks. We also license third parties to use our trademarks. In an effort to preserve our trademark rights, we enter into license agreements with these third parties, which govern the use of our trademarks and require our licensees to abide by quality control standards with respect to the goods and services that they provide under our trademarks. Although we make efforts to monitor the use of our trademarks by our licensees, there can be no assurance that these efforts will be sufficient to ensure that our licensees abide by the terms of their licenses. In the event that our licensees fail to do so, our trademark rights could be diluted. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Third parties, including our competitors, could be infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. While we are not aware of any unauthorized use of our intellectual property, we do not regularly conduct monitoring for unauthorized use at this time. In the future, we may from time to time, seek to analyze our competitors’ products and services, or seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against such infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our products and services.

We are, and may in the future become, involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could harm our business. In any lawsuit we bring to enforce our intellectual property rights, a court may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on grounds that our intellectual property rights do not cover the technology in question. If we initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering a product, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Mechanisms for such challenges include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, and

 

37


Table of Contents

equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of, or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our products, or any future products that we may develop.

The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our products. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearing, motions, or other interim developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of shares of our common stock. Even if we ultimately prevail, a court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties or are subject to an intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claim, our ability to grow our business may be severely limited and our business could be adversely affected.

We have in the past and may in the future be the subject of patent or other litigation. Our products and services may infringe, or third parties may claim that they infringe, intellectual property rights covered by patents or patent applications under which we do not hold licenses or other rights. Third parties may own or control these patents and patent applications in the United States and abroad. These third parties could bring claims against us that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. Further, if a patent infringement or other intellectual property-related lawsuit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay production or sales of the product that is the subject of the suit. From time to time, we have received and may in the future receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their patent rights. While we take steps to ensure that we do not infringe upon, misappropriate or otherwise violate the rights of others, there may be other more pertinent rights of which we are presently unaware. The defense and prosecution of intellectual property lawsuits could result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. An adverse determination of any litigation or interference proceeding to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities. As a result of patent infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek a license from the third party and be required to pay significant license fees, royalties or both. Licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, in which event our business would be materially and adversely affected. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, if we are unable to obtain such licenses, we could be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, which could harm our business significantly.

Recent changes in U.S. patent laws may limit our ability to obtain, defend and/or enforce our patents.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or

 

38


Table of Contents

the Leahy-Smith Act, includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and also affect patent litigation. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, which became effective on March 16, 2013. The first to file provisions limit the rights of an inventor to patent an invention if not the first to file an application for patenting that invention, even if such invention was the first invention. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business.

However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the enforcement and defense of our issued patents. For example, the Leahy-Smith Act provides that an administrative tribunal known as the Patent Trial and Appeals Board, or PTAB, provides a venue for challenging the validity of patents at a cost that is much lower than district court litigation and on timelines that are much faster. Although it is not clear what, if any, long-term impact the PTAB proceedings will have on the operation of our business, the initial results of patent challenge proceedings before the PTAB since its inception in 2013 have resulted in the invalidation of many U.S. patent claims. The availability of the PTAB as a lower-cost, faster and potentially more potent tribunal for challenging patents could increase the likelihood that our own patents will be challenged, thereby increasing the uncertainties and costs of maintaining and enforcing them.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property of a third party, including trade secrets or know-how, or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors and third parties may claim an ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own.

Many of our employees and consultants were previously employed at or engaged by other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees, consultants and contractors may have executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, misappropriated the intellectual property or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information, of these former employers, competitors or other third parties. Additionally, we may be subject to claims from third parties challenging our ownership interest in or inventorship of intellectual property we regard as our own, based on claims that our agreements with employees or consultants obligating them to assign intellectual property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations to assign inventions to another employer, to a former employer, or to another person or entity. Litigation may be necessary to defend against claims, and it may be necessary or we may desire to enter into a license to settle any such claim; however, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages or a settlement payment, a court could prohibit us from using technologies, features or other intellectual property that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate technologies, features or other intellectual property that are important or essential to our products could have a material adverse effect on our business and competitive position, and may prevent us from selling our products. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects.

 

39


Table of Contents

We operate in a regulated industry and changes in regulation or the implementation of existing regulation could affect our operations.

Our products and our business activities are subject to rigorous regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate. In particular, these laws govern: (i) coverage and reimbursement by the national health services or by private health insurance services for the purchase of hearing aids; (ii) the supply of hearing aids to the public and, more specifically, the training and qualifications required to practice the profession of hearing aid fitting specialist; and (iii) the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, premarket clearance or approval and marketing, advertising, promotion, export and import of our hearing aids. Accordingly, our business may be affected by changes in any such laws and regulations and, in particular, by changes to the conditions for coverage, the way in which reimbursement is calculated, the ability to obtain national health insurance coverage or the role of the ear, nose and throat specialists.

While the various agencies that enforce the European Union’s Medical Device Directive, the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare and the FDA are the regulatory bodies affecting us most prominently, there are numerous other regulatory schemes at the international, national and sub-national levels to which we are subject. These regulations can be burdensome and subject to change on short notice, exposing us to the risk of increased costs and business disruption, and regulatory premarket clearance or approval requirements may affect or delay our ability to market our new products. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain marketing clearance or approval for our new products, or enhancements or modifications to existing products. If we do, such clearance or approval may take a significant amount of time and require the expenditure of substantial resources. Further, such clearance or approval may involve stringent testing procedures, modifications, repairs or replacements of our products and could result in limitations on the proposed uses of our products. Regulatory authorities and legislators have been recently increasing their scrutiny of the healthcare industry, and there are ongoing regulatory efforts to reduce healthcare costs that may intensify in the future. Our business is also sensitive to any changes in tort and product liability laws.

Regulations pertaining to our products have become increasingly stringent and more common, particularly in developing countries whose regulations approach standards previously attained only by some Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development countries, and we may become subject to more rigorous regulation by governmental authorities in the future. Conversely, however, the regulation of hearing aids as medical devices provides a barrier to entry for new competitors. For example, if certain of our products were made subject to less stringent regulation by the FDA in the United States, then products similar to ours may be marketed and sold more freely, and our products may become commoditized. If the markets in which we operate become less regulated, those barriers to entry may be eliminated or reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Both before and after a product is commercially released, we have ongoing responsibilities under various laws and regulations. If a regulatory authority were to conclude that we are not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, or that any of our hearing aids are ineffective or pose an unreasonable risk for the end-user, the authority may ban such hearing aids, detain or seize adulterated or misbranded hearing aids, order a recall, repair, replacement or refund of such instruments, and require us to notify health professionals and others that the devices present unreasonable risks of substantial harm to the public health. A regulatory authority may also impose operating restrictions, enjoin and restrain certain violations of applicable law pertaining to medical devices, and assess civil or criminal penalties against our officers, employees or us. The regulatory authority may also recommend prosecution by law enforcement agencies. Any governmental law or regulation, existing or imposed in the future, or enforcement action taken may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

40


Table of Contents

Our hearing aids are subject to extensive government regulation at the federal and state level, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could harm our business.

Our hearing aids are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the United States, including by the FDA and state agencies. The FDA regulates, among other things, the design, development, research, manufacture, testing, labeling, marketing, promotion, advertising, sale, import and export of hearing aid devices, such as those we market. Applicable medical device regulations are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry out or expand our operations.

The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes (Class I, II, or III) based on the degree of risk associated with a device and the level of regulatory control deemed necessary to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the FDA’s current good manufacturing practices for devices, as reflected in the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, establishment registration and device listing, reporting of adverse events, and truthful, non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the premarket notification process set forth in Section 510(k) of the FDCA.

The FDA has classified air-conduction hearing aids as Class I devices exempt from premarket review procedures, and although we comply with applicable Class I medical device requirements, none of our devices have been reviewed by the FDA. Moreover, because the FDA has stated that it does not intend to enforce the medical evaluation requirements for dispensation of Class I air-conduction hearing aids to individuals 18 years of age and older, our devices are available directly to consumers without the medical evaluation of a licensed practitioner. If our current or future products become subject to the pending OTC hearing aid pathway, are deemed to be Class II “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aids,” or are otherwise required to undergo premarket review, we may be required to first receive clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application from the FDA. If this were to occur for our currently marketed devices, the FDA could require us to remove our products from the market until we receive applicable regulatory clearance or approval, which would significantly impact our business.

In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (a pre-amendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to an approved PMA application and later down-classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices.

Modifications to products that are approved through a PMA application generally require FDA approval. Similarly, certain modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k) clearance. Both the PMA approval and the 510(k) clearance process can be expensive, lengthy and uncertain. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but can last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed with the FDA. In addition, a PMA generally requires the performance of one or more

 

41


Table of Contents

clinical trials. Despite the time, effort and cost, we cannot assure you that any particular device will be approved or cleared by the FDA. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals if required in the future could harm our business.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

 

 

inability to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that the product or modification is substantially equivalent to the proposed predicate device or safe and effective for its intended use;

 

 

the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and

 

 

the manufacturing process or facilities do not meet applicable requirements.

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay our ability to introduce new products or modify our current products on a timely basis. For example, in November 2018, FDA officials announced forthcoming steps that the agency intends to take to modernize the 510(k) premarket notification pathway, and in September 2019, the FDA finalized guidance to describe an optional “safety and performance based” premarket review pathway for manufacturers of certain “well-understood device types,” which would allow manufacturers to demonstrate substantial equivalence by meeting objective safety and performance criteria established by the FDA, obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety and performance of their medical devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. If we are required to seek premarket review of our devices in the future, these proposals and reforms could impose additional regulatory requirements on us and increase the costs of compliance.

Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire, retain or deploy key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise delay or prevent necessary regulatory clearances or approvals, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and clear or approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory and policy changes, the FDA’s ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new medical devices or modifications to be cleared or approved by government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, including for 35 days beginning on December 22, 2018, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities.

Separately, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to postpone most inspections of foreign manufacturing facilities, and on March 18, 2020, the FDA temporarily postponed routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities. Subsequently, on July 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to resume certain on-site inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities subject to a risk-based prioritization system. The FDA intends to use this risk-based assessment system to identify the categories of regulatory activity that can occur within a given geographic area, ranging from mission critical inspections to resumption of all regulatory activities. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other

 

42


Table of Contents

regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may make it more difficult and costly to produce, market and distribute our products or to do so profitably.

Recent political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry to fundamental changes. Both the federal and state governments in the United States and foreign governments continue to propose and pass new legislation and regulations designed to contain or reduce the cost of healthcare, improve quality of care and expand access to healthcare, among other purposes. For example, the implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act, or the Affordable Care Act, has changed healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers substantially and has affected medical device manufacturers significantly. Other legislative changes have also been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted, which included, among other things, reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, which was signed into law on March 27, 2020, designed to provide financial support and resources to individuals and businesses affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, suspended these reductions from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, and extended the sequester by one year, through 2030. In addition, on January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to certain providers, including hospitals. The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, enacted on April 16, 2015, or MACRA, repealed the formula by which Medicare made annual payment adjustments to physicians and replaced the former formula with fixed annual updates and a new system of incentive payments which began in 2019 that are based on various performance measures and physicians’ participation in alternative payment models such as accountable care organizations. Future legislation and regulations may result in decreased coverage and reimbursement for medical devices, which may further exacerbate industry-wide pressure to reduce the prices charged and market demand for medical devices. This could harm our ability to market and generate sales from our products.

We may face risks related to any future international sales, including the need to obtain necessary foreign regulatory clearance or approvals.

Sales of our products outside the United States will subject us to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. The time required to obtain clearances or approvals required by other countries may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and requirements for such approvals may differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals and may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain foreign regulatory approvals. If we experience delays in receipt of approvals to market our products in new jurisdictions, or if we fail to receive these approvals, we may be unable to market our products in international markets in a timely manner, if at all, which could materially impact our international expansion and adversely affect our business as a whole. Some international regulations may also limit the availability of our hearing aids to customers in certain jurisdictions without our first obtaining a license or engaging a third party to provide such financing, or limit the financing options we can offer our customers. If any of these risks were to materialize, they could limit our expected international growth and profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulations in certain foreign countries may challenge our direct-to-consumer sales model.

Our business may also be affected by actions of domestic and foreign governments to restrict the activities of direct-to-consumer companies for various reasons, including a limitation on the ability of direct-to-consumer

 

43


Table of Contents

companies to operate without the involvement of a traditional retail channel. To the extent that we begin to offer our products in international markets, foreign governments may also introduce other forms of protectionist legislation, such as limitations or requirements on where the products can or must be produced or requirements that non-domestic companies doing or seeking to do business place a certain percentage of ownership of legal entities in the hands of local nationals to protect the commercial interests of its citizens. Customs laws, tariffs, import duties, export and import quotas and restrictions on repatriation of foreign earnings and/or other methods of accessing cash generated internationally, may negatively affect our local or corporate operations. Additionally, the U.S. government may impose restrictions on our ability to engage in business in other countries in connection with the foreign policy of the United States. Any such restrictions on our direct-to-consumer sales model in international jurisdictions could limit our ability to grow internationally, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our hearing aids may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us.

We are subject to the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign regulations, which require us to report to the FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our hearing aids may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the initial use of the hearing aid device. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products or, if premarket review is required in the future, delay in clearance of future products.

The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require the recall of commercialized medical device products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. The FDA’s authority to require a recall must be based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device could cause serious injury or death. We may also choose to voluntarily recall a product if any material deficiency is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. We cannot assure you that product defects or other errors will not occur in the future. Recalls involving our hearing aids could have a material adverse effect on to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Medical device manufacturers are required to maintain certain records of recalls and corrections, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary withdrawals or corrections for our hearing aid devices in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales.

 

44


Table of Contents

We must manufacture our products in accordance with federal and state regulations, and we could be forced to recall our products or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations.

The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our hearing aid devices must comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, servicing and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors, and such inspections can result in warning letters, untitled letters and other regulatory communications and adverse publicity. Our hearing aid devices are also subject to similar state regulations and various laws and regulations of foreign countries governing manufacturing.

We cannot guarantee that we or any subcontractors will take the necessary steps to comply with applicable regulations, which could cause delays in the manufacture and delivery of our products. In addition, failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing processes could result in, among other things:

 

 

fines, injunctions or civil penalties;

 

 

suspension or withdrawal of future clearances or approvals;

 

 

refusal to clear or approve pending applications;

 

 

seizures or recalls of our products;

 

 

total or partial suspension of production or distribution;

 

 

administrative or judicially imposed sanctions;

 

 

refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and

 

 

criminal prosecution.

Any of these actions could significantly and negatively impact supply of our products. If any of these events occurs, our reputation could be harmed, we could be exposed to product liability claims and we could lose customers and suffer reduced revenue and increased costs.

If we fail to comply with U.S. or foreign federal and state healthcare regulatory laws, we could be subject to penalties, including, but not limited to, administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs and the curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely impact our reputation and business operations.

To the extent our products are or become covered by any federal or state government healthcare program, our operations and business practices may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including our sales and marketing practices, consumer incentive and other promotional programs and other business practices. Such laws include, without limitation:

 

 

the U.S. federal civil and criminal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an

 

45


Table of Contents
 

individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under U.S. federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare, state Medicaid programs and TRICARE. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

 

the U.S. federal false claims laws, including the False Claims Act, which can be enforced through whistleblower actions, and civil monetary penalties laws, which, among other things, impose criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the U.S. federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or from knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

 

 

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

 

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which also imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information by covered entities, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers, as well as their business associates that perform certain services involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information;

 

 

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, including state anti-kickback, self-referral and false claims laws that apply more broadly to healthcare items or services paid by all payors, including self-pay patients and private insurers, that govern our interactions with consumers or restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources;

 

 

the Federal Trade Commission Act and federal and state consumer protection, advertisement and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;

 

 

the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act and its implementing regulations, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies that are reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the government information related to certain payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members. Additionally, on October 25, 2018, President Trump signed into law the “Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promoted Opioid Recovery and Treatment for Patients and Communities Act” which in part (under a provision entitled “Fighting the Opioid Epidemic with Sunshine”) extends the reporting and transparency requirements for physicians in the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other mid-level practitioners (with reporting requirements going into effect in 2022 for payments made in 2021);

 

46


Table of Contents
 

the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, which prohibits, among other things, U.S. companies and their employees and agents from authorizing, promising, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to foreign government officials, employees of public international organizations and foreign government owned or affiliated entities, candidates for foreign political office and foreign political parties or officials thereof;

 

 

foreign or U.S. analogous state laws and regulations, which may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, state laws that require manufacturers to comply with the voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government; state laws and regulations that require manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information or that require tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; and state laws governing the privacy, security and disposal of personal information and health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts; and

 

 

similar data protection and healthcare laws and regulations in the EU and other jurisdictions in which we may conduct activities in the future, including reporting requirements detailing interactions with and payments to healthcare providers and laws governing the privacy and security of personal data, including the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which imposes obligations and restrictions on the collection and use of personal data relating to individuals located in the EU and European Economic Area, or EEA (including with regard to health data).

Foreign laws and regulations in this regard may vary greatly from country to country. For example, the advertising and promotion of our products in the EEA would be subject to EEA Directives concerning misleading and comparative advertising and unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. These laws may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals. We are also subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by the countries in which we conduct our business. These healthcare laws and regulations vary significantly from country to country.

Ensuring that our internal operations and future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government-funded healthcare programs, such as state Medicaid programs, TRICARE or similar programs in other countries or jurisdictions, disgorgement, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Further, defending against any such actions can be costly and time-consuming and may require significant personnel resources. Even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired.

We are subject to numerous state hearing aid and licensure laws and regulations, and non-compliance with these laws and regulations may expose us to significant costs or liabilities.

We are subject to numerous state and local hearing aid laws and regulations relating to, among other matters, licensure and registration of audiologists and other individuals we employ or contract with to provide services and dispense hearing aids. Some of these laws require us to maintain warranty and return policies for

 

47


Table of Contents

consumers allowing for the return of product and restrict advertising and marketing practices. These state and local laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. The FDCA preempts state laws relating to the safety and efficacy of medical devices and state laws that are different from or in addition to federal requirements. In Missouri Board of Examiners for Hearing Instrument Specialists v. Hearing Help Express, Inc. and METX, LLC v. Wal-Mart Stores Texas, LLC, the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals and the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, respectively, have held that certain state laws relating to the fitting and dispensing of hearing aids are preempted because they relate to the safety and efficacy of medical devices. Although we have structured our operations to comply with our understanding of applicable state regulatory requirements, interpretative legal precedent and regulatory guidance varies by jurisdiction and is often sparse and not fully developed, including which laws and regulations are preempted because they relate to the safety and efficacy of medical devices, complicating our compliance efforts. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that our interpretation of laws and regulations applicable to our operations is correct, and we could be subject to adverse judicial or administrative interpretations. Our ability to operate profitably will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain any necessary licenses and other approvals and operate in compliance with applicable state laws and regulations. A determination that we are in violation of applicable laws and regulations in any jurisdiction in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on us, particularly if we are unable to restructure our operations and arrangements to comply with the requirements of that jurisdiction, if we are required to restructure our operations and arrangements at a significant cost, or if we are subject to penalties or other adverse action. We cannot predict the impact on our business of new or amended laws or regulations or any changes in the way existing and future laws and regulations are interpreted or enforced, nor can we ensure we will be able to obtain or maintain any required licenses or permits.

If our arrangements with audiologists and other hearing care specialists are found to violate state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting, our business, financial condition and our ability to operate in those states could be adversely impacted.

Many states have laws that prohibit us from engaging in the practice of audiology, exercising control, interfering with or influencing an audiologist or other hearing care specialist’s professional judgment and entering into certain financial arrangements, such as splitting professional fees with audiologists. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Although we believe our arrangements comply with applicable state prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting, regulatory authorities or other third parties may challenge our existing organization and contractual arrangements. If such a claim were successful, we could be subject to adverse judicial or administrative interpretations, to civil or criminal penalties, our contracts could be found legally invalid and unenforceable or we could be required to restructure our contractual arrangements with our audiologists and other licensed professionals. A determination that these arrangements violate state laws and regulations or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships and business operations to comply with these laws would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to continue to drive consumers to our website, it could cause our revenue to decrease.

Many consumers find our website by searching for hearing aid information through internet search engines or from word-of-mouth and personal recommendations. A critical factor in attracting visitors to our website is how prominently we are displayed in response to search queries. Accordingly, we use search engine marketing as a means to provide a significant portion of our customer acquisition. Search engine marketing includes both paid website visitor acquisition on a cost-per-click basis and visitor acquisition on an unpaid basis, often referred to as organic or algorithmic search.

 

48


Table of Contents

One method we employ to acquire visitors via organic search is commonly known as search engine optimization, or SEO. SEO involves developing our website in a way that enables the website to rank high for search queries for which our website’s content may be relevant. We also rely heavily on favorable recommendations from our existing customers to help drive traffic to our website. If our website is listed less prominently or fails to appear in search result listings for any reason, it is likely that we will attract fewer visitors to our website, which could adversely affect our revenue.

Risks relating to our common stock and this offering

There may not be an active trading market for our common stock, which may cause shares of our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial public offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is possible that after this offering, an active trading market will not develop or, if developed, that any market will not be sustained, which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our common stock will trade in the public market, if any, after this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced public company reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to: being permitted to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related selected financial data and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure; an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements; reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, registration statements and proxy statements; and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, the JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We intend to take advantage of the exemptions discussed above. As a result, the information we provide will be different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue exceed $1.07 billion, (iii) the date on which we have, during the immediately preceding three-year period, issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities, or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value

 

49


Table of Contents

of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will continue to incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the exchange our securities are listed on. The expenses generally incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may decline.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The process of designing, implementing and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of the material weakness is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and other supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The

 

50


Table of Contents

material weakness related to a lack of qualified supervisory accounting resources, including those necessary to account for and disclose certain complex transactions and for which we lacked the technical expertise to identify, analyze and appropriately record those transactions. We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness, including the hiring of qualified supervisory resources, the engagement of technical accounting consulting resources, plans to hire additional finance department employees and the implementation of more formal policies and procedures related to the accounting for our procurement and vendor payment process.

We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weakness in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

If we fail to remediate our existing material weakness or identify new material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, if we are unable to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting when we are no longer an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. As a result of such failures, we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation and financial condition or divert financial and management resources from our regular business activities.

We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock; as a result, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. Also, unless waived, the terms of our 2018 Loan with Silicon Valley Bank generally prohibit us from declaring or paying any cash dividends and other distributions. Additionally, our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities we issue or any future credit facilities we enter into. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet any guidance that we provide to the public, the market price of our common stock may decline.

We may, but are not obligated to, provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Any such guidance will be comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed any guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet any guidance

 

51


Table of Contents

we provide or the expectations of investment analysts, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline. Even if we do issue public guidance, there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so in the future.

We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. We currently expect to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to invest in sales and marketing, launch new marketing channels and expand our brand efforts, and to fund research and development activities. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on the initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $                 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed         % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately         % of our total equity outstanding after this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or outstanding options and warrants are exercised, you could experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

We may be unable to raise additional capital, which could harm our ability to compete.

As of June 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $8.3 million. Our expected future capital requirements may depend on many factors including expansion our product portfolio and the timing and extent of spend on the development of our technology to increase our product offerings. Even if this offering is successful, we may need additional funding to fund our operations, but additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms on a timely basis, if at all. We may seek funds through borrowings or through additional rounds of financing, including private or public equity or debt offerings.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

 

the timing, receipt and amount of sales from our current and future products;

 

 

the cost of manufacturing, either ourselves or through third party manufacturers, our products;

 

 

the cost and timing of expanding our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

 

 

the terms and timing of any other partnership, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish;

 

 

any product liability or other lawsuits related to our current or future products;

 

 

the expenses needed to attract, hire and retain skilled personnel;

 

52


Table of Contents
 

the costs associated with being a public company;

 

 

the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on our business and financial markets generally;

 

 

the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

 

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies, although we currently have no commitments or agreements relating to any of these types of transactions.

If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges, or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or products.

Since our inception, our operations have been financed primarily by net proceeds from the sale of our convertible preferred stock, indebtedness and, to a lesser extent, revenue from the sales of our products. We expect that we may be required to obtain additional funding in the future and may do so through partnerships, public or private equity offerings or debt financings, credit or loan facilities or a combination of one or more of these funding sources. Even if we are not required to obtain additional funding, we may do so due to favorable market conditions or to be able to pursue strategic or business expansion opportunities. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may suffer dilution and the terms of any financing may adversely affect the rights of our stockholders. In addition, as a condition to providing additional funds to us, future investors may demand, and may be granted, rights superior to those of existing stockholders. Debt financing, if available, is likely to involve restrictive covenants limiting our flexibility in conducting future business activities, and, in the event of insolvency, debt holders would be repaid before holders of our equity securities receive any distribution of our corporate assets. We also could be required to seek funds through arrangements with partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights or jointly own some aspects of our technologies or products that we would otherwise pursue on our own.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Prior to this offering, as of August 31, 2020, our current executive officers, directors, holders of 5.0% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates held approximately 84% of our outstanding voting stock and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will hold approximately         % of our outstanding voting stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants). Therefore, even after this offering these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

 

53


Table of Contents

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2020 and assuming (i) the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 and our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the 2020 Notes) into an aggregate of 84,589,700 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (iii) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants subsequent to June 30, 2020, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of          shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering.

The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, as of August 31, 2020, up to approximately                million additional shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately                  million of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. may, however, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

In addition, as of August 31, 2020, approximately 20.6 million shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options, reserved for future issuance under our existing equity incentive plan, or subject to outstanding warrants will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

After this offering, based upon the number of shares outstanding as of August 31, 2020, the holders of approximately 84.6 million shares of our common stock, or approximately         % of our total outstanding common stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to vesting schedules and to the lock-up agreements described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to entrenchment of management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions will include the following:

 

 

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

 

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

54


Table of Contents
 

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

 

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;

 

 

the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

 

the required approval of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or to repeal certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

 

 

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

 

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

 

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction. For a description of our capital stock, see the section titled “Description of capital stock.”

Claims for indemnification by our directors, officers and other employees or agents may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors, officers and certain other employees will provide that:

 

 

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

 

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

55


Table of Contents
 

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

 

We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

 

The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

 

We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents and arising under the Securities Act. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.

We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, this choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring

 

56


Table of Contents

a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision that will be contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

General risk factors

If we engage in future acquisitions or strategic partnerships, it may increase our capital requirements, dilute our stockholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities and subject us to other risks.

We may evaluate various acquisitions and strategic partnerships, including licensing or acquiring complementary products, intellectual property rights, technologies or businesses. Any potential acquisition or strategic partnership may entail numerous risks, including:

 

 

increased operating expenses and cash requirements;

 

 

the assumption of additional indebtedness or contingent liabilities;

 

 

assimilation of operations, intellectual property and products of an acquired company, including difficulties associated with integrating new personnel;

 

 

the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing product programs and initiatives in pursuing such a strategic merger or acquisition;

 

 

loss of key personnel, and uncertainties in our ability to maintain key business relationships;

 

 

uncertainties associated with the other party to such a transaction, including the prospects of that party and their existing products or product candidates and regulatory approvals; and

 

 

our inability to generate revenue from acquired technology and/or products sufficient to meet our objectives in undertaking the acquisition or even to offset the associated acquisition and maintenance costs.

In addition, if we undertake acquisitions or strategic partnerships, we may issue dilutive securities, assume or incur debt obligations, incur large one-time expenses and acquire intangible assets that could result in significant future amortization expense. Moreover, we may not be able to locate suitable acquisition or partnership opportunities, and even if we do locate such opportunities we may not be able to successfully bid for or obtain them due to competitive factors or lack of sufficient resources. This inability could impair our ability to grow or obtain access to technology or products that may be important to the development of our business.

Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.

Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects on our future effective tax rate. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws both within and outside the United States, regulations and/or rates, structural changes in our business, new or changes to accounting pronouncements, non-deductible goodwill impairments, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates, the future levels of tax benefits of equity-based compensation, changes in overall levels of pretax earnings or changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. Additionally, we could be challenged by state and local tax authorities as to the propriety of our sales tax compliance, and our results could be materially impacted by these compliance determinations.

 

57


Table of Contents

In addition, our effective tax rate may vary significantly depending on our stock price. The tax effects of the accounting for share-based compensation may significantly impact our effective tax rate from period to period. In periods in which our stock price is higher than the grant price of the share-based compensation vesting in that period, we will recognize excess tax benefits that will decrease our effective tax rate. In future periods in which our stock price is lower than the grant price of the share-based compensation vesting in that period, our effective tax rate may increase. The amount and value of share-based compensation issued relative to our earnings in a particular period will also affect the magnitude of the impact of share-based compensation on our effective tax rate. These tax effects are dependent on our stock price, which we do not control, and a decline in our stock price could significantly increase our effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial results.

If we fail to execute invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors involved in the development of intellectual property or are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our products and our business and competitive position could be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on protection of copyright, trade secrets, know-how and confidential and proprietary information. We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties upon their commencement of a relationship with us. However, we may not enter into such agreements with all employees, consultants and third parties who have been involved in the development of our intellectual property. In addition, these agreements may not provide meaningful protection against the unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential information, and adequate remedies may not exist if unauthorized use or disclosure were to occur. The exposure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, a failure to protect our proprietary rights may allow competitors to copy our technology, which could adversely affect our pricing and market share. Further, other parties may independently develop substantially equivalent know-how and technology.

In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using commonly accepted physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Even though we use commonly accepted security measures, trade secret violations are often a matter of state law, and the criteria for protection of trade secrets can vary among different jurisdictions. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. We also have agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties that obligate them to assign their inventions to us, however these agreements may not be self-executing, not all employees or consultants may enter into such agreements, or employees or consultants may breach or violate the terms of these agreements, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation. If any of our intellectual property or confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, it could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

58


Table of Contents

We may be unable to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. This could make it difficult for us to stop infringement of our foreign patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of patent protection in such countries.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our technology and the enforcement of our intellectual property.

We are subject to risks from legal and arbitration proceedings and that may prevent us from pursuing our business activities or require us to incur additional costs in defending against claims or paying damages.

We may become subject to legal disputes and regulatory proceedings in connection with our business activities involving, among other things, product liability, product defects, intellectual property infringement and/or alleged violations of applicable laws in various jurisdictions. Although we maintain liability insurance in amounts we believe to be consistent with industry practice, we may not be fully insured against all potential damages that may arise out of any claims to which we may be party in the ordinary course of our business. A negative outcome of these proceedings may prevent us from pursuing certain activities and/or require us to incur additional costs in order to do so and pay damages.

The outcome of pending or potential future legal and arbitration proceedings is difficult to predict with certainty. In the event of a negative outcome of any material legal or arbitration proceeding, whether based on a judgment or a settlement agreement, we could be obligated to make substantial payments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the costs related to litigation and arbitration proceedings may be significant, and any legal or arbitration proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Actual or perceived failures to comply with applicable data privacy and security laws, regulations, policies, standards, contractual obligations and other requirements related to data privacy and security and changes to such laws, regulations, standards, policies and contractual obligations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and there has been an increasing focus on privacy and data protection issues with the potential to affect our business. We are or may become subject to numerous state, federal and foreign laws, requirements and regulations governing the collection, transmission, use, disclosure, storage, retention and security of personal and personally-identifying information, such as information that we may collect in connection with conducting our business in the United States and abroad. Implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot yet determine the impact future laws, regulations, standards or perception of their requirements may have on our business. This evolution may create uncertainty in our business, affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer use and share personal information, necessitate the

 

59


Table of Contents

acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts, result in liability or impose additional costs on us. The cost of compliance with these laws, regulations and standards is high and is likely to increase in the future. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulation, our internal policies and procedures or our contracts governing our processing of personal information could result in negative publicity, government investigations and enforcement actions, fines, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, claims by third parties, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including protected health information, or PHI, personally identifiable information, or PII, intellectual property and proprietary business information owned or controlled by ourselves or our customers, third-party payors and other parties. We also collect and store sensitive data of our employees and contractors. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing cloud-based data centers for PII. We utilize external security and infrastructure vendors to manage parts of our data centers.

As our operations and business grow, we are and may become subject to or affected by new or additional data protection laws and regulations and face increased scrutiny or attention from regulatory authorities. In the United States, HIPAA imposes, among other things, privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, or protected health information, and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to protect the privacy of protected health information and ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information. Certain states have also adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA. Such laws and regulations will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our future customers and strategic partners. Determining whether protected health information has been handled in compliance with applicable privacy standards and our contractual obligations can be complex and may be subject to changing interpretation. If we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of protected health information, we could be found to have breached our contracts. Further, if we fail to comply with applicable privacy laws, including applicable privacy and security standards, we could face civil and criminal penalties. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has the discretion to impose penalties without attempting to resolve violations through informal means. HHS enforcement activity can result in financial liability and reputational harm, and responses to such enforcement activity can consume significant internal resources, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

In addition, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which took effect on January 1, 2020, creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, and many similar laws have been proposed at the federal level and in other states. In the event that we are subject to or affected by HIPAA, the CCPA or other domestic privacy and data protection laws, any liability from failure to comply with the requirements of these laws could adversely affect our financial condition. In addition, on June 24, 2020, the California Secretary of State certified a ballot initiative for the upcoming November general election known as the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, or CPRA. If the CPRA is approved by California voters, the CPRA would amend the CCPA by creating additional privacy rights for California consumers and additional obligations on businesses, which could subject us to additional compliance costs as well as potential fines, individual claims and commercial liabilities. If approved, it is expected that the CPRA would take effect on January 1, 2023.

 

60


Table of Contents

In addition, state attorneys general are authorized to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations that threaten the privacy of state residents. We cannot be sure how these regulations will be interpreted, enforced or applied to our operations. In addition to the risks associated with enforcement activities and potential contractual liabilities, our ongoing efforts to comply with evolving laws and regulations at the federal and state level may be costly and require ongoing modifications to our policies, procedures and systems.

We may in the future become subject to the GDPR, which went into effect in May 2018 and which imposes obligations on companies that operate in our industry with respect to the processing of personal data and the cross-border transfer of such data. The GDPR imposes onerous accountability obligations requiring data controllers and processors to maintain a record of their data processing and policies. If our or our partners’ or service providers’ privacy or data security measures fail to comply with the GDPR requirements, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, enforcement notices requiring us to change the way we use personal data and/or fines of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, as well as compensation claims by affected individuals, negative publicity, reputational harm and a potential loss of business and goodwill. Further, following the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU and the EEA and the end of the transition period on December 31, 2020, companies will have to comply with the GDPR and the GDPR as incorporated into United Kingdom national law, the latter regime having the ability to separately fine up to the greater of £17.5 million or 4% of global turnover. While we continue to address the implications of the recent changes to European data privacy regulations, data privacy remains an evolving landscape at both the domestic and international level, with new regulations coming into effect and continued legal challenges, and our efforts to comply with the evolving data protection rules may be unsuccessful. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices. Accordingly, we must devote significant resources to understanding and complying with this changing landscape.

Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards, our contractual obligations and other legal obligations, these requirements are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another or other legal obligations with which we must comply. Any failure or perceived failure by us or our employees, representatives, contractors, consultants or other third parties to comply with such requirements or adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, negative publicity, loss of goodwill and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations or prospects.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, economic and trade sanctions regulations and similar laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and other laws in the United States and elsewhere that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Certain suppliers of our product components are located in countries known to experience corruption. Business activities in these countries create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, contractors or agents that could be in violation of various laws, including the FCPA and anti-bribery laws in these countries, even though these parties are not always subject to our control. While we have implemented policies and procedures designed to discourage these practices by our employees, consultants and agents and to identify and address potentially impermissible transactions under such laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that all of our employees, consultants and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies, for which we may be ultimately responsible.

 

61


Table of Contents

We are also subject to certain economic and trade sanctions programs that are administered by the Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control which prohibit or restrict transactions to or from or dealings with specified countries, their governments and in certain circumstances, their nationals, and with individuals and entities that are specially-designated nationals of those countries, narcotics traffickers and terrorists or terrorist organizations.

Failure to comply with any of these laws and regulations or changes in this regulatory environment, including changing interpretations and the implementation of new or varying regulatory requirements by the government, may result in significant financial penalties or reputational harm, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our information technology systems, internal computer systems, or those used by our third-party service providers, vendors, strategic partners or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches and other disruptions, which could result in a material disruption of our products and services development programs, compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information, potentially exposing us to liability or otherwise adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We collect and maintain information in digital form that is necessary to conduct our business, and we are increasingly dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure to operate our business, including our mobile and web-based applications, our e-commerce platform and our enterprise software. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information of customers and our employees and contractors. It is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such confidential information. We have also outsourced elements of our information technology infrastructure, and as a result a number of third-party vendors may or could have access to our confidential information. We do not conduct audits or formal evaluations of our third-party vendors’ information technology systems and cannot be sure that our third-party vendors have sufficient measures in place to ensure the security and integrity of their information technology systems and our confidential and proprietary information. If our third-party vendors fail to protect their information technology systems and our confidential and proprietary information, we may be vulnerable to disruptions in service and unauthorized access to our confidential or proprietary information and we could incur liability and reputational damage. Our internal information technology systems and those of our third party service providers, vendors, strategic partners and other contractors or consultants are vulnerable to damage or interruption from computer viruses, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures, hacking, cyberattacks, phishing attacks and other social engineering schemes, malicious code, employee theft or misuse, denial or degradation of service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state-supported actors or unauthorized access or use by persons inside our organization, or persons with access to systems inside our organization. The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyberattacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. The costs to us to investigate and mitigate network security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant, and while we have implemented security measures to protect our data security and information technology systems from system failure, accident and security breach, our efforts to address these problems may not be successful, and these problems could result in unexpected interruptions, delays, disruption of our development programs and our business operations, cessation of service, negative publicity and other harm to our business and our competitive position, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other proprietary information or other disruptions. If we were to experience a significant cybersecurity breach of our information systems or data, the costs associated with the investigation,

 

62


Table of Contents

remediation and potential notification of the breach to counter-parties and data subjects could be material. In addition, our remediation efforts may not be successful. If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build and sustain the proper technology and cybersecurity infrastructure, we could suffer significant business disruption, including transaction errors, supply chain or manufacturing interruptions, processing inefficiencies, data loss or the loss of or damage to intellectual property or other proprietary information. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss, corruption or unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets, personal information or other proprietary or sensitive information or other similar disruptions.

If a security breach or other incident were to result in the unauthorized access to or unauthorized use, disclosure, release or other processing of personal information, it may be necessary to notify individuals, governmental authorities, supervisory bodies, the media and other parties pursuant to privacy and security laws. Any security compromise affecting us, our service providers, vendors, strategic partners, other contractors, consultants, or our industry, whether real or perceived, could harm our reputation, erode confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures and lead to regulatory scrutiny. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or systems, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary or personal information, we could incur liability, including litigation exposure, penalties and fines, we could become the subject of regulatory action or investigation, our competitive position could be harmed and the further development and commercialization of our products and services could be delayed. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our business. Furthermore, federal, state and international laws and regulations can expose us to enforcement actions and investigations by regulatory authorities, and potentially result in regulatory penalties, fines and significant legal liability, if our information technology security efforts fail. We would also be exposed to a risk of loss or litigation and potential liability, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations or prospects.

Disruptions in internet access could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As an online business, we are dependent on the internet and maintaining connectivity between ourselves and consumers and sources of internet traffic, such as Google. As consumers increasingly turn to mobile devices, we also become dependent on consumers’ access to the internet through mobile carriers and their systems. Disruptions in internet access, whether generally, in a specific market or otherwise, especially if widespread or prolonged, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, the “denial-of-service” attack against Dyn in October 2016 resulted in a service outage for several major internet companies. It is possible that we could experience an interruption in our business, and we do not carry business interruption insurance sufficient to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

Changes in the regulation of the internet could adversely affect our business.

Laws, rules and regulations governing internet communications, advertising and e-commerce are dynamic, and the extent of future government regulation is uncertain. Federal and state regulations govern various aspects of our online business, including intellectual property ownership and infringement, trade secrets, the distribution of electronic communications, marketing and advertising, user privacy and data security, search engines and internet tracking technologies. Future taxation on the use of the internet or e-commerce transactions could also be imposed. Existing or future regulation or taxation could increase our operating expenses and expose us to significant liabilities. To the extent any such regulations require us to take actions that negatively impact us, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

63


Table of Contents

The market price of shares of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations, which have been exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our common stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors, adverse publicity about the hearing aid industry or individual scandals, and, in response, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

64


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future financial condition, future operations, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “plan,” “positioned,” “potential,” “predict,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

 

our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

 

our expectations concerning additional orders by existing customers;

 

 

our expectations regarding the potential market size and size of the potential consumer populations for our products and any future products, including our ability to increase insurance coverage of Eargo hearing aids;

 

 

our ability to release new hearing aids and the anticipated features of any such hearing aids;

 

 

developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry, including competing products;

 

 

our ability to maintain our competitive technological advantages against new entrants in our industry;

 

 

the pricing of our hearing aids;

 

 

our expectations regarding the ability to make certain claims related to the performance of our hearing aids relative to competitive products;

 

 

our expectations with regard to changes in the regulatory landscape for hearing aid devices, including the implementation of the pending over-the-counter hearing aid pathway regulatory framework;

 

 

our commercialization and marketing capabilities and expectations;

 

 

our relationships with, and the capabilities of, our component manufacturers, suppliers and freight carriers;

 

 

the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business and products and technology;

 

 

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our products, including the projected terms of patent protection;

 

 

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

 

our anticipated use of proceeds from this offering;

 

 

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

 

our estimates regarding the COVID-19 pandemic, including but not limited to, its duration and its impact on our business and results of operations;

 

 

estimates of our expenses, future revenue, capital requirements, our needs for additional financing and our ability to obtain additional capital; and

 

 

our future financial performance.

 

65


Table of Contents

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur at all. You should refer to the section titled “Risk factors” for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

Market and industry data

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry and our business, as well as data regarding market research, estimates and forecasts prepared by our management. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk factors.” Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

Our estimates presented elsewhere in this prospectus of the number of adults in the United States with hearing loss or access to an existing hearing aid benefit, annual U.S. hearing aid sales and our addressable market are based on multiple assumptions and our analysis of multiple sources, including publicly available information, academic articles, data from governmental agencies and reports by industry organizations. Our estimates of U.S. hearing aid sales in 2019 are based on our internal estimates of average prices paid by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and by consumers in multiple private distribution channels. To estimate our addressable market, we applied academic estimates of the prevalence of hearing loss to population and median household income data from the U.S. Census Bureau. These estimates involve certain assumptions, including, among other things, that (i) the prevalence of hearing loss among adults remains constant across income levels, (ii) the percentage of adults over 75 with above-median household incomes is the same as the percentage of adults over 80 with above-median household incomes and (iii) our addressable market includes adults who experience tinnitus or hearing loss in just one ear.

To estimate the number of adults in the United States with hearing loss and access to an existing hearing aid benefit under certain insurance plans, we applied academic estimates of the prevalence of hearing loss to population data from the U.S. Census Bureau, information from the U.S. Office of Personnel Management and publicly available analyses of certain Medicare Advantage and Medicaid plan and enrollment data. These estimates involve certain assumptions, including, among other things, that (i) enrollees in Federal Employee Health Benefits Program, or FEHB, insurance plans that do not offer a hearing aid benefit have access to other FEHB plans that offer a hearing aid benefit and (ii) the prevalence of hearing loss and the distribution of age ranges among covered lives are consistent with our estimates for the U.S. population generally. In addition, the dollar amount of existing hearing aid benefits, including co-pay and cost-sharing provisions, varies significantly among plans included in our estimates, and existing benefits under many such plans would not be sufficient to defray all or a majority of the out-of-pocket cost of an Eargo hearing aid or a hearing aid purchased through traditional channels.

Although we believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable, we cannot assure you of their accuracy, and actual market data may differ materially.

In addition, third party estimates of the average price of hearing aids in the United States typically exclude sales made by Costco. Accordingly, references elsewhere in this prospectus to the average price of pairs of hearing aids purchased through “traditional channels” exclude sales made by Costco. We believe that if sales made by Costco were included in these estimates, it would cause the average price to be reduced.

 

67


Table of Contents

Certain other market and industry data included in this prospectus were obtained from market research, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. Statements in this prospectus referring to the Northstar Survey refer to a market survey of 2,200 adults over the age of 45 in the United States conducted by NORTHSTAR Research Partners (USA) LLC in March and September 2019, which we commissioned. All of the market and industry data used in this prospectus involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. We have not independently verified any third-party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the market position, market opportunity, market size and other information included in this prospectus is reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.

The net promoter score, or NPS, metric referenced elsewhere in this prospectus is a measurement developed by Bain and Co. We utilize the NPS, which is a percentage, expressed as a numerical value up to a maximum value of 100, to gauge customer satisfaction. Our NPS reflects responses to the following question on a scale of zero to 10: “How likely are you to recommend Eargo to a friend?” Responses of nine or 10 are considered “promoters,” responses of seven or eight are considered neutral or “passives,” and responses of six or less are considered “detractors.” We then subtract the number of respondents who are detractors from the number of respondents who are promoters and divide that number by the total number of respondents. Our methodology of calculating our NPS reflects responses from customers who have used our platform and choose to respond to the survey question. Our NPS gives no weight to customers who decline to answer the survey question. We surveyed 3,220 customers from June 28, 2018 to August 31, 2020.

 

68


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $                million (or approximately $                million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by approximately $                million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents as follows:

 

 

approximately $         to $         million to fund sales and marketing, including launching new marketing channels and further expanding our brand efforts;

 

 

approximately $         to $         million to fund research and development activities; and

 

 

any remaining amounts for working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures.

We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds, if any, to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and our investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. Due to the uncertainties inherent in the ongoing commercialization and development of our hearing aids, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering that may be used for the above purposes. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including: (i) the success of our commercialization efforts for our hearing aids and (ii) the amount of revenue we are able to receive from our hearing aid sales.

Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

69


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. Also, unless waived, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank generally prohibit us from declaring or paying any cash dividends. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities we issue or any future credit facilities we enter into.

 

70


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2020 on:

 

 

an actual basis;

 

 

a pro forma basis, to reflect: (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 and all of the outstanding shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the 2020 Notes) into an aggregate of 84,589,700 shares of common stock, in each case, immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 and the warrant to purchase 160,461 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued in September 2020 into warrants exercisable for 413,457 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments discussed above, and giving further effect to the sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with the sections titled “Selected consolidated financial data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

   
     As of June 30, 2020  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    Actual     Pro
forma
     Pro forma
as adjusted(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,278     $                    $                
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, current and noncurrent

   $ 23,227       
  

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 112       
  

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 36,296,097 shares authorized, 35,477,581 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 152,880       

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

           

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 56,600,000 shares authorized, 841,488 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

           

Additional paid-in capital

     4,122       

Accumulated deficit

     (177,533     
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (173,411     
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ (20,531   $        $    

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents
(1)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering reflected in the table above is based on 85,431,188 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the conversion of all of our shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 into an aggregate of 47,379,252 shares of our common stock and the conversion of all of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the 2020 Notes, issued and sold in March and April 2020) into an aggregate of 37,210,448 shares of our common stock, in each case, immediately prior to the completion of this offering), and excludes:

 

 

413,457 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of June 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the issuance of a warrant to purchase 160,461 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock in September 2020), with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.60 per share;

 

 

10,133,628 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.11 per share;

 

 

10,958,600 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.01 per share;

 

 

            additional shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan (defined below) after the consummation of this offering;

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2020 Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan; and

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

 

72


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2020 was $(177.42) million, or $(210.84) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book deficit represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock. Historical net tangible book deficit per share is our historical net tangible book deficit divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020, before giving effect to this offering, was $            million, or $            per share. Pro forma net tangible book value, before the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, gives effect to:

 

 

the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 and all outstanding shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the 2020 Notes) into an aggregate of 84,589,700 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

 

the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 and the warrant to purchase 160,461 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued in September 2020 into warrants exercisable for 413,457 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale of            shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 would have been $            million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors participating in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

     

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of June 30, 2020

     $(210.48)     

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2020 attributable to the pro forma transactions described above

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2020

     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

      $    

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            per share and the

 

73


Table of Contents

dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $            per share, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase of 1.0 million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $            per share and decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $            per share, and a decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $            per share, and increase the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $            per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $            per share, and dilution to new investors participating in this offering of $            per share.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

       
     Shares purchased      Total consideration      Average
price per
share
 
      Number      Percent      Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

                    %      $                      %      $                

New investors

              
  

 

 

    

Total

        100%      $          100%     

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own    % and our new investors would own    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering reflected in the table above is based on 85,431,188 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the conversion of all of our shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 into an aggregate of 47,379,252 shares of our common stock and the conversion of all of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the 2020 Notes, issued and sold in March and April 2020) into an aggregate of 37,210,448 shares of our common stock, in each case, immediately prior to the completion of this offering), and excludes:

 

 

413,457 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of June 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the issuance of a warrant to purchase 160,461 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock in September 2020), with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.60 per share;

 

 

10,133,628 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.11 per share;

 

74


Table of Contents
 

10,958,600 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.01 per share;

 

 

            additional shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan (defined below) after the consummation of this offering;

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2020 Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan; and

 

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options or other equity awards are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors participating in this offering.

 

75


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth selected financial data as of and for the periods ended on the dates indicated. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 from our interim condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our interim condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of our interim condensed consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future, and results for the six months ended June 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year ending December 31, 2020. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     
     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  

Revenue, net

   $ 6,620     $ 23,163     $ 32,790     $ 14,445     $ 28,590  

Cost of revenue

     4,467       11,423       15,790       7,450       9,861  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,153       11,740       17,000       6,995       18,729  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     5,449       9,520       12,841       5,562       5,017  

Sales and marketing

     9,269       25,540       35,725       15,408       21,687  

General and administrative

     5,774       8,251       12,470       5,098       9,335  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,492       43,311       61,036       26,068       36,039  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,339     (31,571     (44,036     (19,073     (17,310

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest income

     35       164       627       419       23  

Interest expense

     (1,783     (424     (711     (274     (1,143

Other income (expense), net

     (1,181     (1,403     (366     (54     100  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (3,348     (559                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,277     (2,222     (450     91       (1,020
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (24,616     (33,793     (44,486     (18,982     (18,330

Income tax provision

                              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (24,616   $ (33,793   $ (44,486   $ (18,982   $ (18,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

   $ (37.17   $ (49.89   $ (57.82   $ (25.40   $ (22.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

     662,246       677,333       769,443       747,329       820,342  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

       $         $    
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and
diluted(1)

          

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents
(1)   See Notes 2 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements and Notes 2 and 10 to our interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     
     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
(in thousands)    2018    

2019

    2020  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 51,051     $ 13,384     $ 8,278  

Working capital(1)

     43,029       (2,377     (19,611

Total assets

     59,042       27,305       24,748  

Long-term debt, current and noncurrent

     6,990       12,246       23,227  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     81       396       112  

Convertible preferred stock

     152,015       152,880       152,880  

Accumulated deficit

     (114,717     (159,203     (177,533

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (112,999     (156,103     (173,411

 

 

 

(1)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and our interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

77


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section of this prospectus titled “Selected consolidated financial data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by these forward-looking statements. You should carefully read the “Risk factors” to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Please also see the section of this prospectus titled “Special note regarding forward-looking statements.”

Overview

We are a medical device company dedicated to improving the quality of life of people with hearing loss. We developed the Eargo solution to create a hearing aid that consumers actually want to use. Our innovative product and go-to-market approach address the major challenges of traditional hearing aid adoption, including social stigma, accessibility and cost.

We believe our Eargo hearing aids are the first and only virtually invisible, rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. Our rapid pace of innovation is enabled by our deep industry and technical expertise across mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design, and is supported by our strategic intellectual property portfolio.

We market and sell our hearing aids direct to consumers with a personalized, consumer-centric approach. Our commercial organization consists of a talented marketing team with deep experience in consumer-focused brand and performance marketing, a team of inside sales consultants, and a dedicated customer support team of licensed hearing professionals. We generate revenue from orders processed primarily through our website and over the phone by our sales consultants.

We believe that our differentiated hearing aids, consumer-oriented approach and strong brand have fueled the rapid adoption of our hearing aids and high customer satisfaction, as evidenced by over 42,000 Eargo hearing aid systems sold, net of returns, as of June 30, 2020.

Our hearing aids are exclusively assembled by Hana, a contract manufacturer which is based in Thailand. We have entered into a manufacturing services agreement with a second manufacturer, Pegatron Corporation, or Pegatron, which is based in Taiwan, for the manufacture of our next generation hearing aid. We have no internal manufacturing or assembly capabilities. We have a manufacturing services agreement with Hana, which can be terminated by us with 120 days’ notice or by Hana with 12 months’ notice, for the assembly and supply of our hearing aids, pursuant to which we make purchases on a purchase order basis. We also make purchases on a purchase order basis under our manufacturing services agreement with Pegatron, which has a three-year initial term expiring in August 2021 and automatically renews for successive one-year terms unless either party provides the other with 30 days’ notice of its intention not to renew the agreement. We rely on several third-party suppliers for the components used in our hearing aids, including the batteries, integrated circuits, microphones and receivers.

In 2018, we generated revenue, net of $23.2 million, an increase of $16.5 million from 2017. In 2019, we generated revenue, net of $32.8 million, an increase of $9.6 million from 2018. For the six months ended

 

78


Table of Contents

June 30, 2020, we generated revenue, net of $28.6 million, an increase of $14.1 million from the six months ended June 30, 2019. During the above periods, all our revenue was generated from customers in the United States.

Our net losses were $33.8 million and $44.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $19.0 million and $18.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $159.2 million and $177.5 million, respectively. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.4 million and $8.3 million, respectively. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from private placements of our convertible preferred securities, the incurrence of indebtedness and, to a lesser extent, revenue from the sale of our products. In March and April 2020, we issued $10.1 million aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes, or the 2020 Notes. In July and August 2020, we issued an aggregate of 31,541,798 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.2612 per share in exchange for net proceeds of approximately $68.0 million. In connection with the issuance of our Series E convertible preferred stock, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the 2020 Notes of $10.3 million was converted into 5,668,650 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock.

We expect to continue to make substantial investments in sales and marketing and product development. Moreover, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and those of the Nasdaq Stock Market, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. As a result of these and other factors, we may require additional financing to fund our operations and planned growth. We may also seek additional financing opportunistically. We may seek to raise any additional capital by entering into partnerships or through public or private equity offerings or debt financings, credit or loan facilities or a combination of one or more of these funding sources.

Factors affecting our business

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including those described below and in the section titled “Risk factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Efficient acquisition of new customers

We have spent and expect to continue to spend significant amounts on sales and marketing designed to build a strong brand, achieve broad awareness of our Eargo solution, acquire new customers and convert sales leads. We have also invested and expect to continue to invest in growing our teams of sales consultants and licensed hearing professionals to keep pace with increased demand, convert leads into satisfied customers and potentially grow our revenue.

Return rate

Our return policy allows our customers to return hearing aids for any reason within the first 45 days of delivery for a full refund, subject to a handling fee in certain states. The most commonly cited reason for returning our hearing aids is unsatisfactory fit, which we believe is a byproduct of our direct-to-consumer model and online distribution that results in nearly all of our customers ordering our product without trying it first. In addition to unsatisfactory fit, the next most cited reason for returns is that our hearing aids do not provide sufficient audio amplification. Customer return accrual rates were approximately 44%, 35% and 28% in 2018, 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively. The decline in our rate of return in 2019 and in the first half of

 

79


Table of Contents

2020 was a result of our initiatives to improve customer service and enhance the quality of our pre-screening assessments. We report revenue net of expected returns, which is an estimate informed in part by historical return rates. As such, our return rate impacts our reported net revenue and profitability. If actual sales returns differ significantly from our estimates, an adjustment to revenue in the current or subsequent period is recorded. Our development priorities are focused, in part, on adding a refurbishment capability for returned hearing aids, which would allow us to refurbish and re-sell returned devices, which we anticipate would benefit our gross margin, although there is no guarantee that these efforts will succeed.

New product introductions

Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver product enhancements on a rapid development timeline and support a compelling new product roadmap that we believe will continue to differentiate our competitive position over the next several years. With the launch of the Eargo Neo HiFi in January 2020, we have launched four generations of our hearing aids since 2017, with each iteration having improved audio performance, physical fit and/or comfort. We are focused on continuing to launch new versions of the Eargo hearing solution that further improve audio quality, fit, comfort and/or ease-of-use. We believe that the continued introduction of new products is critical to maintaining existing customers and increasing adoption of our solution, and as such, we expect to continue to invest in research and development to support new product introductions. In connection with our product innovation and iteration, we also need to successfully manage our product transitions to avoid delays in customer purchases, excess or obsolete inventory and increased returns as customers wait for our new products to become available.

Seasonality

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonality in our business, with higher sales volumes in the first and fourth calendar quarters, and lower sales volumes in the second calendar quarter. Our sales volumes in the first calendar quarter tend to be higher as a result of the timing of product launches. Our sales volumes in the fourth calendar quarter tend to be higher as a result of holiday promotional activity. As a consequence of seasonality, our revenue for the second calendar quarter is generally the lowest of the year, with our revenue for the first and fourth calendar quarters generally being the highest.

COVID-19 pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic thus far has largely resulted in favorable trends for our business. In contrast to the recent volume declines in the traditional hearing aid sales channel, our 2020 second quarter gross systems shipped increased 82% year-over-year. We believe that shelter-in-place restrictions and increased reluctance of consumers to be exposed to the virus, particularly among older individuals that comprise a majority of the population needing hearing aids, have increased the attractiveness to consumers of our hearing solution and our vertically integrated telecare model. We believe our model can help consumers decrease their risk of potential exposure to COVID-19 by avoiding multiple trips to hearing aid clinics and close proximity to audiologists and other individuals at such clinics, which are part of the traditional hearing aid sales model.

Although we believe the COVID-19 pandemic has largely resulted in favorable trends for our business, we have experienced business disruptions, particularly at our California headquarters that is subject to a shelter-in-place order. Moreover, travel restrictions, factory closures and disruptions in our supply chain could happen and we may not be able to obtain adequate inventory to sell. In addition, the global pandemic has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant disruption of global financial markets, which could limit our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. If we are unable to access capital on favorable terms or at all, it could negatively affect our liquidity, including our ability to repay our debt obligations.

 

80


Table of Contents

The ongoing impact of COVID-19 depends on the duration and severity of the pandemic, which are difficult to assess or predict. While we have experienced growth in our sales volume during the COVID-19 pandemic, we cannot be certain whether we will maintain the current level of demand for our hearing aids. As a result, the impact of these or any future factors could be substantially different than what we have experienced to date. Please see the section titled “Risk factors” for further discussion of the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

Key business metrics

To analyze our business performance, determine financial forecasts and help develop long-term strategic plans, we review the following key business metrics, each of which is an important measure that represents the growth of our business:

 

 

Gross systems shipped. We define our gross systems shipped as the number of hearing aid systems shipped for which we recognized revenue during a period.

 

 

Return accrual rates. Return accrual rates are determined by management at the end of each period to estimate the percentage of returns made during a period. This determination is informed in part by historic actual return rates. Return accrual rates do not represent actual returns during a period as customers may return the product for a period of time that can extend beyond the period end, which can result in a hearing aid being returned after the period in which the revenue from its sale was recognized. If actual returns differ significantly from the return accrual rate determination made at period end, we may adjust revenue to reflect the actual returns made. Such an adjustment to revenue will not result in the adjustment to return rate accruals for the period.

The following table details the number of gross systems shipped and return rate accruals for the periods presented below:

 

   
     Three months ended  
     

March 31,

2019

    

June 30,

2019

    

September 30,

2019

    

December 31,

2019

    

March 31,

2020

    

June 30,

2020

 

Gross systems shipped

     5,363        4,955        5,257        7,212        7,030        9,040  

Return accrual rate

     37%        34%        35%        34%        28%        27%  

 

 

Components of our results of operations

Revenue, net

We generate revenue from the sale of Eargo hearing aid systems, accessories and extended warranties, with the majority of our revenue coming from sales of our Eargo hearing aid systems. We currently offer three versions of our hearing aids, the Eargo Max, the Eargo Neo and the Eargo Neo HiFi, at three different price points, and we periodically offer discounts and promotions. For product sales, control is transferred upon shipment to the customer. We report revenue net of expected returns, which is an estimate informed in part by historical return rates. Prior to January 2020, we also offered extended warranties to our customers which covered the product for an additional year, commencing on the day after the initial one-year warranty expires. For extended warranty sales, control is transferred over time based on time elapsed throughout the extended warranty period.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue consists of expenses associated with the cost of finished goods, freight, personnel costs, consumables, product warranty costs, transaction fees, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory,

 

81


Table of Contents

depreciation and amortization, and related overhead. We expect cost of revenue to increase in absolute terms as our revenue grows.

Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including sales volumes, product mix, pricing strategies, costs of finished goods, product warranty claim rates and refurbishment strategies. We expect our gross margin percentage to increase over the long term to the extent we are successful in decreasing our rate of returns. Any increase in gross margin will likely fluctuate from quarter to quarter as we continue to introduce new products and adopt new technologies.

Research and development expenses

Research and development, or R&D, expenses, consist primarily of engineering and product development costs to develop and support our products, regulatory expenses, non-recurring engineering and other costs associated with products and technologies that are in development, as well as related overhead costs. These expenses include personnel-related costs including salaries and stock-based compensation, supplies, consulting fees, prototyping, testing, materials, travel expenses, depreciation and allocated facility overhead costs. Additionally, R&D expenses include internal and external costs associated with our regulatory compliance and quality assurance functions, and related overhead costs. We expect R&D expenses, net of capitalized internal use software development costs, to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to develop new products and enhance existing products and technologies.

Sales and marketing expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses are the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of personnel-related costs including salaries and stock-based compensation, direct marketing, advertising and promotional expenses, consulting fees, public relations costs and allocated facility overhead costs. Sales and marketing personnel include our inside sales consultants, licensed hearing professionals, marketing professionals and related support personnel. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we hire additional sales and marketing personnel, expand our sales support infrastructure and invest in our brand and product awareness to further penetrate the U.S. market and potentially expand into international markets.

General and administrative expenses

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for executive, finance, legal, information technology and administrative personnel, including stock-based compensation. Other significant expenses include professional fees for legal and accounting services, consulting fees, recruiting fees, information technology costs, general corporate expenses and allocated facility overhead costs.

We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and those of the Nasdaq Stock Market, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. As a result, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods.

Interest income

Interest income consists of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents.

 

82


Table of Contents

Interest expense

Interest expense consists of interest related to borrowings under our debt obligations and interest expense related to convertible promissory notes.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of adjustments to the fair value of embedded derivatives associated with certain redemption and conversion features of our convertible promissory notes, adjustments to the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities, a sales tax audit liability accrual in 2018, and changes to the fair value of a convertible preferred stock tranche liability until the closing of the second tranche in March 2018.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

The loss on extinguishment of debt arose on the redemption of our convertible promissory notes issued in 2016 into shares of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock in October 2017 and on the early repayment of an outstanding loan in June 2018.

Income tax provision

We use the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Due to our historical operating performance and our recorded cumulative net losses in prior fiscal periods, our net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance.

Financial statement effects of uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more-likely-than-not, based on the technical merits of the position, that it will be sustained upon examination. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within the provision for income tax.

 

83


Table of Contents

Results of operations

Comparison of the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2019     2020     Amount     %  

Revenue, net

   $ 14,445     $ 28,590     $ 14,145       97.9%  

Cost of revenue

     7,450       9,861       2,411       32.4  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,995       18,729       11,734       167.7  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     5,562       5,017       (545     (9.8

Sales and marketing

     15,408       21,687       6,279       40.8  

General and administrative

     5,098       9,335       4,237       83.1  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,068       36,039       9,971       38.2  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (19,073     (17,310     1,763       (9.2

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     419       23       (396     (94.5

Interest expense

     (274     (1,143     (869     317.2  

Other income (expense), net

     (54     100       154       (285.2
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     91       (1,020     (1,111     (1,220.9
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (18,982     (18,330     652       (3.4

Income tax provision

                        
  

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (18,982   $ (18,330   $ 652       (3.4)%  

 

 

Revenue, net

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2019      2020      Amount      %  

Revenue, net

   $ 14,445      $ 28,590      $ 14,145        97.9%  

 

 

Revenue increased by $14.1 million, or 97.9%, from $14.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $28.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due to an increase in the volume of Eargo hearing aid systems shipped, the majority of which were Eargo Neo HiFi systems which began shipping in January 2020. The increase in revenue was also attributable to a higher average selling price of Neo HiFi systems and a decrease in sales returns as a percentage of systems shipped. Gross systems shipped during the six months ended June 30, 2020 were 16,070, a 55.8% increase compared to the 10,318 gross systems shipped during the comparable period ended June 30, 2019. The increase in volume was driven by expanded national advertising, growth in customers with health insurance coverage for hearing aids and repeat customers, and increased customer adoption of our telecare model amid the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

84


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue, gross profit, and gross margin

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2019      2020      Amount      %  

Cost of revenue

   $ 7,450      $ 9,861      $ 2,411        32.4%  

Gross profit

     6,995        18,729        11,734        167.7%  

Gross margin

     48.4%        65.5%        

 

 

Cost of revenue increased by $2.4 million, or 32.4%, from $7.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $9.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The change was primarily due to the increase in the volume of Eargo hearing aid systems shipped.

Gross margin increased to 65.5% during the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to 48.4% for the comparable period in 2019. The change in gross margin percentage was primarily due to an increase in the average selling price of systems shipped and a decrease in sales returns as a percentage of systems shipped, which were partially offset by increased product warranty costs per system shipped associated with Eargo Neo HiFi hearing aids.

Product warranty costs increased by $0.9 million from $0.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $1.6 million ended June 30, 2020. Product warranty claims during the six months ended June 30, 2020 amounted to of 6,377 claims compared to 4,378 product warranty claims in the same period in 2019.

Eargo Neo HiFi hearing aids are sold with a two-year warranty compared to a one-year warranty for other products. Similar to warranty claim fulfillment for Eargo Neo hearing aids in the prior period, there were no refurbished components available to fulfill initial warranty claims for Eargo Neo HiFi in the first half of 2020.

Research and development (R&D)

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2019      2020      Amount     %  

Research and development

   $ 5,562      $ 5,017      $ (545     (9.8)%  

 

 

R&D expenses decreased by $0.5 million, or 9.8%, from $5.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $5.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The change was primarily due to a net decrease of $0.6 million in personnel and personnel-related costs resulting from increased capitalized costs associated with the development of internal use software and a decrease in travel costs.

Sales and marketing

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2019      2020      Amount      %  

Sales and marketing

   $ 15,408      $ 21,687      $ 6,279        40.8%  

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $6.3 million, or 40.8%, from $15.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $21.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The change was primarily due to increases in direct marketing, advertising and promotional expenses of $3.2 million and increases in personnel and personnel-related costs of $2.9 million. The change in personnel and personnel-related costs was primarily due to increased commissions from increased sales and a net increase in salary-related costs.

 

85


Table of Contents

General and administrative

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2019      2020      Amount      %  

General and administrative

   $ 5,098      $ 9,335      $ 4,237        83.1%  

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased by $4.2 million, or 83.1%, from $5.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $9.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. This change was primarily due to terminated initial public offering, or IPO, costs of $1.6 million, an increase in general corporate costs of $1.5 million, increases in bad debt expense of $0.7 million directly related to the growth in our insurance payment channel and a net increase in personnel and personnel-related costs of $0.4 million.

Terminated IPO costs consist of deferred offering costs expensed upon termination of our previously planned IPO in March 2020. The offering was terminated primarily because of the uncertainty in the public markets during the initial onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. The increase in general corporate costs includes non-capitalizable IPO readiness costs incurred prior to the termination of our previously planned IPO.

Interest income

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2019      2020      Amount     %  

Interest income

   $ 419      $ 23      $ (396     (94.5)%  

 

 

Interest income decreased by $0.4 million, or 94.5%, from $0.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 to less than $0.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The decrease in interest income was due to lower average cash and cash equivalents balances during the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019.

Interest expense

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2019     2020     Amount     %  

Interest expense

   $ (274   $ (1,143   $ (869     317.2%  

 

 

Interest expense increased by $0.9 million, or 317.2%, from $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $1.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to higher long-term debt balances outstanding during the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the same period ended June 30, 2019, which was partially offset by principal repayments that began in January 2020. We borrowed $5.0 million on our term loan in June 2019, issued an aggregate of $10.1 million in convertible promissory notes in March and April 2020 and obtained a loan in an aggregate principal amount of $4.6 million pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program in May 2020.

Other income (expense), net

 

     
     Six months ended
June 30,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2019     2020      Amount      %  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (54   $ 100      $ 154        (285.2)%  

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

We recorded other expense of $0.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 and other income of $0.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The income recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily related to the change in fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability, which was partially offset by the change in fair value of our derivative liability.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2018     2019     Amount     %  

Revenue, net

   $ 23,163     $ 32,790     $ 9,627       41.6%  

Cost of revenue

     11,423       15,790       4,367       38.2  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     11,740       17,000       5,260       44.8  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     9,520       12,841       3,321       34.9  

Sales and marketing

     25,540       35,725       10,185       39.9  

General and administrative

     8,251       12,470       4,219       51.1  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     43,311       61,036       17,725       40.9  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,571     (44,036     (12,465     39.5  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     164       627       463       282.3  

Interest expense

     (424     (711     (287     67.7  

Other income (expense), net

     (1,403     (366     1,037       (73.9

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (559           559       (100.0
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (2,222     (450     1,772       (79.7
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (33,793     (44,486     (10,693     31.6  

Income tax provision

                        
  

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (33,793   $ (44,486   $ (10,693     31.6%  

 

 

Revenue, net

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Amount      %  

Revenue, net

   $ 23,163      $ 32,790      $ 9,627        41.6%  

 

 

Revenue increased by $9.6 million, or 41.6%, from $23.2 million in 2018 to $32.8 million in 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the volume of sales as a result of our product offerings being able to meet the needs of more consumers following the introduction of Eargo Neo hearing aid system, which provides improved physical fit and audio performance. Gross systems shipped in 2019 were 22,788, a 17.6% increase compared to the 19,371 gross systems shipped in 2018. The Eargo Neo hearing aid system represented the majority of the gross systems shipped in 2019 and shipped at a higher average selling price compared to Eargo Max and Eargo Plus. The increase in revenue is also attributable to a decrease in sales returns as a percentage of systems shipped.

 

87


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue, gross profit, and gross margin

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    

Change

 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Amount    %  

Cost of revenue

   $ 11,423      $ 15,790      $4,367      38.2

Gross profit

     11,740        17,000     

5,260

     44.8

Gross margin

     50.7%        51.8%        

 

 

Cost of revenue increased by $4.4 million, or 38.2%, from $11.4 million in 2018 to $15.8 million in 2019. The change was primarily due to an increase in the volume of Eargo hearing aid systems shipped. Gross margin increased to 51.8% in 2019, compared to 50.7% in 2018. The change in gross margin percentage was primarily due to an increase in the average selling price of systems shipped and a decrease in sales returns as a percentage of systems shipped, offset by increased warranty costs of $1.5 million and increased provisions for slow-moving, excess or obsolete inventory primarily due to the discontinuation of Eargo Plus. Product warranty costs in 2019 were $1.6 million compared to $0.1 million in 2018. There were 9,730 product warranty claims in 2019 compared to 5,700 claims in 2018. The majority of the increase in product warranty costs in 2019 is attributable to product warranty claims for Eargo Neo in the first three quarters of 2019 being fulfilled using new Eargo Neo hearing aid systems at a higher cost per claim compared to product warranty claims for Eargo Plus and Eargo Max in 2018 and 2019, the majority of which were fulfilled with refurbished hearing aid components. This was due to the Eargo Neo hearing aid refurbishment program not being established until the second half of 2019.

Research and development (R&D)

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    

Change

 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Amount    %  

Research and development

   $ 9,520      $ 12,841      $3,321      34.9

 

 

R&D expenses increased by $3.3 million, or 34.9%, from $9.5 million in 2018 to $12.8 million in 2019. This change was primarily due to increases in personnel and related costs of $2.9 million due to increased headcount and increased investments in new product development of $0.3 million.

Sales and marketing

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    

Change

 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Amount    %  

Sales and marketing

   $ 25,540      $ 35,725      $10,185      39.9

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $10.2 million, or 39.9%, from $25.5 million in 2018 to $35.7 million in 2019. This change was primarily due to increases in direct marketing, advertising and promotional expenses of $6.0 million, as well as increases in personnel and personnel-related costs of $3.7 million due to increased headcount.

 

88


Table of Contents

General and administrative

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    

Change

 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Amount    %  

General and administrative

   $ 8,251      $ 12,470      $4,219      51.1

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased by $4.2 million, or 51.1% from $8.3 million in 2018 to $12.5 million in 2019. This change was primarily due to increases in personnel and personnel-related costs of $2.0 million due to increased headcount and increases in general corporate costs of $0.8 million. We also incurred non-capitalizable IPO readiness costs of $1.0 million in 2019, of which there were none in 2018.

Interest income

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    

Change

 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Amount    %  

Interest income

   $ 164      $ 627      $463      282.3

 

 

Interest income increased by $0.5 million, or 282.3%, from $0.2 million in 2018 to $0.6 million in 2019. The increase in interest income was due to higher average cash and cash equivalents balances in 2019 resulting from the receipt of $52.0 million of net proceeds from our Series D convertible preferred stock issuances in December 2018 and February 2019.

Interest expense

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    

Change

 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Amount    %  

Interest expense

   $ (424    $ (711    $(287)      67.7

 

 

Interest expense increased by $0.3 million, or 67.7%, from $0.4 million in 2018 to $0.7 million in 2019. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to higher average term loan balances outstanding in 2019.

Other income (expense), net

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    

Change

 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Amount    %  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (1,403    $ (366    $1,037      (73.9 )% 

 

 

Other expense decreased by $1.0 million, or 73.9%, from $1.4 million in 2018 to $0.4 million in 2019. The expense recorded in 2018 primarily related to the change in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock tranche liability, which was recognized until the closing of the second tranche of the Series C convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018, and an accrued amount for sales tax audit liability. The expense recorded in 2019 primarily related to the change in fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

 

89


Table of Contents

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    

Change

 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Amount    %  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   $ (559    $      $559      (100.0 )% 

 

 

The loss on extinguishment of debt in 2018 related to an early repayment of an outstanding loan in June 2018.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017     2018     Amount     %  

Revenue, net

   $ 6,620     $ 23,163     $ 16,543       249.9%  

Cost of revenue

     4,467       11,423       6,956       155.7  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,153       11,740       9,587       445.3  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     5,449       9,520       4,071       74.7  

Sales and marketing

     9,269       25,540       16,271       175.5  

General and administrative

     5,774       8,251       2,477       42.9  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,492       43,311       22,819       111.4  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,339     (31,571     (13,232     72.2  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     35       164       129       368.6  

Interest expense

     (1,783     (424     1,359       (76.2

Other income (expense), net

     (1,181     (1,403     (222     18.8  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (3,348     (559     2,789       (83.3
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,277     (2,222     4,055       (64.6
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (24,616     (33,793     (9,177     37.3  

Income tax provision

                        
  

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (24,616   $ (33,793   $ (9,177     37.3%  

 

 

Revenue, net

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %  

Revenue, net

   $ 6,620      $ 23,163      $ 16,543        249.9%  

 

 

Revenue increased by $16.5 million, or 249.9%, from $6.6 million in 2017 to $23.2 million in 2018. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the volume of Eargo hearing aid systems shipped, driven by better targeting of potential customers and improved sales force effectiveness that led to a higher lead conversion rate, which we define as the ratio of orders received to leads generated, and expanded product offerings following the introduction of our Eargo Max hearing aids, which provided improved audio performance, allowing us to meet the needs of more consumers.

 

90


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue, gross profit, and gross margin

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %

Cost of revenue

   $ 4,467      $ 11,423      $ 6,956        155.7

Gross profit

     2,153        11,740        9,587        445.3

Gross margin

     32.5%        50.7%        

 

 

Cost of revenue increased by $7.0 million, or 155.7%, from $4.5 million in 2017 to $11.4 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to growth in Eargo hearing aid systems shipped. Gross margin increased to 50.7% in 2018, compared to 32.5% in 2017. The change in gross margin percentage was primarily due to decreased costs per unit compared to higher costs per unit associated with initial manufacturing.

Research and development (R&D)

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %  

Research and development

   $ 5,449      $ 9,520      $ 4,071        74.7%  

 

 

R&D expenses increased by $4.1 million, or 74.7%, from $5.4 million in 2017 to $9.5 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to greater investments in new product development of $2.1 million and increases in personnel and personnel-related costs of $1.8 million due to increased headcount.

Sales and marketing

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %  

Sales and marketing

   $ 9,269      $ 25,540      $ 16,271        175.5%  

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $16.3 million, or 175.5%, from $9.3 million in 2017 to $25.5 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to increases in direct marketing, advertising and promotional expenses of $10.1 million, as well as increases in personnel and personnel-related costs of $6.0 million due to increased headcount.

General and administrative

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017      2018      Amount      %  

General and administrative

   $ 5,774      $ 8,251      $ 2,477        42.9%  

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased by $2.5 million, or 42.9%, from $5.8 million in 2017 to $8.3 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to increases in personnel and personnel-related costs of $1.8 million due to increased headcount and increased general corporate costs of $0.7 million.

 

91


Table of Contents

Interest expense

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017     2018     Amount      %  

Interest expense

   $ (1,783   $ (424   $ 1,359        (76.2)%  

 

 

Interest expense decreased by $1.4 million, or 76.2%, from $1.8 million in 2017 to $0.4 million in 2018. The decrease in interest expense was attributable to repayment of a prior higher interest loan in June 2018. Subsequently, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, which was amended in January 2019, May 2020 and September 2020, and which we refer to as the 2018 Loan. The 2018 Loan has a lower interest rate than the prior loan that was outstanding during 2017. In addition, the principal balance outstanding of the 2018 Loan with an aggregate amount of $7.0 million was only drawn in the fourth quarter of 2018.

Other income (expense), net

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017     2018     Amount     %  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (1,181   $ (1,403   $ (222     18.8%  

 

 

Other expense increased by $0.2 million, or 18.8%, from $1.2 million in 2017 to $1.4 million in 2018. The expense recorded in 2017 related to the change in fair value of our derivative liability, which was recorded through October 2017 when the convertible promissory notes were redeemed. The expense in 2018 related to the change in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock tranche liability, which was recognized until the second tranche closing of the Series C convertible preferred stock financings in March 2018, and an accrued amount for sales tax audit liability.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2017     2018     Amount      %  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   $ (3,348   $ (559   $ 2,789        (83.3)%  

 

 

The loss on extinguishment of debt in 2017 was comprised of $3.3 million related to the redemption of our convertible promissory notes in October 2017 in exchange for shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, which was accounted for as extinguishment of debt. In 2018, the loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.6 million related to an early repayment of an outstanding loan in June 2018.

 

92


Table of Contents

Quarterly results of operations

The following tables set forth our selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared in accordance with GAAP, on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and includes, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results we may achieve in any future period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   
    Three months ended  
(dollars in thousands)  

March 31,

2018

   

June 30,

2018

   

September 30,

2018

   

December 31,

2018

   

March 31,

2019

   

June 30,

2019

   

September 30,

2019

   

December 31,

2019

    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
 

Revenue, net

  $ 4,404     $ 5,967     $ 5,411     $ 7,382     $ 7,290     $ 7,155     $ 7,730     $ 10,615     $ 12,669     $ 15,921  

Cost of revenue

    2,326       2,881       2,834       3,382       3,823       3,627       3,583       4,757       4,656       5,205  
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

    2,078       3,086       2,577       4,000       3,467       3,528       4,147       5,858       8,013       10,716  

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

    2,075       2,180       2,094       3,171       2,669       2,893       3,219       4,060       2,809       2,208  

Sales and marketing

    4,666       5,539       6,850       8,484       7,663       7,745       9,290       11,027       10,859       10,828  

General and administrative

    1,557       1,692       2,339       2,664       2,421       2,677       3,683       3,689       6,078       3,257  
 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    8,298       9,411       11,283       14,319       12,753       13,315       16,192       18,776       19,746       16,293  

Loss from operations

    (6,220     (6,325     (8,706     (10,319     (9,286     (9,787     (12,045     (12,918     (11,733     (5,577

Other income (expense), net:

                   

Interest income

    20       63       33       48       232       187       136       72       21       2  

Interest expense

    (187     (146     (2     (89     (142     (132     (218     (219     (266     (877

Other income (expense), net

    (474     (5     13       (938     (27     (27     (30     (282     240       (140

Loss on extinguishment of debt

          (559                                                
 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (641     (647     44       (979     63       28       (112     (429     (5     (1,015

Loss before income taxes

    (6,861     (6,972     (8,662     (11,298     (9,223     (9,759     (12,157     (13,347     (11,738     (6,592

Income tax provision

                                                           
 

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (6,861   $ (6,972   $ (8,662   $ (11,298   $ (9,223   $ (9,759   $ (12,157   $ (13,347   $ (11,738   $ (6,592
 

 

 

 

Other financial data

                   

Gross margin

    47.2%       51.7%       47.6%       54.2%       47.6%       49.3%       53.6%       55.2%       63.2%       67.3%  

 

 

Quarterly revenue trends

The overall increase in quarterly revenue over the course of the periods presented was primarily due to an increase in the average selling price of systems shipped, a decrease in sales returns as a percentage of systems shipped and an increase in the volume of Eargo hearing aid systems shipped. The increase in the volume of Eargo hearing aid systems shipped was generally driven by increased sales and marketing investments and expanded product offerings with the introduction of the Eargo Max hearing aids in January 2018, Eargo Neo hearing aids in January 2019 and Eargo Neo HiFi hearing aids in January 2020, as each introduction has allowed us to meet the needs of more consumers. We experience seasonality in our business, with revenue in the first

 

93


Table of Contents

quarter typically being higher as a result of the timing of product launches and revenue in the fourth quarter typically being higher as a result of holiday promotional activity. Revenue increased in the first half of 2020 from growth in customers with health insurance coverage for hearing aids and repeat customers, and increased customer adoption of our telecare model amid the COVID-19 pandemic.

Quarterly cost of revenue and gross margins trends

The overall increase in the quarterly cost of revenue over the periods presented was primarily the result of the growth in Eargo hearing aid systems shipped. Our quarterly gross margins ranged from 47.2% to 67.3%. Gross margins decreased in the quarter ended September 30, 2018, as compared to the prior quarter, due to an increase in sales returns as a percentage of systems shipped, with this measure generally improving over the subsequent periods presented. Gross margins decreased in the quarter ended March 31, 2019, as compared to the prior quarter due to increased product warranty costs associated with Eargo Neo hearing aids, which were introduced in January 2019, prior to the establishment of the Eargo Neo hearing aid refurbishment program in the second half of 2019. The product warranty claims for Eargo Neo during the first three quarters of 2019 were fulfilled with new hearing aid systems at a higher cost per unit than product warranty claims for Eargo Plus and Eargo Max in 2018 and 2019, on average, the majority of which were fulfilled with new or refurbished hearing aid components. The increase in gross margins in the quarter ended December 31, 2019, as compared to the prior quarter, was partially offset by an increase in the provisions for slow-moving, excess or obsolete inventory primarily due to the discontinuation of Eargo Plus. The increase in gross margins in the quarters ended March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020 was primarily due to an increase in the average selling prices of systems shipped as a result of the launch of Neo HiFi in January 2020 and a decrease in sales returns as a percentage of systems shipped.

Quarterly operating expenses trends

The overall increase in quarterly operating expenses over the course of the periods presented was primarily due to increased headcount in connection with the expansion of our business, increased investments in new product development and increased direct marketing, advertising and promotional expenses to promote our products and increase brand awareness. We have experienced seasonality in our business, with operating expenses in the fourth quarter typically being higher as a result of holiday promotional activity. Furthermore, operating expenses also increased in the quarter ended March 31, 2020, as compared to the prior quarter due to the recording of previously deferred costs associated with the termination of our IPO process. Operating expenses decreased in the quarter ended June 30, 2020, as compared to the prior quarter due to measures taken to reduce net costs including, but not limited to, professional and legal fees, IPO readiness costs and personnel-related costs in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Liquidity and capital resources

Sources of liquidity

Since our inception, we have funded our operations primarily from the net proceeds received from the sale of our convertible preferred securities, indebtedness and to a lesser extent revenue from the sale of our products. Since January 1, 2017, we raised an aggregate of approximately $152.9 million in net proceeds from the sale of our convertible preferred securities, which is inclusive of net proceeds of approximately $68.0 million from Series E convertible preferred stock issued in July and August 2020. In March and April 2020, we received $10.1 million from issuance of the 2020 Notes. As of June 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $8.3 million, our outstanding debt principal was $25.1 million and we had an accumulated deficit of $177.5 million. In July 2020, the 2020 Notes were redeemed whereby the outstanding principal and accrued interest amounting to $10.3 million was converted into 5,668,650 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock.

 

94


Table of Contents

Debt obligations

2018 loan

In June 2018, we entered into the 2018 Loan with SVB. Under the 2018 Loan, SVB agreed to provide us access to term loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $12.5 million. In connection with the 2018 Loan, we issued SVB a warrant to purchase 90,518 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.0067 per share, with a term of ten years, and authorized the issuance of an additional warrant to purchase 18,067 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock upon the funding of a term loan under the second tranche, or Tranche B. Term loans of $7.0 million were funded in October 2018 through December 2018 under the first tranche.

In January 2019, we amended the 2018 Loan and in connection with this amendment, we authorized the issuance of a warrant to purchase 26,931 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock upon the funding of a term loan under Tranche B. In June 2019, we borrowed an additional $5.0 million under Tranche B to increase the total outstanding principal balance to $12.0 million. In connection with this borrowing, we issued SVB a warrant to purchase 44,998 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.0067 per share, with a term of ten years.

Pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Loan, we made interest-only monthly payments on the term loans through December 31, 2019 and began making monthly payments of interest and amortized principal in January 2020.

In May 2020, we executed an amendment to the 2018 Loan to defer the principal payments due in May 2020 through July 2020 such that the deferred amounts would be repaid in equal monthly payments starting in August 2020 through the maturity of the loan in June 2022. As of June 30, 2020, we had $10.4 million in principal outstanding under the 2018 Loan.

In September 2020, we executed an amendment to the 2018 Loan to (i) extend the interest-only period for all borrowings until December 31, 2021 or, if we achieve certain milestones, June 30, 2022, (ii) extend the maturity date of the 2018 Loan to September 1, 2024 and (iii) increase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the term loans to $20.0 million, of which we borrowed $15.0 million in September 2020, a portion of which was used to repay all the previously outstanding indebtedness under the 2018 Loan. In connection with this borrowing, we issued SVB a warrant to purchase 160,461 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.2612 per share, with a term of ten years. The number of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issuable pursuant to this warrant will increase by an additional 53,487 shares if we borrow additional amounts under our term loan facility.

Interest on the 2018 Loan accrues at a per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus 1.0%, which was 2.25% as of June 30, 2020. We are permitted to prepay the outstanding principal balance advanced under the 2018 Loan in whole but not in part, subject to a prepayment fee of 3.0%, which reduces to 2.0% in September 2021 and to 1.0% in September 2022. We are also required to pay a final payment fee equal to 6.25% of the total term loans advanced, which was $0.7 million as of June 30, 2020, due upon the earliest of maturity, acceleration, prepayment or termination of the 2018 Loan.

Under the terms of the 2018 Loan, we granted SVB first priority liens and security interests in substantially all of our assets as collateral, which included our intellectual property. SVB released its security interest in our intellectual property in September 2020. The 2018 Loan also contains certain representations and warranties, indemnification provisions in favor of SVB, affirmative and negative covenants (including, among other things, limitations on other indebtedness, liens, encumbrances on our intellectual property, acquisitions, investments and dividends and requirements relating to financial reporting, inventory management, returns, insurance and protection of our intellectual property rights) and events of default (including payment defaults, breaches of

 

95


Table of Contents

covenants following any applicable cure period, a material adverse change, a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the lender’s security interest or in the collateral, and events relating to bankruptcy or insolvency).

Paycheck Protection Program loan

On May 3, 2020, we executed a promissory note with MidFirst Bank, which provided for an unsecured loan in an aggregate principal amount of $4.6 million, or the PPP Loan, pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP, under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act, that was signed into law on March 27, 2020.

The PPP Loan provides for a fixed interest rate of 1.0% per year with a maturity date of May 3, 2022. Monthly principal and interest payments due on the PPP Loan are deferred for a six-month period beginning from the date of disbursement of the PPP Loan. The PPP Loan may be prepaid by us at any time prior to the maturity with no prepayment penalty. The PPP Loan contains customary event of default provisions.

2020 notes

We issued an aggregate of $8.9 million in convertible promissory notes in March 2020 and an additional aggregate of $1.2 million in April 2020 in a subsequent closing. The 2020 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 6.0% per annum with a maturity date in March 2021.

The 2020 Notes contained redemption features, a conversion feature and a put option that were determined to be embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation as a single compound financial instrument. Upon the issuance of the 2020 Notes, we recorded the fair value of the derivative liability of $2.9 million as a debt discount on the 2020 Notes and as a single compound derivative instrument. The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the 2020 Notes.

Pursuant to their terms, the 2020 Notes were redeemed in July 2020 in conjunction with our Series E convertible preferred stock financing, and the outstanding principal and accrued interest of $10.3 million were converted to 5,668,650 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a conversion price of $1.8090 per share, a price equal to 80% of the $2.2612 per share paid by the investors in the Series E convertible preferred stock financing.

Funding requirements

Based on our planned operations, we expect our cash and cash equivalents, together with the net proceeds from our Series E convertible preferred stock financing and from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses for at least the 12 months following the date of this offering. To the extent that we need additional capital to continue to fund our operations, we intend to obtain such capital by entering into partnerships or through public or private equity offerings or debt financings, credit or loan facilities or a combination of one or more of these funding sources. We may also seek additional financing opportunistically. We may be unable to raise additional funds on favorable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise additional capital if needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to execute our business plan.

Our expected future capital requirements depend on many factors including expansion of our product portfolio and the timing and extent of spending on sales and marketing and the development of our technology. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders will experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us additional covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our common stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders.

 

96


Table of Contents

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     
     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands)    2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                       (unaudited)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (14,292   $ (27,149   $ (39,108   $ (19,177   $ (15,984

Net cash used in investing activities

     (369     (2,547     (3,859     (1,881     (2,175

Net cash provided by financing activities

     13,531       71,728       5,150       5,905       13,053  
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

   $ (1,130   $ 42,032     $ (37,817   $ (15,153   $ (5,106

 

 

Operating activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash used in operating activities was $16.0 million, attributable to a net loss of $18.3 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $3.6 million and by a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $1.2 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $1.1 million in depreciation and amortization, $1.0 million in stock-based compensation, $1.0 million in non-cash interest expense and amortization of debt discount and $0.6 million in non-cash operating lease expense. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $1.0 million decrease in other assets related to expensing of previously deferred IPO costs, and a $0.3 million increase in other current liabilities related to increased operational activities to support the growth in the business. These changes were partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in account receivables related to the growth in sales to customers with payment terms, $0.6 million decrease in accrued expenses, $0.6 million decrease in operating lease liabilities, and $0.2 million in increase in inventories to support the growth in sales.

During the six months ended June 30, 2019, cash used in operating activities was $19.2 million, attributable to a net loss of $19.0 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $1.5 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.3 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $0.6 million in depreciation and amortization, $0.5 million in stock-based compensation, $0.1 million in non-cash interest expense and amortization of debt discount and $0.1 million from the change in fair value of warrant liability. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $0.3 million decrease in account receivables, $0.3 million increase in deferred revenue balance and $0.1 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets. These changes were partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in accounts payable, $0.7 million increase in inventories to support the growth in sales, $0.2 million increase in other assets and $0.1 million decrease in other current liabilities.

In 2019, cash used in operating activities was $39.1 million, attributable to a net loss of $44.5 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $3.5 million and by a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $1.9 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $1.5 million in depreciation and amortization, $1.3 million in stock-based compensation, $0.3 million in non-cash interest expense and amortization of debt discount and $0.3 million from the change in fair value of warrant liability. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $3.7 million increase in accrued expenses, a $0.5 million increase in deferred revenue balance and a $0.2 million increase in accounts payable; the increase in accrued expenses was primarily due to increases in accrued vendor costs, accrued compensation and accrued warranty reserves, which were partially offset by a decrease in the allowance for sales returns. These changes were partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in accounts receivable, $0.7 million increase in inventories to support the growth in sales, $0.4 million increase in other assets, and $0.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

 

97


Table of Contents

In 2018, cash used in operating activities was $27.1 million, attributable to a net loss of $33.8 million, partially offset by a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $4.3 million, and by non-cash charges of $2.3 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $0.7 million in depreciation and amortization, $0.6 million due to the loss on extinguishment of debt, $0.5 million in the change in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock tranche liability, $0.4 million in stock-based compensation, and $0.1 million in non-cash interest expense and amortization of debt discount. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $2.8 million increase in accrued expense related to allowance for sales returns due to increased sales, accrued payroll and benefits as a result of increased headcount and amounts due to customers for returned products, $2.5 million increase in accounts payable due to timing of vendor payments, $1.5 million increase in other current liabilities, $0.2 million increase in other long-term liabilities and $0.2 million increase in deferred revenue balance. These changes were partially offset by a $1.8 million increase in inventories to support the growth in our business operations, $0.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, $0.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales at year end and $0.3 million increase in other assets primarily related to security deposit for the new office in 2018.

In 2017, cash used in operating activities was $14.3 million, attributable to a net loss of $24.6 million, partially offset by a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $3.6 million, and by non-cash charges of $6.7 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $3.3 million in loss on extinguishment of debt, $1.3 million in non-cash interest expense and amortization of debt discount, $1.3 million in the change in fair value of our derivative liability, $0.5 million in stock-based compensation and $0.4 million in depreciation and amortization. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in accrued expense related to allowance for sales returns and accrued payroll and benefits as a result of increased headcount, $1.6 million increase in accounts payable due to timing of vendor payments, and $0.9 million decrease in inventories. These changes were partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales in 2017 and $0.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Investing activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash used in investing activities was $2.2 million, which consisted of $1.9 million in capitalized costs related to the development of internal use software and $0.3 million related to the purchase of property and equipment.

During the six months ended June 30, 2019, cash used in investing activities was $1.9 million, which consisted of $1.3 million related to the purchase of property and equipment and $0.6 million in capitalized costs related to the development of internal use software.

In 2019, cash used in investing activities was $3.9 million, which consisted of $2.2 million related to the purchase of property and equipment and $1.7 million in capitalized costs related to the development of internal use software.

In 2018, cash used in investing activities was $2.5 million, which consisted of $1.7 million related to the purchase of property and equipment and $0.8 million in capitalized costs related to the development of internal use software.

In 2017, cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million related to the purchase of property and equipment.

Financing activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash provided by financing activities was $13.1 million, attributable to gross proceeds of $14.7 million from borrowings and a debt repayment of $1.6 million.

 

98


Table of Contents

During the six months ended June 30, 2019, cash provided by financing activities was $5.9 million. This was attributable to the net proceeds of $5.0 million borrowings and $0.9 million from the issuance of our Series D convertible preferred stock.

In 2019, cash provided by financing activities was $5.2 million, attributable to gross proceeds of $5.0 million from borrowings on our 2018 Loan and net proceeds of $0.9 million from the issuance of our Series D convertible preferred stock, partially offset by $0.8 million in payments of deferred offering costs related to our planned IPO.

In 2018, cash provided by financing activities was $71.7 million. This was attributable to the net proceeds of $72.4 million from the issuance of our Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock and gross proceeds of $7.0 million from borrowings on our 2018 Loan, partially offset by $7.7 million in repayment of principal and related fees on a prior loan entered into in 2014.

In 2017, cash provided by financing activities was $13.5 million, attributable to net proceeds of $11.5 million from the issuance of our Series C convertible preferred stock and gross proceeds of $2.0 million from borrowings related to our prior loan entered into in 2014.

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2019:

 

   
     Payments due by period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than 1 year      1-3 years      3-5 years      More than 5 years  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 2,608      $ 1,349      $ 1,259      $      $  

Debt, principal and interest(1)

   $ 13,306      $ 5,171      $ 8,135      $      $  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,914      $ 6,520      $ 9,394      $      $  

 

 

 

(1)   We borrowed an aggregate of $12.0 million pursuant to a term loan under the 2018 Loan. Principal and interest payments associated with the 2018 Loan, including a final one-time payment of $0.7 million, are included in the above table. In May 2020, we amended the 2018 Loan to defer the principal payments due in May through July 2020 such that the deferred amounts would be repaid in equal monthly payments starting in August 2020 through the maturity of the loan in June 2022.

 

     In September 2020, we amended the 2018 Loan to (i) increase the final fee to 6.25% of the loans funded thereunder, (ii) extend the interest-only period for all borrowings under the 2018 Loan until December 31, 2021 or, if we achieve certain milestones, June 30, 2022, (iii) remove the 0.0% interest rate floor, (iv) increase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the term loans to $20.0 million and (v) extend the maturity date of the 2018 Loan to September 1, 2024. We also borrowed $15.0 million in connection with the amendment, a portion of which was used to repay all the previously outstanding indebtedness under the 2018 Loan.

 

     In March and April 2020, we issued an aggregate of $10.1 million in 2020 Notes, which accrued interest at 6.0% per annum and matured in 2021. The 2020 Notes were outstanding as of June 30, 2020 and were redeemed into shares of Series E convertible preferred stock in July 2020 in conjunction with our Series E convertible preferred stock financing.

 

     In May 2020, we borrowed an aggregate of $4.6 million under our PPP Loan, which matures in May 2022 and was outstanding as of June 30, 2020. We fully repaid the PPP loan in August 2020.

In addition, pursuant to a supply agreement with one of our suppliers, we have agreed to a minimum purchase commitment through June 2020 for the purchase of amplifier assemblies. As of December 31, 2019, we had a remaining purchase commitment of $0.3 million. These payments are not included in this table of contractual obligations.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During the period presented, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

99


Table of Contents

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions regarding the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to our financial condition and results of operations and require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgments.

Revenue recognition

We generate revenue from the sale of Eargo hearing aid systems, accessories and extended warranties directly to consumers. Our products are primarily sold through our website and sales representatives. For product sales, control is transferred upon shipment to the customer. The extended warranties sold to consumers covers the product for an additional year, commencing on the day after the initial one-year warranty expires. For extended warranty sales, control is transferred over time based on time elapsed throughout the extended warranty period.

Each product is sold with a 45-day right of return. We account for the estimated impact of any returns as a reduction of transaction price. To estimate product sales that will be returned (i.e. variable consideration), we analyze historical returns, current economic trends, and changes in customer demand. Based on this information, we reserve a percentage of each dollar of product sales that provide the customer with the right of return. The transaction price includes an estimate of variable consideration up to the amount for which it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recorded will not occur once the uncertainties surrounding the variable consideration are resolved.

We adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, effective January 1, 2019 using the full retrospective method. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have any effect on our revenue recognition.

Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, we perform the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Stock-based compensation

We maintain a stock-based compensation plan as a long-term incentive for employees, consultants and members of our board of directors. The plan allows for the issuance of incentive stock options to employees and non-statutory options, or NSOs, to both employees and nonemployees.

 

100


Table of Contents

Share-based awards are measured using fair-value-based measurements and recognized as compensation expense over the service period in which the awards are expected to vest. Share-based awards are measured as of the grant date utilizing the single-option award-valuation approach, and we use the straight-line method for expense attribution. The valuation model used for calculating the estimated fair value of stock awards is the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires us to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculations, including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the expected volatility of our common stock, the related risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend. We have elected to recognize forfeitures of share-based payment awards as they occur.

For share-based awards issued to non-employees, we record expense related to stock options based on the fair value of the options calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model over the service performance period.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

 

 

Expected term.    The expected term represents the period that share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term for option grants is determined using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the share-based awards.

 

 

Expected volatility.    Since we have been privately held and do not have any trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle or area of specialty.

 

 

Risk-free interest rate.    The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

 

 

Expected dividend.    We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Fair value of common stock

Historically, for all periods prior to this offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were determined on each grant date by our board of directors. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our stage of development; the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; our financial condition and operating results, including our levels of available capital resources; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; general U.S. market conditions; and the lack of marketability of our common stock. Valuations of our common stock were prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

For our valuation performed on September 30, 2019, we used the income and market methods to estimate our enterprise value under various financing scenarios based on the discounted cash flow approach and a market approach of comparable peer public companies. The estimated enterprise value under each method was then allocated to the common stock, discount for lack of marketability was applied, and the resulting value of common stock was probability-weighted across the various financing scenarios to determine the fair value of common stock.

 

101


Table of Contents

For our valuations performed on November 3, 2019, December 31, 2019 and February 21, 2020, we used a hybrid method that applied the PWERM to the fair value of common stock as determined under various financing scenarios. Within each of these financing scenarios, the determined fair value of common stock was probability-weighted across a scenario in which we complete an IPO and a scenario in which we do not complete an IPO. In the scenario in which we do not complete an IPO, we applied the income and market methods to estimate our enterprise value based on the discounted cash flow approach and a market approach of comparable peer companies and used the OPM to estimate the allocation of value to common stock.

For our valuation performed on March 31, 2020, we used the income and market methods to estimate our enterprise value under various financing scenarios based on the discounted cash flow approach and a market approach of comparable peer public companies. The estimated enterprise value under each method was then allocated to the common stock, discount for lack of marketability was applied, and the resulting value of common stock was probability-weighted across the various financing scenarios to determine the fair value of common stock.

After the completion of this offering, the fair value of each share of underlying common stock will be determined based on the closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of June 30, 2020 was $         million based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

We have accounted for our freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock as liabilities at fair value upon issuance primarily because the shares underlying the warrants contain contingent redemption features outside our control. The warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized in other income (expense), net. We will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants until such time as these instruments are exercised, expire or convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. At that time, the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit. The consummation of this offering will result in this reclassification.

Derivative liability

Our 2020 Notes contain certain features that meet the definition of being embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation from the 2020 Notes as a single compound financial instrument. The derivative liability is initially measured at fair value on issuance and is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in other income (expense), net.

We estimated the fair value of the derivative liability on issuance using a “with-and-without” method. The “with-and-without” methodology involves valuing the whole instrument on an as-is basis and then valuing the instrument without the individual embedded derivative. The difference between the entire instrument with the embedded derivative compared to the instrument without the embedded derivative was the fair value of the derivative liability on issuance. The estimated probability and timing of underlying events triggering the redemption features or put option contained within the 2020 Notes are inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the entire instrument with the embedded derivative.

 

102


Table of Contents

Emerging growth company status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. Other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act for emerging growth companies include presentation of only two years audited financial statements in a registration statement for an initial public offering, an exemption from the requirement to provide an auditor’s report on internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2012, an exemption from any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation, and less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that (i) we are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

As described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, we early adopted certain accounting standards, as the JOBS Act does not preclude an emerging growth company from adopting a new or revised accounting standard earlier than the time that such standard applies to private companies. We expect to use the extended transition period for any other new or revised accounting standards during the period in which we remain an emerging growth company.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of our first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of completion of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt instruments during the previous three fiscal years or (iv) the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding equity securities held by non-affiliates.

Recent accounting pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Interest rate risk

Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020 consisted of $13.4 million and $8.3 million, respectively, in bank deposits and money market funds. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. The goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation; we do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate exposure. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these assets as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short-term nature of our cash and cash equivalents.

As of December 31, 2019, and June 30, 2020, we had $12.0 million and $10.4 million, respectively, in variable rate debt outstanding. The 2018 Loan matures in September 2024 and has interest-only payments until December 31, 2021 or, if we achieve certain milestones, June 30, 2022. The 2018 Loan accrues interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate minus 1.0% (2.25% as of June 30, 2020).

 

103


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a medical device company dedicated to improving the quality of life of people with hearing loss. We developed the Eargo solution to create a hearing aid that consumers actually want to use. Our innovative product and go-to-market approach address the major challenges of traditional hearing aid adoption, including social stigma, accessibility and cost. We believe our Eargo hearing aids are the first and only virtually invisible, rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. Our rapid pace of innovation is enabled by our deep industry and technical expertise across mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design, and is supported by our strategic intellectual property portfolio. Our differentiated, consumer-first approach empowers consumers to take control of their hearing by improving accessibility, with personalized, high-quality hearing support from licensed hearing professionals. We believe that our differentiated hearing aids, consumer-oriented approach and strong brand have fueled the rapid adoption of our products and high customer satisfaction, as evidenced by over 42,000 Eargo hearing aid systems sold, net of returns, as of June 30, 2020. We believe this represents the beginning of our penetration into a large, growing and underserved market of people with hearing loss, which we estimate included approximately 43 million adults in the United States and more than 465 million adults globally in 2019.

Hearing loss is a natural consequence of aging and has a significant impact on quality of life. Globally, hearing loss is one of the most prevalent health conditions, and it is the third most common medical condition in the United States—more prevalent than both diabetes and cancer. As demographic trends shift and people continue to live longer, we expect that the proportion of the population with hearing loss will continue to rise, further expanding this already large market.

We estimate that in 2019, 37 million individuals over the age of 50 in the United States had mild to moderate hearing loss. Of these 37 million, our initial marketing efforts are focused on individuals with annual incomes above the median household national average. We estimate that this group consisted of approximately 14 million people and represented an initial target market of over $30 billion in 2019. In addition, we believe our solution is also effective for individuals with severe high frequency hearing loss, which we believe represents an incremental opportunity in the United States.

Age-related hearing loss in the United States is predominantly addressed by the use of FDA-regulated hearing aids. Despite the significant individual and societal impact of hearing loss, we estimate only approximately 27% of the estimated approximately 43 million adults with hearing loss in the United States in 2019 owned a hearing aid. We believe the low adoption and underserved nature of this market is a direct result of the limitations of and stigma associated with traditional hearing aids and the cumbersome manner in which they are sold.

Hearing aids are traditionally distributed through a business-to-business model in which hearing aid manufacturers rely on a fragmented network of independent hearing clinics to sell their devices to consumers. Purchasing a hearing aid through a clinic can be a lengthy, inconvenient and disempowering process that generally requires a series of in-clinic appointments with a licensed hearing professional for assessment, fitting, programming, ongoing adjustments and maintenance. We believe the separation of the manufacturer from the consumer is not necessary, adds an incremental layer of cost and has contributed to the historical lack of innovation in this market, resulting in products that fail to meet consumer needs.

Designing hearing aids that offer high quality audio performance in a virtually invisible and comfortable form factor that address the needs of consumers presents significant engineering challenges. These challenges have historically been difficult to reconcile in a single device, resulting in the traditional landscape of products that

 

104


Table of Contents

reflect trade-offs between functionality, comfort, visibility and ease of use. Behind-the-ear devices represented approximately 88% of hearing aids dispensed in the United States in 2019 but have a highly visible form factor that contributes to the stigma of hearing loss and limits their adoption. The remaining approximately 12% of hearing aids dispensed in 2019 were in-the-ear devices that are less visible but can occlude or obstruct the ear canal causing discomfort. Additionally, in-the-ear devices require customization and generally require batteries that need to be replaced, making them expensive and cumbersome to use.

The COVID-19 pandemic thus far has largely resulted in favorable trends for our business. In contrast to the recent volume declines in the traditional hearing aid sales channel, our 2020 second quarter gross systems shipped increased 82% year-over-year. We believe that shelter-in-place restrictions and increased reluctance of consumers to be exposed to the virus, particularly among older individuals that comprise a majority of the population needing hearing aids, have increased the attractiveness to consumers of our hearing solution and our vertically integrated telecare model. We believe our model can help consumers decrease their risk of potential exposure to COVID-19 by avoiding multiple trips to hearing aid clinics and close proximity to audiologists and other individuals at such clinics, which are part of the traditional hearing aid sales model. The ongoing impact of COVID-19 depends on the duration and severity of the pandemic, which is difficult to assess or predict. While we have experienced growth in our sales volume during the COVID-19 pandemic, we cannot be certain whether we will maintain the current level of demand for our hearing aids, and the ongoing impact of COVID-19 could be substantially different than what we have experienced to date.

We believe our hearing aids and consumer-centric approach, which we refer to collectively as our Eargo solution, address many of the drawbacks of the traditional hearing aid market. The primary benefits of our solution include the following:

 

 

Virtually invisible:    Our hearing aids fit completely in the ear canal and are virtually invisible, allowing our customers to avoid the stigma associated with visible hearing aids.

 

 

Comfort and performance:    Our proprietary and patented technology allows our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal, offering a comfortable “open fit” that does not fully block or occlude the ear canal while still providing high quality audio.

 

 

Rechargeable:    Our hearing aids are rechargeable, eliminating the need for battery replacement.

 

 

Ease of use:    Our hearing aids feature an intuitive design that allows for multiple sound profiles, easy “on the go” personalization and convenient storage.

 

 

Empowering consumer-centric experience:    We believe our personalized approach motivates consumers to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey.

 

 

Accessible:    We eliminate the need for cumbersome visits to the clinic by offering an easy-to-use purchasing interface and convenient access to a highly trained clinical support team consisting of licensed hearing professionals.

 

 

Affordable:    Our vertically integrated, consumer-first model allows us to eliminate a layer of cost and offer our high-quality products at prices that are approximately half the average cost of a pair of hearing aids purchased through traditional channels in the United States.

We designed the Eargo solution to provide significant advantages relative to traditional solutions for hearing loss and believe that the high level of customer satisfaction that we have achieved demonstrates our strong value proposition. Our high level of customer satisfaction is evidenced by our average net promoter score, or NPS, which we view as a metric for understanding customer satisfaction and loyalty, was over 45 on average from June 2018 to August 2020. A NPS score of 45 demonstrates high customer satisfaction as it means, of the

 

105


Table of Contents

customers surveyed, approximately four times as many customers are likely to recommend Eargo to a friend than those who either have a neutral view or would not recommend the product. For further information on how we calculate NPS see “Market and industry data”. Similarly, our average rating across over 2,800 reviews posted by customers on our website was 4.6 out of 5 as of June 30, 2020.

We believe we are the first and only company to successfully address the technical challenges inherent in designing and commercializing a high quality, comfortable, rechargeable, in-the-canal hearing aid. We have established a highly capable research and development organization with what we believe is a rare combination of expertise in mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design. In addition, we have strategic intellectual property protection in certain key areas. Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver significant product enhancements on a rapid development timeline, which in turn drives our compelling new product roadmap.

We market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized, consumer-centric approach. Our commercial organization consists of a talented marketing team with deep experience in consumer-focused brand and performance marketing, a team of inside sales consultants and a dedicated customer support team of licensed hearing professionals. Our commercial organization is focused on accelerating customer adoption, improving sales team productivity and increasing brand awareness. Going forward, we also plan to selectively pursue omni-channel opportunities and international expansion initiatives that are accretive to our customer acquisition strategy and that provide consumers additional means to access our solution.

Our revenue, net was $6.6 million, $23.2 million and $32.8 million for 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of 122.6%, and $28.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, representing a $14.1 million increase as compared to same period in 2019. We generated net losses of $24.6 million, $33.8 million and $44.5 million for 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $19.0 million and $18.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Our competitive strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths are essential to our mission of empowering consumers to take control of their hearing and will support our goal of penetrating the large population of individuals with untreated hearing loss:

 

 

Highly differentiated product:    We developed the Eargo solution with the goal of creating a hearing aid that consumers want to use. We believe our hearing aids are the first and only rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. In an industry that has historically seen minimal user-focused innovation, we put the consumer first and designed a hearing aid that addresses the major drawbacks associated with traditional hearing aids. Our hearing aids are virtually invisible, comfortable, rechargeable and affordable and provide high quality audio. The latest generations of our hearing aids, the Eargo Neo and the Eargo Neo HiFi, also offer a companion mobile app which allows for easy customization.

 

 

Transformative consumer-centric business model:    We designed a differentiated, consumer-first business model to empower the consumer and improve the accessibility and affordability of high-quality hearing support. We currently market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized approach that we believe motivates them to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey. By delivering customer care similar to the traditional sales channel but more efficiently, we believe our business model addresses legacy industry challenges surrounding customer experience, convenience and cost. We also believe our consumer-first model enables us to scale our business and efficiently reach the large population of individuals with untreated hearing loss.

 

106


Table of Contents
 

Personalized customer experience and support:    We prioritize the customer experience throughout every stage of the hearing journey. Prior to their purchase, we approach our prospective customers with empowering, supportive messaging and provide them with direct access to our highly trained sales consultants who collaborate with them on how to best to address their hearing challenges. Once a customer purchases our Eargo system, our licensed hearing professionals provide convenient clinical support for as long as they own their device. We believe that this premium support is highly differentiated and contributes to our strong customer ratings, including an average NPS over 45 from June 2018 through August 2020 and an average customer rating of 4.6 out of 5 across over 2,800 reviews on our website as of June 30, 2019.

 

 

Multi-faceted marketing expertise:    Our marketing efforts are focused on generating brand awareness and demand for our Eargo solution. In a category that has historically been associated with limited brand awareness, we have developed a sophisticated brand-building strategy focused on consumer empowerment. We have also developed a robust technology and data-driven marketing platform that utilizes business intelligence, key performance metrics, machine learning and other marketing data to reinforce our growing brand recognition and to identify demographics, behaviors and marketing channels most relevant to our target audience. As our user base grows, we expect to further develop the capabilities of our marketing platform and continue to refine our brand building and customer targeting approach.

 

 

Robust technical, engineering and design expertise, supported by our strategic IP portfolio:    We believe we are the first and only company to successfully address the technical challenges inherent in designing and commercializing a high quality, comfortable, rechargeable, in-the-canal hearing aid. Development of our products requires a rare combination of expertise in mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design. Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver product enhancements on a rapid development timeline to support a compelling new product roadmap that we believe will continue to differentiate our position over the next several years. Since 2017, we have launched four generations of our hearing aids, with each iteration having improved audio performance, physical fit and/or comfort. As of June 30, 2020, we had 17 issued U.S. patents, 16 patents outside the United States, 5 pending U.S. patent applications and 8 pending foreign patent applications that cover key aspects of our Eargo solution and future product concepts.

 

 

Proven management team with deep industry expertise:    Our senior management team consists of public company industry professionals with deep commercial experience and expertise across various disciplines, including audiology, medical technology, business building, consumer marketing, manufacturing, design and engineering. Since our founding, we have built a culture of innovation driven by deep passion for empowering consumers to take control of their hearing.

Overview of hearing loss

Globally, hearing loss impacted more than 465 million people in 2019. In the United States, we estimate there were approximately 43 million adults with hearing loss in 2019, making it the third most common medical condition and more prevalent than both diabetes and cancer.

As demonstrated below, hearing loss increases with age and reflects the natural and gradual progression of hearing deterioration that occurs in most people as they age. In the United States, we estimate approximately 34% of people over the age of 50 and nearly two-thirds of people over the age of 70 experienced difficulty hearing in 2019. As demographic trends shift and people live longer, we expect that the proportion of the population with hearing loss will continue to rise.

 

107


Table of Contents

43 MILLION ADULTS WITH HEARING LOSS IN THE UNITED STATES

 

Hearing Loss Prevalence by Severity    Hearing Loss Prevalence by Severity and Age

LOGO

Sources:

 

Lin, F. R., Niparko, J. K., & Ferrucci, L. (2011). Hearing Loss Prevalence in the United States. Archives of Internal Medicine, 171(20), 1851–1852.

 

Prevalence of Hearing Loss by Severity in the United States, Adele M. Goman, PhD, and Frank R. Lin, MD, PhD, 2016

 

U.S. Census International Database https://www.census.gov/data-tools/demo/idb/region.php?T=13&RT=0&A=both&Y=2020&C=US&R=

  

LOGO

Hearing loss may be characterized as mild, moderate, severe or profound, depending on how loud sounds need to be for an individual to hear. In the United States, approximately 6% of the hearing impaired population is characterized as having severe or profound hearing loss, while the moderate and mild segments represent approximately 29% and 66% of this population, respectively.

Hearing loss can significantly impact quality of life. Hearing loss can make it more difficult to work or interact with family and friends, leading to feelings of isolation, depression and increased stress. According to a study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, hearing loss has been linked to accelerated cognitive decline. The World Health Organization estimates that unaddressed hearing loss poses an annual global cost of approximately $750 billion. As global populations become older, we believe the burden of hearing loss will continue to rise.

Industry overview

Our market overview

We estimate that annual spend on traditional hearing aids in 2019 in the United States was more than $8 billion. Further, we estimate that only 27% of the estimated approximately 43 million adults with hearing loss owned a hearing aid in 2019. We believe these figures result from a market that historically has been constrained by an inefficient distribution channel and lack of innovation.

 

108


Table of Contents

We estimate that in 2019, 37 million individuals over the age of 50 in the United States had mild to moderate hearing loss. Our marketing efforts are focused on a subset of this group with annual income above the national median household average. As depicted below, we estimate that this group of consumers consisted of approximately 14 million people and represented an initial target market of over $30 billion in 2019. In addition, we believe our solution is also effective for individuals with severe high frequency hearing loss, which we believe represents an incremental opportunity in the United States.

 

 

LOGO

In addition, while Medicare and most commercial payers have not traditionally covered the cost of hearing aids, certain Medicare Advantage and Medicaid programs, as well as certain U.S. federal government programs, do cover the cost or a portion of the cost of hearing aids. We estimate there are approximately 12 million adults in the United States over 50 years of age with both hearing loss and access to an existing hearing aid benefit under these plans. While we have achieved only limited coverage of Eargo hearing aids by these health plans, the increase in customers with insurance coverage has been a significant driver of our growth in 2020, and we intend to pursue additional coverage in the future.

While our initial commercial focus is on targeting individuals in these demographic categories, our marketing efforts are designed to attract a broad spectrum of individuals who may be interested in the Eargo solution, and we remain focused on attracting and potentially converting all consumers who may benefit from our solution. In the future, we anticipate selectively expanding our commercial efforts to the large population of individuals with mild to severe high frequency hearing loss outside of the United States.

Traditional alternatives for the treatment of hearing loss

Traditional product landscape

Hearing loss in the United States is typically addressed by the use of FDA-regulated hearing aids. To be functional for daily use, hearing aids must be engineered with a form factor that is portable, long-lasting, comfortable and discreet. These challenges have historically been difficult to reconcile in a single device, resulting in the traditional landscape of products that reflect trade-offs between functionality, comfort, visibility and ease of use. Behind-the-ear devices represent approximately 88% of hearing aids dispensed in the

 

109


Table of Contents

United States in 2019 but have a highly visible form factor that contributes to the stigma of hearing loss and limits their adoption. The remaining approximately 12% of hearing aids dispensed in 2019 are in-the-ear devices that are less visible but can occlude or obstruct the ear canal, causing discomfort. Generally, in-the-ear devices are also not rechargeable and require batteries that need to be replaced, making them cumbersome to use. Due in part to these limitations, hearing aids are significantly underutilized in the hearing-impaired population. In 2019, of the estimated approximately 43 million adults with hearing loss in the United States, only approximately 27% owned a hearing aid.

The table below illustrates the primary features of traditional hearing aids.

 

LOGO

 

*   Represents estimated average retail costs per pair of hearing aids sold through traditional channels in the United States. Hearing aids with custom features that reduce device visibility or improve comfort can retail for significantly more than the industry average

In addition to FDA-regulated hearing aids, consumers can purchase personal sound amplification products, or PSAPs. PSAPs are primarily sound amplification devices that lack the audio quality, noise reduction and feedback cancellation technology of FDA-regulated hearing aids. While PSAPs are broadly available in consumer electronics stores and online at relatively affordable price points, the FDA does not currently recognize them as a treatment for hearing loss, instead describing PSAPs as “devices that increase environmental sounds for non-hearing impaired consumers.” The FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, or FDARA, created a new category of over-the-counter, or OTC, hearing aids that are intended to be available without the involvement of a licensed practitioner, and it is possible that some PSAPs could become OTC hearing aids under the new framework if they satisfy applicable requirements. Despite the deadline in FDARA for the FDA to issue proposed regulations to implement the OTC hearing aid pathway by August 18, 2020, the FDA has not yet issued a notice of proposed rulemaking or indicated how it will implement this pathway.

Traditional sales and distribution channel

Hearing aids have traditionally been sold through a business-to-business model in which hearing aid manufacturers rely on a fragmented network of independent hearing clinics to sell their devices to consumers. Purchasing a hearing aid through a clinic generally requires a series of appointments with a licensed hearing professional for assessment, fitting, programming and ongoing adjustments. In 2018, there were approximately 18,800 licensed hearing professionals in the United States. We believe the separation of the manufacturer from the consumer is not necessary, adds an incremental layer of cost and has contributed to the historical lack of innovation in this market, resulting in products that fail to meet consumer needs.

 

110


Table of Contents

Traditional consumer journey

Market research indicates that approximately six to seven years pass between the time that the average hearing aid user in the United States first acknowledges their hearing loss and when they first purchase a hearing aid. Once consumers decide to seek help, they are often referred by an ear-nose-throat physician or general practitioner to a licensed hearing care professional. The licensed hearing care professional performs a hearing test, recommends a hearing device and then performs fitting procedures which often require multiple visits.

Hearing aids are typically sold as a part of a bundled package that includes the device itself, the audiology exam and related services. Because both public and private insurance plans in the United States have historically not provided coverage for hearing aids, the consumer usually bears the full cost. Further, there is limited transparency at the consumer level, and the end-user price generally includes the overhead cost and profit margin for the hearing clinic in addition to the cost of the device and audiology services.

Following purchase, traditional hearing aids typically require programming and adjustments by the licensed hearing care professional, resulting in additional in-person follow-up visits. Throughout this lengthy process, which can take weeks or even months, the consumer is reliant on the licensed hearing care professional for education and support. Despite the high touch nature of the selling process and extensive level of customization, hearing aids are often returned due to issues related to comfort, fit, functionality and aesthetics.

Limitations of traditional alternatives for the treatment of hearing loss

We believe the limitations of traditional hearing aids and the manner in which they are sold today are the primary reasons that approximately 73% of the estimated approximately 43 million adults in the United States in 2019 with hearing loss did not own a hearing aid. These limitations include the following:

Product limitations

 

 

Visible, aesthetically unattractive devices:    Because the behind the ear form factor generally enables the device to amplify sound without occluding the ear canal, approximately 88% of hearing aids dispensed in 2019 were visible behind-the-ear devices. While in-the-ear and in-the-canal devices are designed to be less obvious, the device is still noticeable. We believe that a significant portion of individuals with hearing loss find the idea of wearing visible hearing aids stigmatizing. According to the Northstar Survey, which we commissioned and which is described under the heading “Market and industry data,” in September 2019 nearly 70% of U.S. adults over 45 viewed invisibility as extremely or very important.

 

 

Occlusion causing discomfort for the wearer:    Devices located in the ear canal can address the challenge of visibility; however, they either fully or partially block the ear canal. This occlusion causes physical discomfort and poor sound quality for the wearer. The Northstar Survey indicated that over 90% of existing and prospective hearing aid users view comfort and sound quality as extremely or very important. We believe that this helps explain why only approximately 12% of hearing aids dispensed in 2019 were in-the-ear or completely-in-canal devices.

 

 

Battery changing hassle:    The majority of commercial hearing aids, including all in-the-canal devices, require users to regularly replace batteries. Traditional hearing aids can be frustrating to use, with tiny batteries and battery doors, screws and buttons that are difficult to manipulate, especially for older individuals. According the Northstar Survey, over 80% of individuals who have recently experienced hearing difficulty cited the ability to recharge a hearing aid as extremely or very important.

 

111


Table of Contents

Channel limitations

 

 

Disempowering consumer experience:    We believe the traditional industry business model does not lend itself to consumer awareness, and that consumers may feel like patients with limited autonomy in the process, as opposed to empowered consumers making a purchasing decision. Hearing clinics exercise a fair degree of influence over product availability, such that consumers may not be presented with a full range of product choices or be informed about the benefits and drawbacks of each product. In fact, most of hearing aid users do not know the brand name of their device.

 

 

Inconvenient, cumbersome process:    The traditional business-to-business channel has faced limited competition and disruption, and there has been little investment in the consumer experience. The entire process from obtaining a hearing aid through programming and adjustments is lengthy and can take multiple weeks and up to several months of in-person hearing clinic visits. This process is cumbersome and ultimately results in limited consumer satisfaction.

 

 

High cost:    The cost of traditional hearing aids reflects the multi-layer distribution channel through which they are sold. The consumer price includes the cost of the device itself and a profit margin for the manufacturer as well as the overhead cost and profit margin for the hearing clinic. The average retail cost of a pair of hearing aids sold through traditional channels in the United States is estimated to be $4,600, making them approximately twice the average price of our hearing aids. Further, hearing aids with custom features that reduce device visibility or improve comfort can retail for significantly more than the industry average. In addition, approximately 87% of the Northstar Survey respondents in September 2019 indicated that price was extremely or very important.

 

 

COVID-19 barriers:     We believe the recent emergence of COVID-19 has made the process of obtaining a hearing aid through traditional channels more cumbersome given the additional precautions hearing clinics and consumers have taken as a result of COVID-19, as well as shelter-in-place and other government mandates. The number of hearing aid units sold through traditional channels in the United States decreased approximately 59% year-over-year during the second quarter of 2020, according to statistics generated by Hearing Industries Association. According to a survey conducted by The Hearing Review in May 2020, while approximately 75% of audiology clinics in the United States and Canada were accepting patient visits as of May 2020, most were experiencing significant revenue declines compared to pre-COVID-19 levels. Despite this, the survey found that only 8% of clinics planned to use telecare methods to acquire new patients.

The Eargo solution

We are passionate about helping people hear better. Our mission is to change the way the world thinks about hearing loss.

Since our inception, our founding principle has been to dramatically improve the consumer experience at every step of the hearing care journey. Our products, customer support and marketing messaging are a direct result of that passion. We believe our model can shift the paradigm in the treatment of hearing loss for the ultimate benefit of consumers.

Our products

Our Eargo hearing aids combine proprietary technology, engineering know-how and design expertise to offer high-quality performance in an in-the-canal form factor that makes them virtually invisible. Our in-the-canal devices feature high quality audio, are designed to provide up to 16 hours of battery life and have proprietary Flexi Fibers or Flexi Palms, which are designed to enable the unit to comfortably “float” in the ear canal

 

112


Table of Contents

allowing air and sound to pass freely around them. Eargo hearing aids are designed for ease of use and maintenance and to fit a majority of the population, and are rechargeable. In addition, Eargo hearing aids are highly customizable, allowing our users to cycle through four different sound profiles, which include different features such as amplification and noise levels while on-the-go to accommodate different ambient noise environments. We currently offer three versions of our hearing aids, the Eargo Max, the Eargo Neo and the Eargo Neo HiFi, at three different price points to provide customers with choices on cost and functionality. Our hearing aids also come with a portable charging case, and the Eargo Neo and Eargo Neo HiFi offer connectivity via a Bluetooth-enabled charging case and the Eargo mobile app.

 

Eargo Neo HiFi Hearing Aids with Charging Case   Eargo Neo HiFi Hearing Aid in Ear

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

Close up of Eargo Neo HiFi Hearing Aid

 

LOGO

Our business model and consumer journey

We employ a differentiated, consumer-first business model to empower the consumer and improve the accessibility and affordability of high-quality hearing aids. We currently market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized approach that we believe helps motivate them to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey.

 

113


Table of Contents

We engage consumers through a mix of digital and traditional marketing that is designed to appeal to prospective customers on a personal level and build our brand. Our data-driven approach to reaching consumers has allowed us to identify and target key demographics and purchasing behaviors of our most relevant audience, and we constantly refine our approach to most efficiently reach this audience. Our empowering messaging and sophisticated marketing strategy have helped contribute to over 42,000 hearing aids sold, net of returns, as of June 30, 2020.

In addition to providing information about our products, we encourage prospective customers to learn about their hearing condition and provide free educational resources to help them make informed decisions. While a hearing test is not necessary to purchase an Eargo hearing aid, we offer an online, do-it-yourself hearing test for prospective customers who are interested in an assessment. We believe this is an empowering experiential journey for the consumer as they are able to learn at their own pace and comfort.

Once a potential customer has expressed interest in our Eargo solution, by completing a form or otherwise contacting us, one of our sales consultants will contact them directly. Our sales consultants are highly trained inside salespeople who collaborate with the consumer on how best to address their hearing loss challenges and determine whether the Eargo hearing solution is appropriate for them.

Customers are able to complete their purchase over the phone with their sales consultant or directly on our website, without the need to navigate multiple visits to the hearing clinic for tests and fittings. Importantly, potential customers are not required to have a hearing test to order the Eargo hearing solution, which simplifies the purchasing experience and improves the accessibility of hearing aids relative to the traditional hearing clinic channel. In addition, Eargo provides insurance claims processing for consumers, eliminating in most cases the need for consumers to interface with their insurance providers. Further, we offer a 45-day trial period.

We offer three products, the Eargo Max, Eargo Neo and the Eargo Neo HiFi, which range in price from $1,850 to $2,950, and we provide consumers with the option to pay the full cost up-front or enroll in a convenient, third-party monthly financing program that makes our products even more accessible. The Eargo hearing solution is then shipped and arrives in less than three business days on average.

 

114


Table of Contents

Once a customer makes their purchase they are assigned to one of our licensed hearing professionals, who provides complimentary, convenient clinical support by phone, chat or email. All of our hearing professionals are licensed by recognized third parties. Once a customer receives their Eargo hearing solution, their licensed hearing professional will schedule a welcome call to ensure the proper use of the Eargo solution. In the first half of 2020, more than 82% of our customers completed a welcome call with one of our licensed hearing professionals. Our licensed hearing professionals and customer care team are also available to provide unlimited support for as long as the customer owns the device. We also provide short, online training videos and additional resources that customers can access online. The combination of these services allows us to deliver clinical support in an efficient and streamlined manner without the burden of in-clinic visits.

 

 

LOGO

Key advantages of our solution

We believe the Eargo hearing solution offers the following advantages relative to traditional hearing aids:

Product advantages

 

 

Virtually invisible:    Unlike the majority of hearing aids which sit behind-the-ear, the Eargo hearing solution fits completely in-the-canal and is virtually invisible, allowing our customers to avoid the stigma that is associated with visible hearing aids.

 

 

Comfort and performance:    Our proprietary Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms allow Eargo hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal and provide a comfortable “open fit” that does not fully block or occlude the ear canal while still providing high quality audio.

 

 

Rechargeable:    Our hearing aids are rechargeable, offering up to 16 hours of battery life and eliminating the need for battery replacement. Our Eargo hearing solution comes with a discreet, portable charger case that provides up to seven days’ worth of charge and easily fits into a purse or pocket so customers can charge on-the-go. It takes approximately two hours to recharge the charger case. The charger case recharges the hearing aids to approximately two hours of use time in 30 minutes and fully recharges the hearing aids in approximately six hours.

 

115


Table of Contents
 

Ease of use:    Our Eargo system features an intuitive design that is similar in quality to many high-end consumer electronics and allows users to cycle through four different sound profiles, which include different features such as amplification and noise reduction levels while on-the-go to accommodate different ambient noise environments. Our Eargo Neo and Eargo Neo HiFi also offer customers a companion mobile app that pairs with their device and helps them easily personalize their Eargo hearing aids to fit their needs.

Channel advantages

 

 

Empowering consumer-centric experience:    We have developed an empowering consumer-centric experience that encourages consumers to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey. Additionally, we have built a data set and sophisticated marketing infrastructure to deliver our message in a highly targeted manner utilizing digital and traditional marketing channels. We empower consumers by offering free online education, convenient consultation, the ability to easily purchase the Eargo system and fast delivery.

 

 

Accessible:    With our innovative go-to-market model, we eliminate the need for cumbersome visits to the hearing clinic which inconvenience and may disempower the consumer. We offer all of our customers convenient access to a highly trained clinical support team consisting of licensed hearing professionals. With the Eargo Neo and Eargo Neo HiFi, our clinical support specialists are able to wirelessly personalize Eargo settings for our customers.

 

 

Affordable:    Our vertically integrated, consumer-first model allows us to eliminate a layer of cost and offer our high-quality products at prices that are approximately half the average cost of a pair of hearing aids purchased through traditional channels in the United States.

 

 

Decreased COVID-19 exposure:    Without the need to physically visit a clinic, we believe our model can help Eargo customers reduce their risk of contracting COVID-19 when acquiring an Eargo hearing aid. In contrast to the recent volume declines in the traditional channel, our second quarter gross systems shipped increased 82% year-over-year. We believe the pandemic has accelerated the pace of consumer awareness of our vertically integrated telecare model, and we are further investing in our business to build this leadership position.

We designed the Eargo solution to provide significant advantages relative to traditional solutions for hearing loss and believe that the high level of customer satisfaction that we have achieved demonstrates our strong value proposition.

Growth drivers

We believe we are transforming the hearing aid market and are working to establish the Eargo solution as the preferred approach to the treatment of hearing loss. We seek to achieve this goal by converting existing hearing aid users to the Eargo solution and attracting consumers who have historically chosen not to wear hearing aids. Our growth strategies include:

 

 

Accelerate consumer adoption:    We operate in a large, underpenetrated market. We have sold, net of returns, over 42,000 Eargo hearing aids as of June 30, 2020, which reflects less than 1% penetration of our estimated addressable market opportunity in the United States. We plan to grow our base of customers by efficiently investing in marketing targeted at the approximately 14 million people in the United States over the age of 50 with mild to moderate hearing loss who have annual household income above the national median in 2019. Our commercial strategy is focused on driving customers to our website by optimizing our mix of digital and traditional media, and increasing our customer conversion.

 

116


Table of Contents
 

Optimize customer mix:    Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2019, we began targeting a more diverse mix of consumers, including those with hearing aid health insurance benefits and repeat customers. We believe consumers with hearing aid insurance benefits typically convert at higher rates and return their devices at lower rates, due in part to having reduced or, in some cases, no out of pocket cost for an Eargo hearing aid. We believe repeat customers also have an attractive conversion and return profile due to their high satisfaction with Eargo. This more optimized mix of customers across cash pay, insurance and repeat categories has resulted in a lower overall customer acquisition cost. We believe this strategy has the potential to further improve the efficiency of our sales and marketing spend.

 

 

Improve sales team productivity:    Our sales consultants leverage the powerful lead generation capabilities of our digital marketing platform, enabling them to be substantially more productive than traditional hearing care professionals working at hearing clinics. As demand accelerates, we believe we have an opportunity to further increase the productivity of our sales organization. To do so, we are leveraging data-driven insights to iterate our sales tactics and create incentive programs and promotional offers, each with the goal of increasing inbound lead conversions. We also see an opportunity to nurture long-term relationships with our customers to drive repeat purchases and increase their lifetime value.

 

 

Introduce new, innovative products:    Since 2017, we have launched four generations of our hearing aids, each adding significant performance and technical enhancements. We are focused on continuing to launch new versions of the Eargo hearing solution that further improve audio quality, amplification, fit, comfort and ease-of-use. According to market data, a substantial portion of traditional hearing aid purchases are by repeat customers. As of June 30, 2020, over 9,000 of our hearing aids systems sold, net of returns, were either Plus or Max systems that are over two years old. We began actively advertising to these customers for repeat purchases, which has contributed to our growth in gross systems shipped and revenues in 2020. We believe our product roadmap will drive adoption by new customers and encourage repeat purchases by existing customers.

 

 

Increase brand awareness:    The Northstar Survey indicated that our aided brand awareness among adults between the ages of 55 and 64 has grown to 10% as of September 2019. We see a significant opportunity to further increase awareness through our personalized and empowering messaging and by optimizing our media mix and data-driven insights. For example, we have only recently begun national and direct television advertising, which we believe over time will further elevate our national brand awareness and reduce lead generation and sales costs. We also believe our strong customer satisfaction will help accelerate organic referrals and drive continued growth.

 

 

Selectively pursue omni-channel opportunities:    We believe there are numerous omni-channel opportunities that could provide access to additional channels and accelerate our customer acquisition growth. Some of these include partnering with retailers, pharmacies, payors and other consumer oriented healthcare companies with similar customer demographics.

 

 

Expand internationally:    We believe the Eargo solution offers a compelling value proposition for consumers with hearing loss worldwide. In the future, we anticipate selectively expanding our commercial efforts to the large population of individuals with mild to severe high frequency hearing loss outside of the United States.

Our commercial strategy

We designed a differentiated, consumer-first business model to empower the consumer and improve the accessibility and affordability of high-quality hearing aids. We currently market and sell our hearing aids directly to consumers with a personalized approach that we believe motivates them to take action and then guides them along their hearing journey.

 

117


Table of Contents

Brand awareness and demand generation

Our consumer-first marketing efforts are focused on generating brand awareness and demand for the Eargo solution. We are working to further establish Eargo as a recognizable brand name in an industry traditionally characterized by large manufacturers generally lacking brand recognition. We believe we can achieve this by running empowering advertisements that are designed to appeal to prospective customers on a personal level. We seek to raise interest levels in potential customers who have not been motivated by the uninspiring messaging in the traditional channel and attract interested consumers who have not yet purchased a hearing aid due to the limitations of the traditional channel. We then nurture these potential customer relationships with educational marketing campaigns that are intended to develop comfort and familiarity with our brand.

We also acquire customers that are interested in hearing aids through marketing channels such as paid search, social media and native advertising and draw them to our website with landing pages where they can learn more about us, submit their contact information for phone-based follow-up or purchase immediately.

Sales and customer service process and infrastructure

Our differentiated marketing and messaging is supported by a high touch, efficient team of professionals that guides the consumer through the journey of addressing their hearing loss with a personalized and consultative approach. We frequently review feedback and data our consumers provide to work to improve the customer experience.

Consultative inside sales force

We have an efficient, effective, centralized, sales force consisting of 44 sales consultants as of June 30, 2020. Our sales consultants act as advisors and work with the customer to understand their needs. We sell our hearing solution directly through our online store and through phone conversations with our sales consultants, which enables them to work with substantially more customers than traditional hearing care professionals in a clinic setting.

Convenient professional support for as long as the customer owns the device

Once a customer makes their purchase, they are assigned to one of our licensed hearing professionals who provides convenient clinical support by phone, online chat or email for the life of the product. Our licensed hearing professionals include audiologists with degrees in audiology and speech-language science, professionals with board certifications in hearing aid science and other professionals licensed for the treatment of hearing loss. After a customer receives their Eargo hearing aids, their licensed hearing professional will initiate a welcome call to help ensure the proper use of the Eargo hearing aids. Our licensed hearing professionals and customer care team are also available to provide unlimited support for as long as the customer owns the device. We also provide short, online training videos and additional online resources that customers can access.

We believe this consultative approach and ongoing support is key to developing strong customer relationships, increasing brand affinity and improving the lifetime value of customers. As of June 30, 2020, we employed 27 licensed hearing professionals.

Technical capabilities

In designing the Eargo hearing solution, we set out to offer a differentiated product with a compelling value proposition to the consumer centered on the ability to offer high quality audio performance in a virtually invisible and comfortable form factor, which poses significant engineering challenges.

 

118


Table of Contents

To address these challenges, we have established proprietary capabilities in the critical aspects of hearing aid design. We believe our distinct combination of engineering and design know-how coupled with intellectual property protection in certain key areas, enables us to offer an attractive, virtually invisible hearing aid while maintaining high quality audio performance.

 

 

Multi-channel compression in miniaturized form factor:    High-fidelity multichannel compression is critical to hearing aid performance. A high-fidelity multichannel compression system dynamically amplifies the distinct acoustics of everyday life in a differentiated manner based on the frequency of the incoming sound. This ensures that the hearing aid offers comfortable and appropriate hearing support for the full range of everyday activities and sounds. While many hearing aid manufacturers have achieved this in behind-the-ear devices, to achieve this objective on a miniaturized platform that provides up to 16 hours of battery life requires ultra-low power integrated circuits and knowledge of assembly language programming on integrated circuits, which is becoming a rare skillset.

 

 

Acoustic feedback cancellation:    One of the primary challenges in audio signal processing for hearing aids that are located in the ear canal is acoustic feedback due to the close proximity of the microphone and the receiver. To address this, we have incorporated an adaptive feedback cancellation, or FBC, system. The most important figure to compare FBC systems is added stable gain, which reflects the increase in amplification gain that is afforded by the FBC system without added feedback or degraded sound quality. Our added stable gain of 24 dB compares to an added stable gain of approximately 20 decibels for an “open-fit” receiver-in-canal hearing aid.

 

 

Open canal design eliminating full occlusion:    Our virtually invisible form factor requires the close collaboration of clinicians and engineers to achieve acoustic performance while limiting canal occlusion and maintaining ear health. Our proprietary and patented Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms are a soft, medical-grade silicone web that allows our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal allowing for an “open fit” that offers high quality sound and comfort while staying firmly in place. Our engineers and clinicians play a critical role in improving the fit, migration, comfort and occlusion with each design iteration.

We believe that the combination of technical capabilities and our innovative data driven approach to consumer-first marketing are a distinct competitive advantage for us in penetrating our target market.

Our products

We developed the Eargo solution to create a hearing aid that consumers actually want to use. We believe our hearing aids are the first and only rechargeable, completely-in-canal, FDA regulated, exempt Class I device for the treatment of hearing loss. We currently offer three versions of our Eargo solution, the Eargo Max, the Eargo Neo and the Eargo Neo HiFi, at three different price points to provide customers with choices on cost and functionality.

Our Eargo products consist of the following: Eargo hearing aids, our proprietary Flexi Fibers or Flexi Palms depending on the hearing aid, our portable charger case and, with the Eargo Neo and Eargo Neo HiFi, tech-enabled through the Eargo mobile app.

 

 

Eargo hearing aids:    Our hearing aids combine advanced technology, engineering and design to offer high-quality performance in an in-the-canal form factor that makes them virtually invisible. We have ultra-low-power integrated circuitry and advanced audio processing algorithms which enable high-quality audio, while preserving up to 16 hours of battery life. Our hearing aids are highly customizable, allowing our users to cycle through four different sound profiles, low to high amplification, while on the go to accommodate different ambient noise environments.

 

119


Table of Contents
 

Proprietary Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms:    Our proprietary Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms, which are included as part of our hearing aids and can also be purchased separately, allow our hearing aids to be suspended in the ear canal providing an “open fit” that offers high quality sound and comfort while staying firmly in place. Our Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms are made of a soft, medical-grade silicone and are designed to flex for comfortable, full day wear. Flexi Fibers and Flexi Palms are removable, allowing for simple cleaning, and we offer several sizes with each shipment to accommodate individuals with different size ear canals.

 

 

Portable charger case:    Each set of Eargo hearing aids comes with a discreet, portable charger case that provides up to seven days’ worth of charge and easily fits into a purse or pocket. It takes approximately two hours to recharge the charger case and only approximately 30 minutes for the hearing aids to recharge within the case while on-the-go to provide up to two hours of additional use. Our charger case is designed to be discreet, while also protecting the hearing aids and maximizing airflow so that they dry while charging.

 

 

Eargo mobile app:    Our Eargo Neo and Eargo Neo HiFi offer a companion mobile app that allows customers to control their device and personalize their sound profiles. When paired with the charging case, customers can also wirelessly receive personalized sound settings based on their usage and preferences directly from our licensed hearing professionals.

Comparative electroacoustic benchmarking tests

In October 2019, we conducted a series of comparative electroacoustic benchmarking tests, or the Bench Study, to compare our Eargo Neo hearing aid with hearing aids from three major manufacturers: the Starkey Livio AI 2400, the Phonak Audeo Marvel M90, and the Resound Linx Quattro 5, all behind-the-ear style hearing aids with receiver-in-the-canal.

The goal of the Bench Study was to conduct electroacoustic benchmarking tests to determine whether the hearing aids tested were able to amplify sounds appropriately to improve speech audibility while maintaining adequate sound quality.

Our results indicated that both our Eargo Neo hearing aid and the other hearing aids we tested met or exceeded the identified benchmarks for sound quality and amplification to improve speech audibility.

Summary of Bench Study design

We designed the Bench Study to use industry standard tests developed by the American National Standards Institute, or ANSI, the American organization that manages the voluntary standards system for electroacoustic tests.

In addition, we evaluated the ability of each hearing aid in the Bench Study to make speech more understandable using another industry standard test called the Speech Intelligibility Index, or SII.

The measurements were performed by two of our employees who are licensed audiologists using two different hearing aid test systems. One model of each device was utilized for testing. The results were then compared for discrepancies. If there were no major discrepancies, the better result of the two measures was used. If major discrepancies between the results existed, we performed both measures again. We defined a major discrepancy as the device meeting the identified standards in one test system but failing to meet the identified standards on the other system.

Coupling using a 2cc coupler and placement of devices was used in accordance with ANSI S3.22-2009 specifications. Measurements were then taken with devices at either full-on-gain (FOG) or reference-test-setting (RTS) in accordance to ANSI standards.

 

120


Table of Contents

In order to determine what qualified as a good result, we reviewed recent research and used what we believe to be the most cited standards in the hearing aid industry as our benchmarks:

 

 

Frequency range:    The frequency range should include 250 to 6000 Hz to cover the complete range of speech. Covering this large range of frequencies is important to appropriately amplify speech sounds.

 

 

Speech Intelligibility Index:    The device should provide appropriate amplification for a specific hearing loss, as determined by the Audioscan Verifit test system. We chose a typical moderate hearing loss for this test.

 

 

Total harmonic distortion:    The distortion level should be below 3% for all frequencies tested in order to amplify sound and speech with acceptable accuracy.

 

 

Equivalent input noise:    The level of noise should be below 28 dB sound press level, or SPL. A low noise level means that the hearing aid can provide an acceptably clean sound to the listener.

Results

Frequency range

All devices tested met the acceptable frequency range, amplifying frequencies in a range of at least 250Hz to 6,000Hz as demonstrated in Graph 1 below.

Speech Intelligibility Index

All devices tested had an acceptable SII, as demonstrated in Graph 2 below. Each bar in the graph represents the SII score for each input level, and the horizontal lines represent the minimum scores required adequate speech intelligibility. All tested devices met or exceeded the minimum requirement.

Total harmonic distortion

All devices tested had a low level of total harmonic distortion, with each reporting less than 3% as demonstrated in Graph 3 below.

 

121


Table of Contents

Equivalent input noise

Equivalent input noise levels were good, with each device reporting less than 28 dB SPL, as demonstrated in Graph 4 below.

 

LOGO

Graph 1. Frequency range results

 

LOGO

Graph 2. Speech Intelligibility Index results

LOGO

Graph 3. Total Harmonic Distortion results

 

LOGO

Graph 4. Equivalent Input noise results

Product roadmap

We are continuously innovating and have released four new generations of our Eargo solution since 2017. Our current iteration of the Eargo hearing solution, Neo HiFi, provides improved Flexi Palms and improved capabilities across audio fidelity and bandwidth. We launched Neo HiFi in January 2020 and anticipate launching our next generation hearing aid in the first half of 2021.

 

122


Table of Contents

We anticipate that future generations of our solution will offer further improved fit and acoustic output with the capability for in-situ hearing assessment and adjustment through connected hearing aids. We expect that future generations of our solution will also include increased water resistance and have refurbishment capability. We believe this will advance the ability of our licensed hearing professionals to personalize our customers’ hearing solutions. Our development priorities are also focused on adding a refurbishment capability, which would benefit our gross margin.

 

 

LOGO

Research and development

We are committed to ongoing research and development. As of June 30, 2020, our research and development organization included 53 individuals with expertise in mechanical engineering, product design, audio processing, clinical and hearing science, consumer electronics and embedded software design. Our technical capabilities and commitment to innovation have allowed us to deliver significant product enhancements on a rapid development timeline, which we believe has helped us to support a compelling new product roadmap.

Our current research and development efforts are focused on developing future generations of our Eargo solution with increased functionality and audio output, improved in-ear fit, reduced cost of goods, better connectivity and enhanced machine learning.

Manufacturing

Our hearing aids are currently assembled by Hana, a contract manufacturer which is based in Thailand. We have a manufacturing services agreement with Hana for the assembly and supply of our hearing aids, pursuant to which we make purchases on a purchase order basis. The manufacturing services agreement was effective beginning on May 5, 2017 with an initial term of 12 months that automatically renews for additional 12 month periods. The automatic renewals are subject to our right to terminate the agreement without cause by providing 120 days’ advance written notice, or Hana’s right to terminate the agreement without cause by providing at least 12 months’ advance written notice.

 

123


Table of Contents

We have entered into a manufacturing services agreement with a second manufacturer, Pegatron Corporation, or Pegatron, which is based in Taiwan, for the manufacture of our next generation hearing aid, pursuant to which we make purchases on a purchase order basis. The manufacturing services agreement was effective beginning on August 21, 2018 with an initial term of three years that automatically renews for additional one-year periods. The automatic renewals are subject to either party’s right to terminate the agreement without cause by providing 30 days’ advance written notice. Either party may terminate the agreement if the other party materially breaches the agreement and fails to cure the breach within 30 days after notice of such breach from the terminating party.

We rely on several third-party suppliers for the components used in our hearing aids, including the batteries, integrated circuits, microphones and receivers.

We believe that third-party facilities will be adequate to meet our current and anticipated manufacturing needs. We do not currently plan to manufacture our hearing aids or any related components ourselves.

Manufacturing facilities that produce medical devices or their component parts intended for distribution world-wide are subject to regulation and periodic unannounced inspection by the FDA and other domestic and international regulatory agencies. In the United States, any products we sell are required to be in manufactured in compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, which covers the methods used in, and the facilities used for, the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products.

The distribution of our hearing aids is handled directly through DCL Logistics, a third party logistics provider. Our finished hearing aids are shipped from Hana in Thailand to DCL Logistics in Louisville, Kentucky and are distributed from there to customers.

Competition

We compete in the hearing aid market against manufacturers, clinics and retailers of hearing aids, other direct-to-consumer providers of hearing aids and to a lesser extent, providers of PSAPs. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the market are:

 

 

product quality and performance, including but not limited to, the size, sound quality, comfort, whether the batteries are rechargeable, reliability and connectivity of the hearing aid;

 

 

customer purchasing experience;

 

 

visibility of hearing aid;

 

 

pricing;

 

 

product support and service;

 

 

effective marketing and education;

 

 

technological innovation, product enhancements and speed of innovation; and

 

 

sales and distribution capabilities.

After a period of industry consolidation, five manufacturers control a vast majority of the hearing aid industry today. These manufacturers include GN Store Nord, Sonova, Starkey, William Demant and WS Audiology, all of which have established products and substantially greater financial, sales and marketing, manufacturing and development resources than we possess. In addition to these manufacturers, we also compete against hearing clinics and retailers, such as Costco. Costco sells its Kirkland Signature label behind-the-ear hearing aids in store and also sells behind-the-ear, in-the-ear and in-the-canal hearing aids under the Philips, Phonak, ReSound and Rexton brands, each at various price points. We also compete against other direct-to-consumer hearing aid

 

124


Table of Contents

providers such as Audicus and Lively, which, similar to our business model, allow consumers to purchase hearing aids without visiting a clinic and provide remote support for their products.

Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. Considering the resources and advantages that our competitors maintain, even if our technology and consumer-first distribution strategy is more effective than the technology and distribution strategy of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitor products in lieu of purchasing our products. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and distribution strategies and as new companies enter the market with new technologies and distribution strategies. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations. Our ability to compete successfully and to increase our market share is dependent upon our approach to addressing unmet needs in the hearing aid industry. Increased competition in the future could adversely affect our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, margins and market share.

Government regulation

Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and other federal, state and local authorities, as well as foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA regulates, among other things, the research, development, testing, design, manufacturing, approval, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion and marketing, distribution, post approval monitoring and reporting and import and export of medical devices in the United States to assure the safety and effectiveness of medical products for their intended use. The Federal Trade Commission also regulates the advertising of our products in the United States. Further, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and abuse, which subject our sales and marketing, training and other practices to government scrutiny.

Regulation by the FDA

The FDA classifies hearing aids, including in-the-canal hearing aids such as our products, as medical devices. In the United States, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, as well as FDA regulations and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, medical device design and development, preclinical and clinical testing, device safety, premarket clearance and approval, establishment registration and device listing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, record-keeping, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, export and import, recalls and field safety corrective actions, and post-market surveillance, including complaint handling and medical device reporting of adverse events. Failure to comply with applicable requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution. The FDA can also refuse to approve or clear pending product applications.

The FDA classifies medical devices into three classes (Class I, II or III) based on the degree of risk associated with a device and the level of regulatory control deemed necessary to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the FDA’s current good manufacturing practices for devices, as reflected in the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, establishment registration and device listing, reporting of adverse events, and truthful, non-misleading labeling, advertising and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the premarket notification process set forth in Section 510(k) of the FDCA. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s general controls and any other special controls deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, such as

 

125


Table of Contents

performance standards, product-specific guidance documents, special labeling requirements, patient registries and/or post-market surveillance. Most Class II devices must also comply with the FDA’s Section 510(k) premarket notification requirements. Class III devices are those that support or sustain human life, are of substantial importance in preventing impairment of human health, or which present a potential, unreasonable risk of illness or injury. Due to the level of risk associated with Class III devices, general and special controls alone are insufficient to assure their safety and effectiveness. Devices placed in Class III generally require the submission of a premarket approval, or PMA, application demonstrating the safety and effectiveness of the device, which must be approved by the FDA prior to marketing, or the receipt of a 510(k) de novo classification, which provides for the reclassification of the device into Class I or II. The PMA approval process is more stringent, time-consuming and expensive than the 510(k) clearance process; however, the 510(k) clearance process has also become increasingly stringent and expensive.

We currently market our products pursuant to the FDA regulatory framework for air-conduction hearing aids, which are classified as Class I devices exempt from premarket review procedures. While applicable FDA regulations establish certain “conditions for sale” of all hearing aids, including that prospective hearing aid users must have a medical evaluation by a licensed physician within the six months prior to the hearing aid dispensation, the FDA has stated that it does not intend to enforce these medical evaluation requirements prior to the dispensing of Class I air-conduction and Class II wireless air-conduction hearing aids to individuals 18 years of age and older. Accordingly, while we are required to comply with other FDA requirements, our products are currently not reviewed by the FDA.

The FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, or FDARA, created a new category of over-the-counter, or OTC, hearing aids that are intended to be available through in-person transactions, by mail or online without the involvement of a licensed practitioner. Under the statute, the FDA must issue regulations to implement the new framework. As part of its rulemaking process, the FDA is required to evaluate whether OTC hearing aids should be subject to Section 510(k) premarket review and clearance, and it is unclear whether the FDA will subject OTC hearing aids to this requirement or other more onerous requirements. Despite the deadline in FDARA for the FDA to issue proposed regulations by August 18, 2020, the FDA has not yet issued a notice of proposed rulemaking or indicated how it will implement the new OTC hearing aid pathway. In addition, in May 2018, the FDA granted a de novo classification request from Bose for a direct-to-consumer “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid,” which is classified in Class II and subject to 510(k) premarket review.

We market the Eargo system devices as Class I exempt air-conduction hearing aids under existing regulations and are not dependent on the FDA’s issuance of OTC hearing aid regulations for the marketing of our products. We also do not consider our devices to be “self-fitting” hearing aids similar to the newly cleared Bose device. Accordingly, while we expect our products to continue to be regulated as Class I exempt devices, our products could in the future be deemed to fall under the definition of a “self-fitting air-conduction hearing aid” or an OTC hearing aid, in which case we could be required to seek 510(k) clearance for our products or otherwise comply with additional regulatory requirements associated with these new pathways.

510(k) clearance

If not exempted from the FDA’s 510(k) notification requirement, to obtain 510(k) clearance for a medical device, an applicant must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally marketed device, commonly known as the “predicate device.” A legally marketed predicate device may include a device that was legally marketed in the United States prior to May 28, 1976 for which a PMA is not required (commonly known as a “pre-amendments device” based on the date the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted), a device which the FDA has reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device which has been found substantially equivalent to such a device through the 510(k) process. A device

 

126


Table of Contents

is considered to be substantially equivalent if, with respect to the predicate device, it has the same intended use and has either (i) the same technological characteristics, or (ii) different technological characteristics, but the information provided in the 510(k) submission demonstrates that the device does not raise new questions of safety and effectiveness and is at least as safe and effective as the predicate device. A showing of substantial equivalence may sometimes, but not always, require clinical data. Before the FDA will accept a 510(k) submission for substantive review, the FDA will first assess whether the submission satisfies a minimum threshold of acceptability. If the FDA determines that the 510(k) submission is incomplete, the FDA will issue a “Refuse to Accept” letter which generally outlines the information the FDA believes is necessary to permit a substantive review and to reach a determination regarding substantial equivalence. An applicant must submit the requested information before the FDA will proceed with additional review of the submission. Once a 510(k) submission is accepted for review, the FDA has 90 days to review and issue a determination. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer. The FDA may request additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. The review period is suspended during the time the additional information request is pending. Unless a specific exemption applies, 510(k) premarket notification submissions are subject to user fees.

Medical devices can be marketed only for the indications for which they are cleared or approved. After a device has received 510(k) clearance for a specific intended use, any change or modification that significantly affects its safety or effectiveness, such as a significant change in the design, materials or method of manufacture, or that would constitute a new or major change in intended use, may require a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval and payment of an additional FDA user fee. The determination as to whether or not a modification constitutes such a change is initially left to the manufacturer using available FDA guidance; however, the FDA may review this determination to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified product at any time and may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and recall the modified device until new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained. The manufacturer may also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. Such trials generally require submission of an investigational device exemption, or IDE, application to the FDA for a specified number of patients and study sites, unless the product is deemed to be a non-significant risk device which may be subject to more abbreviated IDE requirements. If an IDE is required, the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards, or IRBs, at the clinical sites must approve the study before clinical trials may begin. Clinical trials are subject to extensive monitoring, record keeping and reporting requirements. Clinical trials must be conducted under the oversight of IRBs for the relevant clinical trial sites and must comply with FDA regulations, including but not limited to those relating to good clinical practices, or GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for participation in each clinical study. The clinical trial sponsor, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not adequately demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain FDA clearance to market the product.

Labeling and sale

All hearing aids commercially distributed in the United States must comply with specific FDA labeling requirements. These requirements address the labeling of the device itself as well as the User Instructional Brochure that must be provided to all potential hearing aid recipients. Hearing aids must be clearly and permanently marked with, among other things, the name of the device manufacturer, the model name or number, and the year of manufacture. In addition, the User Instructional Brochure must contain, among other

 

127


Table of Contents

things, specific instructions for the use of, maintenance and care of, and replacement or recharging of the batteries of the hearing instrument, information regarding known side effects that may warrant a physician consultation, a warning statement specified in FDA regulations, and technical data useful in selecting and fitting a hearing instrument and checking its performance.

In addition, FDA regulations require that the marketing of hearing aids comply with certain “conditions for sale,” including, among other things, the requirement that prospective hearing aid users must undergo a medical evaluation (or provide a signed waiver) before a hearing aid may be dispensed, along with certain recordkeeping requirements. In 2016, the FDA issued a guidance document stating that it did not intend to enforce the medical evaluation or recordkeeping requirements prior to the dispensing of Class I air-conduction and Class II wireless air-conduction hearing aids to individuals 18 years of age and older. In addition, under FDARA, hearing aids that qualify for the future OTC pathway must be exempt from certain labeling requirements and condition of sale requirements otherwise applicable to hearing aids.

Quality System Regulation

The hearing aids that we commercially distribute in the United States are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA and certain state agencies. This includes product listing and establishment registration requirements, which facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory actions. We are required to adhere to applicable current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements, as set forth in the QSR, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all phases of the design and manufacturing process. We are also required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with applicable quality and regulatory requirements. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of contractors. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from the QSR and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Noncompliance with these regulations can result in, among other things, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recalls or seizures of products, total or partial suspension of production, FDA refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approval to new devices, withdrawal of existing clearances or approvals, and criminal prosecution.

Post-market surveillance

We must also comply with post-market surveillance regulations, including medical device reporting, or MDR, requirements which require that we review and report to the FDA any incident in which our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, and any incident in which our product has malfunctioned if that malfunction would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur. We must also comply with medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require manufacturers to report to the FDA corrections and removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health. Although we may undertake recall actions voluntarily, we must submit detailed information on any recall action to the FDA, and the FDA can order a medical device recall in certain circumstances.

In addition to post-market quality and safety actions, labeling and promotional activities are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain circumstances, by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC. Medical devices approved or cleared by the FDA may not be promoted for unapproved or uncleared uses, otherwise known as “off-label” promotion. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including substantial monetary penalties and criminal prosecution.

 

128


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including delays in or failures to report incidents to the FDA as required under the MDR regulations, can result in enforcement action by the FDA which can include any of the following sanctions:

 

 

warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

 

customer notifications or repair, replacement, refund, recall, administrative detention or seizure of our products;

 

 

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

 

FDA refusals or delays on requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new or modified products;

 

 

withdrawal of 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

 

 

refusal to grant export approval for products; or

 

 

civil penalties or criminal prosecution.

Other healthcare laws and regulations

The healthcare industry is also subject to federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and physician payment transparency laws, as well as patient data privacy and security and consumer protection and unfair competition laws and regulations. Our operations are also subject to certain state and local hearing care laws, including those applicable to the licensure and registration of audiologists and other individuals that dispense hearing aids, sales and marketing practices, interactions with consumers, consumer incentive and other promotional programs, and state corporate practice and fee-splitting prohibitions.

Fraud and abuse laws

In addition to the FDA, other federal and state healthcare laws and regulations could restrict our business practices and operations, including our direct-to-consumer activities. To the extent our products are or become covered by any federal or state government healthcare program, regulatory and enforcement authorities may nonetheless interpret that we are subject to numerous federal healthcare anti-fraud laws, which include the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Physician Self-Referral Law and the False Claims Act that are intended to reduce waste, fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry and analogous state laws that may apply to healthcare items and services paid by all payors, including self-pay patients and private insurers. These laws are broad and subject to evolving interpretations. They prohibit many arrangements and practices that are lawful in industries, other than healthcare, including pricing, sales and marketing activities, sales commissions, customer incentive and other promotional programs, and the provision of gifts and business courtesies. To the extent that any of our products are sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws, which may include, for instance, applicable post-marketing requirements, including safety surveillance, anti-fraud and abuse laws and implementation of corporate compliance programs and reporting of payments or transfers of value to healthcare professionals. We must operate our business within the requirements of these laws. Violations of any of these health regulatory laws may result in potentially significant penalties, including criminal and civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

In addition, the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires manufacturers to report to the Department of Health and Human Services detailed information about financial arrangements with physicians and teaching

 

129


Table of Contents

hospitals and, with reporting requirements going into effect in 2022 for payments made in 2021, financial arrangements with physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other mid-level practitioners. These reporting provisions preempt state laws that require reporting of the same information, but not those that require reports of different or additional information. Although none of our products are currently covered by any government healthcare program, we may still be subject to certain state reporting requirements that apply regardless of payor. Failure to comply subjects manufacturers to significant civil monetary penalties.

State licensing, corporate practice and fee-splitting prohibitions

Regulation of the hearing aid industry exists in every state. These laws and regulations are primarily concerned with the licensure and registration of audiologists and other individuals and companies that dispense hearing aids, including procedures involving the fitting and dispensing of hearing aids. In addition, most states require warranty and return policies for consumers allowing for the return of product, and restrict hearing aid advertising and marketing practices. These state laws are subject to change, and states may impose more stringent requirements for dispensers of hearing aids. The FDCA preempts state laws relating to the safety and efficacy of medical devices and state laws that are different from or in addition to federal requirements. In Missouri Board of Examiners for Hearing Instrument Specialists v. Hearing Help Express, Inc. and METX, LLC v. Wal-Mart Stores Texas, LLC, the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals and the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, respectively, have held that certain state laws relating to the fitting and dispensing of hearing aids are preempted because they relate to the safety and efficacy of medical devices. Although we have structured our operations to comply with our understanding of applicable state regulatory requirements, interpretative legal precedent and regulatory guidance varies by jurisdiction and is often sparse and not fully developed, including which laws and regulations are subject to the federal preemption relating to safety and efficacy of medical devices, complicating our compliance efforts. Other courts could conclude that similar or identical state laws are not preempted. A determination that we are in violation of applicable laws and regulations in any jurisdiction in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on us, particularly if we are unable to restructure our operations and arrangements to comply with the requirements of that jurisdiction, if we are required to restructure our operations and arrangements at a significant cost, or if we are subject to penalties or other adverse action.

We employ licensed hearing professionals to deliver services to our customers. These activities are subject to various state laws that prohibit the practice of certain professions, including audiology, by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the audiologist’s or other hearing care specialist’s professional judgment. In the event that regulatory authorities or other third parties were to challenge these arrangements, we could be subject to adverse judicial or administrative interpretations, to civil or criminal penalties, our contracts could be found legally invalid and unenforceable or we could be required to restructure our arrangements with our audiologists and other licensed professionals. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing or splitting professional fees with lay entities or persons. Audiologists and certain other hearing care specialists are required to maintain valid state licenses to practice and must comply with numerous state and local licensing laws and regulations, and each state defines the scope of practice for audiologists and other hearing care specialists through legislation and their respective state regulatory agencies and boards. Activities that qualify as professional misconduct under state law may subject our personnel to sanctions or may even result in loss of their licensure and could, possibly, subject us to sanctions as well.

Coverage and reimbursement; healthcare reform

Our products are primarily purchased on a cash-pay basis and are not generally covered by government healthcare programs and other third-party payors. In addition, there have been, and we expect there will

 

130


Table of Contents

continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system seeking, among other things, to reduce healthcare costs that could affect our results of operations. For example, the implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act, or the Affordable Care Act, has changed healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers substantially and has affected medical device manufacturers significantly. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provided incentives to programs that increase the federal government’s comparative effectiveness research and implemented payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models. Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the Affordable Care Act in the future. The current Presidential Administration and U.S. Congress will likely continue to seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the Affordable Care Act. It is uncertain the extent to which any such changes may impact our business or financial condition. We expect additional state and federal healthcare reform measures to be adopted in the future, any of which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure.

Privacy and security

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, imposes privacy, security and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon “covered entities” (health care providers, health plans and health care clearinghouses), and their respective business associates, individuals or entities that create, received, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities and business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce HIPAA and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Additionally, HITECH mandates the reporting of certain breaches of health information to the Department of Health and Human Services, affected individuals and if the breach is large enough, the media.

Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure constitutes unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards.

In addition, certain state and non-U.S. laws, such as the GDPR govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. For example, California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which took effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA, among other things, creates new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provides new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information. The CCPA also creates a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach. Although the law includes limited exceptions, including for “protected health information” maintained by a covered entity or business associate, it may regulate or impact our processing of personal information

 

131


Table of Contents

depending on the context. It remains unclear what, if any, modifications will be made to this legislation or how it will be interpreted. In Europe, the GDPR went into effect in May 2018 and imposes strict requirements for processing the personal data of individuals within the European Union and the EEA. Companies that must comply with the GDPR face increased compliance obligations and risk, including more robust regulatory enforcement of data protection requirements and potential fines for noncompliance of up to 20 million or 4% of the annual global revenues of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater. Further, following the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union and the EEA and the end of the transition period on December 31, 2020, companies will have to comply with the GDPR and the GDPR as incorporated into United Kingdom national law, the latter regime having the ability to separately fine up to the greater of £17.5 million or 4% of global turnover.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits U.S. businesses and their representatives from offering to pay, paying, promising to pay or authorizing the payment of money or anything of value to a foreign official in order to influence any act or decision of the foreign official in his or her official capacity or to secure any other improper advantage in order to obtain or retain business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records, which in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, if any, and to devise and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements. The scope of the FCPA includes interactions with certain healthcare professionals in many countries.

International laws

Globally, other countries have enacted anti-bribery laws and/or regulations similar to the FCPA. Violations of any of these anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation.

There are also international privacy laws that impose restrictions on the access, use, and disclosure of health information. All of these laws may impact our business. Our failure to comply with these privacy laws or significant changes in the laws restricting our ability to obtain required patient information could significantly impact our business and our future business plans.

Intellectual property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. As of June 30, 2020, we had 17 issued U.S. patents, 16 patents outside the United States, 5 pending U.S. patent applications and 8 pending foreign patent applications. Our patents include utility patents covering technology ranging from remote control of our hearing aids to design patents covering the housing and securing mechanisms for our hearing aids. We have foreign patents in the European Union, Australia, Canada, China, Germany, Japan, Singapore and South Korea. We own all of our patents and do not rely on any licenses to utilize the technology covered by these patents. The earliest of our patents is expected to expire in 2025. Our issued U.S. patent with claims generally directed to an open ear canal hearing aid comprised of certain electronics and securing portions and our issued U.S. patent with claims generally directed to an adjustable securing mechanism for a space access device are each expected to expire in 2030.

 

132


Table of Contents

Our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents, and we cannot assure you that any current or subsequently issued patents will protect our intellectual property rights. Third parties may challenge certain patents issued to us as invalid, may independently develop similar or competing technologies or may design around any of our patents. We cannot be certain that any of the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights in these countries as fully as in the United States.

There is no active patent litigation involving us and we have not received any notices of patent infringement. The validity, enforceability or scope, as the case may be, of one of our patents relating to our Flexi Palm design is being challenged in Europe. An oral hearing for this challenge is expected to be scheduled in 2021. The preliminary opinion from the European Patent Office’s Opposition Division considered the claims to be novel, inventive and sufficient of disclosure, while only making objections regarding added matter. Our response includes a main request to maintain the claims of the patent as-is and 11 auxiliary requests, each of which we believe will still provide coverage of the Flexi Palms. While any result that narrows or invalidates this patent could harm our ability to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design, we believe the result of these proceedings will not result in the patent being invalidated and that any result that relies upon one of the auxiliary requests would still provide us coverage regarding Flexi Palms in Europe.

As of June 30, 2020, we had 31 trademark registrations and nine pending trademark applications worldwide.

Environmental matters

Our operations, properties and products are subject to a variety of U.S. and foreign environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, management and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous materials and waste and remediation of releases of hazardous materials. We believe, based on current information that we are in material compliance with environmental laws and regulations applicable to us. However, our failure to comply with present and future requirements under these laws and regulations, or environmental contamination or releases of hazardous materials on our leased premises, as well as through disposal of our products, could cause us to incur substantial costs, including clean-up costs, personal injury and property damage claims, fines and penalties, costs to redesign our products or upgrade our facilities and legal costs, or require us to curtail our operations, any of which could seriously harm our business.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Jose, California, where we lease approximately 30,434 square feet of office, research and development, engineering and laboratory space pursuant to a lease agreement which was effective as of July 30, 2018 and expires on February 28, 2022. We also lease approximately 14,965 square feet of office space, which is primarily used for our customer support operations, in Nashville, Tennessee, pursuant to a lease that commenced on March 15, 2019 and expires on March 31, 2021. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our business requirements for the near-term, and that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

Human capital resources

As of June 30, 2020, we had 184 full-time employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we consider our employee relations to be good. Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and additional employees. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected

 

133


Table of Contents

employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards.

Legal proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We may, however, in the ordinary course of business face various claims brought by third parties, and we may, from time to time, make claims or take legal actions to assert our rights, including intellectual property rights as well as claims relating to employment matters and the safety or efficacy of our products. Any of these claims could subject us to costly litigation, and, while we generally believe that we have adequate insurance to cover many different types of liabilities, our insurance carriers may deny coverage, may be inadequately capitalized to pay on valid claims, or our policy limits may be inadequate to fully satisfy any damage awards or settlements. If this were to happen, the payment of any such awards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any such claims, whether or not successful, could damage our reputation and business.

 

134


Table of Contents

Management

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of September 25, 2020:

 

     
Name    Age        Position(s)

Executive Officers

       

Christian Gormsen

     44        President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

William Brownie

     53        Chief Operating Officer

Adam Laponis

     44        Chief Financial Officer

Non-Employee Directors

       

Juliet Bakker(2)(3)

     58        Director

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard(2)(3)

     46        Director

Doug Hughes(1)

     59        Director

Josh Makower, M.D.(2)(3)

     57        Director

Geoff Pardo(1)(3)

     49        Director

Nina Richardson(2)

     61        Director

Brooke Seawell(1)

     72        Director

David Wu

     52        Director

 

 

(1)   Member of our audit committee.

 

(2)   Member of our compensation committee.

 

(3)   Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive officers

Christian Gormsen has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2014 and as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2016. From June 2014 to June 2016, Mr. Gormsen served as Commercial Director, EMEA, of ISS A/S, a global facility services company. Prior to that, he spent a decade at GN Group, a global leader in intelligent audio solutions including hearing aids, in roles of increasing responsibility until he became the Senior Vice President of Operations, Europe and Strategic Accounts. Mr. Gormsen started his career in investment banking before transitioning to McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm. Mr. Gormsen received a B.S. in economics and his M.S. in economics and business administration from the Copenhagen Business School.

We believe that Mr. Gormsen is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings in his capacity as our President and Chief Executive Officer and because of his extensive experience and knowledge of our industry.

William Brownie has served as our Chief Operating Officer since April 2019. From August 2016 through March 2019, Mr. Brownie served as our Chief Customer Operations Officer. In addition, from January 2017 to June 2019 he served as our Chief Financial Officer. From June 2015 to August 2016, Mr. Brownie served as an independent consultant to various companies. From January 2012 to June 2015, Mr. Brownie served as the Managing Director

 

135


Table of Contents

at Sonova e-Hearing Care a group company of Sonova AG. Prior to that, from August 2001 to December 2011, Mr. Brownie served as Chief Financial Officer and then President and Chief Executive Officer of HearingPlanet Inc., which was purchased by Sonova AG. Mr. Brownie received a B.S. in business administration from San Diego State University-California State University.

Adam Laponis has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2019. From November 2018 to March 2019, Mr. Laponis served as Vice President of Financial Planning and Analysis for Tesla, Inc., an automotive and energy company, where he previously served as Senior Director of Finance from April 2017 to November 2018. Prior to that, he served as the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cardiovascular Care of Cardinal Health, a healthcare services and products company, from October 2015 to April 2017. Prior to that, he served in various financial roles at Johnson & Johnson, a healthcare company, from August 2004 to October 2015. Mr. Laponis received a B.S. in chemical engineering from the University of California, Berkeley and his M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

Non-employee directors

Juliet Bakker has served as member of our board of directors since July 2020. Since January 2007, Ms. Bakker has served as a Managing Director of Longitude Capital Management Co., LLC, a healthcare venture capital firm. Prior to Longitude Capital, Ms. Bakker was a Managing Director of Pequot Ventures where she founded the life sciences investment practice. Prior to Pequot, she was Director, Strategic Planning and Director, Operations of Waste Management International. Previously, she was a sell-side equity analyst with Banque Paribas. Ms. Bakker began her career as an investment banker in the corporate finance department at PaineWebber. Since March 2018, Ms. Bakker has served on the board of Axonics Modulation Technologies, a publicly-held medical technology company, where she serves on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Ms. Bakker previously served on the board of Venus Concept, Inc., a publicly held aesthetic medical device company, from May 2015 to February 2020. Ms. Bakker holds an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School and a B.Sc. from the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences at Cornell University (“CALS”), where she is a member of the CALS Advisory Council. Ms. Bakker is also a board member of the Boys and Girls Club of Greenwich.

We believe that Ms. Bakker is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience investing in healthcare companies.

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard has served as member of our board of directors since October 2017. Since September 2017, Mr. Bisgaard has been Managing Director of Nan Fung Life Sciences, a global life sciences investment platform and a Managing Partner at Pivotal Bioventure Partners LLC, a healthcare venture capital fund. Prior to this, he was a Senior Partner at Novo Ventures, a healthcare focused venture investment firm, from 2009 to September 2017. Prior to Novo Ventures he was with McKinsey and Co. He has previously served on the board of directors of the following publicly-held companies: Ra Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company; Nevro Corp, a commercial stage medical device company; HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., a commercial stage RNA-platform based life sciences tools company; Otonomy, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company developing therapeutics for treating hearing disorders; and Alder Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a late stage drug development company focusing on migraine therapeutics. In addition Mr. Bisgaard is serving, and has served, on numerous boards of privately held biotechnology and medical technology companies. Mr. Bisgaard received an M.Sc. in engineering from Technical University of Denmark and a post graduate degree in mathematical modeling in economics by the European Consortium for Mathematics in the Industry.

We believe that Mr. Bisgaard is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings with his investment experience.

Doug Hughes has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2020. Since October 2019, Mr. Hughes has served as Chief Financial Officer of Calyxo, Inc., a urology medical device company. From 2011

 

136


Table of Contents

until April 2018, Mr. Hughes was Chief Financial Officer of NeoTract, Inc., a urology company. He served as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer for Nellix, Inc., an endovascular graft company from 2010 until 2011. Before joining Nellix, Inc., Mr. Hughes served as Chief Financial Officer for Evalve Inc., a cardiovascular company, from 2009 until 2010. Prior to 2009, Mr. Hughes held a variety of senior finance management positions at Boston Scientific, Guidant Corporation and The Clorox Company. Mr. Hughes is currently a member of the board of directors of Immunovant, Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Hughes received a B.S. in Finance from San Francisco State University and an M.B.A. from University of Chicago.

We believe that Mr. Hughes is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in successfully leading high-growth companies.

Josh Makower, M.D. has served as member of our board of directors since November 2015. Since May 2015, Dr. Makower has been a General Partner at New Enterprise Associates, a venture capital firm. In addition to his role at New Enterprise Associates, Dr. Makower serves as an Adjunct Professor of Medicine at Stanford University Medical School and is Co-Founder of Stanford University’s Biodesign Innovation Program. Dr. Makower is also the Founder and Executive Chairman of ExploraMed, a medical device incubator. He received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Massachusetts Institute of Technology, his M.D. from New York University School of Medicine and his M.B.A. from Columbia University.

We believe that Dr. Makower is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings with his medical and financial backgrounds and his extensive investment experience in the technology and healthcare industries.

Geoff Pardo has served as member of our board of directors since July 2020. Mr. Pardo has served as a partner at Gilde Healthcare since 2011. Previously, he was a partner at Spray Venture Partners from 2004 to 2011. He also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Facet Solutions, a spinal implant company focused on treating lumbar spinal stenosis, from 2007 until the company was sold to Globus Medical in 2011. He currently serves on the board of directors of the following publicly-held medical device companies: Inari Medical, Inc. and Vapotherm, Inc. He has previously served on the board of directors of the following publicly-held company: Axonics Modulation Technologies, Inc., a medical device company. Mr. Pardo received a B.A. from Brown University and his M.B.A. from The Wharton School of Business.

We believe Mr. Pardo is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience leading and managing a medical technology company, as well as his investing in healthcare companies.

Nina Richardson has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2020. Ms. Richardson is currently a Managing Director of Three Rivers Energy, an energy services company she co-founded in 2004. From May 2016 to April 2017, she served as a consultant to the Company. From February 2013 through February 2015, Ms. Richardson served as the Chief Operating Officer at GoPro, a publicly-held technology company. Previously, Ms. Richardson was an operations and management consultant for companies including Tesla, Solaria and TouchTunes Interactive Networks. Ms. Richardson also held executive positions at Flextronics, including Vice President and General Manager. Ms. Richardson’s early career included positions at Hughes Aircraft Ground Systems Group and Metcal. Ms. Richardson serves on the board of directors of the following publicly-held companies: Resideo Technologies, Inc., a global provider of comfort and security solutions; Silicon Laboratories Inc., a global technology company; and Cohu, Inc., a back-end semiconductor equipment and services company. She previously served as a director to the following publicly-held companies: Silicon Graphics International Corp., a computer systems company, Callidus Software, Inc., an enterprise software company, and Zayo Group Holdings, Inc, which became a private company in March 2020. Ms. Richardson holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Purdue University and an Executive M.B.A. from Pepperdine University.

 

137


Table of Contents

We believe that Ms. Richardson is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience as an executive and member of the board of directors of companies that span multiple industries.

A. Brooke Seawell has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2020. Since 2005, Mr. Seawell has been a Venture Partner at New Enterprise Associates, and was a Partner from 2000 to 2005 at Technology Crossover Ventures, a venture capital firm. From 1997 to 1998, he was Executive Vice President at NetDynamics, Inc., an application server software company, which was acquired by Sun Microsystems, Inc. From 1991 to 1997, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Synopsys, Inc., an electronic design automation software company. Mr. Seawell serves on the boards of the following publicly-held companies: NVIDIA Corporation, a visual computing company, where he serves on the audit committee, and Tenable Holdings, Inc., a cyber-security solutions company, where he serves on the audit committee. Mr. Seawell previously served on the board of directors of the following publicly-held companies: Tableau Software, Inc., a business intelligence software company; Informatica Corp., a data integration software company; and Glu Mobile, Inc., a publisher of mobile games. Mr. Seawell previously served on the Stanford University Athletic Board and the Management Board of the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Seawell holds a B.A. degree in Economics and an M.B.A. in Finance from Stanford University.

We believe that Mr. Seawell is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his investment experience and executive leadership and board roles.

David Wu has served as member of our board of directors since July 2014. Since 2012, Mr. Wu has been a Partner at Maveron LLC, a venture capital firm. Mr. Wu received a B.S. and B.A. in electrical engineering and quantitative economics from Stanford University.

We believe that Mr. Wu is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings with his experience investing in consumer-facing companies.

Board composition

Director independence

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Mr. Gormsen, qualify as “independent” directors in accordance with the marketplace rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, or the Listing Rules. Mr. Gormsen is not considered independent by virtue of his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the Listing Rules, the definition of independence includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his or her family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by the Listing Rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationship exists that, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

138


Table of Contents

Classified board of directors

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

 

The Class I directors will be Christian Gormsen, Doug Hughes and David Wu, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021;

 

 

The Class II directors will be Geoff Pardo, Nina Richardson and Brooke Seawell, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022; and

 

 

The Class III directors will be Juliet Bakker, Peter Tuxen Bisgaard and Josh Makower, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Voting arrangements

The election of the members of our board of directors is governed by the amended and restated voting agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock and certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and the related provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to our amended and restated voting agreement, the following directors were designated as directors to our board of directors:

 

 

David Wu was designated by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P. and its affiliates and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock;

 

 

Josh Makower and Doug Hughes were designated by New Enterprise Associates 15, Limited and its affiliates and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock;

 

 

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard was designated by Pivotal Alpha Limited and its affiliates and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock;

 

 

Juliet Bakker was designated by Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P. and its affiliates and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock;

 

 

Geoff Pardo was designated by Coöperatieve Gilde Healthcare V U.A. and its affiliates and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock; and

 

 

Christian Gormsen was designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock held by the holders of our common stock who are parties to the voting agreement and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock.

 

 

Nina Richardson and Brooke Seawell were designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of our convertible preferred stock and common stock, voting together on an as-converted basis as a single class, and elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our convertible preferred stock and common stock, voting together on an as-converted basis as a single class.

 

139


Table of Contents

The holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock who are parties to our voting agreement are obligated to vote for such designees indicated above. The provisions of this voting agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated, after which there will be no further contractual obligations or charter provisions regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or appointed, or the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

Leadership structure of the board

Our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines to be in place immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer and to implement a lead director in accordance with its determination regarding which structure would be in the best interests of our company.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of board in risk oversight process

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. While our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also approves or disapproves any related person transactions. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each committee intends to adopt a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and Listing Rules, which we will post on our website at www.eargo.com upon the completion of this offering.

 

140


Table of Contents

Audit committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

 

 

appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

 

determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and pre-approves the audit and non-audit fees and services;

 

 

reviews and approves all related party transactions on an ongoing basis;

 

 

establishes procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of any complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

 

 

discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

 

 

approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

 

 

discusses on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, with management the Company’s policies and procedures with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

 

 

is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

 

 

investigates any reports received through the ethics helpline and reports to the Board periodically with respect to any information received through the ethics helpline and any related investigations; and

 

 

reviews the audit committee charter and the audit committee’s performance on an annual basis.

Our audit committee consists of Doug Hughes, Geoff Pardo and Brooke Seawell. Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Brooke Seawell. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Hughes and Mr. Seawell is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental consolidated financial statements, in accordance with applicable requirements.

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee oversees policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and approves or recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer), evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also reviews and approves or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the issuance of stock options and other awards under our

 

141


Table of Contents

stock plans to our executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer). The compensation committee reviews the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and makes recommendations to our board of directors with respect to his compensation, and our board of directors retains the authority to make compensation decisions relative to our Chief Executive Officer. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, on an annual basis, the compensation committee charter and the compensation committee’s performance. Our compensation committee consists of Juliet Bakker, Peter Tuxen Bisgaard, Josh Makower and Nina Richardson. Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules. The chair of our compensation committee is Josh Makower.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Juliet Bakker, Peter Tuxen Bisgaard, Josh Makower and Geoff Pardo. Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Juliet Bakker.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or on our compensation committee.

Code of business conduct and ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at www.eargo.com upon the completion of this offering. The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing our code of business conduct and ethics and any waivers applicable to any director, executive officer or employee. We intend to disclose any future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions applicable to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives, on our website identified above or in public filings.

Limitation on liability and indemnification matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, both of which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, limit our directors’ liability, and provide that we may indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. The DGCL provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:

 

 

transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

142


Table of Contents
 

act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

 

breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or recession.

The DGCL and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify other employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any indemnified person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to advancement, direct payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

In addition, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and certain other employees. These indemnification agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers and certain other employees for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director, officer or other employee in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as a director, officer or employee of our company, or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors, officers and other employees.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy, as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

143


Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019, which consist of our principal executive officer and our two most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

 

Christian Gormsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

 

William Brownie, our Chief Operating Officer; and

 

 

Adam Laponis, our Chief Financial Officer.

Summary compensation table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned by our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

               
Name and principal position   Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
awards
($)(2)
    Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
    All other
compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Christian Gormsen

President and Chief Executive Officer

   

2019

2018

 

 

   
$502,170
$502,170
 
 
   

 
 
   
$1,022,911
 
 
   

 
 
   

 
 
   
$1,525,081
$   502,170
 
 
             

William Brownie

Chief Operating Officer

   
2019
2018
 
 
   
$300,000
$299,700
 
 
   

 
 
   
$230,826
 
 
   

 
 
   

 
 
   
$   530,826
$   299,700
 
 

Adam Laponis

Chief Financial Officer

    2019       $161,539             $490,510                   $   652,049  
             

 

 

(1)   The amounts reported for Mr. Gormsen include a housing allowance of $150,000 that does not require substantiation and is indistinguishable from base salary. The amount reported for Mr. Laponis reflects the prorated portion of his annual base salary of $300,000 earned after commencing employment with us in June 2019.

 

(2)   In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted during fiscal years 2018 and 2019 and the incremental fair value of the option awards modified during fiscal year 2019, in each case, computed in accordance with ASC 718 for stock-based compensation transactions, adjusted to reflect the probable outcome of performance conditions. Messrs. Gormsen and Brownie were granted options on November 3, 2018 that were subject to performance conditions that were determined not to be probable and therefore have been reported in fiscal year 2018 with a value of zero. In April 2019, prior to the expiration of such options, the November 3, 2018 options were amended such that the November 3, 2018 options would not terminate on May 31, 2019 as a result of the failure to achieve the performance conditions and the options would instead vest in equal monthly installments over a 48-month period from April 24, 2019, subject to continued employment. See note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts.

Narrative to the summary compensation table

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors reviewed compensation annually for all employees, including our named executive officers. In setting executive base salaries and bonuses and granting equity incentive awards, our board of directors considered compensation for comparable positions in the market, the historical compensation levels of our executives, individual performance as compared to our expectations and objectives, our desire to motivate our employees to achieve short- and long-term results in the best interests of our stockholders and long-term commitment to our company.

Our board of directors has historically determined our executive officers’ compensation and has typically reviewed and discussed management’s proposed compensation with our chief executive officer for all executives other than our chief executive officer. Based on those discussions and its discretion, our board of

 

144


Table of Contents

directors then determined the compensation of each executive officer. Upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee of our board of directors will determine our executive officers’ (other than our Chief Executive Officer’s) compensation and follow this process, but generally the compensation committee itself, rather than our board of directors, will approve the compensation of each executive officer (other than our Chief Executive Officer). The compensation committee will review the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and make recommendations to our board of directors with respect to his compensation, and our board of directors will retain the authority to make compensation decisions relative to our Chief Executive Officer.

Annual base salary

Base salaries for our executive officers are initially established through arm’s-length negotiations at the time of the executive officer’s hiring, taking into account such executive officer’s qualifications, experience, the scope of his or her responsibilities and competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions within the industry and geography. Base salaries are reviewed periodically, typically in connection with our annual performance review process, and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience. In making decisions regarding salary increases, we may also draw upon the experience of members of our board of directors with executives at other companies. The 2019 base salaries for our named executive officers were as follows: (a) $502,170 for Mr. Gormsen, inclusive of a monthly housing allowance, (b) $300,000 for Mr. Brownie, and (c) $300,000 for Mr. Laponis.

In April 2020, as part of company-wide salary reductions, the base salaries for each of Mr. Gormsen, Mr. Brownie and Mr. Laponis were reduced by 20%, effective through December 31, 2020.

Bonuses and non-equity incentive plan compensation

Our named executive officers are each eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus based on individual and company performance. However, no cash bonuses were awarded based on services provided during 2019.

In connection with the salary reductions implemented in April 2020, our board of directors approved a cash bonus plan, payable in the discretion of the board based on company performance during 2020, of cash bonuses up to 50% of the reduced salary level for Mr. Gormsen and up to 35% of the respective reduced salary levels for Mr. Brownie and Mr. Laponis. In addition, our board of directors approved a one-time special cash bonus opportunity for each of our employees, including Mr. Gormsen, Mr. Brownie and Mr. Laponis, by increasing each employee’s target bonus by the percentage of his or her respective salary reductions, which was 20% for each of Mr. Gormsen, Mr. Brownie and Mr. Laponis, payable in the discretion of the board based on company performance during 2020.

Equity-based incentive awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and those of our stockholders with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers.

We have historically used stock options as the principal equity incentive award for long-term compensation to our named executive officers because the return on the options is tied to an increase in the stock price. We may grant equity awards at such times as our board of directors or compensation committee determines appropriate. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

Prior to this offering, all of the equity incentive awards we granted were made pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2010 Plan. Following this offering, we will grant equity incentive awards

 

145


Table of Contents

under the terms of our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2020 Plan. The terms of our equity plans are described below under “—Equity incentive plans.”

All options are granted with an exercise price per share that is no less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant of such award. In August 2020, in order to retain and properly incentivize our employees to continue our growth, we approved a repricing of stock options held by current employees, including each of our NEOs, whereby the exercise price per share of each stock option was lowered to $0.85 (our fair market value per share on the date of the repricing). Our stock option grants generally vest over a four-year period, and may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability under certain termination and change in control events.

In August 2020, we granted options to Mr. Gormsen, Mr. Brownie and Mr. Laponis to purchase an aggregate of 2,843,596, 880,509 and 643,282 shares of common stock, respectively.

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The following table provides information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2019. All awards were granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan. See “—Equity incentive plans–2010 Equity Incentive Plan” below for additional information.

 

       
                Option awards  

Name and principal

position

  Grant date
(1)
    Vesting
commencement
date
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
(exercisable)
   

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)

(unexercisable)

   

Equity
incentive
plan
awards:

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)

    Option
exercise
price
($)
    Option
expiration
date
 

Christian Gormsen

    4/22/2014         3,300       0       $ 0.43       4/22/2024  

President and Chief Executive Officer

    11/20/2014         33,000       0       $ 0.43       11/20/2024  
    9/1/2016       2/15/2016 (2)      111,446       0       $ 0.43       9/1/2026  
    10/11/2016       2/15/2016 (3)      106,804       4,642       $ 0.43       10/11/2026  
    7/12/2017       7/12/2017 (4)      55,723       0       $ 0.43       7/12/2027  
    11/29/2017       11/29/2017 (2)      1,513,722       0       $ 0.43       11/29/2027  
    11/3/2018       04/24/2019 (5)      21,666       108,334       $ 0.47       11/3/2028  
    04/24/2019       04/24/2019 (4)      689,212       0       $ 0.85 (7)      04/24/2029  
    04/24/2019       2/26/2020 (6)          273,071     $ 0.85 (7)      04/24/2029  

William Brownie

    9/1/2016       8/29/2016 (2)      55,723       0       $ 0.43       9/1/2026  

Chief Operations Officer

    2/14/2017       2/14/2017 (2)      6,966       0       $ 0.43       2/14/2027  
    7/12/2017       9/1/2016 (4)      20,897       0       $ 0.43       7/12/2027  
    7/12/2017       7/12/2017 (4)      27,862       0       $ 0.43       7/12/2027  
    11/29/2017       11/29/2017 (4)      535,704       0       $ 0.43       11/29/2027  
    11/3/2018       04/24/2019 (5)      9,166       45,834       $ 0.47       11/3/2028  
    04/24/2019       04/24/2019 (4)      137,000       0       $ 0.85 (7)      04/24/2029  
    04/24/2019       2/26/2020 (6)          48,000     $ 0.85 (7)      04/24/2029  

Adam Laponis

    06/19/2019       7/3/2019 (3)      0       531,076       $ 0.85 (7)      06/19/2029  

Chief Financial Officer

             

 

 

(1)   The exercise price of each option granted prior to November 29, 2017 was repriced to $0.43 per share on November 29, 2017.

 

(2)   This option is exercisable in full as of the date of grant, with any unvested shares underlying the option subject to repurchase by us at the original exercise price in the event of a termination of service. The option vests as to 25% of the total number of shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, subject to continued service. Vesting accelerates in full in the event the holder is terminated by us without cause or the holder resigns for good reason, in each case, within the 12 month period commencing on a change in control.

 

146


Table of Contents
(3)   This option vests and becomes exercisable as to 25% of the total number of shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, subject to continued service. Vesting accelerates in full in the event the holder is terminated by us without cause or the holder resigns for good reason, in each case, within the 12 month period commencing on a change in control.

 

(4)   This option is exercisable in full as of the date of grant, with any unvested shares underlying the option subject to repurchase by us at the original exercise price in the event of a termination of service. The option vests as to 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service. Vesting accelerates in full in the event the holder is terminated by us without cause or the holder resigns for good reason, in each case, within the 12 month period commencing on a change in control.

 

(5)   This option was set to vest and become exercisable based on the achievement of certain performance goals, subject to continued service through the date of achievement. On April 24, 2019, our board of directors approved the amendment of this option such that the option would not terminate as a result of the failure to achieve the performance conditions and was converted to a time-based vesting option that vests as to 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service. Vesting accelerates in full in the event the holder is terminated by us without cause or the holder resigns for good reason, in each case, within the 12 month period commencing on a change in control.

 

(6)   This option vests and becomes exercisable based on the achievement of certain performance goals, subject to continued service through the date of achievement. Vesting accelerates in full in the event the holder is terminated by us without cause or the holder resigns for good reason, in each case, within the 12 month period commencing on a change in control.

 

(7)   The exercise price of each option with an exercise price greater than $0.85 per share was repriced to $0.85 per share on August 3, 2020. As of December 31, 2019 the exercise price per share was $1.576.

Employment arrangements

Offer Letters

We previously entered into offer letter agreements with each of our named executive officers in connection with his employment with us. These agreements set forth the terms and conditions of employment of each named executive officer, including initial base salary, temporary housing allowance (for each of Messrs. Gormsen and Brownie), equity grants and employee benefits eligibility.

New Employment Agreements

In connection with this offering, we have entered into new employment agreements with our named executive officers, which supersede in their entirety their original offer letters.

Pursuant to the terms of the new employment agreements, in the event the named executive officer is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason (each, as defined in the employment agreements), in each case, other than during the period that is on or 12 months following a change in control, the named executive officer will be eligible to receive: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 1x, in the case of our Chief Executive Officer, or 0.75x, in the case of our other named executive officers, the sum of the executive’s annual base salary and target annual bonus; and (ii) payment or reimbursement of COBRA premiums for 12 months, in the case of our Chief Executive Officer, or nine months, in the case of our other named executive officers.

In addition, in the event the named executive officer is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason, in each case, during the period that is on or 12 months following a change in control, the named executive officer will be eligible to receive: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 2x, in the case of our Chief Executive Officer, or 1x, in the case of our other named executive officers, the sum of the executive’s annual base salary and target annual bonus; (ii) payment or reimbursement of COBRA premiums for up to 24 months, in the case of our Chief Executive Officer, or up to 12 months, in the case of our other named executive officers; and (iii) full accelerated vesting of all equity awards.

All severance payments and benefits under the employment agreements are subject to the executive’s execution of a release of claims against us.

 

147


Table of Contents

Health and welfare and retirement benefits; perquisites

Messrs. Gormsen, Brownie and Laponis are eligible to participate in the benefit plans made generally available to our employees on the same terms and conditions as our employees, including comprehensive medical, dental and vision insurance, life and disability insurance, commuter benefit program and 401(k) plan. We have not made any matching contributions under our 401(k) plan. Other than eligibility for the commuter benefit program, the temporary housing allowance provided to Mr. Brownie in connection with his commencement of employment with us and the continuing housing allowance provided to Mr. Gormsen, which forms a part of his base salary, Messrs. Gormsen, Brownie and Laponis are not provided any perquisites.

Equity incentive plans

2020 Incentive Award Plan

We intend to adopt the 2020 Plan, which we expect will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock. The principal purpose of the 2020 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The material terms of the 2020 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Share reserve.    Under the 2020 Plan,             shares of our common stock will be initially reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock-based awards, plus the number of shares remaining available for future awards under the 2010 Plan, as of the effective date of the 2020 Plan. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance or transfer pursuant to awards under the 2020 Plan will be increased by (i) the number of shares represented by awards outstanding under our 2010 Plan that are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the effective date are not issued under our 2010 Plan and (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2030, equal to the lesser of (A) 5% of the shares of stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, that no more than             shares of stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

The following counting provisions will be in effect for the share reserve under the 2020 Plan:

 

 

to the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

to the extent shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award under the 2020 Plan, such tendered or withheld shares will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

to the extent shares subject to SARs are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of SARs on exercise thereof, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

to the extent that shares of our common stock are repurchased by us prior to vesting so that shares are returned to us, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

the payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding awards will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan; and

 

148


Table of Contents
 

to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan.

Administration.     The compensation committee of our board of directors is expected to administer the 2020 Plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. The compensation committee must consist of at least three members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange, or other principal securities market on which shares of our common stock are traded. The 2020 Plan provides that the board or compensation committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to employees other than executive officers and certain senior executives of the company to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers, other than awards made to our non-employee directors, which must be approved by our full board of directors.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2020 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2020 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2020 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time remove the compensation committee as the administrator and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2020 Plan. The full board of directors will administer the 2020 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility.    Options, SARs, restricted stock and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2020 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees or consultants or are the officers, employees or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries. Such awards also may be granted to our directors. Only employees of our company or certain of our subsidiaries may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.

Awards.     The 2020 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock- or cash-based awards and dividend equivalents, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

 

 

Nonstatutory stock options.     Nonstatutory Stock Options, or NSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/ or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years.

 

 

Incentive stock options.    ISOs will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2020 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant.

 

149


Table of Contents
 

Restricted stock.     Restricted stock may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.

 

 

Restricted stock units.     Restricted stock units may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

 

 

Stock appreciation rights.     SARs may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2020 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. SARs under the 2020 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.

 

 

Other stock or cash based awards.     Other stock or cash based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. Other stock or cash based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

 

Dividend equivalents.     Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payments dates during the period between a specified date and the date such award terminates or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. In addition, dividend equivalents with respect to shares covered by a performance award will only be paid to the participant at the same time or times and to the same extent that the vesting conditions, if any, are subsequently satisfied and the performance award vests with respect to such shares.

Any award may be granted as a performance award, meaning that the award will be subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals.

Change in control.     In the event of a change in control, unless the plan administrator elects to terminate an award in exchange for cash, rights or other property, or cause an award to accelerate in full prior to the change in control, such award will continue in effect or be assumed or substituted by the acquirer, provided that any performance-based portion of the award will be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. In the event the acquirer refuses to assume or replace awards granted, prior to the consummation of such transaction, awards issued under the 2020 Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of

 

150


Table of Contents

such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. The administrator may also make appropriate adjustments to awards under the 2020 Plan and is authorized to provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of such awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions.

Adjustments of awards.     In the event of any stock dividend or other distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, recapitalization, repurchase or any other corporate event affecting the number of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock that would require adjustments to the 2020 Plan or any awards under the 2020 Plan in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available thereunder, the administrator will make appropriate, proportionate adjustments to: (i) the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2020 Plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards); and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the 2020 Plan.

Amendment and termination.     The administrator may terminate, amend or modify the 2020 Plan at any time and from time to time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable stock exchange rule). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an option may be amended to reduce the per share exercise price below the per share exercise price of such option on the grant date and options may be granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of options having a higher per share exercise price without receiving additional stockholder approval.

No incentive stock options may be granted pursuant to the 2020 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2020 Plan, and no additional annual share increases to the 2020 Plan’s aggregate share limit will occur from and after such anniversary. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2020 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2020 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2010 Plan in 2010 and our stockholders approved the 2010 Plan in 2010. The 2010 Plan was amended most recently on December 19, 2018 and such amendment was approved by our stockholders on December 19, 2018. The 2010 Plan provides for the discretionary grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and RSUs to our employees and consultants, or employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, and our directors. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees or employees of our subsidiaries. We have only granted options under the 2010 Plan and we do not expect to grant any other types of awards under the 2010 Plan prior to its termination.

Authorized shares.     The 2010 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and no awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan after the 2010 Plan is terminated. The 2010 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of June 30, 2020, options to purchase an aggregate of 10,133,628 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under the 2010 Plan.

Plan administration.     Our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors administers our 2010 Plan and the awards granted under it. Subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine and amend the terms of awards, including recipients, type of award, the exercise, purchase or strike price of awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with

 

151


Table of Contents

any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award. The administrator also may construe and interpret the 2010 Plan and awards granted under it, establish, amend, and revoke rules and regulations for the administration of the 2010 Plan, settle all controversies regarding the 2010 Plan and any awards granted under it, approve forms of award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan, adopt procedures and sub-plans for non-U.S. participants, and exercise powers and perform acts as the administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote our interests that are not in conflict with the terms of the 2010 Plan or awards granted under it. The administrator’s determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the administrator in good faith will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons to the maximum extent permitted by law.

The administrator has the power to modify outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan. The plan administrator has the authority, with the consent of any adversely affected option holder, to reduce the exercise price of any outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan or cancel any outstanding option in exchange for new awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Awards.     The administrator, in its sole discretion, establishes the terms of all awards granted under the 2010 Plan, consistent with the terms of the 2010 Plan. All awards are subject to the terms and conditions provided in the award agreement and the 2010 Plan.

 

 

Stock options.     Stock options may be granted under the 2010 Plan. Options granted under the 2010 Plan generally must have an exercise price per share at least equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any subsidiary, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share must equal at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option. After termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, options generally will remain exercisable (to the extent vested) for thirty days following service termination or six months following service termination due to disability or death. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than its maximum term.

 

 

Stock appreciation rights.     Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the per share purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2010 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement and shall be paid in the form of consideration determined by the administrator.

 

 

Restricted stock awards.     Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ceases for any reason, we may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of our common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us.

 

 

RSUs.     RSUs are granted pursuant to RSU award agreements adopted by the administrator. Upon vesting, which may be tied to achievement of a performance condition or other requirements, an RSU may be settled by cash, shares, or in some combination of both as deemed appropriate by the administrator or in any other

 

152


Table of Contents
 

form of consideration set forth in the RSU award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a RSU award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, RSUs that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Non-transferability of awards.     Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, awards granted under the 2010 Plan may not be transferred other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the 2010 Plan and, are exercisable during the option holder’s lifetime only by the option holder. A restricted stock award may only be transferred as permitted in the restricted stock award agreement.

Certain adjustments.     In the event of any change made in, or other events that occur with respect to the stock subject to the 2010 Plan or subject to an award granted under the 2010 Plan without the receipt of consideration by us, through a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of share or other of our securities, or other change in corporate structure affecting our shares, the administrator will make appropriate adjustments to the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan, the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options and the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Dissolution or liquidation.     Unless provided otherwise in an award agreement, in the event of our dissolution or liquidation, all outstanding awards (other than awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of our common stock not subject to our right of repurchase) will terminate immediately before the completion of the dissolution or liquidation, and shares of our common stock subject to our repurchase option may be repurchased by us without regard to whether the holder of the award is providing continuing services. The administrator may permit awards to become vested, exercisable, or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture before the completion of the dissolution or liquidation but subject to the completion of such transaction.

Corporate transactions.     The 2010 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions including: (i) the sale or disposition of at least 50% of the total voting power of our stock, (ii) a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of the members of our board of directors are replaced within any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of our board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election and (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of our assets immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisition, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder. For example, the administrator may arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of an award by a successor corporation and arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation. As another example, if awards held by participants whose service to us has not terminated prior to the effective date of such transaction are not assumed, continued, or substituted, then the awards held by such participants will terminate if not exercised at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, but any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such awards will lapse, contingent on the effectiveness of such transaction. As a further example, if awards held by participants who no longer provide services to us as of immediately prior to a corporate transaction are not assumed, continued, or substituted, such awards will not accelerate and will be terminated if not exercised prior to the effective date of the transaction, provided that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us will not terminate. Notwithstanding the above, if an award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective date of a corporate transaction, the administrator may provide that the participant may not exercise the award, but will receive a payment equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received

 

153


Table of Contents

upon exercise of the award prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise.

Amendment; termination.     Subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, our board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2010 Plan or any portion thereof at any time, although certain amendments require stockholder approval. As noted above, no further awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan after it is terminated in connection with this offering. However, all awards outstanding under the 2010 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms following termination of the 2010 Plan.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2020 employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, which will be effective upon the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock. The ESPP is designed to allow our eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The material terms of the ESPP, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Administration.     Subject to the terms and conditions of the ESPP, our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. Our compensation committee can delegate administrative tasks under the ESPP to the services of an agent and/or employees to assist in the administration of the ESPP. The administrator will have the discretionary authority to administer and interpret the ESPP. Interpretations and constructions of the administrator of any provision of the ESPP or of any rights thereunder will be conclusive and binding on all persons. We will bear all expenses and liabilities incurred by the ESPP administrator.

Share reserve.     The maximum number of shares of our common stock which will be authorized for sale under the ESPP is equal to the sum of (a)             shares of common stock and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2030, equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, no more than             shares of our common stock may be issued under the ESPP. The shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares.

Eligibility.    Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP for a given offering period generally include employees who are employed by us or one of our subsidiaries on the first day of the offering period, or the enrollment date. Our employees (and, if applicable, any employees of our subsidiaries) who customarily work less than five months in a calendar year or are customarily scheduled to work less than 20 hours per week will not be eligible to participate in the ESPP. Finally, an employee who owns (or is deemed to own through attribution) 5% or more of the combined voting power or value of all our classes of stock or of one of our subsidiaries will not be allowed to participate in the ESPP.

Participation.     Employees will enroll under the ESPP by completing a payroll deduction form permitting the deduction from their compensation of at least 1% of their compensation but not more than 15% of their compensation. Such payroll deductions may be expressed as either a whole number percentage or a fixed dollar amount, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each purchase date.

However, a participant may not purchase more than 30,000 shares in each offering period and may not subscribe for more than $25,000 in fair market value of shares of our common stock (determined at the time the option is granted) during any calendar year. The ESPP administrator has the authority to change these limitations for any subsequent offering period.

 

154


Table of Contents

Offering.     Under the ESPP, participants are offered the option to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount during a series of successive offering periods, the duration and timing of which will be determined by the ESPP administrator. However, in no event may an offering period be longer than 27 months in length.

The option purchase price will be the lower of 85% of the closing trading price per share of our common stock on the first trading date of an offering period in which a participant is enrolled or 85% of the closing trading price per share on the purchase date, which will occur on the last trading day of each offering period.

Unless a participant has previously canceled his or her participation in the ESPP before the purchase date, the participant will be deemed to have exercised his or her option in full as of each purchase date. Upon exercise, the participant will purchase the number of whole shares that his or her accumulated payroll deductions will buy at the option purchase price, subject to the participation limitations listed above.

A participant may cancel his or her payroll deduction authorization at any time prior to the end of the offering period. Upon cancellation, the participant will have the option to either (i) receive a refund of the participant’s account balance in cash without interest or (ii) exercise the participant’s option for the current offering period for the maximum number of shares of common stock on the applicable purchase date, with the remaining account balance refunded in cash without interest. Following at least one payroll deduction, a participant may also decrease (but not increase) his or her payroll deduction authorization once during any offering period. If a participant wants to increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so effective for the next offering period by submitting a new form before the offering period for which such change is to be effective.

A participant may not assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account or any rights to exercise an option or to receive shares of our common stock under the ESPP, and during a participant’s lifetime, options in the ESPP shall be exercisable only by such participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will not be given effect.

Adjustments upon changes in recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation, merger or asset sale.     In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of our common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, we will proportionately adjust the aggregate number of shares of our common stock offered under the ESPP, the number and price of shares which any participant has elected to purchase under the ESPP and the maximum number of shares which a participant may elect to purchase in any single offering period. If there is a proposal to dissolve or liquidate us, then the ESPP will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, and any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our dissolution or liquidation. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date. If we undergo a merger with or into another corporation or sell all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or the parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume the outstanding options or substitute equivalent options, then any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our proposed sale or merger. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date.

Amendment and termination.     Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, the board of directors may not amend the ESPP without obtaining stockholder approval within 12 months before or after such amendment to the extent required by applicable laws.

 

155


Table of Contents

Director compensation

We did not compensate any members of our board of directors during 2019 and none of our directors, other than Messrs. Gormsen and Michel, held outstanding stock options or other equity awards as of December 31, 2019.

2019 director compensation table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2019. The compensation for Mr. Gormsen, as a named executive officer, is set forth above under “—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

         
Name(1)   

Fees earned
or paid in
cash

($)

     Option
awards
(2)($)
     All other
compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Josh Makower, M.D.

                           

David Wu

                           

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

                           

Tak Cheung, M.D.

                           

Raphael Michel

                           

 

(1)   Juliet Bakker and Geoff Pardo joined our board of directors in July 2020, and Doug Hughes, Nina Richardson and Brooke Seawell joined our board of directors in September 2020. Raphael Michel resigned from our board of directors in August 2020, and Tak Cheung resigned from our board of directors in September 2020.
(2)   As of December 31, 2019, Mr. Michel held options to purchase 447,502 shares of our common stock.

We have approved a compensation policy for our non-employee directors, or the Director Compensation Program, to be effective in connection with the consummation of this offering. Pursuant to the Director Compensation Program, our non-employee directors will receive cash compensation as follows:

 

 

Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer in the amount of $40,000 per year.

 

 

The Non-Executive Chairperson will receive an additional annual cash retainer in the amount of $35,000 per year.

 

 

The chairperson of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $20,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the audit committee. Each non-chairperson member of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $10,000 per year for such member’s service on the audit committee.

 

 

The chairperson of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $15,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the compensation committee. Each non-chairperson member of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $7,500 per year for such member’s service on the compensation committee.

 

 

The chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $10,000 per year for such chairperson’s service on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each non-chairperson member of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $5,000 per year for such member’s service on the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Under the Director Compensation Program, each non-employee director will automatically be granted (i) an option to purchase that number of shares of our common stock calculated by dividing (a) $200,000 by (b) the per share grant date fair value of the option, calculated based on the 30 trading day average closing price of

 

156


Table of Contents

our common stock as of the date of grant (or if the date of grant is not a trading day, the immediately preceding trading day) and using assumptions published in our most recent periodic report as of the date of grant, rounded down to the nearest whole share, upon the director’s initial appointment or election to our board of directors, referred to as the Initial Grant, and (ii) for each non-employee director who has served for at least 6 months as of the date of each annual stockholder’s meeting, an option to purchase that number of shares of our common stock calculated by dividing (a) $120,000 by (b) the per share grant date fair value of the option, calculated based on the 30 trading day average closing price of our common stock as of the trading day immediately preceding the date of grant and using assumptions published in our most recent periodic report as of the date of grant, rounded down to the nearest whole share, automatically on the date of each annual stockholder’s meeting thereafter, referred to as the Annual Grant. The Initial Grant will vest and become exercisable as to 1/36th of the underlying shares on a monthly basis over three years, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. The Annual Grant will vest and become exercisable as to 1/12th of the underlying shares on each monthly anniversary of the applicable date of grant, provided, that if our annual stockholder’s meeting immediately following the date of grant takes place prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant, the Annual Grant will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to our annual stockholder’s meeting following the date of grant, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.

In the event of a change in control (as defined in the Director Compensation Policy), each Initial Option and Annual Option, along with any other stock options or equity-based awards held by any non-employee director, will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to such change in control.

Rule 10b5-1 sales plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate a Rule 10b5-1 plan subject to compliance with our insider trading policy. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to early termination, the sale of any shares under such plan would be prohibited by the lock-up agreement that the director or officer has entered into with the underwriters.

 

157


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2016 and any currently proposed transactions to which we were or are expected to be a participant in which (1) the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and (2) any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any affiliate or member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation and other arrangements that are described under the section titled “Executive and director compensation.”

Convertible preferred stock and convertible note financings

Convertible promissory note financing (2016)

Between July 2016 and December 2016, we entered into convertible note purchase agreements pursuant to which we issued $20.1 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes, which we refer to as the Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes. The Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes accrued interest at a rate of 5% per year. The aggregate principal amount and accrued interest on the Series C Convertible Promissory Notes converted into shares of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at a conversion price of $2.4054 per share upon the initial closing of the initial tranche of our Series C convertible preferred stock financing in October 2017.

The following table summarizes the Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes purchased by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities or immediate family members, and the shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock issued upon the conversion of the Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes. Each share of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock in the table below will convert into 1.0370 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

     
Name    Series C-1
convertible
promissory
note principal
and interest ($)
     Shares of
Series C-1
convertible
preferred
stock (#)
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

   $ 5,505,667.81        2,288,877  

Entities affiliated with Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.(2)

   $ 3,211,547.26        1,335,139  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust

   $ 5,243,493.16        2,179,884  

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of $5,250,000 in principal plus accrued interest held by New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P., or NEA 15. Dr. Cheung and Dr. Makower were designated to serve as members of our board of directors by New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, which is affiliated with NEA 15. Dr. Cheung is a principal at NEA, and Dr. Makower is a general partner at NEA. In September 2020, Dr. Cheung resigned from our board of directors, and NEA designated Mr. Hughes to serve in his place. In addition, in September 2020, Mr. Seawell, a venture partner at NEA, joined our board of directors.

 

(2)   Consists of (i) $2,096,832 in principal plus accrued interest held by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., (ii) $705,274 in principal plus accrued interest held by MEP Associates V, L.P. and (iii) $260,306 in principal plus accrued interest held by Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Maveron. Mr. Wu is a partner at Maveron LLC, an affiliate of Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., MEP Associates V, L.P. and Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P.

Series C convertible preferred stock financing

In October 2017, we entered into a Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 11,176,095 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $3.0067 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $33.6 million in multiple closings and an aggregate of 8,740,486 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at $2.4054 per share through the conversion of outstanding Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes. The first tranche consisted of

 

158


Table of Contents

three closings. The first closing occurred in October 2017, at which time we issued 3,787,010 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $11.4 million and 8,740,486 shares of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock in exchange for cancellation of Series C-1 Convertible Promissory Notes in the aggregate amount of $21.0 million. The second closing occurred in October 2017, at which time we issued an additional 37,698 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $0.1 million. The third closing occurred in December 2017, at which time we issued an additional 207,371 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $0.6 million. The second tranche consisted of one closing and occurred in March 2018, at which time we issued an additional 3,865,785 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $11.6 million. The third tranche consisted of one closing and occurred in April 2018, at which time we issued an additional 3,278,231 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $9.7 million.

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities or immediate family members. Each share of Series C convertible preferred stock in the table below will convert into 1.118772093 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

     
Name    Series C
convertible
preferred
stock (#)
     Aggregate cash
purchase price ($)
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

     3,824,790      $ 11,499,996.10  

Entities affiliated with Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.(2)

     166,294      $ 499,996.00  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust

     1,912,394      $ 5,749,995.04  

Pivotal Alpha Limited(3)

     3,991,085      $ 11,999,995.27  

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

     33,259      $ 99,999.84  

Christian Gormsen

     39,909      $ 119,994.41  

William Brownie

     16,628      $ 49,995.42  

Doug Hughes

     99,77      $ 299,999.51  

Nina Richardson

     16,628      $ 49,995.42  

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of 3,824,790 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by NEA 15. Drs. Cheung and Makower were designated to serve as members of our board of directors by NEA, which is affiliated with NEA 15. Dr. Cheung is a principal at NEA, and Dr. Makower is a general partner at NEA. In September 2020, Dr. Cheung resigned from our board of directors, and NEA designated Mr. Hughes to serve in his place. In addition, in September 2020, Mr. Seawell, a venture partner at NEA, joined our board of directors.

 

(2)   Consists of (i) 135,862 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., (ii) 13,636 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by MEP Associates V, L.P. and (iii) 16,796 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Maveron LLC, an affiliate of Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., MEP Associates V, L.P. and Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu is a partner at Maveron LLC.

 

(3)   Mr. Bisgaard was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Mr. Bisgaard is a managing director of Pivotal Alpha Limited.

Series D convertible preferred stock financing

In December 2018, we entered into a Series D convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued in December 2018 and February 2019 an aggregate of 11,690,151 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $4.4580 per share for gross proceeds of $52.1 million.

 

159


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock purchased by our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities or immediate family members. Each share of Series D convertible preferred stock in the table below will convert into 1.246748888 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

     
Name    Series D
convertible
preferred
stock (#)
     Aggregate cash
purchase price ($)
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

     1,682,368      $ 7,499,996.55  

Entities affiliated with Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.(2)

     56,078      $ 249,995.74  

Future Fund Investment Company No. 4 Pty Ltd

     7,851,054      $ 34,999,998.74  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust

     1,121,579      $ 4,999,999.19  

Pivotal Alpha Limited(3)

     785,105      $ 3,499,998.09  

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

     11,215      $ 49,996.47  

Nina Richardson

     5,607      $ 24,996.01  

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of 1,682,368 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock held by NEA15 Dr. Cheung and Dr. Makower were designated to serve as members of our board of directors by NEA, which is affiliated with NEA 15. Dr. Cheung is a principal at NEA, and Dr. Makower is a general partner at NEA. In September 2020, Dr. Cheung resigned from our board of directors, and NEA designated Mr. Hughes to serve in his place. In addition, in September 2020, Mr. Seawell, a venture partner at NEA, joined our board of directors.

 

(2)   Consists of (i) 40,906 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock held by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., (ii) 10,094 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock held by MEP Associates V, L.P. and (iii) 5,078 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock held by Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Maveron LLC, an affiliate of Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., MEP Associates V, L.P. and Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu is a partner at Maveron LLC.

 

(3)   Mr. Bisgaard was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Mr. Bisgaard is a managing director of Pivotal Alpha Limited.

Convertible promissory note financing (2020)

In March 2020, we entered into a convertible note purchase agreement pursuant to which we issued $10.1 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes between March 2020 and April 2020, which we refer to as the 2020 Notes. The 2020 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 6% per year. The 2020 Notes were redeemed and the aggregate principal amount and accrued interest on the 2020 Notes automatically converted into shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a conversion price of $1.8090 per share upon the initial closing of our Series E convertible preferred stock financing in July 2020, a price equal to 80% of the $2.2612 per share paid by the investors in the Series E convertible preferred stock financing.

The following table summarizes the 2020 Notes purchased by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities or immediate family members, and the shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issued upon the conversion of the 2020 Notes.

 

     
Name    Series E
convertible
promissory note
principal
and interest ($)
    

Shares of

Series E

convertible

preferred

stock (#)

 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

   $ 3,779,299.25        2,089,164  

Entities affiliated with Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.(2)

   $ 22,608.49        12,496  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust

   $ 2,047,184.32        1,131,665  

Future Fund Investment Company No. 4 Pty Ltd

   $ 2,321,220.33        1,283,151  

Pivotal Alpha Limited(3)

   $ 1,412,114.42        780,604  

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

   $ 15,170.14        8,385  

Adam Laponis

   $ 20,226.85        11,181  

 

 

 

(1)  

Consists of $3,713,974 in principal plus accrued interest held by New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P., or NEA 15. Dr. Cheung and Dr. Makower were designated to serve as members of our board of directors by New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, which is affiliated with NEA 15. Dr. Cheung

 

160


Table of Contents
 

is a principal at NEA, and Dr. Makower is a general partner at NEA. In September 2020, Dr. Cheung resigned from our board of directors, and NEA designated Mr. Hughes to serve in his place. In addition, in September 2020, Mr. Seawell, a venture partner at NEA, joined our board of directors.

 

(2)   Consists of (i) $16,491.64 in principal plus accrued interest held by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., (ii) $4,069.53 in principal plus accrued interest held by MEP Associates V, L.P. and (iii) $2,047.32 in principal plus accrued interest held by Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P. Mr. Wu was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Maveron. Mr. Wu is a partner at Maveron LLC, an affiliate of Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., MEP Associates V, L.P. and Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P.

 

(3)   Consists of $1,387,706.00 in principal plus accrued interest held by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Mr. Bisgaard was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Mr. Bisgaard is a managing director of Pivotal Alpha Limited.

Series E convertible preferred stock financing

In July 2020, we entered into a Series E convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued in July 2020 and August 2020 an aggregate of 31,541,798 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $2.2612 per share for gross proceeds of $71.3 million.

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock purchased by our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities or immediate family members. Each share of Series E convertible preferred stock in the table below will convert into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

     
Name    Series E
convertible
preferred
stock (#)
    

Aggregate cash

purchase

price ($)

 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

     2,211,215      $ 4,999,999.36  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust

     682,921      $ 1,544,220.97  

Pivotal Alpha Limited(2)

     1,768,972      $ 3,999,999.49  

Coöperatieve Gilde Healthcare V U.A.(3)

     11,056,076      $ 24,999,999.06  

Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P.(4)

     11,056,076      $ 24,999,999.06  

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

     66,336      $ 149,998.97  

Adam Laponis

     22,112      $ 49,999.66  

Nina Richardson

     17,569      $ 39,727.03  

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of 2,211,215 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock held by NEA 15. Dr. Cheung and Dr. Makower were designated to serve as members of our board of directors by NEA, which is affiliated with NEA 15. Dr. Cheung is a principal at NEA, and Dr. Makower is a general partner at NEA. In September 2020, Dr. Cheung resigned from our board of directors, and NEA designated Mr. Hughes to serve in his place. In addition, in September 2020, Mr. Seawell, a venture partner at NEA, joined our board of directors.

 

(2)   Mr. Bisgaard was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Mr. Bisgaard is a managing director of Pivotal Alpha Limited.

 

(3)   Mr. Pardo was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Coöperatieve Gilde Healthcare V U.A. Mr. Pardo is partner of Coöperatieve Gilde Healthcare V U.A.

 

(4)   Ms. Bakker was designated to serve as a member of our board of directors by Longitude Capital Management, which is affiliated with Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P. Ms. Bakker is a managing director of Longitude Capital Management.

Investors’ rights agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with the purchasers of our outstanding convertible preferred stock, including certain of our directors and executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately 84.6 million shares of our common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our outstanding Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.” The investors’ rights agreement also provides for a right of first refusal in favor of certain holders of convertible preferred stock with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock. The rights of first refusal will not apply to, and will terminate upon the consummation of, this offering.

 

161


Table of Contents

Voting agreement

We are party to an amended and restated voting agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, including certain of our directors and executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Upon the consummation of this offering, the amended and restated voting agreement will terminate. For a description of the amended and restated voting agreement, see “Management—Board composition—Voting arrangements.”

Right of first refusal and co-sale agreement

We are party to an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, including certain of our directors and executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides for rights of first refusal and co-sale relating to the shares of our common stock held by the parties to the agreement. Upon the consummation of this offering, the amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate.

Executive officer and director compensation

Please see “Executive and director compensation” for information regarding the compensation of our directors and executive officers.

Employment agreements

We have entered into offer letter agreements with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain compensatory and change in control benefits, as well as severance benefits. For a description of these agreements with our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive and director compensation—executive employment agreements.”

Indemnification agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our current directors, executive officers and certain other employees, and intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, executive officers and certain other employees before the completion of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. See the section titled “Management—Limitations on liability and indemnification matters.”

Other than as described above under this section “Certain relationships and related party transactions,” since January 1, 2016, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, between us and a related person where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Policies and procedures for related party transactions

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we

 

162


Table of Contents

were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including but not limited to whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

163


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth, as of August 31, 2020, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

 

each of our named executive officers;

 

 

each of our directors; and

 

 

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column titled “Beneficial ownership prior to this offering” is based on 86,189,296 shares of common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2020 assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 84,589,700 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. The percentage ownership information under the column titled “After Offering” is based on the sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security. In addition, shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2020 are included in the following table. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

164


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Eargo, Inc., 1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor, San Jose, California 95110.

 

     
    Beneficial ownership prior to this offering     Beneficial ownership after
this offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner   Number of
outstanding
shares
beneficially
owned
    Number of
shares
exercisable
within 60
days
    Number of
shares
beneficially
owned
    Percentage of
beneficial
ownership
    Number of
shares
beneficially
owned
    Percentage of
beneficial
ownership
 

5% and Greater Stockholders:

           

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

    18,629,538             18,629,538       21.61%       18,629,538           %  

Entities affiliated with Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P.(2)

    4,323,864             4,323,864       5.02%       4,323,864           %  

Future Fund Investment Company No.4 Pty Ltd(3)

    11,071,444             11,071,444       12.85%       11,071,444           %  

The Charles and Helen Schwab Living Trust U/A DTD 11/22/1985(4)

    7,613,058             7,613,058       8.83%       7,613,058           %  

Pivotal Alpha Limited(5)

    7,993,519             7,993,519       9.27%       7,993,519           %  

Cooperatieve Gilde Healthcare V U.A.(6)

    11,056,076             11,056,076       12.83%       11,056,076           %  

Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P.(7)

    11,056,076             11,056,076       12.83%       11,056,076           %  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                    

Christian Gormsen(8)

    244,649       2,680,681       2,925,330       3.29%       2,925,330           %  

William Brownie(9)

    456,856       449,142       905,998       1.05%       905,998           %  

Adam Laponis(10)

    33,293       187,425       220,718       *       220,718           %  

Juliet Bakker(11)

    11,056,076             11,056,076       12.83%       11,056,076           %  

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard(12)

    8,119,431             8,119,431       9.43%       8,119,431           %  

Doug Hughes(13)

    111,628       2,458       114,086       *       114,086           %  

Josh Makower, M.D.(14)

    18,629,538             18,629,538       21.61%       18,629,538           %  

Geoff Pardo(15)

    11,056,076             11,056,076       12.83%       11,056,076           %  

Nina Richardson(16)

    43,162       84,458       127,620       *       127,620           %  

Brooke Seawell(17)

          2,458       2,458       *       2,458           %  

David Wu(18)

    4,323,864             4,323,864       5.02%       4,323,864           %  

All current directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

    54,074,573       3,406,622       57,481,195       66.41%       57,481,195           %  

 

 

 

*   Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total outstanding common stock.
(1)  

Consists of (a) 5,576,166 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, 4,279,068 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 2,373,643 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, 2,097,490 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 4,300,379 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P., or NEA 15, and (b) 2,792 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by NEA Ventures 2015, L.P., or NEA Ventures. The shares directly held by NEA 15 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 15, L.P., or NEA Partners 15, the sole general partner of NEA 15, NEA 15 GP, LLC, or NEA 15 LLC, the sole general partner of NEA Partners 15 and each of the individual managers of NEA 15 LLC. The individual managers, or collectively, the managers, of NEA 15 LLC are Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Anthony A. Florence, Jr., Mohamad Makhzoumi, Joshua Makower, Scott D. Sandell and Peter Sonsini. The managers share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held by NEA 15. Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of NEA Ventures,

 

165


Table of Contents
 

shares voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held by NEA Ventures. Mr. Seawell, a member of our board of directors, has no dispositive power with regard to any shares held by NEA 15 and NEA Ventures. Dr. Makower, a member of our board of directors, has no dispositive power with regard to any shares held by NEA Ventures. All indirect owners of the above referenced shares, disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest in such shares. The principal address for NEA 15 and NEA Ventures is c/o New Enterprise Associates, Inc., 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, Maryland 21093.

 

(2)   Maveron General Partner IV LLC, or Maveron IV GP, serves as general partner of MEP IV L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV and Associates Fund IV, and possesses shared power to vote and dispose of shares directly owned by MEP IV L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV and Associates Fund IV. Maveron General Partner V LLC, or Maveron V GP, serves as general partner of MEP V L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund V and Associates Fund V, and possesses shared power to vote and dispose of shares directly owned by MEP V L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund V and Associates Fund V. Dan Levitan, Pete McCormick and Clayton Lewis are managing members of Maveron IV GP. Dan Levitan, Pete McCormick, Clayton Lewis, Jason Stoffer, and David Wu are managing members of Maveron V GP. Maveron IV GP (with respect to the shares held directly by MEP IV L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV and Associates Fund IV) and Maveron V GP (with respect to the shares held directly by MEP V L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund V and Associates Fund V) disclaim beneficial ownership of shares held directly by MEP IV L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV and Associates Fund IV, MEP V L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund V and Associates Fund V, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein.

 

    Consists of (a) 27,203 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A convertible preferred stock owned by Maveron Equity Partners IV, L.P., or MEP IV L.P., (b) 6,153 shares of our common stock, 524,037 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A convertible preferred stock, 1,277,733 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, 151,998 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 948,024 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, 51,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 9,116 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P., or MEP V L.P., (c) 882 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock owned by Maveron IV Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P., or Entrepreneurs Fund IV, (d) 764 shares of our common stock, 65,056 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A convertible preferred stock, 158,620 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, 18,790 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 117,690 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, 6,331 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 1,131 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by Maveron V Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P., or Entrepreneurs Fund V, (e) 2,279 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A convertible preferred stock owned by MEP Associates IV, L.P., or Associates Fund IV, and (f) 2,070 shares of our common stock, 176,259 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, 429,768 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, 15,256 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 318,870 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, 12,585 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 2,249 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by MEP Associates V, L.P., or Associates Fund V.

 

    The address of such persons is c/o Maveron LLC, 411 1st Avenue South, Suite 600, Seattle, WA 98104.

 

(3)   Consists of 9,788,293 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 1,283,151 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock held by The Northern Trust Company in its capacity as custodian for Future Fund Investment Company No. 4 Pty Ltd (ACN 134 338 908), or the Future Fund. The Future Fund is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Future Fund Board of Guardians. Investment and voting decisions by the Future Fund are made jointly by three or more individuals that serve on the non-executive board of the Future Fund Board of Guardians, and therefore no individual is the beneficial owner of the shares held by Future Fund. The principal business address of the Future Fund is Level 42, 120 Collins Street, Melbourne VIC 3000.

 

(4)   Consists of 2,139,532 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 2,260,613 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, 1,398,327 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 1,814,586 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock.

 

(5)   Consists of 4,465,114 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 978,829 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 2,549,576 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock. Investment and voting decisions by the Pivotal Alpha Limited are made jointly by three or more individuals and therefore no individual is the beneficial owner of the shares held by Pivotal Alpha Limited.

 

(6)   Consists of 11,056,076 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock held by Cooperative Gilde Healthcare V U.A., or Gilde. Gilde is managed by Gilde Healthcare V Management B.V., or Gilde B.V. Gilde B.V. is managed by Marc Perret, Edwin de Graaf and Pieter van der Meer, who each disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest in such shares. The mailing address of Gilde is 222 Third Street, Suite 1321, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142, c/o Gilde Healthcare Partners.

 

(7)   Consists of 11,056,076 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock held by Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P., or LVP4. Longitude Capital Partners IV LLC, or LCP4, is the general partner of LVP4 and may be deemed to have voting, investment and dispositive power over the shares held by LVP4. Patrick G. Enright and Ms. Bakker, a member of our board of directors, are managing members of LCP4 and in their capacity as such, may be deemed to exercise shared voting and investment power over the shares held by LCP4 and LVP4. Each of these individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of his or her actual pecuniary interest in such shares. The mailing address of LVP4 is 2740 Sand Hill Road, 2nd Floor, Menlo Park, California 94025.

 

(8)   Consists of 200,000 shares of our common stock, 44,649 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock and 2,680,681 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days from August 31, 2020.

 

(9)   Consists of 438,254 shares of our common stock, 18,602 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock and 449,142 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days from August 31, 2020.

 

166


Table of Contents
(10)   Consists of 33,293 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock and 187,425 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days from August 31, 2020.

 

(11)   Consists of 11,056,076 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock held by LVP4. LCP4 is the general partner of LVP4 and may be deemed to have sole voting, investment and dispositive power over the shares held by LVP4. Patrick G. Enright and Ms. Bakker, a member of our board of directors, are managing members of LCP4 and in their capacity as such, may be deemed to exercise shared voting and investment power over the shares held by LCP4 and LVP4. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of his or her actual pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

(12)   Consists of (a) 37,209 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, (b) 13,982 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock, (c) 74,721 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock, (d) 4,465,114 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock owned by Pivotal Alpha Limited, (e) 978,829 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and (f) 2,549,576 shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock owned by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Investment and voting decisions by the Pivotal Alpha Limited are made jointly by three or more individuals and therefore no individual is the beneficial owner of the shares held by Pivotal Alpha Limited. Mr. Bisgaard is a Managing Partner of Pivotal Bioventure Partners LLC, which is affiliated with Pivotal Alpha Limited, and disclaims beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of his actual pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

(13)   Consists of 111,628 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock and 2,458 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days from August 31, 2020.

 

(14)   Consists of (a) 5,576,166 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, 4,279,068 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 2,373,643 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, 2,097,490 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 4,300,379 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by NEA 15, and (b) 2,792 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by NEA Ventures. The shares directly held by NEA 15 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 15, L.P., or NEA Partners 15, the sole general partner of NEA 15, NEA 15 GP, LLC, or NEA 15 LLC, the sole general partner of NEA Partners 15 and each of the individual managers of NEA 15 LLC. Dr. Makower is a General Partner of New Enterprise Associates, which is affiliated with NEA 15, NEA Ventures and NEA 15 GP, and disclaims beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of his actual pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

(15)   Consists of 11,056,076 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock held by Gilde. Gilde is managed by Gilde B.V. Gilde B.V. is managed by Marc Perret, Edwin de Graaf and Pieter van der Meer, who each disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

(16)   Consists of 18,602 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 6,991 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock, 17,569 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock and 84,458 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days from August 31, 2020.

 

(17)   Consists of 2,458 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days from August 31, 2020.

 

(18)   Consists of (a) 27,203 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A convertible preferred stock owned by MEP IV L.P., (b) 6,153 shares of our common stock, 524,037 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A convertible preferred stock, 1,277,733 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, 151,998 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 948,024 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, 51,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 9,116 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by MEP V L.P., (c) 882 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock owned by Entrepreneurs Fund IV, (d) 764 shares of our common stock, 65,056 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A convertible preferred stock, 158,620 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, 18,790 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 117,690 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, 6,331 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 1,131 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by Entrepreneurs Fund V, (e) 2,279 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A convertible preferred stock owned by Associates Fund IV, and (f) 2,070 shares of our common stock, 176,259 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, 429,768 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, 15,256 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock, 318,870 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, 12,585 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series D convertible preferred stock and 2,249 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series E convertible preferred stock beneficially owned by Associates Fund V. Mr. Wu is a Partner at Maveron LLC, which is affiliated MEP IV L.P., MEP V, L.P., Entrepreneurs Fund IV, Entrepreneurs Fund V, Associates Fund IV and Associates Fund V, and disclaims beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of his actual pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

167


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the amended and restated bylaws and the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

Upon the completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Common stock

Outstanding shares

As of June 30, 2020, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020 and all of our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the $10.3 million aggregate principal amount and accrued interest of our convertible promissory notes issued and sold in March and April 2020) into an aggregate of 84,589,700 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we had 85,431,188 shares of common stock outstanding held of record by 152 stockholders.

Voting rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

168


Table of Contents

Preferred stock

Upon the completion of this offering, all of our currently outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into common stock and we will not have any preferred shares outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of convertible preferred stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock options

As of June 30, 2020, 10,133,628 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.11 per share, and an additional 10,958,600 shares of our common stock are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to June 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.01 per share. For additional information regarding terms of our equity incentive plans, see the section titled “Executive and director compensation—Equity incentive plans.”

 

169


Table of Contents

Warrants

The following table sets forth information about outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our stock as of June 30, 2020 and an additional warrant to purchase shares of our stock issued in September 2020. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock, warrants to purchase shares of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock will convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock based on the conversion ratio of the Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B-1 convertible preferred stock or Series C convertible preferred stock, as applicable.

 

           
Class of stock underlying
warrants
  Issue Date     Number of
shares of
preferred stock
exercisable
prior to this
offering
    Number of
shares of
common stock
underlying
warrants on
as-converted
basis
    Exercise
price per
share
    Expiration date  

Series A convertible preferred stock

    December 16, 2014       11,719       22,961     $ 12.80       December 16, 2022  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

    August 8, 2016       3,555       12,091     $ 9.14       August 8, 2026  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

    December 22, 2016       19,504       66,332     $ 9.14       December 22, 2026  

Series C convertible preferred stock

    June 6, 2018       90,518       101,269     $ 3.0067       June 6, 2028  

Series C convertible preferred stock

    June 26, 2019       44,998       50,343     $ 3.0067      
June 6, 2028 and
January 31, 2029
 
 

Series E convertible preferred stock

    September 9, 2020       160,461       160,461     $ 2.2612       September 9, 2030  

 

 

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering and subject to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering and federal securities laws, certain holders of shares of our common stock, including those shares of our common stock that will be issued upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering, will initially be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement and are described in additional detail below. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of the registration rights described below would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions and limitations, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will terminate upon the earliest of (1) with respect to each stockholder, such date, on or after the closing of this offering, on which all registrable shares held by such stockholder may immediately be sold during a 90 day period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or Rule 144, and (2) five years after the closing of our qualified initial public offering, as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as currently in effect.

 

170


Table of Contents

Demand registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, holders of up to approximately 84.6 million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of August 31, 2020 will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning 180 days following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, investors holding, collectively, not less than 35% of registrable securities, or approximately 29.6 million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of August 31, 2020, may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. If such holders exercise their demand registration rights, then holders of approximately 84.6 million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of August 31, 2020 will be entitled to register their shares, subject to specified conditions and limitations in the corresponding offering.

Piggyback registration rights

In connection with this offering, holders of up to approximately 84.6 million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of August 31, 2020 are entitled to their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. The requisite percentage of these stockholders have waived all such stockholders’ rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

S-3 registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of up to approximately 84.6 million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of August 31, 2020 will initially be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of registrable securities may, with respect to not more than two such registrations within any 12-month period, request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities with an aggregate offering price to the public which equals or exceeds $1.0 million. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated Bylaws

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

 

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

 

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the

 

171


Table of Contents
 

outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

 

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 6623 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

 

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

 

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

 

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

 

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

 

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

Amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

 

permit our board of directors to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in control;

 

 

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

 

provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors, divided as nearly as equal in number as possible;

 

 

provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed for cause, which removal may be effected, subject to any limitation imposed by law, by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

 

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

172


Table of Contents
 

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;

 

 

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

 

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors, and not by our stockholders; and

 

 

not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue undesignated preferred stock, would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding common stock.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to effect a change in control of our company.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in control or management of our company. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or stockholders to us or to our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time); or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. As a result, any action brought by any of our stockholders with regard to any of these matters will need to be filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and cannot be filed in any other jurisdiction; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the

 

173


Table of Contents

State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents and arising under the Securities Act.

If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope described above is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware, or a Foreign Action, in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the applicable provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Limitation on liability and indemnification

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see the section titled “Management—Limitation on liability and indemnification matters.”

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “EAR.”

Transfer agent and registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                 . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is                 .

 

174


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock from time to time or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after the completion of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our common stock in the public market either before or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sale of restricted shares

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020, upon the closing of this offering and assuming (i) the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2020 and our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020 (including shares issued upon redemption of the 2020 Notes) into an aggregate of 84,589,700 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (iii) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants subsequent to June 30, 2020, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                  shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the                  shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or Rule 144, or subject to lock-up agreements. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act, or Rule 701, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements referred to below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding (calculated as of June 30, 2020 (including our Series E convertible preferred stock issued and sold in July 2020 and August 2020) on the basis of the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares, if any, and no exercise of outstanding options), the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

   
Approximate number of shares    First date available for sale into public market
                 shares    181 days after the date of this prospectus, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to below, subject in some cases to applicable volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701.

 

We may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also

 

175


Table of Contents

grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment.

In addition, the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements, a registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

Under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, and we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” for purposes of Rule 144 at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our “affiliates,” is entitled to sell those shares in the public market (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitations or notice provisions of Rule 144, but subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than “affiliates,” then such person is entitled to sell such shares in the public market without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, are entitled to sell in the public market, upon expiration of any applicable lock-up agreements and within any three-month period, a number of those shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares of common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering (calculated as of June 30, 2020 on the basis of the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants subsequent to June 30, 2020); or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Such sales under Rule 144 by our “affiliates” or persons selling shares on behalf of our “affiliates” are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and requirements related to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock-up agreements as referenced above and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) and

 

176


Table of Contents

who are not our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 during the immediately preceding 90 days, is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without complying with the notice, manner of sale, public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without compliance with minimum holding period requirements under Rule 144 (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

Lock-up agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock, stock options and other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our common stock or any options to purchase shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, and certain other limited exceptions. These agreements are described in the section titled “Underwriting.”

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain security holders, including the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, our standard form of option agreement, our standard form of restricted stock agreement and our standard form of restricted stock purchase agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions or incorporate market stand-off provisions from our equity incentive plan imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of up to approximately 84.6 million shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described under “—Lock-up agreements” above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. The requisite percentage of these stockholders have waived all such stockholders’ rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

 

177


Table of Contents

Equity incentive plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2020 Plan and our ESPP. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

178


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the alternative minimum tax and the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

 

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

 

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

 

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

 

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

 

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

 

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

 

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

 

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

 

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS

 

179


Table of Contents

ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and all substantial decisions of which are subject to the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend policy,” we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or other taxable disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable tax treaties.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a

 

180


Table of Contents

rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or other taxable disposition

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

 

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

 

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to

 

181


Table of Contents

backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional withholding tax on payments made to foreign accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

182


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. are acting as book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

   
Name    Number of shares  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common stock is not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares of common stock in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $                 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     
      Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
 

Per share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

 

 

 

183


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of up to $                relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, relating to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing stock-based compensation plans.

Our directors, executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock, stock options and other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, which we refer to as lock-up parties, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, subject to certain exceptions.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to specified exceptions, including among other items:

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers by will, other testamentary document or intestacy;

 

184


Table of Contents
 

subject to certain limitations, transfers to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor, or if the transferor is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the transferor and/or the immediate family of the transferor are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, if the transferor is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, transfers as part of a distribution to the members, partners, stockholders or other equityholders of the transferor, or to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the transferor, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the transferor or its affiliates;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree, separation agreement or other court order;

 

 

transfers to us from an employee or other service provider upon death, disability or termination of employment or service, in each case, of such employee or service provider;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, sales or transfers of shares acquired in this offering, or on the open market after this offering;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers to us to cover tax withholdings upon a vesting, exercise or settlement event of any equity award granted under a stock incentive plan, stock purchase plan or other equity award plan;

 

 

subject to certain limitations, transfers to us by way of cashless exercise of (i) an option to purchase common stock granted under a stock incentive plan, stock purchase plan or other equity award plan or (ii) a warrant, in either case described in this prospectus;

 

 

transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control that has been approved by our board of directors; and

 

 

subject to certain limitations, the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “EAR.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and

 

185


Table of Contents

purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and

 

186


Table of Contents

hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom, each a Relevant State, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

 

187


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal

 

188


Table of Contents

Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre, or DIFC

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

 

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act;

 

 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act, or Exempt Investors.

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

 

189


Table of Contents

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the SFO, of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong), or the CO, or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

Singapore SFA Product Classification — In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, the we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus

 

190


Table of Contents

or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

 

  (a)   to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time, or the SFA) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

 

  (b)   to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

  (c)   otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (ii)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (iii)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (iv)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (v)   as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority, or CMA, pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended, or the CMA Regulations. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

191


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of us. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), or BVI Companies, but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea, or the FSCMA, and the decrees and regulations thereunder and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea, or the FETL, and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted), or South African Companies Act, is being made in connection with the issue of the shares in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or

 

192


Table of Contents

delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:

 

Section 96 (1) (a)   

the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

(i)  persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

(ii)   the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

(iii)  persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

(iv)  authorized financial service providers under South African law;

 

(v)   financial institutions recognized as such under South African law;

 

(vi)  a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorized portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

(vii)  any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or

Section 96 (1) (b)    the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.

Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.

Notice to prospective investors in Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares of common stock is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

 

193


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California. Latham & Watkins LLP and certain attorneys and investment funds affiliated with the firm collectively own an aggregate of 63,976 shares of our convertible preferred stock which will be converted into an aggregate of 72,208 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements included in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to a going concern uncertainty. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find additional information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You may read our SEC filings, including this registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for review at the SEC’s website referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.eargo.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. You should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

 

194


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Index to consolidated financial statements

 

     Page  

Audited financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2  

Consolidated financial statements:

  

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

     F-5  

Consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     F-6  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-7  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-8  

Unaudited interim condensed financial statements as of June 30, 2020 and for the six months ended June 31, 2019 and 2020

  

Interim condensed consolidated financial statements

  

Condensed consolidated balance sheets

     F-35  

Condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

     F-37  

Condensed consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     F-38  

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-39  

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

     F-40  


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Eargo, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Eargo, Inc. and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses, negative cash flows from operations and negative working capital, that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

March 6, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Eargo Inc.

Consolidated balance sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   
    December 31,  
     2018     2019  
             

ASSETS

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 51,051     $ 13,384  

Restricted cash

    150        

Accounts receivable, net

    965       2,051  

Inventories

    2,160       2,880  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,363       1,598  
 

 

 

 

Total current assets

    55,689       19,913  

Property and equipment, net

    2,949       5,400  

Other assets

    404       1,992  
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 59,042     $ 27,305  
 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

Current liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

  $ 5,175     $ 5,428  

Accrued expenses

    5,723       9,939  

Term loans, current portion

          4,800  

Other current liabilities

    1,690       1,717  

Deferred revenue, current

    72       406  
 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    12,660       22,290  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent portion

    89       269  

Term loans, noncurrent portion

    6,990       7,446  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    81       396  

Other liabilities

    206       127  
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    20,026       30,528  
 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

   

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 36,269,166 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2019; 35,283,614 and 35,477,581 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, actual; aggregate liquidation preference of $148.5 million as of December 31, 2019

    152,015       152,880  

 

F-3


Table of Contents
   
    December 31,  
     2018     2019  
             

Stockholders’ deficit:

   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 55,190,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2019; 695,563 and 797,914 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, actual

           

Additional paid-in capital

    1,718       3,100  

Accumulated deficit

    (114,717     (159,203
 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (112,999     (156,103
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 59,042     $ 27,305  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   
    Year ended December 31,  
     2017     2018     2019  

Revenue, net

  $ 6,620     $ 23,163     $ 32,790  

Cost of revenue

    4,467       11,423       15,790  
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

    2,153       11,740       17,000  

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development

    5,449       9,520       12,841  

Sales and marketing

    9,269       25,540       35,725  

General and administrative

    5,774       8,251       12,470  
 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    20,492       43,311       61,036  
 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (18,339     (31,571     (44,036

Other income (expense), net:

     

Interest income

    35       164       627  

Interest expense

    (1,783     (424     (711

Other income (expense), net

    (1,181     (1,403     (366

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (3,348     (559      
 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (6,277     (2,222     (450
 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (24,616     (33,793     (44,486

Income tax provision

                 
 

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (24,616   $ (33,793   $ (44,486
 

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (37.17   $ (49.89   $ (57.82
 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

    662,246       677,333       769,443  
 

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (Note 11)

      $    
     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (Note 11)

     

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and
stockholders’ deficit

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

               
     Convertible preferred
stock
               Common stock      Additional
paid-in

capital
     Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’
deficit
 
      Shares      Amount                  Shares      Amount  

Balance January 1, 2017

     3,870,849      $ 41,372              643,317      $      $ 677      $ (56,308   $ (55,631

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $646

     4,032,079        11,477                                          

Issuance of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock upon extinguishment of convertible notes

     8,740,486        26,280                                          

Stock-based compensation

                                       528              528  

Exercise of stock options

                         28,969               54              54  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                              (24,616     (24,616
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2017

     16,643,414        79,129              672,286               1,259        (80,924     (79,665

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $159

     7,144,016        21,320                                          

Settlement of Series C convertible preferred stock tranche liability on second tranche closing of Series C convertible preferred stock

            479                                          

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $163

     11,496,184        51,087                                          

Stock-based compensation

                                       449              449  

Exercise of stock options

                         23,277               10              10  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                              (33,793     (33,793
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2018

     35,283,614        152,015              695,563               1,718        (114,717     (112,999

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0

     193,967        865                                          

Stock-based compensation

                                       1,339              1,339  

Exercise of stock options

                         102,351               43              43  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                              (44,486     (44,486
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2019

     35,477,581      $ 152,880              797,914      $      $ 3,100      $ (159,203   $ (156,103

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Consolidated statements of cash flows

(In thousands)

 

   
     Year ended
December 31,
 
      2017     2018     2019  

Operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (24,616   $ (33,793   $ (44,486

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     371       695       1,528  

Stock-based compensation

     528       449       1,339  

Non-cash interest expense and amortization of debt discount

     1,315       129       297  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

                 24  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     3,348       559        

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (119     27       274  

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     1,300              

Change in fair value of tranche liability

           479        

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable, net

     (649     (314     (1,086

Inventories

     853       (1,750     (720

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (365     (512     (235

Other assets

     (17     (343     (406

Accounts payable

     1,591       2,540       163  

Accrued expenses

     2,181       2,799       3,738  

Other current liabilities

     10       1,520       27  

Deferred revenue

           161       514  

Other liabilities

     (23     205       (79
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (14,292     (27,149     (39,108
  

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (369     (1,718     (2,167

Capitalized software development costs

           (829     (1,692
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (369     (2,547     (3,859
  

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Proceeds from debt financing

     2,000       7,000       5,000  

Payments for debt prepayment and extinguishment costs

           (7,689      

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     54       10       43  

Proceeds from convertible preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs

     11,477       72,407       865  

Payments of deferred offering costs

                 (758
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     13,531       71,728       5,150  
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (1,130     42,032       (37,817

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

     10,299       9,169       51,201  
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

   $ 9,169     $ 51,201     $ 13,384  
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,216     $ 563     $ 395  
  

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Property and equipment and capitalized software costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 86     $ 371     $ 515  
  

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $     $     $ 424  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants in connection with debt financing

   $     $ 40     $ 41  
  

 

 

 

Issuance of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock upon extinguishment of convertible notes

   $ 26,280     $     $  
  

 

 

 

Settlement of derivative liability in connection with extinguishment of convertible notes

   $ 3,200     $     $  
  

 

 

 

Settlement of Series C convertible preferred stock tranche liability on second tranche closing of Series C convertible preferred stock

   $     $ 479     $  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. Nature of operations

Organization and description of business

Eargo, Inc. was incorporated as Aria Innovations, Inc. in Delaware on November 12, 2010. The name of the Company was changed to Eargo, Inc. on November 19, 2014. Eargo, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”), is a consumer-focused medical device company that develops and sells hearing aids to assist people with hearing loss.

Going concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The consolidated financial statements do not reflect any adjustments relating to the recoverability and reclassification of assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

The Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has cash and cash equivalents of $13.4 million, negative working capital of $2.4 million and an accumulated deficit of $159.2 million. The Company has financed its operations primarily with the proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and debt financing, and to a lesser extent, revenues from product sales. The Company’s long-term success is dependent upon its ability to successfully develop, commercialize and market its products, earn revenue, obtain additional capital when needed and ultimately achieve profitable operations.

Management expects to incur additional substantial losses in the foreseeable future. The Company believes without any future financing, it will not be able to satisfy its obligations as they become due within one year from the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. If the Company is unable to raise additional funding to meet its operational needs, it will be forced to limit or cease its operations. The negative cash flows and current lack of financial resources of the Company raise substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Eargo, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, allowance for sales returns,

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

the fair value of equity securities, the fair value of financial instruments, net realizable value of inventory, certain accruals and recoverability of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and the related valuation allowance. Management periodically evaluates its estimates, which are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Unaudited pro forma financial information

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred on the later of the beginning of the period or the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock. The numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The unaudited pro forma financial information and unaudited pro forma net loss per common share do not include the shares expected to be sold in, and related proceeds to be received from, the IPO.

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the purchase date. Cash equivalents consist primarily of amounts invested in money market accounts and are stated at fair value.

As of December 31, 2018 the Company had $0.2 million in an outstanding letter of credit related to its operating lease. The letter of credit was collateralized by a restricted cash deposit account consisting of short-term money market funds. The Company does not have any amounts classified as restricted cash as of December 31, 2019.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

   
     December 31,  
     

2018

     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 51,051      $ 13,384  

Restricted cash

     150         
  

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 51,201      $ 13,384  

 

 

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of demand deposit accounts, money market accounts and accounts receivable, including credit card receivables. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents, which may, at times, exceed federally insured limits, with financial institutions of high credit standing. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has not experienced any losses on its deposit accounts and money market accounts. As of December 31, 2019, the Company does not

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

believe there is significant financial risk from nonperformance by the issuers of the Company’s deposit accounts and money market accounts. Approximately, 45% and 4% of the Company’s accounts receivable are from a third-party financing vendor as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Approximately nil and 39% of the Company’s accounts receivable are related to reimbursement from an insurance company as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Fair value measurement

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, or an exit price, in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

The Company measures fair value based on a three-level hierarchy of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about current market conditions. The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three-level hierarchy of inputs is as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair value of the Company’s outstanding term loan is estimated using the net present value of the payments, discounted at an interest rate that is consistent with a market interest rate, which is a Level 2 input. The fair value of the outstanding term loan approximates the carrying amount as the term loan bears a floating rate that approximates the market interest rate. Refer to Note 3 for discussion of certain other financial instruments.

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable represents amounts due from third-party institutions for credit card and debit card transactions and trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

of the collectibility of accounts. Management regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the age of each outstanding invoice, each customer’s expected ability to pay, and the collection history with each customer, when applicable, to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. As of December 31, 2018, the Company did not have an allowance for doubtful accounts. As of December 31, 2019, the Company recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million. The allowance for doubtful accounts charges are recorded as a component of general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis) and net realizable value. Inventory consists of purchased components for producing hearing aid products and accessories and finished goods. Provisions for slow-moving, excess or obsolete inventories are recorded when required to reduce inventory values to their estimated net realizable values based on product life cycle, development plans or quality issues.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the consolidated balance sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Capitalized software development costs

The Company capitalizes software purchased for internal use and qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal use software. Purchased software consists of software products and licenses, which are amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful life or the contractual term. Internally developed software costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external direct costs of the development are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable that the expenditure will result in additional functionality. Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three years. Post-implementation activities including training and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs less accumulated amortization are recorded as a component of property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred offering costs

Offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, printer and filing fees related to the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”), are deferred and will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all deferred offering costs will be expensed. The Company recorded deferred offering costs of nil and $1.2 million as other assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount to the future net undiscounted cash flows which the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the projected discounted future net cash flows arising from the asset. The Company has not identified any such impairment losses to date.

Product warranty

The Company provides a one-year limited warranty on its hearing aid products and accrues for the estimated future costs of repair or replacement upon shipment of the original product. The warranty expense is accrued as a liability and recorded to cost of revenue and is based upon current and historical information for the cost to repair or replace the product.

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The Company accounts for its convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with its various financing transactions based upon the characteristics and provisions of the instrument. Convertible preferred stock warrants classified as liabilities are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance and remeasured to fair value at each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recognized as other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in the fair value of these warrants until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants, the expiration of the warrants, or until such time as the warrants are no longer considered liability instruments.

Derivative liability

The Company’s convertible notes issued in 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) contain certain features that meet the definition of being embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation from the 2016 Notes as a freestanding financial instrument. The derivative liability is initially measured at fair value on issuance and is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. In October 2017, the derivative liability was settled upon the extinguishment of the 2016 Notes. Refer to Note 3 and Note 6 for further discussion.

Convertible preferred stock tranche liability

The Company’s obligation to issue additional shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock at a fixed price in a future closing represents a freestanding financial instrument. The tranche liability is initially measured at fair value and is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in other

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The tranche liability was settled on the second tranche closing of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018. Refer to Note 3 and Note 7 for further discussion.

Revenue recognition

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”) effective January 1, 2019. As discussed below in the section titled “Recently adopted accounting pronouncements”, ASC 606 provides a single revenue recognition model that supersedes ASC 605 and most industry specific guidance under legacy U.S. GAAP.

The Company’s revenue is generated from the sale of products (hearing aid systems and related accessories) and services (extended warranties). These products and services are primarily sold directly to customers through Eargo website and the Company sales representatives.

 

Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services by following a five step process: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Identify the contract with a customer. The Company generally considers completion of an Eargo sales order (which requires customer acceptance of the Company’s click-through terms and conditions for website sales and authorization of payment through credit card or another form of payment for sales made over the phone) as a customer contract provided that collection is considered probable. For payments that are not made upfront by credit card, the Company assesses customer creditworthiness based on credit checks, payment history, and/or other circumstances.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract. Product performance obligations include hearing aid systems and related accessories and service performance obligations include extended warranty coverage. The Company also offers customers a one-time replacement of certain components of the hearing aid system for a fee (i.e., “loss and damage policy”), which represents an option with material right. However, as the historical redemption rate under the policy has been low, the option is not accounted for as a separate performance obligation. The Company does not assess whether promised goods or services are performance obligations if they are immaterial in the context of the contract with the customer.

The Company has elected to treat shipping and handling activities performed after a customer obtains control of products as a fulfillment activity.

Determine the transaction price and allocation to performance obligations. The transaction price in the Company’s customer contracts consists of both fixed and variable consideration. Fixed consideration includes amounts to be contractually billed to the customer while variable consideration includes the 45-day right of return that applies to all products. To estimate product returns, the Company analyzes historical return levels, current economic trends, and changes in customer demand. Based on this information, the Company reserves a percentage of product sale revenue and accounts for the estimated impact as a reduction in the transaction price.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract. For contracts that contain multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price to the performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. Standalone selling prices are based on multiple factors including, but not limited to historical discounting trends for products and services, gross margin objectives, internal costs, competitor pricing strategies, and industry technology lifecycles.

Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Revenue for products (hearing aid systems and related accessories) is recognized at a point in time, which is generally upon shipment. Revenue for services (extended warranty) is recognized over time on a ratable basis over the warranty period.

Contract costs

The Company applies the practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as expense when incurred if the amortization period would be one year or less. These incremental costs include processing fees paid to third-party financing vendors, who provide the Company’s customers with the option to finance their purchase. If a customer elects to utilize this service, the Company receives a non-recourse upfront payment for the product sold, less processing fee withheld by the financing vendor. These processing fees are recognized in cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as incurred.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consists of expenses relating to the cost of finished goods, freight, personnel costs, consumables, warranty costs, transaction fees including processing fees paid to third-party financing vendors, allocated facility overhead costs, depreciation and amortization.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist of personnel costs, travel expenses, tools, prototype materials and product certification and are charged to expense as incurred.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel costs, travel expenses, consulting fees, public relations costs, direct marketing, advertising and promotional expenses and allocated facility overhead costs. The Company recorded advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred, of $3.2 million, $12.3 million and $18.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based awards at fair value. The fair value of stock options is measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For stock-based awards that vest subject to the satisfaction of a service requirement, the fair value measurement date is the date of grant and the expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions, the expense is recognized over the vesting period using the accelerated attribution method. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Income taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Financial statement effects of uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within the provision for income tax.

Segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. To date, the Company has viewed its operations and manages its business as one operating and reportable segment, with all operations in the United States.

Employee benefit plan

The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan covering eligible employees. Participants may contribute a portion of their annual compensation limited to a maximum annual amount set by the Internal Revenue Service. There have been no employer contributions under this plan to date.

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for potential dilutive shares of common stock. As the Company has been in a loss position for the periods presented, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive.

Emerging growth company status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it is (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The guidance provides principles for recognizing revenue to which an entity expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. This standard was effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2019. Upon adoption the Company elected to use the full retrospective transition method, which requires the Company to restate each prior reporting period presented for the impact of adoption of the standard. The adoption of ASC 606 did not impact the previously reported financial statements in any prior period nor did it result in a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which expand the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The Company early adopted this standard in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2019. The adoption of this guidance did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to put most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current practice. ASU 2016-02 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-to-use (“ROU”) asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. This new standard will be effective for the Company in its fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020; early adoption is permitted. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases to clarify the implementation guidance and ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842) Targeted Improvements. This updated guidance provides an optional transition method to the modified retrospective approach with optional practical expedients, which allows for the initial application of the new accounting standard at the adoption date and the recognition of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements. The Company will adopt this new standard as of January 1, 2020 by electing such optional transition method.

The Company has made substantial progress in executing the new standard implementation plan and currently believes that the most significant impact will be related to the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, primarily relating to its property leases. The Company will elect the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things allows the Company to carry forward the historical lease classification and determination of whether initial direct costs qualify for capitalization. In addition, the Company will not separate non-lease components from the associated lease components and will not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less. The Company does not expect to elect the use-of-hindsight practical expedient permitted under the transition guidance within the new lease standard.

The balance sheet amount recorded for existing leases at the date of adoption must be calculated using the applicable incremental borrowing rate at the date of adoption if the implicit rate is not readily determinable. The interest rate implicit in the Company’s lease contracts is not readily determinable. As a result, the Company will utilize its incremental borrowing rate, which reflects the rate of interest that a lessee would have to pay to

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. In transition to ASC 842, the Company expects to utilize the total lease term of its leases in determining the appropriate incremental borrowing rates.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected credit loss model and requires a financial asset measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. This new standard is effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2023 and must be adopted using a modified retrospective approach, with certain exceptions. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which amends the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying and adding certain disclosures. This new standard is effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Fair value measurements

The following tables summarize the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

   
     December 31, 2018  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Restricted cash

   $ 150      $      $      $ 150  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ 81      $ 81  

 

 

 

   
     December 31, 2019  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Liabilities:

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $     —      $      $ 396      $ 396  

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The Company estimates the fair value of its convertible preferred stock warrant liability using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants on the valuation date, and assumptions related to the fair value of the underlying stock, expected volatility, expected life, dividends, and risk-free interest rate. Due to the nature of these inputs, the warrants are considered a Level 3 liability.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants as of December 31, 2019 was determined by probability-weighting the fair value under a scenario in which the Company completes an IPO and a scenario in which the Company stays private. Refer to Note 8 for the assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the warrants.

The following table provides a summary of the change in the estimated fair value of the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrant liability:

 

      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance — January 1, 2017

   $ 133  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (119
  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2017

     14  

Fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with debt financing

     40  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     27  
  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2018

     81  

Fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with debt financing

     41  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     274  
  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2019

   $ 396  

 

 

Derivative liability

The 2016 Notes contain embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation as a separate freestanding instrument. The Company estimated the fair value of the derivative liability on issuance using a “with-and-without” method. The “with-and-without” methodology involves valuing the whole instrument on an as-is basis and then valuing the instrument without the individual embedded derivative. The difference between the entire instrument with the embedded derivative compared to the instrument without the embedded derivative was the fair value of the derivative liability on issuance.

The following table provides a summary of the change in the estimated fair value of the Company’s derivative liability:

 

      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance — January 1, 2017

   $ 1,900  

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     1,300  

Settlement of derivative liability in connection with extinguishment of convertible notes

     (3,200
  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2017

   $  

 

 

In October 2017, the embedded derivative liability was settled upon the extinguishment of the 2016 Notes. Refer to Note 6 for further discussion.

Convertible preferred stock tranche liability

The Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock tranche liability contains unobservable inputs that reflect management’s own assumptions for which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. The

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

fair value of the tranche liability was determined to be immaterial upon issuance in 2017 and as of December 31, 2017. Upon the second tranche closing of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018, the tranche liability was remeasured using a hybrid of a probability-weighted expected return model and an option pricing model.

The following table provides a summary of changes in the estimated fair value of the Company’s tranche liability:

 

      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance — December 31, 2017

   $  

Change in fair value of tranche liability

     479  

Settlement of the tranche liability

     (479
  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2018

   $  

 

 

On the second tranche closing of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock financing in March 2018, the tranche liability was reclassified to Series C convertible preferred stock.

4. Balance sheet components

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of raw materials related to component parts and finished goods. The following is a summary of the Company’s inventories by category:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2018      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Raw materials

   $ 898      $ 1,115  

Finished goods

     1,262        1,765  
  

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 2,160      $ 2,880  

 

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Tools and lab equipment

   $ 1,711     $ 2,885  

Capitalized software

     898       3,148  

Furniture and fixtures

     605       906  

Leasehold improvements

     559       757  

Computer and equipment

     387       423  
  

 

 

 
     4,160       8,119  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,211     (2,719
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 2,949     $ 5,400  

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 amounted to $0.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively, none of which related to amortization of capitalized software costs. Capitalized software costs pertain to internally developed software that was not substantially complete and ready for its intended use as of December 31, 2018. Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2019, was $1.5 million, which includes amortization of capitalized software costs of $0.3 million.

Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2018      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 2,713      $ 3,759  

Accrued compensation

     1,682        2,739  

Accrued vendor costs

     830        2,776  

Refunds due to customers

     445        215  

Accrued warranty reserve

     53        450  
  

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 5,723      $ 9,939  

 

 

Allowance for sales returns

The allowance for sales returns consists of the following activity:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
      2017     2018     2019  
    

(in thousands)

 

Allowance for sales returns, beginning balance

   $ 25     $ 1,198     $ 2,713  

Charged to revenue

     4,116       17,848       17,739  

Utilization of allowance for sales returns

     (2,943     (16,333     (16,693
  

 

 

 

Allowance for sales returns, ending balance

   $ 1,198     $ 2,713     $ 3,759  

 

 

Accrued warranty reserve

The accrued warranty reserve consists of the following activity:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
      2017     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Accrued warranty reserve, beginning balance

   $ 93     $ 39     $ 53  

Charged to cost of revenue

         202                 57           1,589  

Utilization of accrued warranty reserve

     (256     (43     (1,192
  

 

 

 

Accrued warranty reserve, ending balance

   $ 39     $ 53     $ 450  

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

5. Commitment and contingencies

Operating leases

The Company has entered into non-cancelable operating leases for its offices, which expire on various dates through 2022. These leases generally contain scheduled rent increases and renewal options. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the underlying leases. Rent expense was $0.6 million, $0.8 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with remaining lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 

   
Year ending December 31:    Operating leases  
     (in thousands)  

2020

   $ 1,349  

2021

     1,092  

2022

     167  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

   $ 2,608  

 

 

Litigation

The Company may become involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of its business. The Company does not believe that any lawsuits or claims currently pending against it, individually or in the aggregate, are material, or will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The Company is subject to review from federal and state taxing authorities in order to validate the amounts of income, sales and/or use taxes which have been claimed and remitted. The Company has estimated exposure and established reserves for its estimated sales tax audit liability.

In the normal course of business, the Company may agree to indemnify third parties with whom it enters into contractual relationships, including customers, lessors, and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed, under certain conditions, to hold these third parties harmless against specified losses, such as those arising from a breach of representations or covenants, other third-party claims that the Company’s products, when used for their intended purposes, infringe the intellectual property rights of such other third parties, or other claims made against certain parties. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under these indemnification obligations due to the Company’s limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim.

6. Debt obligations

2014 loan agreement

In December 2014, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “2014 Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank, which was subsequently amended. Under the terms of the 2014 Loan Agreement, the Company borrowed a total of $7.0 million in term notes and issued warrants to purchase 11,719 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and 23,059 shares of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock. The estimated fair

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

value of the warrants at issuance was recorded as a discount on the loan and amortized into interest expense over the expected life of the loan. In June 2018, the Company repaid the outstanding balance of $5.9 million, as well as a prepayment fee of $0.1 million and a final payment fee of $0.6 million. In connection with the repayment of the term note, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

2018 loan agreement

In June 2018, the Company entered into a new Loan and Security Agreement (the “2018 Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the terms of the 2018 Loan Agreement, Silicon Valley Bank made available to the Company term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $12.5 million and the Company borrowed $5.0 million in October 2018, $1.0 million in November 2018 and $1.0 million in December 2018. The term loans under the 2018 Loan Agreement mature in June 2022, with interest-only monthly payments for a specified period of time. Interest on the term loans accrues at a per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate minus 1.0% (3.75% as of December 31, 2019), with a floor of 0.0%.

In January 2019, the Company executed the First Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amended 2018 Loan Agreement”), which extended the interest-only period for all borrowings under the agreement until January 2020 or, if the Company achieves certain milestones, July 2020. No other terms were amended. In June 2019, the Company borrowed an additional $5.0 million to increase the total principal balance to $12.0 million.

Terms of the loan and security agreement include a final payment fee equal to 6.0% of the original aggregate principal amount, or $0.7 million based on advances as of December 31, 2019. The final payment fee is accrued over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. This amount is due upon the earliest of maturity, acceleration, prepayment or termination of the Amended 2018 Loan Agreement.

In connection with the execution of the 2018 Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 90,518 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. In connection with the June 2019 borrowing, the Company issued Silicon Valley Bank warrants to purchase 44,998 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the warrants at issuance was recorded as a discount on the loan and is amortized to interest expense over the term of the agreement using the effective interest method.

Borrowings under the Amended 2018 Loan Agreement are collateralized by all the assets of the Company, excluding intellectual property (but including rights to payment and proceeds thereof) and certain other assets. The Amended 2018 Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, including with respect to the Company’s ability to enter into fundamental transactions, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, pay any dividend or make any distributions to its holders, make investments, merge or consolidate with any other person or engage in transactions with the Company’s affiliates, but do not include any financial covenants.

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company recognized interest expense related to the term loans of $0.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, which is inclusive of amortization of debt discount.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The balance of the term loans is as follows:

 

   
      December 31,  
     

2018

    2019  
     (in thousands)  

Principal value of long-term debt

   $ 7,000     $ 12,000  

Net of debt discount and accretion of final payment

     (10     246  
  

 

 

 

Term loan, current and noncurrent

     6,990       12,246  

Less: Term loan, current portion

           (4,800
  

 

 

 

Term loan, noncurrent portion

   $ 6,990     $ 7,446  

 

 

Future minimum payments of principal and estimated payments of interest on the Company’s outstanding variable rate borrowings as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

   
Year ending December 31:    Total  
     (in thousands)  

2020

   $ 5,171  

2021

     4,989  

2022

     3,146  
  

 

 

 

Total future payments

     13,306  

Less amounts representing interest

     (586

Less final payment

     (720
  

 

 

 

Total principal amount of term loan payments

   $ 12,000  

 

 

Convertible notes

In 2016, the Company issued an aggregate of $20.1 million in convertible promissory notes to new and existing shareholders. The 2016 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and mature in three years from the date of issuance.

In the event of a qualified sale of preferred stock resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $15.0 million, including at least $5.0 million from the lead investor, all principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the 2016 Notes will be automatically convertible into, at the option of the holders holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the 2016 Notes, either (i) the preferred stock issued in such a financing at a price per share equal to 80% of the lowest price per share of the preferred stock sold in the financing (redemption feature), or (ii) the Company’s Series B-1 convertible preferred stock at its original issue price. The 2016 Notes also contain an option whereby in the event of a change of control event, at the option of the holders holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the 2016 Notes, all principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the 2016 Notes will be convertible into the Company’s Series B-1 convertible preferred stock at its original issue price or, alternatively, such holders may elect to require the Company to pay to all 2016 Note holders an amount equal to the principal amount then outstanding and any accrued but unpaid interest plus an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount (put option).

The redemption feature and the put option contained in the 2016 Notes were determined to be embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation as a combined freestanding instrument.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Upon the issuance of the 2016 Notes, the Company recorded the fair value of the derivative liability as a debt discount on the 2016 Notes and as a freestanding derivative liability. The debt discount was being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method, over the term of the 2016 Notes. The Company recorded interest expense in connection with the 2016 Notes of $1.1 million, which includes amortization of the debt discount of $0.4 million, during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Upon the closing of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock offering in October 2017, the 2016 Notes were redeemed under their redemption feature whereby all of the outstanding principal and accrued interest was converted into 8,740,486 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at a conversion price of $2.4054 per share, a price equal to 80% of the $3.0067 per share paid by investors in the Series C convertible preferred stock financing. The redemption of the 2016 Notes was accounted for as a debt extinguishment, which resulted in a loss of $3.3 million that was recognized in other income (expense) in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The loss on extinguishment was calculated as the difference between (i) the fair value of the shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock issued to settle the 2016 Notes and (ii) the carrying value of the 2016 Notes, net of the unamortized debt discount, plus the fair value of the derivative liability associated with the 2016 Notes at the time of extinguishment.

7. Convertible preferred stock

In October 2017 and December 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 4,032,079 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.0067 per share in exchange for net proceeds of $11.6 million.

In addition, as discussed in Note 6, the Company issued in October 2017 an aggregate of 8,740,486 shares of Series C-1 convertible preferred stock upon the redemption of its 2016 Notes of $21.0 million.

Pursuant to the terms of the Series C and Series C-1 Purchase Agreement, the Company was obligated to sell additional shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to specified investors at a cash purchase price of $3.0067 per share in a subsequent closing upon achievement of certain milestones by December 31, 2017 (the “Second Tranche Closing”). The Company determined that its obligation to issue additional shares represents a freestanding instrument, initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recorded within other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. In March 2018, the Company completed the Second Tranche Closing and issued 3,865,785 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock in exchange for net proceeds of $11.6 million, thereby extinguishing the convertible preferred stock tranche liability. Immediately prior to the closing of the Second Tranche Closing, the Company remeasured the convertible preferred stock tranche liability to its then fair value and the tranche liability balance was reclassified to convertible preferred stock. See Note 3 for further discussion on the Series C convertible preferred stock tranche liability and the related valuations.

In April 2018, the Company issued 3,278,231 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock in an additional closing at a purchase price of $3.0067 per share in exchange for net proceeds of $9.7 million.

In December 2018, the Company issued 11,496,184 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.4580 per share in exchange for net proceeds of $51.1 million.

In February 2019, the Company issued an additional 193,967 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.4580 per share in exchange for net proceeds of $0.9 million.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Convertible preferred stock consists of the following:

 

   
     December 31, 2018  
     

Shares

authorized

     Shares
issued and
outstanding
    

Net
carrying

value

     Aggregate
liquidation
preference
 
     (in thousands, except share amounts)  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     1,283,000        1,271,175      $ 16,130      $ 16,271  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     83,000        82,972        2,229        2,473  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     2,540,000        2,516,702        22,871        23,003  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     11,284,680        11,176,095        33,418        33,603  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     8,740,486        8,740,486        26,280        21,024  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     12,338,000        11,496,184        51,087        51,250  
  

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     36,269,166        35,283,614      $ 152,015      $ 147,624  

 

 

 

   
     December 31, 2019  
     

Shares

authorized

     Shares
issued and
outstanding
    

Net
carrying

value

     Aggregate
liquidation
preference
 
     (in thousands, except share amounts)  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     1,283,000        1,271,175      $ 16,130      $ 16,271  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     83,000        82,972        2,229        2,473  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     2,540,000        2,516,702        22,871        23,003  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     11,284,680        11,176,095        33,418        33,603  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     8,740,486        8,740,486        26,280        21,024  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     12,338,000        11,690,151        51,952        52,115  
  

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     36,269,166        35,477,581      $ 152,880      $ 148,489  

 

 

The Company classifies its convertible preferred stock outside of total stockholders’ deficit because, in the event of certain “liquidation events” that are not solely within the control of the Company (including a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets), the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable at any of the reporting dates. Subsequent adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made only if and when it becomes probable that such liquidation event will occur.

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock has a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. Except as provided by the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the holders of convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock vote together as one single class.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Holders of Series A convertible stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director. Holders of Series B-1 convertible stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors. Holders of Series C convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director. The rights to elect directors are subject to minimum outstanding share requirements for each series.

Dividend rights

The holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends at an annual rate of $1.0240 per share of Series A, $2.3840 per share of Series B, $0.7315 per share of Series B-1, $0.2405 per share of Series C, $0.1924 per share of Series C-1 and $0.3566 per share of Series D convertible preferred stock. Such dividends are payable out of funds legally available, are payable only when and if declared by the Board and are noncumulative. The dividend rates are subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, and similar transactions.

Dividend preference and priority shall be given to holders of outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock over any declaration, payment or setting aside of any dividend on common stock. Any additional dividends declared by the Board of Directors will be paid among the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock on an as-converted basis. No dividends have been declared to date.

Conversion rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into that number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price for the relevant series by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion for such series of convertible preferred stock. The original issue price and the conversion price per share of convertible preferred stock are as follows:

 

         
      Original
issue price
     Conversion
price
     Conversion
ratio as of
December 31,
2018
    

Conversion

ratio as of
December 31,
2019

 
                             

Series A convertible preferred stock

   $ 12.80      $ 9.29        1.3778-to-1        1.3778-to-1  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     29.80        20.20        1.4752-to-1        1.4752-to-1  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     9.14        3.0067        3.0399-to-1        3.0399-to-1  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     3.0067        3.0067        1-to-1        1-to-1  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     2.4054        2.4054        1-to-1        1-to-1  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     4.4580        4.4580        1-to-1        1-to-1  

 

 

Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion rate of such shares upon (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of the Company to the public that results in the common stock being traded on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market provided that aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $60.0 million (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses), (ii) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A convertible preferred stock voting as a separate

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

class with respect to the Series A convertible preferred stock, (iii) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis with respect to the Series B and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, (iv) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis with respect to the Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, or (v) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D convertible preferred stock voting as a separate class with respect to the Series D convertible preferred stock.

Liquidation rights

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price plus all declared but unpaid dividends and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares been converted to common stock prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The holders of Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation amounts prior and in preference to the holders of Series A, Series B and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock and common stock. Following the payments to the Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation amounts, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and common stock. Following the payments to the Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation amounts, prior and in preference to the holders of common stock.

All remaining assets available for distribution in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company are distributed pro rata to the holders of Series C convertible preferred stock, Series C-1 convertible preferred stock and common stock, as if all shares of convertible preferred stock had been converted into common stock, until the holders of the Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock have received an aggregate liquidation amount per share equal to two times the original issue price for such series of convertible preferred stock (the “Participation Feature”).

The Participation Feature will terminate and no longer apply following the Company’s next equity financing (i) with gross proceeds to the Company equal to or in excess of $15.0 million, (ii) including an investment at least $10.0 million from a new investor and (iii) at a pre-money valuation of the Company of at least $250.0 million.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

8. Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The key terms of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants are summarized in the following table:

 

   
     Warrants outstanding  
     

Warrants
outstanding
December 31,
2018

     Warrants
outstanding
December 31,
2019
     Exercise
price
     Expiration  

Series A convertible preferred stock warrants

     11,719        11,719      $ 12.80        December 2022  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock warrants

     23,059        23,059      $ 9.14        Various dates in 2026  

Series C convertible preferred stock warrants

     90,518        135,516      $ 3.0067       
Various dates in 2028
and 2029
 
 
  

 

 

       

Total convertible preferred stock warrants

     125,296        170,294        

 

 

The convertible preferred stock warrants are immediately exercisable in whole or in part over the term of the warrants. In the event of an IPO, all outstanding preferred stock warrants will convert to warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock. No warrants were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants was determined using the following assumptions as of each reporting date:

 

   
     December 31,
Valuation assumptions:    2017    2018    2019
                

Expected volatility

   24%—33%    25%—27%    43%—67%

Expected term

   5.0—9.0 years    4.0—9.4 years    1.0—8.6 years

Risk-free interest rate

   2.20%—2.38%    2.48%—2.67%    1.59%—1.88%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%

 

9. Stock-based compensation

Total stock-based compensation is as follows:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
      2017      2018      2019  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 1      $ 2      $ 16  

Research and development

     19        29        232  

Sales and marketing

     17        25        188  

General and administrative

     491        393        903  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 528      $ 449      $ 1,339  

 

 

Stock-based compensation includes the impact of the Company repricing its stock options in November 2017 by canceling all existing outstanding option grants with a per share exercise price higher than $0.43 in exchange for new option grants at an exercise price of $0.43 per share. Except for the change in exercise price, the new options had the same terms and conditions as the original options, including the contractual term, vesting schedule and the vesting start date. The total amount of stock-based compensation associated with the repricing was $0.1 million. Amounts relating to options that were already vested were recorded on the date of the modification and amounts relating to options that were unvested are expensed over the remaining vesting term of the new options.

Determination of fair value

The estimated grant-date fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,
Valuation assumptions:    2017   

2018

   2019

Expected volatility

   23%—29%    23%—27%    58%—60%

Expected term

   5.0—10.0 years    5.5—10.0 years    5.0—10.0 years

Risk-free interest rate

   1.95%—2.38%    2.46%—3.19%    1.46%—2.51%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The fair value of each stock option grant was determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment and estimation by management.

Expected term—The expected term represents the period that stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company’s historical share option exercise information is limited due to a lack of sufficient data points and does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term for employee options. The expected term for employee option grants is therefore determined using the simplified method, which is the midpoint between the vesting period and the contractual life. The expected term for nonemployee options is the contractual term.

Expected volatility—The expected volatility was derived from the historical stock volatilities of comparable peer public companies within the Company’s industry that are considered to be comparable to the Company’s business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock-based awards as there has been no trading history of the Company’s common stock.

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the stock-based awards’ expected term.

Expected dividend yield—The expected dividend yield is zero as the Company has not paid nor does it anticipate paying any dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future.

Fair value of common stock—The fair value of the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, its board of directors has determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuation of its common stock prepared by an independent third-party valuation firm, valuations of comparable companies, sales of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company’s capital stock and the general and industry-specific economic outlooks.

Equity incentive plan

In November 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) pursuant to which the Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, non-statutory stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, and restricted stock units. Stock options must be granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. Stock options generally have 10-year contractual term and vest over a four-year period starting from the date specified in each agreement. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had reserved 11,259,273 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Activity under the 2010 Plan is set forth below:

 

         
     Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
    Aggregate
intrinsic value
 
                (in years)     (in thousands)  

Balance January 1, 2017

    803,552     $ 4.10       9.02     $ 67  

Grants

    4,247,643       0.59      

Exercises

    (28,969     1.86      

Cancelled/forfeited

    (156,769     2.96      
 

 

 

       

Balance December 31, 2017

    4,865,457     $ 1.33       9.65     $ 5  

Grants

    1,923,739       0.45      

Exercises

    (23,277     0.43      

Cancelled/forfeited

    (220,699     0.45      
 

 

 

       

Balance December 31, 2018

    6,545,220     $ 0.43       8.08     $ 197  

Grants

    4,807,663       1.65      

Exercises

    (102,351     0.42      

Cancelled/forfeited

    (828,143     0.66      
 

 

 

       

Balance December 31, 2019

    10,422,389     $ 0.98       8.55     $ 16,440  
 

 

 

       

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2019

    3,610,086     $ 0.55       7.80     $ 7,198  
 

 

 

       

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 was $0.18, $0.13 and $0.95 per share, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding and vested and exercisable were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors. The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 was immaterial in each period. There is no future tax benefit related to options exercised, as the Company has accumulated net operating losses as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, total unrecognized stock-based compensation related to outstanding unvested stock options was $4.5 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.1 years.

Performance awards

The Company granted 526,300 shares of performance-based stock options in November 2018. The grant date fair value of the awards was $0.1 million. In April 2019, the awards were modified with new vesting conditions. This change was accounted for as a modification and the total amount of stock-based compensation associated with the modification of $0.7 million will be recognized over the vesting term of the modified options. Through the date of modification, the Company had not recognized any of the related stock-based compensation as vesting of the awards was not determined to be probable.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The Company granted 802,771 shares of performance-based stock options in April 2019. The grant date fair value of the awards was $0.7 million. The Company recorded $0.2 million in related stock-based compensation during the year ended December 31, 2019 based on the relative satisfaction of performance conditions based on performance to date.

10. Income taxes

The Company has not recorded an income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 due to its history of operating losses. All loss before income taxes was generated in the United States for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

      

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 19,441     $ 28,044     $ 29,684  

Depreciation and amortization

     67       131        

Research and development credits

     667       1,345       2,468  

Accruals and reserves

     481       927       1,667  

Stock-based compensation

     205       203       345  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     20,861       30,650       34,164  

Valuation allowance

     (20,861     (30,650     (33,714
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

                 450  

Deferred tax liabilities

                 (450
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $     $  

 

 

Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax to the Company’s effective tax is as follows:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Income tax provision at statutory rate

   $ (8,369   $ (7,097   $ (9,342

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (1,928     (2,546     (2,350

Change in valuation allowance

     125       9,789       3,064  

Section 382 limitation on net operating loss and credit carryforwards

                 9,956  

Research and development tax credits

     (226     (714     (1,306

Federal rate change (pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017)

     7,852              

Change in fair value of warrants

     494       178       79  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     1,400              

Other

     652       390       (101
  

 

 

 

Total current income tax provision

   $     $     $  

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Due to the uncertainties surrounding the realization of deferred assets through future income, the Company has established a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets and, therefore, no benefit has been recognized for the net operating loss and other deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $0.1 million, $9.8 million and $3.1 million during the years ending December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $105.7 million and $85.0 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards incurred prior to 2019 begin to expire beginning in the year 2030.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had research and development credits carryovers for federal income tax purposes of approximately $1.5 million which expire beginning in the year 2031. The Company also has state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.0 million as of December 31, 2019, which do not expire.

Utilization of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards will be subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership percentage change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. In the event the Company has had a change of ownership, utilization of the carryforwards could be restricted. The Company’s net operating loss deferred tax asset was reduced from the prior year as a result of limitation on the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards subject to the Internal Revenue Code Section 382.

On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted a law commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) which makes widespread changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including a reduction in the federal corporate tax rate to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. The Company has no foreign subsidiaries that would require the calculation of the TCJA’s transition tax on earnings and profits. The Company has completed its accounting for the TCJA. As a result of the signing of the TCJA, the Company recorded a $8.0 million reduction in the U.S. net deferred tax asset position along with a corresponding reduction of its valuation allowance as of December 31, 2017.

Uncertain tax positions

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

   
     December 31,  
      2017      2018      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 181      $ 286      $ 576  

Increases related to current year tax positions

     105        290        482  
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 286      $ 576      $ 1,058  

 

 

If recognized, gross unrecognized tax benefits would not have an impact on the Company’s effective tax rate due to the Company’s full valuation allowance position. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of any particular uncertain tax position, the Company does not believe that the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly in the next twelve months.

The Company’s income tax returns for all tax years remain open to examination by federal and state taxing authorities due to the taxing authorities’ ability to adjust operating loss carryforwards.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The Company has elected to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision. No such expenses were incurred in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. The Company has not made any accruals for payment of interest related to unrecognized tax benefits.

11. Net loss per share

The following outstanding potentially dilutive common stock equivalents have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented due to their anti-dilutive effect:

 

   
     Year ended December 31,  
      2017      2018     

2019

 

Convertible preferred stock

     22,296,897        40,937,097        41,131,064  

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     4,865,457        6,545,220        10,422,389  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     86,244        176,762        221,760  
  

 

 

 

Total

     27,248,598        47,659,079        51,775,213  

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred on the later of the beginning of the period or the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock. Refer to Note 2 for further discussion.

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

   
     

Year ended
December 31, 2019

 
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share
and per share data)

 

Numerator:

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (44,486

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     274  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (44,212
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $    

 

 

12. Subsequent events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through March 6, which is the date that these audited consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Eargo Inc.

Condensed consolidated balance sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

       
     

December 31,

2019

    

June 30,

2020

    

Pro forma
June 30,

2020

 
     (1)      (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,384      $ 8,278     

Accounts receivable, net

     2,051        2,961     

Inventories

     2,880        3,039     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,598        1,669     
  

 

 

    

Total current assets

     19,913        15,947     

Operating lease right-of-use assets

            1,654     

Property and equipment, net

     5,400        6,162     

Other assets

     1,992        985     
  

 

 

    

Total assets

   $ 27,305      $ 24,748     
  

 

 

    

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 5,428      $ 5,243     

Accrued expenses

     9,939        9,085     

Long-term debt, current portion

     4,800        17,397     

Other current liabilities

     1,717        2,108     

Deferred revenue, current

     406        563     

Lease liability, current portion

            1,162     
  

 

 

    

Total current liabilities

     22,290        35,558     

Lease liability, noncurrent portion

            649     

Deferred revenue, noncurrent portion

     269        69     

Long-term debt, noncurrent portion

     7,446        5,830     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     396        112     

Derivative liability

            3,061     

Other liabilities

     127            
  

 

 

    

Total liabilities

     30,528        45,279     
  

 

 

    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 36,269,166 and 36,296,097 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020; 35,477,581 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, actual; aggregate liquidation preference of $148.5 million as of June 30, 2020;              shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited)

     152,880        152,880     

 

F-35


Table of Contents
       
     

December 31,

2019

   

June 30,

2020

   

Pro forma
June 30,

2020

 
     (1)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Common stock; $0.0001 par value; 55,190,000 and 56,600,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020; 797,914 and 841,488 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, actual;                  shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited)

              

Additional paid in capital

     3,100       4,122    

Accumulated deficit

     (159,203     (177,533  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (156,103     (173,411   $                
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 27,305     $ 24,748    

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

(1)   The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements as of that date.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   
     Six months ended
June 30,
 
      2019     2020  

Revenue, net

   $ 14,445     $ 28,590  

Cost of revenue

     7,450       9,861  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,995       18,729  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     5,562       5,017  

Sales and marketing

     15,408       21,687  

General and administrative

     5,098       9,335  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,068       36,039  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (19,073     (17,310

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest income

     419       23  

Interest expense

     (274     (1,143

Other income (expense), net

     (54     100  
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     91       (1,020
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (18,982     (18,330

Income tax provision

            
  

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (18,982   $ (18,330
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (25.40   $ (22.34
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     747,329       820,342  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (Note 10)

     $    
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (Note 10)

    

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

               
     Convertible preferred
stock
               Common stock      Additional
paid-in
capital
     Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’

deficit
 
      Shares      Amount                  Shares      Amount  

Balance December 31, 2018

     35,283,614      $ 152,015              695,563      $      $ 1,718      $ (114,717   $ (112,999

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0

     193,967        865                                          

Stock-based compensation

                                       540              540  

Exercise of stock options

                         92,341               40              40  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                              (18,982     (18,982
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2019

     35,477,581      $ 152,880              787,904      $      $ 2,298      $ (133,699   $ (131,401

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

               
     Convertible preferred
stock
               Common stock      Additional
paid-in
capital
     Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’

deficit
 
      Shares      Amount                  Shares      Amount  

Balance December 31, 2019

     35,477,581      $ 152,880              797,914      $      $ 3,100      $ (159,203   $ (156,103

Stock-based compensation

                                       996              996  

Exercise of stock options

                         43,574               26              26  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                              (18,330     (18,330
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2020

     35,477,581      $ 152,880              841,488      $      $ 4,122      $ (177,533   $ (173,411

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

   
     Six months ended
June 30,
 
      2019     2020  

Operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (18,982   $ (18,330

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     593       1,145  

Stock-based compensation

     540       996  

Non-cash interest expense and amortization of debt discount

     112       969  

Non-cash operating lease expense

           553  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     53       (284

Change in fair value of derivative liability

           182  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     304       (911

Inventories

     (741     (159

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     118       (71

Other assets

     (186     1,007  

Accounts payable

     (1,030     (1

Accrued expenses

     (95     (583

Other current liabilities

     (103     254  

Deferred revenue

     276       (43

Operating lease liabilities

           (581

Other liabilities

     (36     (127
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (19,177     (15,984
  

 

 

 

Investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (1,304     (307

Capitalized software development costs

     (577     (1,868
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,881     (2,175
  

 

 

 

Financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     40       26  

Proceeds from debt financing

     5,000        

Proceeds from convertible preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs

     865        

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes, net of issuance costs

           10,053  

Proceeds from PPP loan

           4,574  

Debt repayments

           (1,600
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     5,905       13,053  
  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (15,153     (5,106

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

     51,201       13,384  
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

   $ 36,048     $ 8,278  
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 156     $ 174  
  

 

 

 

Non-cash operating activities:

    

Lease liability obtained in exchange for right-of-use asset

   $     $ 2,392  
  

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Property and equipment and capitalized software costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 93     $ 247  
  

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock issuance costs included in accounts payable

   $     $ 97  
  

 

 

 

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants in connection with debt financing

   $ 41     $  
  

 

 

 

Issuance of derivative instrument in connection with convertible promissory notes

   $     $ 2,879  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

1. Nature of operations

Organization and description of business

Eargo, Inc. was incorporated as Aria Innovations, Inc. in Delaware on November 12, 2010. The name of the Company was changed to Eargo, Inc. on November 19, 2014. Eargo, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”), is a consumer-focused medical device company that develops and sells hearing aids to assist people with hearing loss.

Liquidity and going concern

The Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception and management expects to incur additional substantial losses in the foreseeable future. As of June 30, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $8.3 million and an accumulated deficit of $177.5 million. In July and August 2020, the Company issued 31,541,798 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $2.2612 for gross proceeds of $71.3 million, which alleviated the conditions raising substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern that existed as of the issuance of the December 31, 2019 consolidated financial statements. In July 2020, the Company’s convertible notes issued in 2020 (the “2020 Notes”) were redeemed whereby the outstanding principal and accrued interest amounting to $10.3 million was converted into 5,668,650 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock.

The Company has financed its operations primarily with the proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and debt financing, and to a lesser extent, revenues from product sales. The Company’s long-term success is dependent upon its ability to successfully develop, commercialize and market its products, earn revenue, obtain additional capital when needed and ultimately achieve profitable operations.

The Company believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2020, and proceeds from its Series E preferred stock financing will be sufficient for the Company to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the issuance date of its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation

The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Eargo, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of estimates

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, allowance for sales returns, the fair value of lease liabilities, the fair value of equity securities, the fair value of financial instruments, net realizable value of inventory, accrued warranty reserve, certain other

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

accruals and recoverability of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and the related valuation allowance. Management periodically evaluates its estimates, which are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Unaudited interim financial statements

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2020, and its results of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020. The financial data and the other financial information contained in these notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements related to the six-month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020 or for any other future annual or interim period. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2020 reflects: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 41,131,064 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”) and (ii) the reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital due to the warrants converting into warrants to purchase common stock.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet does not include the shares expected to be sold in, and related proceeds to be received from, the IPO.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of demand deposit accounts, money market accounts and accounts receivable, including credit card receivables. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents, which may, at times, exceed federally insured limits, with financial institutions of high credit standing. As of June 30, 2020, the Company has not experienced any losses on its deposit accounts and money market accounts. As of June 30, 2020, the Company does not believe there is significant financial risk from nonperformance by the issuers of the Company’s deposit accounts and money market accounts. Approximately 39% and 36% of the Company’s gross accounts receivable are related to reimbursement from an insurance company as of December 31, 2019, and June 30, 2020, respectively.

Fair value measurement

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, or an exit price, in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

The Company measures fair value based on a three-level hierarchy of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about current market conditions. The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three-level hierarchy of inputs is as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts reflected in the condensed consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair value of the Company’s outstanding term loan is estimated using the net present value of the payments, discounted at an interest rate that is consistent with a market interest rate, which is a Level 2 input. The fair value of the outstanding term loan approximates the carrying amount as the term loan bears a floating rate that approximates the market interest rate. The Company’s PPP loan is expected to be short-term in duration; therefore, the fair value approximates carrying value.

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable represents amounts due from third-party institutions for credit card and debit card transactions and trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectibility of accounts. Management regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the age of each outstanding invoice, each customer’s expected ability to pay, and the collection history with each customer, when applicable, to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. As of December 31, 2019, and June 30, 2020, the Company recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts charges are recorded as a component of general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Leases

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 842, “Leases” (“ASC 842”) on January 1, 2020, as discussed below in the section titled “Recently adopted accounting pronouncements”. Under ASC 842, the Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and the current and noncurrent portions of the operating lease liability are included as operating lease liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets.

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date of the lease. ROU assets also include any initial direct costs incurred and any lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date, less any lease incentive received. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company elected to exclude from its condensed consolidated balance sheet recognition of leases having a term of 12 months or less (short-term leases) and elected to not separate lease components and non-lease components for its real estate leases. The Company’s non-lease components are primarily related to property maintenance, which varies based on future outcomes, and is recognized in rent expense when incurred.

Deferred offering costs

As of December 31, 2019, the Company recorded deferred offering costs of $1.2 million as other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. In March 2020, the Company terminated its offering and expensed all of its deferred offering costs amounting to $1.6 million as a component of general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. In August 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to proceed with a revised initial public offering (“IPO”).

Offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, printer and filing fees related to the Company’s planned IPO will be deferred and offset against the proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of the revised offering. In the event the IPO is terminated, all deferred offering costs will be expensed.

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The Company accounts for its convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with its various financing transactions based upon the characteristics and provisions of the instrument. Convertible preferred stock warrants classified as liabilities are recorded on the condensed consolidated balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance and remeasured to fair value at each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recognized as other income (expense), net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in the fair value of these warrants until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants, the expiration of the warrants, or until such time as the warrants are no longer considered liability instruments.

Derivative liability

The Company’s convertible notes issued in 2020 (the “2020 Notes”) contain certain features that meet the definition of being embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation from the 2020 Notes as a separate compound

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

financial instrument. The derivative liability is initially measured at fair value on issuance and is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in other income (expense), net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Refer to Note 3 and Note 6 for further discussion.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenue is generated from the sale of products (hearing aid systems and related accessories) and services (extended warranties). These products and services are primarily sold directly to customers through the Eargo website and the Company sales representatives.

Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services by following a five step process: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Identify the contract with a customer. The Company generally considers completion of an Eargo sales order (which requires customer acceptance of the Company’s click-through terms and conditions for website sales and authorization of payment through credit card or another form of payment for sales made over the phone) as a customer contract provided that collection is considered probable. For payments that are not made upfront by credit card, the Company assesses insurance eligibility or customer creditworthiness based on credit checks, payment history, and/or other circumstances as appropriate.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract. Product performance obligations include hearing aid systems and related accessories and service performance obligations include extended warranty coverage. The Company also offers customers a one-time replacement of certain components of the hearing aid system for a fee (i.e., “loss and damage policy”), which represents an option with material right. However, as the historical redemption rate under the policy has been low, the option is not accounted for as a separate performance obligation. The Company does not assess whether promised goods or services are performance obligations if they are immaterial in the context of the contract with the customer.

The Company has elected to treat shipping and handling activities performed after a customer obtains control of products as a fulfillment activity.

Determine the transaction price and allocation to performance obligations. The transaction price in the Company’s customer contracts consists of both fixed and variable consideration. Fixed consideration includes amounts to be contractually billed to the customer while variable consideration includes the 45-day right of return that applies to all products. To estimate product returns, the Company analyzes historical return levels, current economic trends, and changes in customer demand. Based on this information, the Company reserves a percentage of product sale revenue and accounts for the estimated impact as a reduction in the transaction price.

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract. For contracts that contain multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price to the performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. Standalone selling prices are based on multiple factors including, but not

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

limited to historical discounting trends for products and services, gross margin objectives, internal costs, competitor pricing strategies, and industry technology lifecycles.

Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Revenue for products (hearing aid systems and related accessories) is recognized at a point in time, which is generally upon shipment. Revenue for services (extended warranty) is recognized over time on a ratable basis over the warranty period.

Contract costs

The Company applies the practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as expense when incurred if the amortization period would be one year or less. These incremental costs include processing fees paid to third-party financing vendors, who provide the Company’s customers with the option to finance their purchase. If a customer elects to utilize this service, the Company receives a non-recourse upfront payment for the product sold, less processing fee withheld by the financing vendor. These processing fees are recognized in cost of revenue in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as incurred.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consists of expenses relating to the cost of finished goods, freight, personnel costs, consumables, warranty costs, transaction fees including processing fees paid to third-party financing vendors, allocated facility overhead costs, depreciation and amortization.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist of personnel costs, travel expenses, tools, prototype materials, consulting fees and product certification and are charged to expense as incurred.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel costs, travel expenses, consulting fees, public relations costs, direct marketing, advertising and promotional expenses and allocated facility overhead costs. The Company recorded advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred, of $7.6 million and $10.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based awards at fair value. The fair value of stock options is measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For stock-based awards that vest subject to the satisfaction of a service requirement, the fair value measurement date is the date of grant and the expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions, the expense is recognized over the vesting period using the accelerated attribution method. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

Income taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Financial statement effects of uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within the provision for income tax.

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for potential dilutive shares of common stock. As the Company has been in a loss position for the periods presented, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

The denominator of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred on the later of the beginning of the period or the respective issuance date of the convertible preferred stock.

The numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability and the derivative liability relating to the 2020 Notes.

Emerging growth company status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it is (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

As described in “Recently adopted accounting pronouncements” below, the Company early adopted Topic 842, as the JOBS Act does not preclude an emerging growth company from adopting a new or revised accounting standard earlier than the time that such standard applies to private companies. The Company expects to use the extended transition period for any other new or revised accounting standards during the period in which it remains an emerging growth company.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which provides revised accounting requirements for both lessees and lessors. Lessees will recognize ROU assets and

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

lease liabilities for virtually all leases (other than short-term leases upon election). Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date of the lease. For statement of operations purposes, ASU 2016-02 requires leases to be classified as either operating or finance. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense while finance leases will result in a front-loaded expense pattern. The Company early adopted this standard in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020. Upon adoption of Topic 842, on January 1, 2020, the Company recorded operating right-of-use assets of $2.2 million, operating lease liabilities of $2.4 million and derecognized the deferred rent liability of $0.2 million. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2020 are presented under Topic 842. Prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historical accounting under previous lease guidance, ASC 840: Leases (Topic 840). The Company elected the practical expedients to not reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, carry forward its historical lease classification and determination of whether initial direct costs qualify for capitalization.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which amends the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying and adding certain disclosures. This standard was effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020. The adoption of this standard did not materially impact the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected credit loss model and requires a financial asset measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. This new standard is effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2023 and must be adopted using a modified retrospective approach, with certain exceptions. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

3. Fair value measurements

The following tables summarize the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

   
     December 31, 2019  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Liabilities:

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $      $      $ 396      $ 396  

 

 
   
     June 30, 2020 (unaudited)  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liability

   $      $      $ 3,061      $ 3,061  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

                   112        112  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $      $      $ 3,173      $ 3,173  

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The Company estimates the fair value of its convertible preferred stock warrant liability using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants on the valuation date, and assumptions related to the fair value of the underlying stock, expected volatility, expected life, dividends, and risk-free interest rate. Due to the nature of these inputs, the warrants are considered a Level 3 liability.

The fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants as of June 30, 2020 was determined by probability-weighting the fair value under a scenario in which the Company completes an IPO and a scenario in which the Company stays private. Refer to Note 8 for the assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the warrants.

The following table provides a summary of the change in the estimated fair value of the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrant liability:

 

      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance — December 31, 2018

   $ 81  

Fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with debt financing

     41  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     53  
  

 

 

 

Balance — June 30, 2019

   $ 175  

 

 

 

      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance — December 31, 2019

   $ 396  

Change in fair value of warrant liability (unaudited)

     (284
  

 

 

 

Balance — June 30, 2020 (unaudited)

   $ 112  

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

Derivative liability

The 2020 Notes contain embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation as a single compound derivative instrument. The Company estimated the fair value of the derivative liability on issuance using a “with-and-without” method. The “with-and-without” methodology involves valuing the whole instrument on an as-is basis and then valuing the instrument without the individual embedded derivative. The difference between the entire instrument with the embedded derivative compared to the instrument without the embedded derivative was the fair value of the derivative liability on issuance. Inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the entire instrument with the embedded derivative include an estimated discount rate of 25% and the estimated probability and timing of underlying events triggering the redemption features, conversion feature or put option contained within the 2020 Notes, of which the redemption feature upon the qualified sale of preferred stock or other equity securities (as discussed at Note 6) was estimated to have the highest probability.

The following table provides a summary of the change in the estimated fair value of the Company’s derivative liability:

 

      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance — December 31, 2019

   $  

Initial fair value of derivative liability (unaudited)

     2,879  

Change in fair value of derivative liability (unaudited)

     182  
  

 

 

 

Balance — June 30, 2020 (unaudited)

   $ 3,061  

 

 

4. Balance sheet components

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of raw materials related to component parts and finished goods. The following is a summary of the Company’s inventories by category:

 

     
      December 31,
2019
    

June 30,
2020

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Raw materials

   $ 1,115      $ 957  

Finished goods

     1,765        2,082  
  

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 2,880      $ 3,039  

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following:

 

     
      December 31,
2019
   

June 30,
2020

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Tools and lab equipment

   $ 2,885     $ 3,094  

Capitalized software

     3,148       4,845  

Furniture and fixtures

     906       906  

Leasehold improvements

     757       757  

Computer and equipment

     423       288  
  

 

 

 
     8,119       9,890  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,719     (3,728
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 5,400     $ 6,162  

 

 

Depreciation and amortization for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 amounted to $0.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, which includes amortization of capitalized software costs of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     
      December 31,
2019
    

June 30,
2020

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 3,759      $ 3,566  

Accrued compensation

     2,739        3,368  

Accrued vendor costs

     2,776        430  

Refunds due to customers

     215        366  

Accrued warranty reserve

     450        1,355  
  

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 9,939      $ 9,085  

 

 

Allowance for sales returns

The allowance for sales returns consists of the following activity:

 

     
     

Year ended

December 31,
2019

   

Six months ended

June 30,
2020

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for sales returns, beginning balance

   $ 2,713     $ 3,759  

Charged to revenue

     17,739       9,820  

Utilization of allowance for sales returns

     (16,693     (10,013
  

 

 

 

Allowance for sales returns, ending balance

   $ 3,759     $ 3,566  

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

Accrued warranty reserve

The accrued warranty reserve consists of the following activity:

 

     
     

Year ended

December 31,
2019

   

Six months ended

June 30,
2020

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Accrued warranty reserve, beginning balance

   $ 53     $ 450  

Charged to cost of revenue

     1,589       1,601  

Utilization of accrued warranty reserve

     (1,192     (696
  

 

 

 

Accrued warranty reserve, ending balance

   $ 450     $ 1,355  

 

 

5. Commitment and contingencies

Operating leases

The Company has entered into non-cancelable operating leases for its offices. These leases generally contain scheduled rent increases and renewal options, which are not included in the determination of lease term unless the Company is reasonably certain that the renewal option would be exercised.

As of June 30, 2020, the Company recorded an aggregate ROU asset of $1.7 million and an aggregate lease liability of $1.8 million in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet. The ROU asset and corresponding lease liability were estimated using a weighted-average incremental borrowing rate of 7.1%. The weighted-average remaining lease term is 1.5 years.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company incurred $0.6 million of operating lease costs. Variable lease payments for operating expenses and costs related to short-term leases were immaterial for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities was $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

As of June 30, 2020, undiscounted future minimum lease payments due under the non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

   
     

Operating leases

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Remainder of 2020

   $ 666  

2021

     1,074  

2022

     167  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

     1,907  

Present value adjustment for minimum lease commitments

     (96
  

 

 

 

Total lease liability

   $ 1,811  

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

As of December 31, 2019, undiscounted future minimum lease payments due under the non-cancelable operating leases (as defined by prior guidance) are as follows:

 

   
Year ending December 31:    Operating leases  
     (in thousands)  

2020

   $ 1,349  

2021

     1,092  

2022

     167  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

   $ 2,608  

 

 

Litigation

The Company may become involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of its business. The Company does not believe that any lawsuits or claims currently pending against it, individually or in the aggregate, are material, or will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The Company is subject to review from federal and state taxing authorities in order to validate the amounts of income, sales and/or use taxes which have been claimed and remitted. The Company has estimated exposure and established reserves for its estimated sales tax audit liability.

In the normal course of business, the Company may agree to indemnify third parties with whom it enters into contractual relationships, including customers, lessors, and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed, under certain conditions, to hold these third parties harmless against specified losses, such as those arising from a breach of representations or covenants, other third-party claims that the Company’s products, when used for their intended purposes, infringe the intellectual property rights of such other third parties, or other claims made against certain parties. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under these indemnification obligations due to the Company’s limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim.

6. Debt obligations

The balance of the debt obligations is as follows:

 

     
      December 31,
2019
   

June 30,
2020

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Principal value of the Amended 2018 Loan Agreement

   $ 12,000     $ 10,400  

Principal value of the Paycheck Protection Program Loan

           4,574  

Principal value of the 2020 Notes

           10,085  

Net of debt discount and accretion of final payment

     246       (1,832
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, current and noncurrent

     12,246       23,227  

Less: Long-term debt, current portion

     (4,800     (17,397
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, noncurrent portion

   $ 7,446     $ 5,830  

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

2018 loan agreement

In June 2018, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “2018 Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the terms of the 2018 Loan Agreement, Silicon Valley Bank made available to the Company term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $12.5 million and the Company borrowed $5.0 million in October 2018, $1.0 million in November 2018 and $1.0 million in December 2018. The term loans under the 2018 Loan Agreement mature in June 2022, with interest-only monthly payments for a specified period of time. Interest on the term loans accrues at a per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate minus 1.0% (2.25% as of June 30, 2020), with a floor of 0.0%.

In January 2019, the Company executed the First Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement, which extended the interest-only period for all borrowings under the agreement until January 2020. No other terms were amended. In June 2019, the Company borrowed an additional $5.0 million to increase the total principal balance to $12.0 million.

In connection with the execution of the 2018 Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 90,518 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. In connection with the June 2019 borrowing, the Company issued Silicon Valley Bank warrants to purchase 44,998 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the warrants at issuance was recorded as a discount on the loan and is amortized to interest expense over the term of the agreement using the effective interest method.

Amended 2018 loan agreement

In May 2020, the Company executed the Second Amendment to its Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amended 2018 Loan Agreement”), which deferred the principal payments due between May 2020 and July 2020 such that the deferred amounts will be repaid in equal monthly payments starting in August 2020 through the maturity of the loan in June 2022. The amendment was accounted for as a modification.

Terms of the Amended 2018 Loan Agreement include a final payment fee equal to 6.0% of the original aggregate principal amount, or $0.7 million based on advances as of June 30, 2020. The final payment fee is accrued over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. This amount is due upon the earliest of maturity, acceleration, prepayment or termination of the Amended 2018 Loan Agreement.

Borrowings under the Amended 2018 Loan Agreement are collateralized by all the assets of the Company, which included intellectual property as of the execution of the Amended 2018 Loan Agreement. Silicon Valley Bank released its security interest in the Company’s intellectual property in conjunction with the Company’s execution of its Series E convertible preferred stock financing in July 2020. The Amended 2018 Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, including with respect to the Company’s ability to enter into fundamental transactions, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, pay any dividend or make any distributions to its holders, make investments, merge or consolidate with any other person or engage in transactions with the Company’s affiliates, but do not include any financial covenants. The Company was in compliance with all of the covenants as of June 30, 2020.

As of June 30, 2020, outstanding principal on the term loan and accrual for the final payment fee amounted to $10.8 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, the Company recognized interest expense related to the term loans of $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, which is inclusive of amortization of debt discount. The effective interest rate was 5.35% and 4.80% as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

Paycheck Protection Program loan

On May 3, 2020, the Company executed a promissory note with MidFirst Bank, which provided for an unsecured loan in an aggregate principal amount of $4.6 million (the “PPP Loan”) pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) signed into law on March 27, 2020.

The PPP Loan provides for a fixed interest rate of 1.0% per year with a maturity date of May 3, 2022. Monthly principal and interest payments due on the PPP Loan are deferred for a six-month period beginning from the date of disbursement of the PPP Loan. The PPP Loan may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to the maturity with no prepayment penalty. The Note contains customary event of default provisions.

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company recognized interest expense related to the PPP Loan of less than $0.1 million. In August 2020, the Company repaid the PPP Loan in full in the amount of $4.6 million and terminated the related promissory note. Refer to Note 11.

2020 Notes

The Company issued an aggregate of $8.9 million in convertible promissory notes in March 2020 and an additional aggregate of $1.2 million in April 2020 in a subsequent closing. The 2020 Notes accrue interest at a rate of 6.0% per annum and mature in March 2021. Upon maturity the majority note holders have the option of having outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest paid in cash or converted into Series D convertible preferred stock.

In the event of a qualified sale of preferred stock or other equity securities resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $15.0 million, all principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the 2020 Notes will be automatically convertible into the preferred stock issued in such a financing at a price per share equal to 80% of the lowest price per share of the preferred stock sold in the financing (redemption feature). In the event of an IPO, all principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the 2020 Notes will be automatically convertible into common stock at a price per share equal to 90% of the public offering price (redemption feature).

The 2020 Notes also contain an option whereby in the event of a change of control event, at the option of the holders holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the 2020 Notes, all principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the 2020 Notes will be convertible into the Company’s Series D convertible preferred stock at its original issue price (conversion feature) or, alternatively, such holders may elect to require the Company to pay to all 2020 Note holders an amount equal to the principal amount then outstanding and any accrued but unpaid interest plus an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest (put option).

The above mentioned redemption features, conversion feature and the put option contained in the 2020 Notes were determined to be embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation and separately accounted for as a single compound derivative instrument.

Upon the issuances of the 2020 Notes, the Company recorded the fair value of the derivative liability of $2.9 million as a debt discount on the 2020 Notes and as a single compound derivative instrument. The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the 2020 Notes.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company recognized interest expense related to the 2020 Notes of $0.8 million, which is inclusive of amortization of debt discount. As of June 30, 2020, the effective interest rate was 40.53%.

7. Convertible preferred stock

Convertible preferred stock consists of the following:

 

   
     December 31, 2019  
     

Shares

authorized

    

Shares

issued and

outstanding

    

Net

carrying

value

    

Aggregate

liquidation

preference

 
     (in thousands, except share amounts)  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     1,283,000        1,271,175      $ 16,130      $ 16,271  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     83,000        82,972        2,229        2,473  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     2,540,000        2,516,702        22,871        23,003  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     11,284,680        11,176,095        33,418        33,603  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     8,740,486        8,740,486        26,280        21,024  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     12,338,000        11,690,151        51,952        52,115  
  

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     36,269,166        35,477,581      $ 152,880      $ 148,489  

 

 

 

   
     June 30, 2020 (unaudited)  
     

Shares

authorized

    

Shares

issued and

outstanding

    

Net

carrying

value

    

Aggregate

liquidation

preference

 
     (in thousands, except share amounts)  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     1,283,000        1,271,175      $ 16,130      $ 16,271  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     83,000        82,972        2,229        2,473  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     2,540,000        2,516,702        22,871        23,003  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     11,311,611        11,176,095        33,418        33,603  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     8,740,486        8,740,486        26,280        21,024  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     12,338,000        11,690,151        51,952        52,115  
  

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     36,296,097        35,477,581      $ 152,880      $ 148,489  

 

 

 

The Company classifies its convertible preferred stock outside of total stockholders’ deficit because, in the event of certain “liquidation events” that are not solely within the control of the Company (including a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets), the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable at any of the reporting dates. Subsequent adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made only if and when it becomes probable that such liquidation event will occur.

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

Voting rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock has a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. Except as provided by the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the holders of convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock vote together as one single class.

Holders of Series A convertible stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director. Holders of Series B-1 convertible stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors. Holders of Series C convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director. The rights to elect directors are subject to minimum outstanding share requirements for each series.

Dividend rights

The holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends at an annual rate of $1.0240 per share of Series A, $2.3840 per share of Series B, $0.7315 per share of Series B-1, $0.2405 per share of Series C, $0.1924 per share of Series C-1 and $0.3566 per share of Series D convertible preferred stock. Such dividends are payable out of funds legally available, are payable only when and if declared by the Board of Directors and are noncumulative. The dividend rates are subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, and similar transactions.

Dividend preference and priority shall be given to holders of outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock over any declaration, payment or setting aside of any dividend on common stock. Any additional dividends declared by the Board of Directors will be paid among the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock on an as-converted basis. No dividends have been declared to date.

Conversion rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into that number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price for the relevant series by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion for such series of convertible preferred stock. The original issue price and the conversion price per share of convertible preferred stock are as follows:

 

         
     

Original

issue price

    

Conversion

price

    

Conversion

ratio as of

December 31, 2019

    

Conversion

ratio as of

June 30, 2020

(unaudited)

 

Series A convertible preferred stock

   $ 12.80      $ 9.29        1.3778-to-1        1.3778-to-1  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     29.80        20.20        1.4752-to-1        1.4752-to-1  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     9.14        3.0067        3.0399-to-1        3.0399-to-1  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     3.0067        3.0067        1-to-1        1-to-1  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     2.4054        2.4054        1-to-1        1-to-1  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     4.4580        4.4580        1-to-1        1-to-1  

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion rate of such shares upon (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of the Company to the public that results in the common stock being traded on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market provided that aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $60.0 million (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses), (ii) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A convertible preferred stock voting as a separate class with respect to the Series A convertible preferred stock, (iii) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis with respect to the Series B and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, (iv) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis with respect to the Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, or (v) the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D convertible preferred stock voting as a separate class with respect to the Series D convertible preferred stock.

Liquidation rights

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price plus all declared but unpaid dividends and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares been converted to common stock prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The holders of Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation amounts prior and in preference to the holders of Series A, Series B and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock and common stock.

Following the payments to the Series C, Series C-1 and Series D convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation amounts, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and common stock. Following the payments to the Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation amounts, prior and in preference to the holders of common stock.

All remaining assets available for distribution in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company are distributed pro rata to the holders of Series C convertible preferred stock, Series C-1 convertible preferred stock and common stock, as if all shares of convertible preferred stock had been converted into common stock, until the holders of the Series C and Series C-1 convertible preferred stock have received an aggregate liquidation amount per share equal to two times the original issue price for such series of convertible preferred stock (the “Participation Feature”).

The Participation Feature will terminate and no longer apply following the Company’s next equity financing (i) with gross proceeds to the Company equal to or in excess of $15.0 million, (ii) including an investment at least $10.0 million from a new investor and (iii) at a pre-money valuation of the Company of at least $250.0 million.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

8. Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

The key terms of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants are summarized in the following table:

 

   
     Warrants outstanding  
     

Warrants

outstanding

December 31,
2019

    

Warrants

outstanding

June 30,
2020

(unaudited)

    

Exercise

price

     Expiration  

Series A convertible preferred stock warrants

     11,719        11,719      $ 12.80        December 2022  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock warrants

     23,059        23,059      $ 9.14        Various dates in 2026  

Series C convertible preferred stock warrants

     135,516        135,516      $ 3.0067       
Various dates in 2028
and 2029
 
 
  

 

 

       

Total convertible preferred stock warrants

     170,294        170,294        

 

 

The convertible preferred stock warrants are immediately exercisable in whole or in part over the term of the warrants. In the event of an IPO, all outstanding preferred stock warrants will convert to warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock. No warrants were exercised during year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020.

The fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants was determined using the following assumptions as of each reporting date:

 

     
Valuation assumptions:    December 31,
2019
  

June 30,
2020

(unaudited)

Expected volatility

   43%—67%    69%—108%

Expected term

   1.0—8.6 years    1.8—8.1 years

Risk-free interest rate

   1.59%—1.88%    0.17%—0.58%

Dividend yield

     

 

9. Stock-based compensation

Total stock-based compensation is as follows:

 

   
     Six months ended
June 30,
 
      2019     

2020

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 4      $ 8  

Research and development

     100        255  

Sales and marketing

     53        250  

General and administrative

     383        483  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 540      $ 996  

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

Determination of fair value

The estimated grant-date fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

 

   
     Six months ended June 30,
Valuation assumptions:    2019   

2020

(unaudited)

Expected volatility

   57.8%—58.7%    59.6%—60.1%

Expected term

   5.0—10.0 years    5.8—6.1 years

Risk-free interest rate

   1.76%—2.51%    1.18%—1.20%

Dividend yield

     

 

Equity incentive plan

In November 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) pursuant to which the Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, non-statutory stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, and restricted stock units. Stock options must be granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. Stock options generally have 10-year contractual term and vest over a four-year period starting from the date specified in each agreement. As of June 30, 2020, the Company had reserved 11,259,273 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Activity under the 2010 Plan is set forth below:

 

         
     

Number of

shares

   

Weighted

average

exercise

price

    

Weighted

average

remaining

contractual

term

    

Aggregate

intrinsic value

 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Balance December 31, 2019

     10,422,389     $ 0.98        8.55      $ 16,440  

Grants

     699,608       3.38        

Exercises

     (43,574     0.55        

Cancelled/forfeited

     (944,795     1.26        
  

 

 

         

Balance June 30, 2020

     10,133,628     $ 1.11        8.11      $ 2,252  
  

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable at June 30, 2020

     4,678,219     $ 0.71        7.56      $ 1,529  

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 was $0.91 and $1.88 per share, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding and vested and exercisable were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors. The intrinsic value of options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 was immaterial in each period. There is no future tax benefit related to options exercised, as the Company has accumulated net operating losses as of June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

As of June 30, 2020, total unrecognized stock-based compensation related to outstanding unvested stock options was $4.8 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.0 years.

Performance awards

The Company granted 802,771 shares of performance-based stock options in April 2019. The grant date fair value of the awards was $0.7 million. The Company recorded $0.1 million in related stock-based compensation during the six months ended June 30, 2020 based on the relative satisfaction of performance conditions based on performance to date.

10. Net loss per share

The following outstanding potentially dilutive common stock equivalents have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented due to their anti-dilutive effect:

 

   
     Six months ended June 30,  
      2019     

2020

(unaudited)

 

Convertible preferred stock

     41,131,064        41,131,064  

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     9,958,302        10,133,628  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     221,760        221,760  
  

 

 

 

Total

     51,311,126        51,486,452  

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

   
      Six months ended
June 30, 2020
 
    

(in thousands, except share

and per share data)

 

Numerator:

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (18,330

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (284

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     182  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (18,432
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

  

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $    

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

11. Subsequent events (unaudited)

Subsequent events have been evaluated through September 4, 2020, which is the date that these condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Series E convertible preferred stock issuances

In July and August 2020, the Company issued an aggregate of 31,541,798 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.2612 per share in exchange for gross proceeds of approximately $71.3 million.

Contemporaneous with the initial closing of the Series E convertible preferred stock financing, the 2020 Notes (see Note 6) were redeemed whereby all of the outstanding principal and accrued interest amounting to $10.3 million was converted into 5,668,650 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at a conversion price of $1.8090 per share, a price equal to 80% of the $2.2612 per share paid by the investors in the Series E preferred stock financing.

In connection with the Series E convertible preferred stock financing, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to, among other things, (i) establish that the holders of the Series E convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends in preference to the other series of preferred stock, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, at the rate per annum of $0.1809 per share, (ii) establish the conversion price of convertible preferred stock, and (iii) modify the liquidation rights of the Series C and C-1 convertible preferred stock such that the Participation Feature was terminated.

The original issue price and the conversion price per share of convertible preferred stock per the amended and restated certificate of incorporation are as follows:

 

       
      Original
issue price
    

Conversion

price

    

Conversion

ratio

 

Series A convertible preferred stock

   $ 12.80      $ 6.5330        1.9593-to-1  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     29.80        13.2101        2.2558-to-1  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     9.14        2.6875        3.4009-to-1  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     3.0067        2.6875        1.1188-to-1  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     2.4054        2.3195        1.0370-to-1  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     4.4580        3.5757        1.2467-to-1  

Series E convertible preferred stock

     2.2612        2.2612        1-to-1  

 

 

Option repricing

In August 2020, the Company repriced its stock options by canceling all existing option grants for active employees, advisors and consultants with an exercise price higher than $0.85 per share in exchange for new option grants at an exercise price of $0.85 per share. Except for the change in exercise price, the new options had the same terms and conditions as the original options, including the contractual term, vesting schedule and the vesting start date.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Eargo, Inc.

Notes to interim condensed consolidated financial statements

 

Option grants and shares reserved for issuance

In August 2020, the Company granted options for the purchase of 9,257,100 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.85 per share. In conjunction with the Series E convertible preferred stock issuance, the Board of Directors increased the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan by 10,054,648 shares. In September 2020, the Company granted options for the purchase of 1,701,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.91 per share.

PPP Loan repayment

In August 2020, the Company repaid the PPP Loan in full in the amount of $4.6 million and terminated the related promissory note.

Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement

In September 2020, the Company executed the Third Amendment to its Loan and Security Agreement (“Third Amendment”), under which Silicon Valley Bank made available to the Company term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $20.0 million. The Company borrowed $15.0 million in September 2020 and used $10.2 million of the proceeds to repay the outstanding balance of $9.5 million and final payment fee of $0.7 million on the existing term loan.

The term loan under the Third Amendment matures in September 2024 with interest-only monthly payments until January 2022, or July 2022 if the Company raises at least $75.0 million in an equity financing, subordinated debt financing or an IPO. The term loan accrues interest at a per annum rate equal to the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus 1.0% and includes a final payment fee equal to 6.25% of the original aggregate principal amount. In connection with the execution of the Third Amendment, the Company issued Silicon Valley Bank a warrant to purchase 160,461 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock and authorized a warrant to purchase 53,487 additional shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to be issued upon any subsequent borrowing under the Third Amendment.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

                shares

 

 

 

 

LOGO

Common stock

Prospectus

                        , 2020

 


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Eargo, Inc., or the Registrant, in connection with the sale of our common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

   
Item    Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,980.00  

FINRA filing fee

   $ 15,500.00  

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

                 

Printing expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Blue Sky, qualification fees and expenses

                 

Transfer agent fees and expenses

                 

Miscellaneous expenses

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $              

 

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

 

 

we may indemnify our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
 

we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

 

the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide for the indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein. We have entered or will enter into, and intend to continue to enter into, separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements generally require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

We have purchased and currently intend to maintain insurance on behalf of each and every person who is or was a director or officer of the company against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

The form of underwriting agreement for this initial public offering provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors who sign this registration statement for specified liabilities, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Since September 30, 2016, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities:

Equity plan-related issuances

 

  1.   Since September 30, 2016, we have granted to our directors, employees and consultants options to purchase 10,958,600 shares of our common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.43 to $3.38 under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2010 Plan.

 

  2.   Since September 30, 2016, we have issued to certain of our directors, employees and consultants an aggregate of 960,283 shares of our common stock at per share purchase prices ranging from $0.20 to $3.20 pursuant to exercises of options under the 2010 Plan for an aggregate purchase price of $465,960.39.

Sales of preferred stock, convertible promissory notes and warrants

 

  3.   Between October and December 2016, we issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $20.1 million to 23 accredited investors.

 

  4.   Between October 2016 and December 2016, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 19,504 shares of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.14 per share to two accredited investors.

 

  5.   In October 2017, we issued an aggregate of 8,740,486 shares of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock upon conversion of convertible promissory notes issued by us, in exchange for approximately $21.0 million in cancellation of indebtedness.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  6.   Between October 2017 and April 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 11,176,095 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to 30 accredited investors at $3.0067 per share for gross proceeds of $33.6 million.

 

  7.   In December 2018 and February 2019, we issued and sold an aggregate an aggregate of 11,690,151 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock to 17 accredited investors at $4.4580 per share for gross proceeds of $52.1 million.

 

  8.   Between June 2018 and June 2019, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 135,516 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $3.0067 per share to one accredited investor.

 

  9.   Between March 2020 and April 2020, we issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $10.1 million to 21 accredited investors.

 

  10.   In July 2020, we issued an aggregate of 5,668,650 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock upon redemption of convertible promissory notes issued by us, in exchange for approximately $10.3 million in cancellation of indebtedness.

 

  11.   Between July 2020 and August 2020, we issued and sold an aggregate of 31,541,798 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to 24 accredited investors at $2.2612 per share for gross proceeds of $71.3 million.

 

  12.   In September 2020 we issued a warrant to purchase 160,461 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $2.2612 per share to one accredited investor. The number of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issuable pursuant to this warrant will increase by an additional 53,487 shares if we borrow additional amounts under our term loan facility.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation, or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of such securities were our directors, employees or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (3) through (12) were deemed to be exempt under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and had adequate access to information about us. No underwriters were involved in these transactions.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The exhibits listed below are filed as part of this registration statement.

 

       
          Incorporated by
reference
        
Exhibit
number
   Exhibit description    Form      Date      Number      Filed
herewith
 
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.            
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and currently in effect.               X  
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.               X  
  3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended and as currently in effect.               X  
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.               X  
  4.1    Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.4.            
  4.2    Form of Common Stock Certificate.               X  
  5.1*    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.            
10.1    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated July 13, 2020, by and among Eargo, Inc. and the investors listed therein.               X  
10.2(a)#*    2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.            
10.2(b)#    Form Agreements under 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.               X  
10.3(a)#    2020 Incentive Award Plan.               X  
10.3(b)#    Form Agreements under 2020 Incentive Award Plan.               X  
10.4#    2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.               X  
10.5#    Employment Agreement, by and between Eargo, Inc. and Christian Gormsen.               X  
10.6#    Employment Agreement, by and between Eargo, Inc. and William Brownie.               X  
10.7#    Employment Agreement, by and between Eargo, Inc. and Adam Laponis.               X  
10.8#    Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.               X  
10.9    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors, officers and certain other employees.               X  
10.10†    Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated May 5, 2017, by and between Eargo, Inc. and Hana Microelectronics Co., Ltd.               X  

 

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents
       
          Incorporated by
reference
        
Exhibit
number
   Exhibit description    Form      Date      Number      Filed
herewith
 
10.11    Sublease Agreement, dated July 30, 2018, by and between Eargo, Inc. and Microchip Technology Incorporated.               X  
10.12    Office & Parking Lease, dated September 11, 2018, by and between Eargo, Inc. and SEV 8th and Division, LLC.               X  
10.13    Standard Office Building Lease, dated April 27, 2018, by and between Eargo, Inc. and LAGOS PROPERTIES, LLC.               X  
10.14    Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 6, 2018, by and among Eargo, Inc., Eargo Hearing, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended by the First Amendment, dated January  31, 2019, as further amended by the Second Amendment, dated May 1, 2020, as further amended by the Third Amendment, dated September 9, 2020.               X  
10.15†    Manufacturing Agreement, dated August 21, 2018, by and between Eargo, Inc. and Pegatron Corporation.              
X
 
21.1    List of subsidiaries.               X  
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.               X  
23.2*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).            
23.3   

Consent of Northstar Research Partners (USA) LLC.

              X  
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page to the Registration Statement.            

 

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

#   Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

  Portions of the exhibit, marked by brackets, have been omitted because the omitted information (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm if publicly disclosed.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  1.   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  2.   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California on September 25, 2020.

 

EARGO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Christian Gormsen
President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Christian Gormsen, Adam Laponis and Christy La Pierre, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

     
Signature    Title    Date

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Christian Gormsen

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

   September 25, 2020

/s/ Adam Laponis

Adam Laponis

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   September 25, 2020

/s/ Juliet Bakker

Juliet Bakker

   Director    September 25, 2020

/s/ Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

   Director    September 25, 2020

/s/ Doug Hughes

Doug Hughes

   Director   

September 25, 2020

/s/ Josh Makower, M.D.

Josh Makower, M.D.

   Director   

September 25, 2020

/s/ Geoff Pardo

Geoff Pardo

   Director    September 25, 2020

/s/ Nina Richardson

Nina Richardson

   Director    September 25, 2020

/s/ Brooke Seawell

Brooke Seawell

   Director    September 25, 2020

/s/ David Wu

David Wu

   Director    September 25, 2020

 

II-7

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

Execution Version

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EARGO, INC.

Eargo, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

1.    The name of the Corporation is Eargo, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 12, 2010 under the name “Aria Innovations, Inc.”

2.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3.    The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Eargo, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Christian Gormsen, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, July 13, 2020.

 

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Christian Gormsen, Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Eargo, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange St., City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, DE 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 173,816,102, consisting of 105,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 68,816,102 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 1,282,894 shares. The second Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 82,972 shares. The third Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 2,539,761 shares. The fourth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 11,311,611 shares. The fifth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 8,740,486 shares. The sixth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 11,690,151 shares. The seventh Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series E Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 33,168,227 shares.

ARTICLE V

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1.    Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)     “Conversion Price” shall mean $6.5330 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $13.2101 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.6875 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $2.6875 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.3195 per share for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, $3.5757 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $2.2612 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

(b)    “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(c)    “Corporation” shall mean Eargo, Inc.

(d)    “Distribution” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock,

 

2


or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase at a price no greater than the original cost, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right at the lower of fair market value or cost (unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined below)), (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, provided, that such repurchase is approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors, and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the Requisite Preferred Holders.

(e)     “Dividend Rate” shall mean an annual rate of $1.0240 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $2.3840 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.7315 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $0.2405 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.1924 per share for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, $0.3566 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $0.1809 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(f)    “Options” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(g)    “Original Issue Price” shall mean $12.80 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $29.80 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $9.14 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $3.0067 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.4054 per share for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, $4.4580 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $2.2612 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

(h)    “Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock.

(i)    “Purchase Agreement” shall mean that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, by and among the Company and the purchasers of Series E Preferred Stock named therein, as such agreement may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

(j)    “Recapitalization” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

(k)    “Requisite Preferred Holders” shall mean the holders of at least 60% of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis).

2.    Dividends.

(a)    Preferred Stock.

(i)    In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for the Series E Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on any other series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to any

 

3


other series of Preferred Stock or the Common Stock unless dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Series E Preferred Stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series E Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid.

(ii)    In any calendar year, and after payment of the preferential dividend amounts due to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) above, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (other than Series E Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends on such series of Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on such series of the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to such Preferred Stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 2(a)(ii) shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders such Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 2(a)(ii) shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the Dividend Rates for each series of Preferred Stock.

(b)    Additional Dividends. After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described in Section 2(a), any additional dividends (other than dividends on Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock) set aside or paid in any fiscal year shall be set aside or paid among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 4).

(c)    Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d)    Waiver of Dividends. Any dividend preference of the Series A Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P. and its affiliated funds holding shares of capital stock of the Corporation (“Maveron”). Any dividend preference of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including New Enterprise Associates 15, Limited Partnership and its affiliated funds holding shares of capital stock of the Corporation (“NEA”). Any dividend preference of the Series C Preferred Stock or the Series C-1 Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including both (i) NEA and (ii) Pivotal Alpha Limited and its affiliates holding shares of capital stock of the Corporation (“Pivotal”). Any dividend preference of the Series D Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class). Any dividend preference of the Series E Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) (the “Series E Majority”).

 

4


(e)    Sale of Assets; Material Dividends. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside a dividend (payable in cash or otherwise) using the proceeds paid to the Corporation from (i) a commercial transaction entered into by the Corporation or a subsidiary thereof (including, without limitation, a strategic partnering or development transaction, or an option to acquire the equity interests or a license to one or more intellectual property assets of an entity) or (ii) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of less than all of the assets or intellectual property rights of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in a transaction or series of related transactions (except where such sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation), such amounts (a “Material Dividend”) shall be distributed in accordance with Sections 3(a) and 3(b) below and not this Section 2, and any subsequent amounts payable pursuant to such Sections 3(a) and 3(b) shall be calculated by taking into account the previous payment of all such Material Dividends as if such Material Dividends were paid as part of the applicable liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for which such payments are being made.

3.    Liquidation Rights.

(a)    Liquidation Preference.

(i)    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (1) the Original Issue Price specified for such share of Series E Preferred Stock, and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series E Preferred Stock, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable per such share of, Series E Preferred Stock had all shares of Series E Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(i), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(i).

(ii)    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, and after payment of the amounts due to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(i), the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, with equal priority among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock and prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (1) the Original Issue Price specified for such share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable per such share of, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, had all shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C

 

5


Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(ii), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii).

(iii)    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, and after payment of the amounts due to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) and the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (1) the Original Issue Price specified for such share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(iii), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(iii).

(iv)    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, and after payment of the amounts due to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(i), the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii), the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, with equal priority among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock and prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (1) the Original Issue Price specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable per share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, had all shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(iv), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(iv).

(b)    Remaining Assets. After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 3(a), the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

 

6


(c)    Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution. Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.

(d)    Reorganization. For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock pursuant to a bona fide equity financing) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power with the same rights and in substantially the same relative proportions, of the capital stock of the surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property rights of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of the Requisite Preferred Holders; provided, however, that with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions in which the assets to be distributed by the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock would be less than the amounts otherwise payable to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv), the treatment of any such transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may only be waived with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron and, provided, further, that with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions in which the assets to be distributed by the Corporation to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock would be less than the amounts otherwise payable to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3(a)(i), the treatment of any such transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may only be waived with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, by the consent or vote of the Series E Majority.

(e)    Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including the consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors), except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

(i)    If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;

(ii)    if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

 

7


In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

(f)    Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the definitive agreement governing such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will provide that (A) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “Initial Consideration”) will be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 3(a) and 3(b) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and (B) any additional consideration that becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies will be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 3(a) and 3(b) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

4.    Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

(a)    Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate” for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

(b)    Automatic Conversion.

(i)    Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), that results in the Corporation’s Common Stock being traded or listed on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ, provided that (i) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $75,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses) and (ii) the price per share for the Corporation’s Common Stock is at least 1.29 times the Original Series E Issue Price, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like (a “Qualified IPO”).

(ii)    Each share of the Series A Preferred shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share, upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron.

(iii)    Each share of the Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share, upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including NEA.

(iv)    Each share of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall

 

8


automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share, upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including both (i) NEA and (ii) Pivotal.

(v)    Each share of the Series D Preferred shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share, upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class).

(vi)    Each share of the Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share, upon the vote of the Series E Majority.

(vii)    Each of the events referred to in subsections (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) of this Section 4(b) are referred to herein as an “Automatic Conversion Event”.

(c)    Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

 

9


(d)    Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(i)    Special Definition. For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), “Additional Shares of Common” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of:

(1)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(2)    shares of Common Stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(3)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding immediately prior to the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(4)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on all shares of Preferred Stock on a pro rata as-converted basis or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;

(5)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a Qualified IPO;

(6)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as consideration for the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(7)    shares of Common Stock and warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction, as consideration with respect to such transaction, approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(8)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as consideration for any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(9)    shares of Common Stock and warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable as consideration for sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors; and

(10)    shares of Common Stock and warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers as consideration for the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors.

 

10


(ii)    No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price of Series E Preferred Stock as in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue.

(iii)    Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1)    no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(2)    if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

(3)    no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(4)    upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each Series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(a)    in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

 

11


(b)    in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(5)    if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv)    Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common.

(1)    In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued.

(2)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no instance shall any Conversion Price be reduced if at such time the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Subsection 4(c)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.

(v)    Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1)    Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(a)    insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

(b)    insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

12


(c)    in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2)    Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(iii) shall be determined by dividing:

(x)    the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(y)    the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e)    Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(f)    Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, and Original Issue Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate and Original Issue Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(g)    Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3, if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

13


(h)    Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

(i)    Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron. Any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including NEA. Any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock or the Series C-1 Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class on an as-converted basis) and including both (i) NEA and (ii) Pivotal. Any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class). Any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the Series E Majority.

(j)    Notices of Record Date. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i)    to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii)    to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

(iii)    to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the Requisite Preferred Holders, which shall include each of (i) Maveron, (ii) NEA, (iii) Pivotal, (iv) Gilde and (v) Longitude.

 

14


(k)    Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

5.    Voting.

(a)    Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(b)    No Series Voting. Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.

(c)    Preferred Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(d)    Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall consist of nine members. So long as at least 256,579 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series A Preferred Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. So long as at least 507,953 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series B-1 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series B-1 Preferred Directors”). So long as at least 798,217 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series C Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. So long as at least 5,000,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series E Director”, and together with the Series A Preferred Director, Series B-1 Preferred Directors and Series C Director, the “Preferred Directors”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.

(e)    Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

 

15


(f)    Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation.

6.    Amendments and Changes. As long as at least 17,000,000 shares of the Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding (subject to adjustment for Recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not (by amendment, reclassification, merger or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the Requisite Preferred Holders (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a)    amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation;

(b)    amend, alter or repeal any of the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

(c)    increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or any series thereof;

(d)    authorize, create or issue any new class or series of stock or any other equity security (including any securities convertible into or exercisable for any equity securities) having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends, redemption or payments upon liquidation senior to or on parity with any series of Preferred Stock;

(e)    authorize any reclassification or Recapitalization of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation;

(f)    enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

(g)    authorize a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (other than a merger exclusively to effect a change of domicile of the Corporation);

(h)    authorize or enter into any agreement by the Corporation or its stockholders regarding the exclusive license of intellectual property of the Corporation;

(i)    voluntarily liquidate or dissolve;

(j)    declare or pay any Distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation;

(k)    enter into any borrowing, loan, guarantee or other debt arrangement involving commitments by the Corporation in excess of $1,000,000 (individually, or in aggregate with all other indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries), unless approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(l)    guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money except for trade accounts of the Corporation or its subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business or unless approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors);

 

16


(m)    enter into any loan transaction, lease, contract or other transaction with any director, officer, founder, employee or other affiliate of the Corporation, unless approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors and a disinterested majority of directors);

(n)    increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(o)    redeem or repurchase any share of Preferred Stock or Common Stock (other than pursuant to employee or consultant agreements approved by the Board of the Directors giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares upon the termination of services at the price originally paid);

(p)    authorize or create any non-wholly-owned subsidiaries;

(q)    cause the Corporation or any officer of the Corporation to, or permit any of its direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiaries to create, issue, sell or sponsor any cryptocurrency, decentralized application tokens, protocol tokens, blockchain-based assets or other cryptofinance coins, tokens or similar digital assets;

(r)    authorize or effect the acquisition in any manner, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock or a substantial portion of the assets of any entity by the Corporation if such transaction involves commitments by the Corporation in excess of $1,000,000;

(s)    change or exit the principal business of the Corporation or enter material new lines of business;

(t)    create any new stock option or stock incentive plan, or increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under any of the Corporation’s equity incentive plans, unless approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(u)    enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer or 5% stockholder of the Corporation or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such person (other than (i) standard employment agreements and employee benefits generally made available to all employees, (ii) standard director and officer indemnification agreements, (iii) the purchase of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock and the issuance of options to purchase shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock and (iv) with respect to any director or officer, ordinary course expense reimbursement not to exceed $60,000 per year pursuant to the Company’s expense reimbursement policy) except to the extent approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of the Requisite Directors);

(v)    permit any subsidiary to take any of the prohibited actions referenced in clauses (a)-(u) above; or

(w)    amend this Section 6.

7.    Series A Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Maveron, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a)    amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted

 

17


to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b)    increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

8.    Series B and B-1 Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single and separate class and on an as-converted basis) and including NEA, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a)    amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b)    increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock.

9.    Series C Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including Pivotal, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a)    amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series C Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b)    increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

10.     Series C-1 Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) and including NEA, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force

 

18


or effect:

(a)    amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b)    increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

11.    Series D Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class), and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a)    amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series D Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

(b)    increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

12.    Series E Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the Series E Majority, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a)    Amend, alter or repeal this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or take any other action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock, so as to (i) affect adversely any rights, preferences or privileges expressly and uniquely granted to such series or (ii) affect adversely the shares of such series in a manner disproportionate to the impact on the other series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, the Series E Preferred Stock shall not be affected disproportionately solely because of the proportional effect any such action has as a result of the previously different respective issue price, liquidation preference and redemption price of such series of Preferred Stock vis-a-vis other series of Preferred Stock;

(b)    increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock; or

(c)    reclassify, alter or amend (other than by conversion) any existing security that is junior to the Series E Preferred Stock if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series E Preferred Stock.

 

19


13.    Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors that constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

1.    To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Section 1, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 1, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Section 1, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Section 1, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

2.    The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

20


ARTICLE XI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

If a director of this Corporation is also a partner, member, agent, affiliate or employee of a stockholder (an “Investor”), and in his or her capacity as an Investor, and not as a director or employee of this Corporation, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity both for the Investor and this Corporation (a “Corporate Opportunity”), then: (i) such Corporate Opportunity shall belong to the Investor and not to this Corporation; (ii) this Corporation, to the extent allowed by law, waives any claim that the Investor should have presented the Corporate Opportunity to this Corporation or any of its affiliates; and (iii) such director shall, to the extent permitted by law, have no fiduciary or other duty or obligation to this Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such Corporate Opportunity, provided, such director acts in good faith.

 

21


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EARGO, INC.

Eargo, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

1.    The name of the Corporation is Eargo, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 12, 2010 under the name “Aria Innovations, Inc.”

2.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3.    The first paragraph of Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 183,108,323, consisting of 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 73,108,323 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 1,282,894 shares. The second Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 82,972 shares. The third Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 2,539,761 shares. The fourth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 11,311,611 shares. The fifth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 8,740,486 shares. The sixth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 11,690,151 shares. The seventh Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series E Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 37,460,448 shares.

4.    Section 4(d)(iv)(1) first paragraph of Article FIFTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued.

5.    All other provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall remain in full force and effect.

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Eargo, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Christian Gormsen, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, August 17, 2020.

 

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Christian Gormsen, Chief Executive Officer

 

23


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EARGO, INC.

Eargo, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

1.    The name of the Corporation is Eargo, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 12, 2010 under the name “Aria Innovations, Inc.”

2.    This Certificate of Amendment was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3.    Section 5(d) of Article FIFTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(d)    Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall consist of ten members. So long as at least 256,579 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series A Preferred Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. So long as at least 507,953 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series B-1 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series B-1 Preferred Directors”). So long as at least 798,217 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series C Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. So long as at least 5,000,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Series E Director”, and together with the Series A Preferred Director, Series B-1 Preferred Directors and Series C Director, the “Preferred Directors”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.

4.    All other provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Eargo, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Christian Gormsen, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, September 15, 2020.

 

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Christian Gormsen, Chief Executive Officer
EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

EARGO, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Eargo, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, hereby certifies as follows:

The name of the Corporation is Eargo, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 12, 2010.

The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245 and 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective as of [ ● ] a.m. Eastern Time on [ ● ], 2020.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed this [ ● ] day of [ ● ], 2020.

 

EARGO, INC.
By:  

 

  Christian Gormsen
  President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EARGO, INC.

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is Eargo, Inc. (the “Company”).

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE AND DURATION

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Company is to have a perpetual existence.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1.    This Company is authorized to issue two classes of capital stock which shall be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 305,000,000, of which 300,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 5,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock. The Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Company with the power to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any successor provision thereof, and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

Section 2.    Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) is hereby authorized to provide from time to time by resolution or resolutions for the creation and issuance, out of the authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, of one or more series of Preferred Stock by filing a certificate (a “Certificate of Designation”) pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, setting forth such resolution and, with respect to each such series, establishing the

 

2


designation of such series and the number of shares to be included in such series and fixing the voting powers (full or limited, or no voting power), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of each such series. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any series of Preferred Stock may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the Preferred Stock of any other series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may be different from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any series of Preferred Stock, no vote of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any series of the Preferred Stock so authorized in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Designation establishing a series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions, increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of such series and, if the number of shares of such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company it is further provided that:

Section 1.    

(a)    The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in the Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise expressly delegated by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and authority to appoint and remove officers of the Company.

(b)    Other than any directors elected by the separate vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as possible. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Qualifying Record Date”), the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Qualifying Record Date, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Qualifying Record Date, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III

 

3


directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, at each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V, Section 1(b), each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification, retirement or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c)    Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Company with the power to vote at an election of directors (the “Voting Stock”).

(d)    Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, retirement or removal and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, and except as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by the stockholders. Any director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the class to which the director shall have been appointed and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification, retirement or removal.

Section 2.    

(a)    In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Company. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by applicable law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock), the adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the stockholders of the Company shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

(b)    The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

4


ARTICLE VI

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.    Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company, and the taking of any action by written consent of the stockholders in lieu of a meeting of the stockholders is specifically denied.

Section 2.    Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Company may be called, for any purpose or purposes, at any time by the Board of Directors, but such special meetings may not be called by stockholders or any other person or persons.

Section 3.     Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of other business proposed to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE VII

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1.    To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended, automatically and without further action, upon the date of such amendment.

Section 2.    The Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or his or her testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Company or any predecessor of the Company, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Company or any predecessor to the Company.

Section 3.    The Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, may indemnify and advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or his or her testator or intestate, is or was an employee or agent of the Company or any predecessor of the Company, or serves or served at any other enterprise as an employee or agent at the request of the Company or any predecessor to the Company.

Section 4.    Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption by amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of any provision

 

5


inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising (or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise) prior to such amendment or repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

EXCLUSIVE FORUM

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (a) the Court of Chancery (the “Chancery Court”) of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of the Company to the Company or to the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the bylaws of the Company or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as either may be amended from time to time) or (iv) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine; and (b) subject to the preceding provisions of this Article VIII, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence is filed in a court other than the courts in the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the provisions of clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this Article VIII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article VIII shall not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction.

If any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article VIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII and VIII and this Article IX.

* * * *

 

7

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF

ARIA INNOVATIONS, INC.

Adopted July 25, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  

Article I. — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

      

   1.1   

Place of Meetings

     1  
   1.2   

Annual Meeting

     1  
   1.3   

Special Meeting

     1  
   1.4   

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

     1  
   1.5   

Quorum

     2  
   1.6   

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     2  
   1.7   

Conduct of Business

     2  
   1.8   

Voting

     3  
   1.9   

Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     3  
   1.10   

Record Dates

     4  
   1.11   

Proxies

     5  
   1.12   

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     5  

Article II. — DIRECTORS

     6  
   2.1   

Powers

     6  
   2.2   

Number of Directors

     6  
   2.3   

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

     6  
   2.4   

Resignation and Vacancies

     6  
   2.5   

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

     7  
   2.6   

Conduct of Business

     7  
   2.7   

Regular Meetings

     7  
   2.8   

Special Meetings; Notice

     7  
   2.9   

Quorum; Voting

     8  
   2.10     

Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     8  
   2.11   

Fees and Compensation of Directors

     8  
   2.12   

Removal of Directors

     9  

Article III. — COMMITTEES

     9  
   3.1   

Committees of Directors

     9  
   3.2   

Committee Minutes

     9  
   3.3   

Meetings and Actions of Committees

     9  
   3.4   

Subcommittees

     10  

Article IV. — OFFICERS

     10  
   4.1   

Officers

     10  
   4.2   

Appointment of Officers

     10  
   4.3   

Subordinate Officers

     10  
   4.4   

Removal and Resignation of Officers

     10  
   4.5   

Vacancies in Offices

     10  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

               Page  
   4.6   

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     11  

      

   4.7   

Authority and Duties of Officers

     11  

Article V. — INDEMNIFICATION

     11  
   5.1   

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

     11  
   5.2   

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company

     11  
   5.3   

Successful Defense

     12  
   5.4   

Indemnification of Others

     12  
   5.5   

Advanced Payment of Expenses

     12  
   5.6   

Limitation on Indemnification

     12  
   5.7   

Determination; Claim

     13  
   5.8   

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

     13  
   5.9   

Insurance

     13  
   5.10   

Survival

     13  
   5.11     

Effect of Repeal or Modification

     14  
   5.12   

Certain Definitions

     14  

Article VI. — STOCK

     14  
   6.1   

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

     14  
   6.2   

Special Designation on Certificates

     15  
   6.3   

Lost Certificates

     15  
   6.4   

Dividends

     15  
   6.5   

Stock Transfer Agreements

     15  
   6.6   

Registered Stockholders

     16  
   6.7   

Transfers

     16  

Article VII. — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     16  
   7.1   

Notice of Stockholder Meetings

     16  
   7.2   

Notice by Electronic Transmission

     16  
   7.3   

Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address

     17  
   7.4   

Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful

     17  
   7.5   

Waiver of Notice

     17  

Article VIII. — GENERAL MATTERS

     18  
   8.1   

Fiscal Year

     18  
   8.2   

Seal

     18  
   8.3   

Annual Report

     18  
   8.4   

Construction; Definitions

     18  

Article IX. — AMENDMENTS

     18  


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I.— MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders of Aria Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 Special Meeting. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

1.4 Notice of Stockholders Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any,


by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

1.5 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6, until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

2


1.8 Voting. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

 

3


In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Dates. In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and

 

4


which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

1.11 Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting:

(i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

5


ARTICLE II.— DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 Number of Directors. The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 Resignation and Vacancies. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

6


If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any director.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

 

7


directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the then serving number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, that this number is no less than 1/3rd of the total number of directors except that when a Board of 1 director is authorized, then 1 director shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

8


2.12 Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE III.— COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii) section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii) section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv) section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

(v) section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi) section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

9


(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.4 Subcommittees. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV.— OFFICERS

4.1 Officers. The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers. The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 Subordinate Officers. The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3.

 

10


4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE V.— INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to

 

11


which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 Successful Defense. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4 Indemnification of Others. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

5.6 Limitation on Indemnification. Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

12


(iii) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7 Determination; Claim. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V, to the extent such person is successful in such action. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 Survival. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

13


5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

5.12 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article V, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article V.

ARTICLE VI.— STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice- President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

14


6.2 Special Designation on Certificates. If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements. The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

15


6.6 Registered Stockholders. The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

ARTICLE VII.— MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings. Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

16


(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,

 

17


except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII.— GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Seal. The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Annual Report. The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

8.4 Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX.— AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

18

EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

Amended and Restated Bylaws of

Eargo, Inc.

(a Delaware corporation)


Table of Contents

 

         Page  
Article I - Corporate Offices      1

1.1

  Registered Office      1

1.2

  Other Offices      1
Article II - Meetings of Stockholders      1

2.1

  Place of Meetings      1

2.2

  Annual Meeting      1

2.3

  Special Meeting      1

2.4

  Advance Notice Procedures for Business Brought before a Meeting      2

2.5

  Advance Notice Procedures for Nominations of Directors      5

2.6

  Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      7

2.7

  Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice      7

2.8

  Quorum      8

2.9

  Adjourned Meeting; Notice      8

2.10

  Conduct of Business      8

2.11

  Voting      9

2.12

  Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes      9

2.13

  Proxies      9

2.14

  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      10

2.15

  Inspectors of Election      10
Article III - Directors      11

3.1

  Powers      11

3.2

  Number of Directors      11

3.3

  Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors      11

3.4

  Resignation and Vacancies      11

3.5

  Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      12

3.6

  Regular Meetings      12

3.7

  Special Meetings; Notice      12

3.8

  Quorum      12

3.9

  Board Action by Written Consent without a Meeting      13

3.10

  Fees and Compensation of Directors      13
Article IV - Committees      13

4.1

  Committees of Directors      13

4.2

  Committee Minutes      13

4.3

  Meetings and Action of Committees      14
Article V - Officers      14

5.1

  Officers      14

5.2

  Appointment of Officers      14

5.3

  Subordinate Officers      14

5.4

  Removal and Resignation of Officers      15

5.5

  Vacancies in Offices      15

5.6

  Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      15

5.7

  Authority and Duties of Officers      15

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
Article VI - Records      15
Article VII - General Matters      16

7.1

  Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments      16

7.2

  Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares      16

7.3

  Lost Certificates      16

7.4

  Shares Without Certificates      16

7.5

  Construction; Definitions      17

7.6

  Dividends      17

7.7

  Fiscal Year      17

7.8

  Seal      17

7.9

  Transfer of Stock      17

7.10

  Stock Transfer Agreements      17

7.11

  Registered Stockholders      18

7.12

  Waiver of Notice      18
Article VIII - Notice by Electronic Transmission      18

8.1

  Notice by Electronic Transmission      18

8.2

  Definition of Electronic Transmission      19
Article IX - Indemnification      19

9.1

  Indemnification of Directors and Officers      19

9.2

  Indemnification of Others      19

9.3

  Prepayment of Expenses      20

9.4

  Determination; Claim      20

9.5

  Non-Exclusivity of Rights      20

9.6

  Insurance      20

9.7

  Other Indemnification      20

9.8

  Continuation of Indemnification      21

9.9

  Amendment or Repeal; Interpretation      21
Article X - Amendments      22
Article XI - Forum Selection      22

 

ii


Amended and Restated Bylaws of

Eargo, Inc.

 

 

ARTICLE I - Corporate Offices

1.1    Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of Eargo, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

1.2    Other Offices.

The Corporation may have additional offices at any place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time establish or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II - Meetings of Stockholders

2.1    Place of Meetings.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2    Annual Meeting.

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 may be transacted.

2.3    Special Meeting.

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by such Persons and only in such manner as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. As used in these bylaws, “Person” means any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

No business may be transacted at any special meeting of stockholders other than the business specified in the notice of such meeting.


2.4    Advance Notice Procedures for Business Brought before a Meeting.

(i)    At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in Person who (A)(1) was a stockholder of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.4 or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”), which proposal has been included in the proxy statement for the annual meeting. The foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. The only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Person calling the meeting pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and Section 2.3 of these bylaws. For purposes of this Section 2.4 and Section 2.5 of these bylaws, “present in Person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual or special meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting, and a “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be, if such proposing stockholder is (x) a general or limited partnership, any general partner or Person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership, (y) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or Person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company or any officer, director, general partner or Person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust. This Section 2.4 shall apply to any business that may be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders other than nominations for election to the Board at an annual meeting, which shall be governed by Section 2.5 of these bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate Persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations for election to the Board except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

(ii)    Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

2


(iii)    To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a)    As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (B) the number of shares of each class or series of stock of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

(b)    As to each Proposing Person, (A) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (B) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (C) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (D) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, (E) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement) and (F) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (F) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

 

3


(c)    As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other Person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and (D) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the disclosures required by this Section 2.4(iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

(iv)    For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (c) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation or (d) any associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder, beneficial owner or any other participant.

(v)    A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(vi)    Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

4


(vii)    In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(viii)    For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

2.5    Advance Notice Procedures for Nominations of Directors.

(i)    Nominations of any Person for election to the Board at an annual meeting may be made at such meeting only (a) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or Persons authorized to do so by the Board or these bylaws, or (b) by a stockholder present in Person (as defined in Section 2.4) (1) who was a beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to such notice and nomination. The foregoing clause (b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a Person or Persons for election to the Board at any annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii)    Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a Person or Persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(ii) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) provide the information, agreements and questionnaires with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required to be set forth by this Section 2.5, and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iii)    To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a)    As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a) of these bylaws) except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a);

(b)    As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(iii)(c) shall be made with respect to nomination of each Person for election as a director at the meeting); and

(c)    As to each candidate whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such candidate for nomination that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such

 

5


candidate for nomination were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such candidate for nomination that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such candidate’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each candidate for nomination or his or her respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the candidate for nomination were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “Nominee Information”), and (D) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(vi).

(iv)    For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (c) any other participant in such solicitation and (d) any associate of such stockholder or beneficial owner or any other participant in such solicitation.

(v)    A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(vi)    To be eligible to be a candidate for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual meeting, a candidate must be nominated in the manner prescribed in this Section 2.5 and the candidate for nomination, whether nominated by the Board or by a stockholder of record, must have previously delivered (in accordance with the time period prescribed for delivery in a notice to such candidate given by or on behalf of the Board), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (a) a completed written questionnaire (in the form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such candidate for nomination and (b) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Corporation) that such candidate for nomination (A) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any Person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed therein and (B) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to all directors and in effect during such Person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

 

6


(vii)    The Board may also require any proposed candidate for nomination as a Director to furnish such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Board in writing prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such candidate’s nomination is to be acted upon in order for the Board to determine the eligibility of such candidate for nomination to be an independent director of the Corporation.

(viii)    In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

(ix)    No candidate shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such candidate for nomination and the Nominating Person seeking to place such candidate’s name in nomination has complied with this Section 2.5, as applicable. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the candidate in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots case for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect.

(x)    Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no candidate for nomination shall be eligible to be seated as a director of the Corporation unless nominated and elected in accordance with this Section 2.5.

2.6    Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.7 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in Person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.7    Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed given:

(i)    if mailed, when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the Corporation’s records; or

(ii)    if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

7


2.8    Quorum.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in Person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in Person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented.

2.9    Adjourned Meeting; Notice.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in Person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.10    Conduct of Business.

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the Person presiding over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other Persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

8


2.11    Voting.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the DGCL, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, each other matter presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter.

2.12    Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.13    Proxies.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another Person or Persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but, no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

9


2.14    List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.14 or to vote in Person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

2.15    Inspectors of Election.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more Persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If any Person appointed as inspector or any alternate fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a Person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i)    determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting and the validity of any proxies and ballots;

(ii)    count all votes or ballots;

(iii)    count and tabulate all votes;

(iv)    determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector(s); and

(v)    certify its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and its or their count of all votes and ballots.

 

10


Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspection with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The inspectors of election may appoint such Persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine.

ARTICLE III - Directors

3.1    Powers.

Except as otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2    Number of Directors.

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3    Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class, if any, for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe qualifications for directors.

3.4    Resignation and Vacancies.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or upon the happening of an event specified therein, and if no time or event is specified, at the time of its receipt. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date or upon the happening of an event to occur on a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the term of the class, if any, to which the director is appointed and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board shall be deemed to exist under these bylaws in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

 

11


3.5    Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting.

3.6    Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.7    Special Meetings; Notice.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by a majority of the total number of directors constituting the Board.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i)    delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii)    sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii)    sent by facsimile or electronic mail; or

(iv)    sent by other means of electronic transmission,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, or other address for electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iii) sent by other means of electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8    Quorum.

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum

 

12


is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.9    Board Action by Written Consent without a Meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10    Fees and Compensation of Directors.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

ARTICLE IV - Committees

4.1    Committees of Directors.

The Board may designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist, of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

4.2    Committee Minutes.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

13


4.3    Meetings and Actions of Committees.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i)    Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii)    Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii)    Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv)    Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(v)    Section 7.12 (waiver of notice),

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i)    the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii)    special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee; and

(iii)    the Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee pursuant to this Section 4.3, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

ARTICLE V - Officers

5.1    Officers.

The officers of the Corporation shall include a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, a treasurer, one (1) or more vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant treasurers, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same Person.

5.2    Appointment of Officers.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

5.3    Subordinate Officers.

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

14


5.4    Removal and Resignation of Officers.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5    Vacancies in Offices.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

5.6    Representation of Shares of Other Corporations.

The chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other Person authorized by the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or other ownership interests of any other corporation or corporations or other entity or entities standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such Person directly or by any other Person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such Person having the authority.

5.7    Authority and Duties of Officers.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be provided herein or designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE VI - Records

A stock ledger consisting of one or more records in which the names of all of the Corporation’s stockholders of record, the address and number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder, and all issuances and transfers of stock of the corporation are recorded in accordance with Section 224 of the DGCL shall be administered by or on behalf of the Corporation. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, or method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a

 

15


reasonable time and, with respect to the stock ledger, that the records so kept (i) can be used to prepare the list of stockholders specified in Sections 219 and 220 of the DGCL, (ii) record the information specified in Sections 156, 159, 217(a) and 218 of the DGCL, and (iii) record transfers of stock as governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.    

ARTICLE VII - General Matters

7.1    Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.2    Stock Certificates.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board by resolution may provide that some or all of the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two officers authorized to sign stock certificates representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The chairperson or vice chairperson of the Board, the president, vice president, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Corporation shall be specifically authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

7.3    Lost Certificates.

The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.4    Shares Without Certificates.

The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

16


7.5    Construction; Definitions.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

7.6    Dividends.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.7    Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.8    Seal.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.9    Transfer of Stock.

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate Person or Persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the Persons from and to whom it was transferred.

7.10    Stock Transfer Agreements.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

17


7.11    Registered Stockholders.

The Corporation:

(i)     shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

(ii)    shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

7.12    Waiver of Notice.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the Person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the Person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a Person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the Person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - Notice by Electronic Transmission

8.1    Notice by Electronic Transmission.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i)    the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii)    such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other Person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

18


Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i)

if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii)

if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii)

if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv)

if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2    Definition of Electronic Transmission.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE IX - Indemnification

9.1    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a Person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, non-profit entity or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with any such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.4, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Person only if the Proceeding was authorized in the specific case by the Board.

9.2    Indemnification of Others.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a Person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, non-profit entity or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

19


9.3    Prepayment of Expenses.

The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any officer or director of the Corporation, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the Corporation, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

9.4    Determination; Claim.

If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) under this Article IX is not paid in full within sixty (60) days, or a claim for advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within thirty (30) days, after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation the claimant may thereafter (but not before) file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

9.5    Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

The rights conferred on any Person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

9.6    Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, non-profit entity or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

9.7    Other Indemnification.

The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or advance expenses to any Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, non-profit entity or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, non-profit entity or other enterprise.

 

20


9.8    Continuation of Indemnification.

The rights to indemnification and to prepayment of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall continue notwithstanding that the Person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such Person.

9.9    Amendment or Repeal; Interpretation.

The provisions of this Article IX shall constitute a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, each individual who serves or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation (whether before or after the adoption of these bylaws), in consideration of such Person’s performance of such services, and pursuant to this Article IX the Corporation intends to be legally bound to each such current or former director or officer of the Corporation. With respect to current and former directors and officers of the Corporation, the rights conferred under this Article IX are present contractual rights and such rights are fully vested, and shall be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon adoption of theses bylaws. With respect to any directors or officers of the Corporation who commence service following adoption of these bylaws, the rights conferred under this provision shall be present contractual rights and such rights shall fully vest, and be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon such director or officer commencing service as a director or officer of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection (i) hereunder of any Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification or (ii) under any agreement providing for indemnification or advancement of expenses to an officer or director of the Corporation in effect prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this Article IX shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, a treasurer appointed pursuant to Article V of these bylaws, and to any vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer or other officer of the Corporation appointed by (x) the Board pursuant to Article V of these Bylaws or (y) an officer to whom the Board has delegated the power to appoint officers pursuant to Article V of these bylaws, and any reference to an officer of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, non-profit entity or other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such other entity pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws (or equivalent organizational documents) of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, non-profit entity or other enterprise. The fact that any Person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, non-profit entity or other enterprise has been given or has used the title of “vice president” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such Person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, non-profit entity or other enterprise shall not result in such Person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, non-profit entity or other enterprise for purposes of this Article IX.

 

21


ARTICLE X - Amendments

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation with the power to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XI - Forum Selection

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (a) the Court of Chancery (the “Chancery Court”) of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time) or (iv) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine; and (b) subject to the preceding provisions of this Article XI, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence is filed in a court other than the courts in the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the provisions of clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this Article XI. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article XI shall not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction.

If any provision or provisions of this Article XI shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article XI (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article XI containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

22


Eargo, Inc.

Certificate of Amendment and Restatement of Bylaws

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the foregoing bylaws were approved on                     , 2020, effective as of                     , 2020 by the Corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her hand this      day of             , 2020.

 

 

Christy La Pierre
Secretary
EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

 

LOGO

DELAWARE SEALEARGO, INC. CORPORATE November 12,2010EGFULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.0001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF Eargo, Inc. transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: This certifies that is the record holder of INCORPORATED UNDER THELAWS OF THE STATEOF DELAWARECOUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC(BROOKLYN, NY) TRANSFER AGENTAND REGISTRARBY:AUTHORIZED SIGNATUREPRESIDENT TREASURERCUSIP 270087 10 9SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAINDEFINITIONS AND LEGENDS


LOGO

The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIREA BOND INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. TEN COM – as tenants in common TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common COM PROP – as community property UNIF GIFT MIN ACT Custodian (Cust) (Minor)under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State)UNIF TRF MIN ACT Custodian (until age)(Cust) under Uniform Transfers(Minor)to Minors Act (State)FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHERIDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE shares of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney-in-fact to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises. Dated NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THEFACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANYCHANGE WHATSOEVER. By THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATUREGUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOTACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED. Signature(s) Guaranteed: (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)XX

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

 

 

 

EARGO, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

JULY 13, 2020

 


CONTENTS

 

         Page  

Section 1 Definitions

     1  

1.1

 

Certain Definitions

     1  

Section 2 Registration Rights

     3  

2.1

 

Requested Registration

     3  

2.2

 

Company Registration

     6  

2.3

 

Registration on Form S-3

     7  

2.4

 

Expenses of Registration

     8  

2.5

 

Registration Procedures

     8  

2.6

 

Indemnification

     10  

2.7

 

Information by Holder

     12  

2.8

 

Restrictions on Transfer

     12  

2.9

 

Rule 144 Reporting

     14  

2.10

 

Market Stand-Off Agreement

     14  

2.11

 

Delay of Registration

     15  

2.12

 

Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights

     15  

2.13

 

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     15  

2.14

 

Termination of Registration Rights

     15  

Section 3 Company Covenants

     15  

3.1

 

Basic Financial Information

     15  

3.2

 

Inspection Rights

     17  

3.3

 

Confidentiality

     17  

3.4

 

“Bad Actor” Notice

     17  

3.5

 

Stock Option Vesting

     18  

3.6

 

Restrictions on Sales of Common Stock; Assignment of Right of First Refusal

     18  

3.7

 

Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements

     18  

3.8

 

Directors Matters

     18  

3.9

 

Insurance

     18  

3.10

 

Successor Indemnification

     18  

3.11

 

Expenses of Counsel

     18  

3.12

 

Anti-Corruption

     19  

3.13

 

Harassment Policy

     19  

3.14

 

Defense Production Act of 1950

     19  

3.15

 

CFIUS Filing Cooperation

     19  

3.16

 

Termination of Covenants

     20  

Section 4 Right of First Refusal

     20  

4.1

 

Right of First Refusal to Investors

     20  

Section 5 Miscellaneous

     21  

5.1

 

Amendment

     21  

5.2

 

Notices

     22  

5.3

 

Governing Law

     23  

5.4

 

Successors and Assigns

     23  

5.5

 

Entire Agreement

     23  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

5.6

  Delays or Omissions      23  

5.7

 

Severability

     24  

5.8

 

Titles and Subtitles

     24  

5.9

 

Counterparts

     24  

5.10

 

Jurisdiction; Venue

     24  

5.11

 

Further Assurances

     24  

5.12

 

Termination upon Change of Control

     24  

5.13

 

Conflict

     25  

5.14

 

Attorneys’ Fees

     25  

5.15

 

Aggregation of Stock

     25  

5.16

 

Jury Trial

     25  

5.17

 

FF Investor Limitation of Liability

     25  

 

-ii-


EARGO, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of July 13, 2020, and is between Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”) and Future Fund Investment Company No. 4 Pty Ltd (ACN 134 338 908) (the “FF Beneficial Investor”).

RECITALS

The Company proposes to sell and issue shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock to certain of the Investors pursuant to the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (as may be amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), of even date herewith (the “Financing”).

Certain Investors are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of April 9, 2020 (the “Prior Agreement”).

As a condition to the Financing, the Investors have agreed to amend and restate the Prior Agreement with this Agreement.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1    Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a)    “Bad Actor Disqualification” shall mean any “bad actor” disqualification described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

(b)    “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(c)    “Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(d)    “Conversion Stock” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Shares.

(e)    “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(f)    “FF Investor” means The Northern Trust Company (ABN 62 126 279 918), a company incorporated in the State of Illinois in the United States of America, in its capacity as custodian for the FF Beneficial Investor.

(g)    “FF Permitted Transferee” means (a) the Future Fund Board of Guardians, (b) any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Future Fund Board of Guardians, (c) the


trustee of a trust in which all or substantially all of the beneficial interests are held directly or indirectly by the Future Fund Board of Guardians or any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Future Fund Board of Guardians or (d) any custodian of any of the foregoing.

(h)    “Future Fund Side Letter” means that certain side letter agreement between the Company, the FF Investor and the FF Beneficial Investor dated July 13, 2020.

(i)    “Holder” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

(j)    “Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

(k)    “Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

(l)    “Initial Closing” shall mean the date of the initial sale of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

(m)    “Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(n)    “Initiating Holders” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities.

(o)    “Investors” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A.

(p)    “Major Investors” shall mean those Investors who hold and continue to hold at least an aggregate of 332,591 Shares and Conversion Stock and, in the case of the FF Investor, includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Major Investor.

(q)    “New Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

(r)    “Other Selling Stockholders” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.

(s)    “Other Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below), (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of any currently unissued series of preferred stock of the Company) with respect to which registration rights have been granted.

(t)    “Pivotal Permitted Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement.

(u)    “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(v)    “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares and (ii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above; provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) or (ii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

 

-2-


(w)    The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(x)    “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

(y)    “Restricted Securities” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(b).

(z)    “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(aa)    “Rule 145” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(bb)    “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(cc)    “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

(dd)    “Shares” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

(ee)     “Withdrawn Registration” shall mean a forfeited demand registration under Section 2.1 in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.4.

SECTION 2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

2.1    Requested Registration.

(a)    Request for Registration. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders (which, for the purpose of this clause includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is an Initiating Holder) a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

(i)    promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

 

-3-


(ii)    as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

(b)    Limitations on Requested Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i)    Prior to the earlier of (A) the five (5)-year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering;

(ii)    If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) the aggregate proceeds of which (after deduction for underwriter’s discounts and expenses related to the issuance) are less than $15,000,000;

(iii)    In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(iv)    After the Company has initiated two such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 (counting for these purposes only (x) registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold, and (y) Withdrawn Registrations);

(v)    During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration (or ending on the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated); provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(vi)    If the Company delivers notice to the holders of Registrable Securities within thirty (30) days of any registration request of its intent to file a registration statement for an Initial Public Offering within ninety (90) days;

(vii)    If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 2.3;

(viii)    If the Initiating Holders do not request that such offering be firmly underwritten by underwriters selected by the Initiating Holders (subject to the consent of the Company); or

(ix)    If the Company and the Initiating Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of the underwriter described in clause (b)(viii) above to firmly underwrite the offer.

 

-4-


(c)    Deferral. If (i) in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be detrimental to the Company because such action would (a) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (b) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (c) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, and the board of directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder) a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, it would be detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future for any such reason and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further, that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve-month period.

(d)    Other Shares. The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e), include Other Shares, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

(e)    Underwriting. Unless the Registrable Securities may be registered by the Company on Form S-3, the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in an underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10). The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided, however, that the liability of each Holder of Registrable Securities in respect of any indemnification, contribution or other obligation of such Holder arising under such underwriting agreement (i) shall be limited to losses arising out of or based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement, incorporated document or other such disclosure document or other document or report, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of, and relating to, such Holder expressly for inclusion therein and (ii) shall not in any event exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder (after deduction of all underwriters’ discounts and commissions paid by such Holder) from the disposition of the Registrable Securities disposed of by such Holder pursuant to such registration.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; (ii) second, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or

 

-5-


employees of the Company; and (iii) third, to the Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(e), then the Company shall then offer to all Holders and Other Selling Stockholders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Other Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders and Other Selling Stockholders requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.

2.2    Company Registration.

(a)    Company Registration. If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3, a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i)    promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within ten (10) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b)    Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company, the Other Selling Stockholders and other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company; provided, however, that the liability of each Holder of Registrable Securities in respect of any indemnification, contribution or other obligation of such Holder arising under such underwriting agreement (i) shall be limited to losses arising out of or based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement, incorporated document or other such disclosure document or other document or report, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of, and relating to, such Holder expressly for inclusion therein and (ii) shall not in any event exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder (after deduction of all underwriters’ discounts and commissions paid by such Holder) from the disposition of the Registrable Securities disposed of by such Holder pursuant to such registration.

 

-6-


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) exclude all Registrable Securities from, or limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion and (iii) third, to the Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Initial Public Offering, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c)    Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.3    Registration on Form S-3. 

(a)    Request for Form S-3 Registration. After its Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3, if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(i) and 2.1(b)(ii).

(b)    Limitations on Form S-3 Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i)    In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i), 2.1(b)(iii), or 2.1(b)(v);

(ii)    If the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; or

 

-7-


(iii)    If, in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected two (2) such registrations in such period.

(c)    Deferral. The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3; provided, however, that the Company shall only have the right to defer such filing under such circumstances for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holders.

(d)    Underwriting. If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

2.4    Expenses of Registration.

All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided, however, in the event that a withdrawal by the Holders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 2.1, such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 2.1, even though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

2.5    Registration Procedures.

In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder) advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a)    Keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date which is sixty (60) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto;

(b)    To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “WKSI”) at the time any request for registration is submitted to the Company in accordance with Section 2.3, (i) if so requested, file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “automatic shelf registration statement”) to effect such registration, and (ii) remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective in accordance with this Agreement;

 

-8-


(c)    Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in Section 2.5(a) above;

(d)    Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

(e)    Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder); provided, that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(f)    Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

(g)    If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status for purposes of an automatic shelf registration statement used to effect a request for registration in accordance with Section 2.3 (i) the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, (ii) the registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement, and (iii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, promptly amend the registration statement onto a form the Company is then eligible to use or file a new registration statement on such form, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement;

(h)    If (i) a registration made pursuant to a shelf registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement after the third anniversary of the initial effective date of the shelf registration statement and (ii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, file a new registration statement with respect to any unsold Registrable Securities subject to the original request for registration prior to the end of the three year period after the initial effective date of the shelf registration statement, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement;

(i)    Use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters;

 

-9-


(j)    Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(k)    Otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders and the FF Beneficial Investor, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(l)    Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(m)    In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further, that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

2.6    Indemnification.

(a)    To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (which, for the purpose of this Section 2.6 includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder), each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any registration statement, any prospectus included in the registration statement, any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided, further, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

-10-


(b)    Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.6, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder (which, for the purpose of this Section 2.6 includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder) will, severally and not jointly, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling each other such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Holder or its Shares contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact regarding such Holder or its Shares required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided further that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c)    Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d)    If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material

 

-11-


fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No person or entity will be required under this Section 2.6(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the offering received by such person or entity, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such person or entity. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

2.7    Information by Holder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

2.8    Restrictions on Transfer.

(a)    The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8. Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10 (provided that this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to any Pivotal Permitted Transfer unless there is a change in the registered holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Pivotal Permitted Transfer), and:

(i)    There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and the disposition is made in accordance with the registration statement; or

(ii)    The Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act.

(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.8(a), no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for: (i) a transfer, including any Pivotal Permitted Transfer, not involving a change in beneficial ownership; (ii) transactions, including any Pivotal Permitted Transfer, involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Holder, if the Holder is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; (iii) transfers, including any Pivotal Permitted Transfer, in compliance with Rule 144, so long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with Rule 144 or (iv) subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, in the case of the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor to any FF Permitted Transferee; provided, in each case, that the

 

-12-


Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition (an “Exempted Transfer Notice”); provided further that no such Exempted Transfer Notice shall be required with respect to any Pivotal Permitted Transfer unless there is a change in the registered holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Pivotal Permitted Transfer.

(c)    Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8.

(d)    The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(b) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of Restricted Securities if (i) those securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of those securities may be made without registration or qualification.

(e)    Each Investor agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person other than the Company unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the other Agreements (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement), no notice to the Company of any kind or other restriction shall apply to any Pivotal Permitted Transfer that does not result in a change in the registered holder of Registrable Securities to be transferred.

 

-13-


2.9    Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a)    Make and keep adequate current public information with respect to the Company available in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b)    File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c)    So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is a Holder) forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

2.10     Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder shall not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the period from the filing of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in the Initial Public Offering through the end of the one hundred eighty (180)-day period following the effective date of such registration statement (the “Lock-up Period”), provided that: (A) all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements, (B) the restrictions contained in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, (C) shall only apply to the Initial Public Offering and (D) shall not apply to transactions relating to securities acquired in the Initial Public Offering or open market transactions from and after the date of the Initial Public Offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(b) with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180)-day (or other) period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. The restrictions of this Section 2.10 shall not apply with respect to any Pivotal Permitted Transfer unless there is a change in the registered holder of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Pivotal Permitted Transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the FF Investor nor the FF Beneficial Investor shall be required to execute any agreements pursuant to this Section 2.10, unless such agreement contains a limitation of liability provision substantially in the form of Section 5.17.

 

-14-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company must act reasonably, and use commercially reasonable efforts to procure that the managing underwriter acts reasonably in considering any request by the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor to transfer or assign any Common Stock, or any securities convertible or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock, or any beneficial interest in respect of such Common Stock or securities to any FF Permitted Transferee and (ii) if the managing underwriter consents to such request then such transfer or assignment shall not require the consent of any other party hereto pursuant to this Agreement.

2.11    Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.12    Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only (a) to any transferee pursuant to a transfer under Section 2.8(b) above or (b) to a transferee or assignee of not less than 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); provided, in each case, that (i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10.

2.13    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders holding at least 60% of the Registrable Securities (which includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is such a Holder) but excluding any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.14) enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are senior to or pari passu with the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

2.14     Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s first registered public offering of Common Stock, on which all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)-day period without volume limitation, and (ii) five (5) years after the closing of the Company’s Qualified IPO (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

SECTION 3

COMPANY COVENANTS

3.1    Basic Financial Information. The Company will furnish the following reports to each Major Investor:

(i)    As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied;

 

-15-


(ii)    As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, certified by independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company, unless waived by the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding Registrable Securities;

(iii)    As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments;

(iv)    As soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company;

(v)    As soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such month, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments;

(vi)    At least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a comprehensive operating budget, including a detailed marketing plan and capital expenditures budget, as approved by the Company’s board of directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined below), forecasting the Company’s revenues, expenses, and cash position on a month-to-month basis for the upcoming fiscal year; and

(vii)    Such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as a Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (vi) or any other subsection of Section 2.1 to provide information (i) to a competitor of the Company (it being understood and agreed that none of Maveron Equity Partners V, L.P. and its affiliated entities (“Maveron”), New Enterprise Associates 15, Limited Partnership and its affiliated entities (“NEA”), Pivotal Alpha Limited and its affiliated entities (“Pivotal”), the FF Investor or FF Beneficial Investor or any FF Permitted Transferee, Coöperatieve Gilde Healthcare V U.A. Partners and its affiliated entities (“Gilde”), Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P. and its affiliated entities (“Longitude” and together with Maveron, Pivotal, the FF Investor, FF Beneficial Investor, Gilde and Longitude, the “Significant Holders”)) will be deemed to be a competitor of the Company), (ii) that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential proprietary information or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or violate the Company’s confidentiality obligations to any third party.

 

-16-


3.2    Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 to provide information (i) to a competitor of the Company (it being understood and agreed that none of Maveron, NEA, Pivotal, the FF Investor, the FF Beneficial Investor or any FF Permitted Transferee, Gilde or Longitude will be deemed to be a competitor of the Company), (ii) that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential proprietary information or (iii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or violate the Company’s confidentiality obligations to any third party.

3.3     Confidentiality. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Investor by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 3 in respect of any Investor whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor (it being understood and agreed that none of Maveron, NEA, Pivotal, the FF Investor, the FF Beneficial Investor or any FF Permitted Transferee, Gilde or Longitude will be deemed to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor of the Company). Each Investor (which, for the purpose of this Section 3.3, includes the FF Beneficial Investor for so long as the FF Investor is an Investor) agrees, severally and not jointly, to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information for any information obtained pursuant to this Agreement which the Company identifies in writing as being proprietary or confidential and such Investor acknowledges that it will not, unless otherwise required by law or the rules of any national securities exchange, association or marketplace, disclose such information without the prior written consent of the Company except such information that (a) was in the public domain prior to the time it was furnished to such Investor, (b) is or becomes (through no willful improper action or inaction by such Investor) generally available to the public, (c) was in its possession or known by such Investor without any restriction prior to receipt from the Company, (d) was rightfully disclosed to such Investor by a third party without any restriction or (e) was independently developed without any use of the Company’s confidential information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each (x) Investor that is a limited partnership or limited liability company may disclose such proprietary or confidential information to any former partners or members who retained an economic interest in such Investor, current or prospective partner of the partnership or any subsequent partnership under common investment management, limited partner, general partner, member or management company of such Investor (or any employee or representative of any of the foregoing) or legal counsel, accountants or representatives for such Investor and (y) Gilde may disclose such proprietary or confidential information with its investors (for the purposes of, but not limited to, reviewing existing investments and investment proposals) as well as its and such investors’ depositary, auditor, lenders, professional advisors, and governmental or other institutions or authorities to which it is required by applicable law, regulation or judicial order to disclose confidential information for audit, monitoring, reporting, tax, legal, regulatory, supervisory or other purposes (each of the foregoing Persons, a “Permitted Disclosee”). Furthermore, nothing contained herein shall prevent any Investor or any Permitted Disclosee from (i) entering into any business, entering into any agreement with a third party, or investing in or engaging in investment discussions with any other company (whether or not competitive with the Company), provided that such Investor or Permitted Disclosee does not, except as permitted in accordance with this Section 3.3, disclose or otherwise make use of any proprietary or confidential information of the Company in connection with such activities, or (ii) making any disclosures required by law, rule, regulation or court or other governmental order.

3.4     “Bad Actor” Notice . Each party to this Agreement will promptly notify the Company (and the Company will notify each other party to this Agreement) in writing if it or, to its knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification.

 

-17-


3.5    Stock Option Vesting. All stock option, stock and stock equivalent grants to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers of the Company shall have the following vesting schedule: 25% after one year, with remaining shares vesting monthly over the next 36 months with no acceleration of vesting or other changes in the vesting provisions as the result of the occurrence of a change in control or any other event, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) (the “Restated Certificate”)). Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors), if employees, directors, consultants or other service providers of the Company are permitted to purchase unvested shares, the repurchase option shall provide that upon termination of the service provider relationship with the Company, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee (to the extent permissible under applicable securities laws) shall retain the option to repurchase at the lower of fair market value or cost any unvested shares held by such stockholder.

3.6     Restrictions on Sales of Common Stock; Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall also retain a right of first refusal on transfers of all exercised stock options and stock and stock equivalent grants to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers of the Company.

3.7    Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements. The Company shall ensure that each current and future officer, employee and consultant shall enter into a confidentiality, invention assignment and one (1) year post-employment non-solicitation agreement or consulting agreement, substantially in a form approved by the Company’s the Board of Directors, including a majority of the then-serving Preferred Directors if any.

3.8    Directors Matters. The Company shall enter into indemnification agreements with each member of its Board of Directors in a form reasonably acceptable to such director. The Company will reimburse non-employee members of the Board of Directors for the customary and reasonable expenses of attending meetings of the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule. The Company shall cause to be established, as soon as practicable after such request by a Preferred Director, and will maintain, an audit and compensation committee, each of which shall consist solely of non-management directors. Each non-employee director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of any committee of the Board of Directors.

3.9    Insurance. The Company has obtained from sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount of at least $3 million, general commercial liability insurance, and employment practices liability insurance on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

3.10     Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s bylaws, the Company’s certificate of incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

3.11     Expenses of Counsel . In the event of a transaction which is a Change of Control Transaction (as defined below), the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000, of one counsel for the Significant Holders (“Investor Counsel”), in their capacities as stockholders, shall be borne and paid by the

 

-18-


Company. At the outset of considering a transaction which, if consummated, would constitute a Change of Control Transaction, the Company shall obtain the ability to share with the Investor Counsel (and such counsel’s clients) and shall share the confidential information (including, without limitation, the initial and all subsequent drafts of memoranda of understanding, letters of intent, and other transaction documents and related non-compete, employment, consulting, and other compensation agreements and plans) pertaining to and memorializing any of the transactions which, individually or when aggregated with others, would constitute the Sale of the Company. The Company shall be obligated to share (and cause the Company’s counsel and investment bankers to share) such materials when distributed to the Company’s executives and/or any one or more of the other parties to such transaction(s). In the event that Investor Counsel deems it appropriate, in its reasonable discretion, to enter into a joint defense agreement or other arrangement to enhance the ability of the parties to protect their communications and other reviewed materials under the attorney client privilege, the Company shall, and shall direct its counsel to, execute and deliver to Investor Counsel and its clients such an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Investor Counsel. In the event that one or more of the other party or parties to such transactions require the clients of Investor Counsel to enter into a confidentiality agreement and/or joint defense agreement in order to receive such information, then the Company shall share whatever information can be shared without entry into such agreement and shall, at the same time, in good faith work expeditiously to enable Investor Counsel and its clients to negotiate and enter into the appropriate agreement(s) without undue burden to the clients of Investor Counsel.

3.12    Anti-Corruption. Within six months after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall implement, and cause to thereafter be maintained to the extent required by applicable law, maintain systems or internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law (such as Part 12 of the United States Anti-Terrorism, Crime and Security Act of 2001; the United States Money Laundering Control Act of 1986; the United States International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001; the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended; and laws applicable in the United Kingdom that prohibit bribery, corrupt practices or money laundering, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Bribery Act 2010), such systems and/or controls to be typical of those adopted by similarly situated companies as the Company.

3.13    Harassment Policy. The Company shall maintain in effect (i) a code of conduct governing appropriate workplace behavior and (ii) an anti-harassment and discrimination policy prohibiting discrimination and harassment at the Company, and any changes to such policy shall require the prior approval of the Board of Directors.

3.14     Defense Production Act of 1950. The Company shall provide prompt notice to the Investors in the event that, to the knowledge of the Company, (i) any pre-existing products or services provided by the Company (a) are re-categorized by the U.S. government as critical technologies within the meaning of the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended, including all implementing regulations thereof, (the “DPA”), or (b) would reasonably be considered to constitute the design, fabrication, development, testing, production or manufacture of critical technologies after a re-categorization of selected technologies by the U.S. government, or (ii) after execution of the Purchase Agreement, the Company (a) engages in any activities that would reasonably be considered to constitute the design, fabrication, development, testing, production or manufacture of critical technologies within the meaning of the DPA, or (b) becomes a TID U.S. business within the meaning of the DPA.

3.15    CFIUS Filing Cooperation.

(a)    If and only if (i) the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”) requests or requires that any Investor or the Company file a notice or declaration (either, a “Filing”) with CFIUS pursuant to the Defense Production Action of 1950, as amended, including all implementing regulations thereof

 

-19-


(“DPA”) with respect to such Investor’s purchase of shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “Transactions”) or (ii) either of (a) any Investor or (b) the Company determine a Filing with CFIUS with respect to the Transactions is required by or advisable in order to comply with applicable law, then each of the Company and the applicable Investor(s) (together, the “CFIUS Parties”) shall (i) cooperate and undertake their reasonable best efforts to promptly make such a Filing and promptly respond to any CFIUS request for information and/or documents with respect to such Filing and/or the Transactions; and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy the CFIUS Condition (as defined below), including without limitation agreeing to reasonable mitigation terms required by CFIUS to satisfy the CFIUS Condition.

(b)    The “CFIUS Condition” shall have been satisfied if, as a result of such a Filing, or as the result of the subsequent submission of a voluntary notice pursuant to 31 C.F.R. Part 800, or an agency notice to CFIUS pursuant to the DPA, (i) the CFIUS Parties have received written notice from CFIUS stating that CFIUS has concluded that the Transactions are not “covered” transactions or investments as defined by 31 C.F.R. Part 800, and therefore are not subject to review by CFIUS; or (ii) the CFIUS Parties receive written notice from CFIUS stating that either (a) the review or investigation of the Transactions under Section 721 of the DPA has concluded and that CFIUS has determined that there are no unresolved national security concerns with respect to the Transactions; (b) CFIUS shall have sent a report to the President of the United States (the “President”) requesting the President’s decision or determination with regard to the Transactions and either (A) the period under the DPA during which the President may announce his decision to take action to suspend, prohibit, or place any limitations on the Transactions shall have expired without any such action being announced or taken or (B) the President shall have announced a decision not to take any action to suspend, prohibit, or limit the Transactions; or (c) CFIUS has informed the parties that the Committee is not able to complete action under Section 721 of the DPA with respect to the Transactions on the basis of a CFIUS declaration, CFIUS has not requested that the CFIUS Parties submit a CFIUS notice and CFIUS has not initiated a unilateral CFIUS review of the Transactions, provided, however, that in the case of this subsection (ii)(c), either of (a) any Investor or (b) the Company may elect to submit a voluntary notice pursuant to 31 C.F.R. Part 800, and in that event, the CFIUS Condition shall not be satisfied until CFIUS has provided one of the responses listed in subsection (i) or (ii)(a)-(b).

3.16    Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 3, other than Sections 3.8 and 3.9, shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the earlier to occur of the following: (a) the closing of the Company’s Qualified IPO; and (b) a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

SECTION 4

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

4.1    Right of First Refusal to Investors. The Company hereby grants to each Major Investor for so long as such Major Investor continues to hold any Shares or Conversion Stock the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a)) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Major Investor’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of Shares and shares of Conversion Stock owned by such Major Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants). Each Major Investor shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Major Investor fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Major Investors may

 

-20-


purchase the non-purchasing Major Investor’s portion on a pro rata basis. This right of first refusal shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a)    “New Securities” shall mean any capital stock (including common stock and preferred stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “New Securities” does not include any securities excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common” as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate.

(b)    In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have fifteen (15)-days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Major Investor’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to indicate whether such Major Investor desires to exercise its overallotment option for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached as Schedule 1, and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

(c)    In the event the Major Investors fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal within said fifteen (15) day period (the “Election Period”), the Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Major Investors’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Major Investors delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b). In the event the Company has not sold within such sixty (60)-day period following the Election Period, or such sixty (60)-day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Major Investors in the manner provided in this Section 4.1.

(d)    The right of first refusal granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to, the earlier to occur of the following: (a) the closing of the Company’s Qualified IPO; and (b) a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

(e)    A Major Investor will not have a right of first refusal to purchase a pro rata share of New Securities in accordance with this Section 4 and will not be a Major Investor for purposes of the right of first refusal granted under this Section 4 if, and for so long as, the Major Investor, any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members or any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of the securities of the Company held by the Major Investor (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1    Amendment. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Investors holding 60% of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, however, that Investors purchasing shares of Series E Preferred Stock in a Closing after the Initial Closing (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties to this Agreement, by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Investor; provided, further, any section of this Agreement applicable to the Major Investors (including this proviso) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of the holders of at least 60% of Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major

 

-21-


Investors; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats any Investor different from other Investors, the consent of such Investor shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series E Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series D Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series C Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock, including Pivotal, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, including NEA, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, including NEA, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series B Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock, including NEA, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; and provided, further, that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the Series A Preferred Stock, the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, including Maveron, shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; and provided, further, that any waiver of any rights held by Maveron under this Agreement shall also require the consent of Maveron; provided, further, that any waiver of any rights held by NEA under this Agreement shall also require the consent of NEA; provided, further; that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that adversely and disproportionately affects the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor, the consent of the FF Investor and the FF Beneficial Investor shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination; provided, further, that any waiver of any rights held by Pivotal under this Agreement shall also require the consent of Pivotal; provided, further, that any waiver of any rights held by Gilde under this Agreement shall also require the consent of Gilde; and provided, further, that any waiver of any rights held by Longitude under this Agreement shall also require the consent of Longitude. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Investor and each future Investor of all such securities of Investor. Each Investor acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the Investors holding majority of the voting power of the Shares and Conversion Stock will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Investor under this Agreement.

5.2    Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to an Investor) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a)    if to an Investor, to the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b)    if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 1600 Technology Drive, Sixth Floor, San Jose, CA 95110, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Alan Mendelson, Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

-22-


Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one (1) business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five (5) days after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor in the Company’s records), and (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor in the Company’s records). This consent may be revoked by an Investor by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any notice or communication is to be given to the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor under this agreement, such notice or communication shall also be sent in accordance with the contact information in the Future Fund Side Letter, or as otherwise notified by the FF Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor (as applicable) to the Company in accordance with this Section 5.2.

5.3    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.4    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor without the prior written consent of the Company except in connection with a Pivotal Permitted Transfer or a transfer to an FF Permitted Transferee. Any attempt by an Investor or the FF Beneficial Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.5    Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits hereto amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety and constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Future Fund Side Letter, the terms and conditions of the Future Fund Side Letter will control and prevail to the extent of the conflict or inconsistency; provided that this sentence of Section shall only be applicable to the rights and obligations of the FF Investor, the FF Beneficial Investor and the Company.

5.6    Delays or Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other

 

-23-


breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.8    Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to Sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to Sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

5.9    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

5.10    Jurisdiction; Venue. With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

5.11    Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the FF Investor nor the FF Beneficial Investor shall be required to enter into any instrument or agreement which does not contain a limitation of liability provision in the form of Section 5.17.

5.12    Termination upon Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement (excluding any then-existing obligations) shall terminate upon a Change of Control Transaction and completion of the distribution of proceeds thereof to the Company’s stockholders in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (excluding proceeds set aside in escrow or payable on a contingent basis following the consummation of such Change of Control Transaction). “Change of Control Transaction” means either (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for bona fide capital raising purposes) that results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to represent immediately after such transaction or series of transactions (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company, such surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity; or (b) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken together.

 

-24-


5.13    Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, as the case may be, will control.

5.14    Attorneys Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.15    Aggregation of Stock. All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.16    Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this Section is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

5.17    FF Investor Limitation of Liability. The FF Investor enters into and is liable under (a) this Agreement, (b) any other document or agreement which the FF Investor may be required to provide under this Agreement and (c) any document or agreement executed by the Company or any other person as agent or attorney of the FF Investor under this Agreement only in its capacity as custodian for the FF Beneficial Investor, and to the extent that it is actually indemnified by the FF Beneficial Investor. To the extent this Section 5.17 operates to reduce the amounts for which the FF Investor would otherwise be liable to any person, the FF Beneficial Investor will pay or procure the payment of such amounts to such person.

(signature page follows)

 

-25-


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

EARGO, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Christian Gormsem                    

Name:   Christian Gormsen
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

INVESTOR:

 

Coöperatieve Gilde Healthcare V U.A.
By: Gilde Healthcare V Management B.V.
By: Gilde Healthcare Holding B.V.
By:  

/s/ Edwin de Graaf                    

Name:   Edwin de Graaf
Title:   Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Pieter van der Meer

Name:   Pieter van der Meer
Title:   Managing Partner
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR:

LONGITUDE VENTURE PARTNERS IV, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

By: Longitude Capital Partners IV, LLC,
its general partner

By:  

/s/ Juliet Bakker                    

Name:   Juliet Bakker
Title:   Managing Member
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

INVESTOR:

 

EXECUTED on behalf of THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY (ABN 62 126 279 918), a company incorporated in the State of Illinois in the United States of America, in its capacity as custodian for the Future Fund Investment Company No.4 Pty Ltd (ACN 134 338 908), by  

    Damian Tyler

 
being a person who, in accordance with the laws of that territory, is acting under the authority of the company.  
Date:  
 

    /s/ Damian Tyler

  By executing this agreement the signatory warrants that the signatory is duly authorized to execute this agreement on behalf of THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


    FF Beneficial Investor:

 

Executed by Future Fund Investment Company No.4 Pty Ltd (ACN 134 338 908) by its attorney under power of attorney dated 10 July 2019 (who, by signing, confirms they have received no notice of revocation of that power):

/s/ Sarah Carne

Attorney Signature

Sarah Carne

Print Name

 

13 JULY 2020

Date

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
PIVOTAL ALPHA LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Xintong Sun                    

Name:   Xintong Sun
Title:   Director

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
NOVO HOLDINGS A/S
By:  

/s/ Thomas Dyrberg                    

Name:   Thomas Dyrberg by specific power of attorney
Title:   Managing Partner

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ROCK SPRINGS CAPITAL MASTER FUND LP
By: Rock Springs General Partner LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark Bussard                    

Name:   Mark Bussard
Title:   Member

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

      INVESTOR

MAVERON EQUITY PARTNERS IV, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership:

   

MAVERON EQUITY PARTNERS V, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership:

      By: Maveron General Partner IV LLC,

      a Delaware limited liability company

   

      By: Maveron General Partner V, LLC,

      a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Pete McCormick                    

    By:  

/s/ Pete McCormick                    

Name:   Pete McCormick     Name:   Pete McCormick
Title:   Managing Member     Title:   Managing Member

MEP ASSOCIATES IV, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership:

   

MEP ASSOCIATES V, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership:

      By: Maveron General Partner IV LLC,

      a Delaware limited liability company

   

      By: Maveron General Partner V, LLC,

      a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Pete McCormick

    By:  

/s/ Pete McCormick

Name:   Pete McCormick     Name:   Pete McCormick
Title:   Managing Member     Title:   Managing Member

MAVERON IV ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership:

   

MAVERON V ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership:

      By: Maveron General Partner IV LLC,

      a Delaware limited liability company

   

      By: Maveron General Partner V, LLC,

      a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Pete McCormick

    By:  

/s/ Pete McCormick

Name:   Pete McCormick     Name:   Pete McCormick
Title:   Managing Member     Title:   Managing Member

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 15, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: NEA Partners 15, Limited Partnership, its
general partner
By: NEA 15 GP, LTD, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Stephanie S. Brecher                    

Name:   Stephanie S. Brecher
Title:   General Counsel
NEA VENTURES 2015 L.P.
By:  

/s/ Louis S. Citron

Name:   Louis S. Citron
Title:   Vice-President

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
CHARLES R. SCHWAB AND HELEN O. SCHWAB TTEE, THE CHARLES AND HELEN SCHWAB LIVING TRUST U/A DTD 11/22/1985
By:  

/s/ Charles R. Schwab                    

Name:   Charles R. Schwab
Title:   Trustee

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
PIVOTAL ALPHA LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Tang Chun Wai                    

Name:   Tang Chun Wai
Title:   Directors

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Ben de Castro                    

(Print investor name)

/s/ Ben de Castro

(Signature)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Christy La Pierre                    

(Print investor name)

/s/ Christy La Pierre

(Signature)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Peter Van Nest                    

(Print investor name)

/s/ Peter Van Nest

(Signature)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

(Print investor name)

/s/ Peter Tuxen Bisgaard

(Signature)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Patricia Burchell

(Print investor name)

/s/ Patricia Burchell

(Signature)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Alan C. & Agnès B. Mendelson Family Trust

(Print investor name)

/s/ Alan C. Mendelson

(Signature)

Alan C. Mendelson

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

Trustee

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

FLP Trafalgar II L.P.

(Print investor name)

/s/ Preston Butcher

(Signature)
Manager of Kensington 1010 LLC, a DE LLC, General Partner of FLP Trafalgar II L.P.
(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

VP Company Investments 2018, LLC

(Print investor name)

/s/ Alan C. Mendelson

(Signature)

Alan C. Mendelson

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

Member, Management Committee

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Shelby McCann

(Print investor name)

/s/ Shelby McCann

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Mark Gettner

(Print investor name)

/s/ Mark Gettner

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Nick Laudico

(Print investor name)

/s/ Nick Laudico

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

The James Anderson Living Trust

(Print investor name)

/s/ James Anderson

(Signature)

James Anderson

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

Trustee

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Christy La Pierre

(Print investor name)

/s/ Christy La Pierre

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Deborah Corti

(Print investor name)

/s/ Deborah Corti

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Shiv Singh

(Print investor name)

/s/ Shiv Singh

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Theodore and Linda Lamson 2008 Family Trust

(Print investor name)

/s/ Theodore Lamson

(Signature)

Theodore Lamson

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

Trustee

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Adam Laponis

(Print investor name)

/s/ Adam Laponis

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Kenneth P. Fay

(Print investor name)

/s/ Kenneth P. Fay

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Earl A. Bright II Trust

(Print investor name)

/s/ Earl Bright

(Signature)

    Earl Bright

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

    Trustee Earl Bright II

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Peter R. Bisgaard

(Print investor name)

/s/ Peter T. Bisgaard

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Nina Richardson

(Print investor name)

/s/ Nina Richardson

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Timothy D. Trine

(Print investor name)

/s/ Timothy D. Trine

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Vijay John

(Print investor name)

/s/ Vijay John

(Signature)

 

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

Mark Thorpe

(Print investor name)

/s/ Mark Thorpe

(Signature)

                    

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

                    

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity)

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

John Gareau

(Print investor name)

/s/ John Gareau

(Signature)

                    

(Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity)

                    

(Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity

 

(Signature page to the Eargo, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

EX-10.2(B)

Exhibit 10.2(b)

EARGO, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:              ###PARTICIPANT_NAME###

Address:         ###HOME_ADDRESS###

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:    ###GRANT_DATE###
Vesting Commencement Date:    ###ALTERNATIVE_VEST_BASE_DATE###
Exercise Price per Share:    ###GRANT_PRICE###
Total Number of Shares Granted:    ###TOTAL_AWARDS###
Total Exercise Price:    ###TOTAL_EXERCISE_PRICE###
Type of Option:    ###DICTIONARY_AWARD_NAME###
Term/Expiration Date:    ###EXPIRY_DATE###

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

###VEST_SCHEDULE_DESCRIPTION###

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.


II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.


4. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.


6. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.


(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

By clicking “Accept” on the button below, Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan (and exhibits thereto), and any ancillary documents, and accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant further represents that he or she has reviewed this Notice of this Stock Option Grant, the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, and any ancillary documents, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to accepting the Option, and fully understands and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions thereof. Participant acknowledges and agrees


that the vesting of the shares pursuant to the Option is earned only by continuing Service, as defined in the Plan, at the will of the Company (not through the act of being hired, being granted this Option or acquiring shares hereunder). Participant further acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, or any ancillary document shall confer upon Participant any right with respect to continuation of Service by the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate Participant’s Service at any time, with or without cause and with or without prior notice. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated above.

By clicking “Decline” on the button below, Participant declines to accept the Option grant, at which time the Option shall be cancelled in its entirety.

EARGO, INC.

By

###SIGNATURE_GORMSEN###

Christian Gormsen, Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Eargo, Inc.

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

San Jose, CA 95110

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Eargo, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ###GRANT_DATE### (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).


(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.


(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.


(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.


Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT     EARGO, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name

    Print Name
     

 

Address:     Title
 

 

    Address:
 

 

   

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

    San Jose, CA 95110
     

 

    Date Received


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

 

:

 

COMPANY

 

:

 

EARGO, INC.

SECURITY

 

:

 

COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

 

:

 

DATE

 

:

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies


under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

    

 

Signature

 

    

 

Print Name

 

Date:

 
   


EARGO, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT – EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).

I.     NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:             ###PARTICIPANT_NAME###

Address:         ###HOME_ADDRESS###

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

  

###GRANT_DATE###

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

###ALTERNATIVE_VEST_BASE_DATE###

Exercise Price per Share:

  

###GRANT_PRICE###

Total Number of Shares Granted:

  

###TOTAL_AWARDS###

Total Exercise Price:

  

###TOTAL_EXERCISE_PRICE###

Type of Option:

  

###DICTIONARY_AWARD_NAME###

Term/Expiration Date:

  

###EXPIRY_DATE###

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

###VEST_SCHEDULE_DESCRIPTION###

In the event that the Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) upon or within twelve months after a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan) one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested shares shall immediately accelerate and become vested.

Cause” shall mean: (i) the Participant’s failure to perform his or her assigned duties or responsibilities as a Service Provider (other than a failure resulting from the Participant’s Disability) after notice thereof from the Company describing the Participant’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) the Participant engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation; (iii) the Participant’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates;


(iv) the Participant’s breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between the Participant and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) the Participant being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime or committing any act of moral turpitude.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II.     AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise.

(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1).


(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be


required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End


Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.


11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

By clicking “Accept” on the button below, Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan (and exhibits thereto), and any ancillary documents, and accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant further represents that he or she has reviewed this Notice of this Stock Option Grant, the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, and any ancillary documents, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to accepting the Option, and fully understands and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions thereof. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of the shares pursuant to the Option is earned only by continuing Service, as defined in the Plan, at the will of the Company (not through the act of being hired, being granted this Option or acquiring shares hereunder). Participant further acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, or any ancillary document shall confer upon Participant any right with respect to continuation of Service by the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate Participant’s Service at any time, with or without cause and with or without prior notice. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated above.

By clicking “Decline” on the button below, Participant declines to accept the Option grant, at which time the Option shall be cancelled in its entirety.

EARGO, INC.

By

###SIGNATURE_GORMSEN###

Christian Gormsen, Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Eargo, Inc.

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

San Jose, CA 95110

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Eargo, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ###GRANT_DATE### (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section-13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).


(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section-5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section-5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section-5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section-5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section-5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section-5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section-5.


(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.


(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9, Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.


Submitted by:

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

     

Print Name

 

Address:

 

     

 

     

  

Accepted by:

 

EARGO, INC.

 

By

 

     

Print Name

 

     

Title

 

Address:

 

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

 

San Jose, CA 95110

 

     

Date Received


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :    ###PARTICIPANT_NAME###
COMPANY    :    EARGO, INC.
SECURITY    :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :   
DATE    :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies


under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT
 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

Date:

 


EXHIBIT C-1

EARGO, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between ###PARTICIPANT_NAME### (the “Purchaser”) and Eargo, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of __________________, ____.

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”) dated ###GRANT_DATE### by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase _________ of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option.

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that


the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow.

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2. The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.


(c) Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties. This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends. The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices. Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms. This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the


Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations. Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.


PARTICIPANT

 

     

Signature

 

     

Print Name

 

Residence Address:

 

     

 

     

 

Dated:                             ,                 

  

 

EARGO, INC.

 

     

By

 

     

Print Name

 

     

Title


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, ###PARTICIPANT_NAME###, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Eargo, Inc._____________ shares of the Common Stock of Eargo, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No. _____ herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________ to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Eargo, Inc. and the undersigned dated ______________, _____ (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated: _______________,____     Signature: __________________________

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

_________________, ____

Corporate Secretary

Eargo, Inc.

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

San Jose, CA 95110

Dear _________________:

As Escrow Agent for both Eargo, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

 

  1.

In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

 

  2.

At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

 

  3.

Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.


  4.

Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

 

  5.

If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 

  6.

Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

  7.

You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

 

  8.

You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

 

  9.

You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

 

  10.

You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

 

  11.

You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

 

  12.

Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.


  13.

If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

  14.

It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

  15.

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

  16.

By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

 

  17.

This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  18.

These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of

 

PURCHASER

 

   

Signature

 

    EARGO, INC.
Print Name      
Residence Address:    

By

 

     

Print Name

 

   
      Title
   
ESCROW AGENT    
   
Corporate Secretary    
Dated:                                                                                                      


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

  1.

The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

      TAXPAYER       SPOUSE
           
NAME:                
                        
ADDRESS:                
                        
               
           
                        

TAX ID

NO.:                                   __________________________                  __________________________    

TAXABLE YEAR: ________

 

  1.

The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: __________ shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Aria Innovation, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

  2.

The date on which the property was transferred is:___________________ ,______.

 

  3.

The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

  1.

The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $_________________.

 

  2.

The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $_________________.


The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

Dated: ______________________, ______

___________________________________

Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

Dated: ______________________, ______

___________________________________

Spouse of Taxpayer

EX-10.3(A)

Exhibit 10.3(a)

EARGO, INC.

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

2.1    “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee. With reference to the Board’s or a Committee’s powers or authority under the Plan that have been delegated to one or more officers pursuant to Section 4.2, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such officer(s) unless and until such delegation has been revoked.

2.2    “Applicable Law” means any applicable law, including without limitation: (a) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (b) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (c) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

2.3    “Award” means an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock award, Restricted Stock Unit award, Performance Bonus Award, Performance Stock Unit award, Dividend Equivalents award or Other Stock or Cash Based Award granted to a Participant under the Plan.

2.4    “Award Agreement” means an agreement evidencing an Award, which may be written or electronic, that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

2.5    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6    “Change in Control” means any of the following:

(a)    A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of the Company’s securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) any acquisition which complies with Sections 2.6(c)(i), 2.6(c)(ii) and 2.6(c)(iii); or (iv) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant);


(b)    The Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board;

(c)    The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i)    which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction;

(ii)    after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.6(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; and

(iii)    after which at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Successor Entity were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such transaction; or

(d)    The completion of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or any portion of an Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 2.6 with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its sole discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

2.7    “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority issued thereunder.

2.8    “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board, which may include one or more Company directors or executive officers, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3, it is intended that each member of the

 

2


Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee member’s failure to qualify as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

2.9    “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

2.10    “Company” means Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

2.11    “Consultant” means any person, including any adviser, engaged by the Company or its parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity if the consultant or adviser: (i) renders bona fide services to the Company; (ii) renders services not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) is a natural person.

2.12    “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Company determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate.

2.13    “Director” means a Board member.

2.14    “Disability” means a permanent and total disability under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

2.15    “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on a specified number of Shares. Such Dividend Equivalent shall be converted to cash or additional Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares, by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Administrator.

2.16    “DRO” means a “domestic relations order” as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.

2.17    “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.

2.18    “Employee” means any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

2.19    “Equity Restructuring” means a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split (including a reverse stock split), spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other Company securities) or the share price of Common Stock (or other Company securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

2.20    “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all regulations, guidance and other interpretative authority issued thereunder.

2.21    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a Share determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, the value of a Share will be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on an established stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the value of a Share will be the

 

3


closing sales price for a Share on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed on any established stock exchange or quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the value established by the Administrator in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted on or after the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering and prior to the Public Trading Date, the Fair Market Value means the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.22    “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” means an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as determined in accordance with in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively.

2.23    “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that meets the requirements to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

2.24    “Incumbent Directors” means, for any period of 12 consecutive months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.6(a) or 2.6(c)) whose election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least a majority (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for Director without objection to such nomination) of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the 12-month period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved. No individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to Directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be an Incumbent Director.

2.25    “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.26    “Option” means a right granted under Article VI to purchase a specified number of Shares at a specified price per Share during a specified time period. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

2.27    “Other Stock or Cash Based Awards” means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property.

2.28    “Overall Share Limit” means the sum of (i) [            ]1 Shares; (ii) any Shares that are subject to Prior Plan Awards that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Article V; and (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2030, equal to the lesser of (A) 5% of the Shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board or Committee.

 

   

1 12.9% of the post-IPO capitalization (inclusive of share reserve rollover from the Company’s existing share reserve).

 

4


2.29    “Participant” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award.

2.30    “Performance Bonus Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

2.31    “Performance Stock Unit” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.1 and subject to Section 8.2, to receive Shares, the payment of which is contingent upon achieving certain performance goals or other performance-based targets established by the Administrator.

2.32    “Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to a Participant, any “family member” of the Participant, as defined in the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (or any successor form thereto), or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator after taking into account Applicable Law.

2.33    “Plan” means this 2020 Incentive Award Plan.

2.34    “Prior Plan” means the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

2.35    “Prior Plan Award” means an award outstanding under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date.

2.36    “Public Trading Date” means the first date upon which Common Stock is listed upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

2.37    “Restricted Stock” means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VII, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

2.38    “Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

2.39    “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

2.40    “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

2.41    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all regulations, guidance and other interpretative authority issued thereunder.

2.42    “Service Provider” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

2.43    “Shares” means shares of Common Stock.

2.44    “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted under Article VI to receive a payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares on the date the right is exercised over the exercise price set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

2.45    “Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

5


2.46    “Substitute Awards” means Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company or other entity acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

2.47    “Termination of Service” means:

(a)    As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Participant as a Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(b)    As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Participant who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Participant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(c)    As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Participant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

The Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to any Termination of Service, including, without limitation, whether a Termination of Service has occurred, whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for “cause” and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service. For purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relationship shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Subsidiary employing or contracting with such Participant ceases to remain a Subsidiary following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off), even though the Participant may subsequently continue to perform services for that entity.

ARTICLE III.

ELIGIBILITY

Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein. No Service Provider shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Service Providers, Participants or any other persons uniformly.

ARTICLE IV.

ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION

4.1    Administration.

(a)    The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan, to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions, reconcile inconsistencies in the Plan

 

6


or any Award and make all other determinations that it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrator (and each member thereof) is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to it, him or her by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award.

(b)    Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant; (iii) determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate; (iv) subject to the limitations in the Plan, determine the terms and conditions of any Award and related Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, purchase price, any performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations, waivers or amendments thereof; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered; and (vi) make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

4.2    Delegation of Authority. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board or any Committee may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in no event shall an officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or (b) officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Directors to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation or that are otherwise included in the applicable organizational documents, and the Board or Committee, as applicable, may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 4.2 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, and the Board or the Committee may abolish any committee at any time and re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority. Further, regardless of any delegation, the Board or a Committee may, in its discretion, exercise any and all rights and duties as the Administrator under the Plan delegated thereby, except with respect to Awards that are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

ARTICLE V.

STOCK AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

5.1    Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Article IX and the terms of this Article V, Awards may be made under the Plan covering up to the Overall Share Limit. As of the Effective Date, the Company will cease granting awards under the Prior Plan; however, Prior Plan Awards will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan. Shares issued or delivered under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares.

5.2    Share Recycling.

(a)    If all or any part of an Award or Prior Plan Award expires, lapses or is terminated, converted into an award in respect of shares of another entity in connection with a spin-off or other similar

 

7


event, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring) paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award, the unused Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award will, as applicable, become or again be available for Awards under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards or Prior Plan Awards shall not count against the Overall Share Limit.

(b)    In addition, the following Shares shall be available for future grants of Awards: (i) Shares tendered by a Participant or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option or any stock option granted under the Prior Plan; (ii) Shares tendered by the Participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award or any award granted under the Prior Plan; and (iii) Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.2(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option if such action would cause such Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

5.3    Incentive Stock Option Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no more than [            ]2 Shares (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring) may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

5.4    Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or any Subsidiary or the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliate. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards may again become available for Awards under the Plan as provided under Section 5.2 above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employees or directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition or combination.

5.5     Non-Employee Director Award Limit. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan or in any policy of the Company regarding non-employee director compensation, the sum of the grant date fair value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of all equity-based Awards

 

2 

78% of the post-IPO capitalization plus the number of awards remaining outstanding under the 2010 Plan.

 

8


and the maximum amount that may become payable pursuant to all cash-based Awards that may be granted to a Service Provider as compensation for services as a Non-Employee Director during any calendar year shall not exceed $1,500,000.3

ARTICLE VI.

STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

6.1    General. The Administrator may grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to one or more Service Providers, subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall determine. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares covered by each Option and Stock Appreciation Right, the exercise price of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Stock Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose and payable in cash, Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the Award Agreement.

6.2    Exercise Price. The Administrator will establish each Option’s and Stock Appreciation Right’s exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. Subject to Section 6.6, the exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of the Shares subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the exercise price of any Substitute Award shall be determined in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 424 and 409A of the Code.

6.3    Duration of Options. Subject to Section 6.6, each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the Award Agreement, provided that the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years; provided, further, that, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, (a) no portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at a Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable and (b) the portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is unexercisable at a Participant’s Termination of Service shall automatically expire on the date of such Termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, commits an act of “cause” (as determined by the Administrator), or violates any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the right to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, may be terminated by the Company and the Company may suspend the Participant’s right to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right when it reasonably believes that the Participant may have participated in any such act or violation.

6.4    Exercise. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company (or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator) a notice of exercise, in a form

 

3 Eargo:

We have included a director pay limit of $1,500,000. This limit is often included in light of potential shareholder suits on directors setting their own compensation, though a recent Delaware ruling significantly limits its effectiveness in settling any claim on summary judgment.

 

9


and manner the Company approves (which may be written, electronic or telephonic and may contain representations and warranties deemed advisable by the Administrator), signed or authenticated by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full of (a) the exercise price for the number of Shares for which the Option is exercised in a manner specified in Section 6.5 and (b) all applicable taxes in a manner specified in Section 10.5. The Administrator may, in its discretion, limit exercise with respect to fractional Shares and require that any partial exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right be with respect to a minimum number of Shares.

6.5    Payment Upon Exercise. The Administrator shall determine the methods by which payment of the exercise price of an Option shall be made, including, without limitation:

(a)    Cash, check or wire transfer of immediately available funds; provided that the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing methods if one or more of the methods below is permitted;

(b)    If there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option and that the broker has been directed to deliver promptly to the Company funds sufficient to pay the exercise price, or (B) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company an amount sufficient to pay the exercise price by cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or check; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Company;

(c)    To the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery;

(d)    To the extent permitted by the Administrator, surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Option’s exercise valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(e)    To the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note or any other lawful consideration; or

(f)    To the extent permitted by the Administrator, any combination of the above payment forms.

6.6    Additional Terms of Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. If an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Option’s grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed five years. All Incentive Stock Options (and Award Agreements related thereto) will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant agrees to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other transfers (other than in connection with a Change in Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (a) two years from the grant date of the Option or (b) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will be liable to a Participant, or any other party, if an Incentive Stock Option fails or ceases

 

10


to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a fair market value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

ARTICLE VII.

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

7.1    General. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to forfeiture or the Company’s right to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant if conditions the Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an Award Agreement, to Service Providers. The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value, if any, of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to the extent required by Applicable Law. The Award Agreement for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award shall set forth the terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall determine.

7.2    Restricted Stock.

(a)    Stockholder Rights. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, each Participant holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, subject to the restrictions in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares to the extent such dividends and other distributions have a record date that is on or after the date on which such Participant becomes the record holder of such Shares; provided, however, that with respect to a share of Restricted Stock subject to restrictions or vesting conditions as described in Section 8.3, except in connection with a spin-off or other similar event as otherwise permitted under Section 9.2, dividends which are paid to Company stockholders prior to the removal of restrictions and satisfaction of vesting conditions shall only be paid to the Participant to the extent that the restrictions are subsequently removed and the vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the share of Restricted Stock vests.

(b)    Stock Certificates. The Company may require that the Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, together with a stock power endorsed in blank.

(c)    Section 83(b) Election. If a Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which such Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, such Participant shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service along with proof of the timely filing thereof.

7.3    Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, subject to compliance with Applicable Law.

 

11


ARTICLE VIII.

OTHER TYPES OF AWARDS

8.1    General. The Administrator may grant Performance Stock Unit awards, Performance Bonus Awards, Dividend Equivalents or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards, to one or more Service Providers, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall determine.

8.2    Performance Stock Unit Awards. Each Performance Stock Unit award shall be denominated in a number of Shares or in unit equivalents of Shares or units of value (including a dollar value of Shares) and may be linked to any one or more of performance or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or Subsidiaries, determined to be appropriate by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. In making such determinations, the Administrator may consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular Participant.

8.3    Performance Bonus Awards. Each right to receive a bonus granted under this Section 8.3 shall be denominated in the form of cash (but may be payable in cash, stock or a combination thereof) (a “Performance Bonus Award”) and shall be payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of performance or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or Subsidiaries, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.

8.4    Dividend Equivalents. If the Administrator provides, an Award (other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right) may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Award with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award subject to vesting shall either (i) to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, not be paid or credited or (ii) be accumulated and subject to vesting to the same extent as the related Award. All such Dividend Equivalents shall be paid at such time as the Administrator shall specify in the applicable Award Agreement.

8.5    Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants to receive cash or Shares to be delivered in the future and annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified performance criteria or otherwise), in each case subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan. Such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, as the Administrator determines. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including any purchase price, performance goal(s), transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions, which will be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Except in connection with a spin-off or other similar event as otherwise permitted under Article IX, dividends that are paid prior to vesting of any Other Stock or Cash Based Award shall only be paid to the applicable Participant to the extent that the vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Other Stock or Cash Based Award vests.

 

12


ARTICLE IX.

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK

AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS

9.1    Equity Restructuring(a) . In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IX the Administrator will equitably adjust the terms of the Plan and each outstanding Award as it deems appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include (i) adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article V hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares that may be issued); (ii) adjusting the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the performance goals or other criteria included in, outstanding Awards; and (iii) granting new Awards or making cash payments to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 9.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on all interested parties, including the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.

9.2    Corporate Transactions. In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin off, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, Change in Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change) and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles:

(a)    To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment;

(b)    To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all Shares (or other property) covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

(c)    To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation or entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation or entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

 

13


(d)    To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article V hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued) or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

(e)    To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; or

(f)    To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

9.3    Change in Control.

(a)    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, unless the Administrator elects to (i) terminate an Award in exchange for cash, rights or property, or (ii) cause an Award to become fully exercisable and no longer subject to any forfeiture restrictions prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, pursuant to Section 9.2, (A) such Award (other than any portion subject to performance-based vesting) shall continue in effect or be assumed or an equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation and (B) the portion of such Award subject to performance-based vesting shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement and, in the absence of applicable terms and conditions, the Administrator’s discretion.

(b)    In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for an Award (other than any portion subject to performance-based vesting), the Administrator shall cause such Award to become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and all forfeiture restrictions on such Award to lapse and, to the extent unexercised upon the consummation of such transaction, to terminate in exchange for cash, rights or other property. The Administrator shall notify the Participant of any Award that becomes exercisable pursuant to the preceding sentence that such Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of 15 days from the date of such notice, contingent upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, and such Award shall terminate upon the consummation of the Change in Control in accordance with the preceding sentence.

(c)    For the purposes of this Section 9.3, an Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to an Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per-share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

9.4    Administrative Stand Still. In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash

 

14


dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the share price of Common Stock (including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction) or for reasons of administrative convenience or to facilitate compliance with any Applicable Law, the Company may refuse to permit the exercise or settlement of one or more Awards for such period of time as the Company may determine to be reasonably appropriate under the circumstances.

9.5    General. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 9.1 above or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Award’s grant or exercise price. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder will not affect or restrict in any way the Company’s right or power to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger, consolidation, spinoff, dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares.

ARTICLE X.

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

10.1    Transferability.

(a)    No Award may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the Administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless and until such Award has been exercised or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. During the life of a Participant, Awards will be exercisable only by the Participant, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a domestic relations order. After the death of a Participant, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by the Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then-Applicable Law of descent and distribution. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, will include references to a transferee approved by the Administrator.

(b)    Notwithstanding Section 10.1(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Participant or a Permitted Transferee of such Participant to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option (unless such Incentive Stock Option is intended to become a Nonqualified Stock Option) to any one or more Permitted Transferees of such Participant, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than (A) to another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Participant or (B) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a domestic relations order; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Participant (other than the ability to further transfer the Award to any Person other than another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Participant); (iii) the Participant (or transferring Permitted Transferee) and the receiving Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any

 

15


requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law and (C) evidence the transfer; and (iv) any transfer of an Award to a Permitted Transferee shall be without consideration, except as required by Applicable Law. In addition, and further notwithstanding Section 10.1(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Participant to transfer Incentive Stock Options to a trust that constitutes a Permitted Transferee if, under Section 671 of the Code and other Applicable Law, the Participant is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Incentive Stock Option while it is held in the trust.

(c)    Notwithstanding Section 10.1(a), a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a Designated Beneficiary. A Designated Beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant and any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Participant is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Participant’s spouse or domestic partner. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time; provided that the change or revocation is delivered in writing to the Administrator prior to the Participant’s death.

10.2    Documentation. Each Award will be evidenced in an Award Agreement in such form as the Administrator determines in its discretion. Each Award may contain such terms and conditions as are determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the extent not inconsistent with those set forth in the Plan.

10.3    Discretion. Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.

10.4    Changes in Participant’s Status. The Administrator will determine how the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status affects an Award and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable. Except to the extent otherwise required by law or expressly authorized by the Company or by the Company’s written policy on leaves of absence, no Service credit shall be given for vesting purposes for any period the Participant is on a leave of absence.

10.5    Withholding. Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with such Participant’s Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. The amount deducted shall be determined by the Company and may be up to, but no greater than, the aggregate amount of such obligations based on the maximum statutory withholding rates in the applicable Participant’s jurisdiction for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such taxable income. Subject to any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations (i) in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check made payable to the order of the Company; provided that the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing methods if one or more of the exercise methods below is permitted, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares delivered by attestation and Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery, (iii) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied,

 

16


unless the Administrator otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable in respect of the Award and that the broker has been directed to deliver promptly to the Company funds sufficient to satisfy the tax obligations, or (B) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding by cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or check; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Company, (iv) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note or any other lawful consideration or (v) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, any combination of the foregoing payment forms. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence by the Company’s retention of Shares from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the applicable Participant’s behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participant’s acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute the Participant’s authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence.

10.6    Amendment of Award; Repricing. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonqualified Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action will be required unless (i) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Award, or (ii) the change is permitted under Article IX or pursuant to Section 11.6. In addition, the Administrator shall, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, have the authority to (a) amend any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its exercise price per Share, or (b) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award.

10.7    Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Company’s satisfaction, (ii) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy Applicable Law. The Company’s inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.

10.8    Acceleration. The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award will become immediately vested and fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1    No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continue employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

17


11.2    No Rights as Stockholder; Certificates. Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise determines or Applicable Law requires, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on any share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares (including, without limitation, restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock).

11.3    Effective Date. The Plan will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering becomes effective (the “Effective Date”). No Incentive Stock Option may be granted pursuant to the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan was approved by the Board and (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders.

11.4    Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided that (a) no amendment requiring stockholder approval to comply with Applicable Law shall be effective unless approved by the Board, and (b) no amendment, other than an increase to the Overall Share Limit or pursuant to Article IX or Section 11.6, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the affected Participant’s consent. No Awards may be granted under the Plan during any suspension period or after Plan termination. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The Board will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law.

11.5    Provisions for Foreign Participants. The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States, establish subplans or procedures under the Plan or take any other necessary or appropriate action to address Applicable Law, including (a) differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters, (b) listing and other requirements of any foreign securities exchange, and (c) any necessary local governmental or regulatory exemptions or approvals.

11.6    Section 409A.

(a)    General. The Company intends that all Awards be structured to comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s consent, amend this Plan or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (B) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after an Award’s grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Award’s tax treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 11.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A.

 

18


(b)    Separation from Service. If an Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a Participant’s Termination of Service will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or after the Participant’s Termination of Service. For purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms means a “separation from service.”

(c)    Payments to Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator determines) due to his or her “separation from service” will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the specified employee’s death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

11.7    Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plan’s administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising from any act or omission concerning this Plan unless arising from such person’s own fraud or bad faith; provided that he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.

11.8    Data Privacy. As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage

 

19


the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 11.8 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 11.8. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

11.9    Severability. If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.

11.10    Governing Documents. If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary), the Plan will govern, unless such Award Agreement or other written agreement was approved by the Administrator and expressly provides that a specific provision of the Plan will not apply.

11.11    Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law rules thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

11.12    Clawback Provisions. All Awards (including the gross amount of any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award or the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) will be subject to recoupment by the Company to the extent required to comply with Applicable Law or any policy of the Company providing for the reimbursement of incentive compensation, whether or not such policy was in place at the time of grant of an Award.

11.13    Titles and Headings. The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.

11.14    Conformity to Applicable Law. Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in a manner intended to conform with Applicable Law. To the extent Applicable Law permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

11.15    Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary, except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

11.16    Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

20


11.17    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

11.18    Prohibition on Executive Officer Loans. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

11.19    Broker-Assisted Sales. In the event of a broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 10.5: (a) any Shares to be sold through the broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the Company or its designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) the Company and its designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participant’s applicable obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company or its designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participant’s obligation.

*    *    *    *    *

 

21


I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of Eargo, Inc. on                     .

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Eargo, Inc. on                     .

Executed on                     .

 

 

Corporate Secretary
EX-10.3(B)

Exhibit 10.3(b)

EARGO, INC.

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2020 Incentive Award Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (“Participant”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Shares”), set forth below (the “Option”). This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein, as well as in the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Stock Option Agreement”), each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.

 

Participant:    [                    ]
Grant Date:    [                    ]
Vesting Commencement Date:    [                    ]
Exercise Price per Share:    $[                  ]
Total Exercise Price:    [                    ]

Total Number of Shares

Subject to the Option:

   [                    ]
Expiration Date:    [                    ]
Vesting Schedule:    [                    ]

Type of Option:         ☐  Incentive Stock Option                ☐  Nonqualified Stock Option

By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement or this Grant Notice.

 

EARGO, INC.:       PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

      By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

      Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

       
Address:  

 

      Address:  

 

 

 

       

 


EXHIBIT A

TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is attached, Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant an Option under the Company’s 2020 Incentive Award Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), to purchase the number of Shares indicated in the Grant Notice.

ARTICLE 1.

GENERAL

1.1    Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

1.2    Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

ARTICLE 2.

GRANT OF OPTION

2.1    Grant of Option. In consideration of the Participant’s past or continued employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”), the Company irrevocably grants to the Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, subject to adjustments as provided in Article IX of the Plan. Unless designated as a Nonqualified Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option to the maximum extent permitted by law.

2.2    Exercise Price. The exercise price of the Shares subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided, however, that the price per share of the Shares subject to the Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant is a Greater Than 10% Stockholder as of the Grant Date, the exercise price per share of the Shares subject to the Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date.

2.3    Consideration to the Company. In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, the Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and the Participant.

 

A-1


ARTICLE 3.

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

3.1    Commencement of Exercisability.

(a)    Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 5.11 and 5.17 hereof, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice.

(b)    No portion of the Option which has not become vested and exercisable at the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and the Participant.

(c)    Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) hereof and the Grant Notice, but subject to Section 3.1(b) hereof, in the event of a Change in Control the Option shall be treated pursuant to Sections 9.2 and 9.3 of the Plan.

3.2    Duration of Exercisability. The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are cumulative. Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.

3.3    Expiration of Option. The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

(a)    The Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice, which shall in no event be more than ten years from the Grant Date;

(b)    If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant, at the time the Option was granted, was a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the expiration of five years from the Grant Date;

(c)    The expiration of three months from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, unless such termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability; or

(d)    The expiration of one year from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability.

3.4    Special Tax Consequences. The Participant acknowledges that, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, including the Option (if applicable), are exercisable for the first time by the Participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, the Option and such other options shall be Nonqualified Stock Options to the extent necessary to comply with the limitations imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code. The Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking the Option and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. The Participant also acknowledges that an Incentive Stock Option exercised more than three months after the Participant’s Termination of Employment, other than by reason of death or Disability, will be taxed as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

A-2


3.5    Tax Indemnity.

(a)    The Participant agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company, any Subsidiary and the Participant’s employing company, if different, from and against any liability for or obligation to pay any Tax Liability (a “Tax Liability” being any liability for income tax, withholding tax and any other employment related taxes or social security contributions in any jurisdiction) that is attributable to (1) the grant or exercise of, or any benefit derived by the Participant from, the Option, (2) the acquisition by the Participant of the Shares on exercise of the Option or (3) the disposal of any Shares.

(b)    The Option cannot be exercised until the Participant has made such arrangements as the Company may require for the satisfaction of any Tax Liability that may arise in connection with the exercise of the Option or the acquisition of the Shares by the Participant. The Company shall not be required to issue, allot or transfer Shares until the Participant has satisfied this obligation.

(c)    The Participant hereby acknowledges that the Company (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Liabilities in connection with any aspect of the Option and (ii) does not commit to and is under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of any Award, including the Option, to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax Liabilities or achieve any particular tax result. Furthermore, if the Participant becomes subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the date of grant of an Award, including the Option, and the date of any relevant taxable event, the Participant acknowledges that the Company may be required to withhold or account for Tax Liabilities in more than one jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 4.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

4.1    Person Eligible to Exercise. Except as provided in Section 5.3 hereof, during the lifetime of the Participant, only the Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO. After the death of the Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof, be exercised by the deceased Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

4.2    Partial Exercise. Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof. However, the Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares.

4.3    Manner of Exercise. The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other person or entity designated by the Company; for the avoidance of doubt, delivery shall include electronic delivery), during regular business hours, of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof:

(a)    An exercise notice in a form specified by the Administrator, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator. The notice shall be signed by the Participant or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

 

A-3


(b)    The receipt by the Company of full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which shall be made by deduction from other compensation payable to the Participant or in such other form of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof that is acceptable to the Company;

(c)    Any other written representations or documents as may be required in the Administrator’s sole discretion to evidence compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; and

(d)    In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by any person or persons other than the Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.

4.4    Method of Payment. Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a)    Cash or check;

(b)    With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of Shares (including, without limitation, Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option) held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; or

(c)    Other legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator (including, without limitation, through the delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company at such time as may be required by the Company, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale).

4.5    Conditions to Issuance of Shares. The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the conditions in Section 10.7 of the Plan and following conditions:

(a)    The admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Shares are then listed;

(b)    The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

 

A-4


(c)    The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

(d)    The receipt by the Company of full payment for such Shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof; and

(e)    The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

4.6    Rights as Stockholder. The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company and held of record by such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Article IX of the Plan.

ARTICLE 5.

OTHER PROVISIONS

5.1    Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.

5.2    Whole Shares. The Option may only be exercised for whole Shares.

5.3    Transferability.

(a)    Subject to Section 4.1 hereof, the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until the Option has been exercised and the Shares underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until the Option has been exercised, and any attempted disposition thereof prior to exercise shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

(b)    During the lifetime of the Participant, only the Participant may exercise the Option (or any portion thereof), unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or this Agreement, be exercised by the Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

A-5


(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to the Option upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, except to the extent the Plan and this Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Participant is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Option shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse or domestic partner. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by the Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to the Participant’s death.

5.4    Tax Consultation. The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, or with the purchase or disposition of the Shares subject to the Option. The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of such Shares and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5.5    Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the Option contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

5.6    Adjustments Upon Specified Events. The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of the Option in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the Shares contemplated by Article IX of the Plan (including, without limitation, an extraordinary cash dividend on such Shares), the Administrator shall make such adjustments the Administrator deems appropriate in the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise price of the Option and the kind of securities that may be issued upon exercise of the Option. The Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Article IX of the Plan.

5.7    Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to the Participant shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.7, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice which is required to be given to the Participant shall, if the Participant is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by written notice under this Section 5.7. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

5.8    Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

A-6


5.9    Governing Law. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

5.10    Conformity to Securities Laws. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all Applicable Law and regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Law.

5.11    Amendment, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board; provided, however, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant.

5.12    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in Section 5.3 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

5.13    Notification of Disposition. If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two years from the Grant Date with respect to such Shares or (b) within one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

5.14    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

5.15    Not a Contract of Service Relationship. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere with or restrict in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or to terminate for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, the services of the Participant’s at any time.

5.16    Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, provided that the Option shall be subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Company plan pursuant to which the Participant participates, in each case, in accordance with the terms therein.

 

A-7


5.17    Section 409A. This Option is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “Section 409A”). However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that the Option (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify the Participant or any other person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate either for the Option to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

5.18    Limitation on the Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. The Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to options, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

*    *    *    *    *

 

A-8


EARGO, INC.

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE

Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2020 Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (the “Participant”) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “Shares”) subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”) (including without limitation the Restrictions on the Shares set forth in the Agreement) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and the Agreement.

 

Participant:    [                    ]
Grant Date:    [                    ]
Total Number of Shares of Restricted Stock:    [                    ]
Vesting Commencement Date:    [                    ]
Vesting Schedule:    [                    ]
Termination:    If the Participant experiences a Termination of Service, any Shares that have not become vested on or prior to the date of such Termination of Service will thereupon be automatically forfeited by the Participant, and the Participant’s rights in such Shares shall thereupon lapse and expire.

By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, the Agreement or this Grant Notice. In addition, by signing below, the Participant also agrees that the Company, in its sole discretion, may satisfy any withholding obligations in accordance with Section 2.2(c) of the Agreement by (i) withholding shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon vesting of the Shares, (ii) instructing a broker on the Participant’s behalf to sell Shares upon vesting and submit the proceeds of such sale to the Company, or (iii) using any other method permitted by Section 2.2(c) of the Agreement or the Plan.

 

EARGO, INC.:       PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

      By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

      Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

       
Address:  

 

      Address:  

 

 

 

       

 

 

1


EXHIBIT A

TO RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is attached, Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant the number of shares of Restricted Stock (the “Shares”) under the Company’s 2020 Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), as set forth in the Grant Notice.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1    Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

1.2    Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Award (as defined below) is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

ARTICLE II.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

2.1    Award of Restricted Stock.

(a)    Award. Pursuant to the Grant Notice and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice, the Company has granted to the Participant an award of Restricted Stock (the “Award”) under the Plan in consideration of the Participant’s past or continued employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary, and for other good and valuable consideration. The number of Shares subject to the Award is set forth in the Grant Notice.

(b)    Escrow. The Participant, by acceptance of the Award, shall be deemed to appoint, and does so appoint, the Secretary of the Company or such other escrow holder as the Administrator may appoint to hold the Shares in escrow as the Participant’s attorney(s)-in-fact to effect any transfer of unvested forfeited Shares (or Shares otherwise reacquired by the Company hereunder) to the Company as may be required pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement and to execute such documents as the Company or such representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such transfer.

(c)    Removal of Notations. As soon as administratively practicable after the vesting of any Shares subject to the Award pursuant to Section 2.2(b) hereof, the Company shall remove the notations on any Shares subject to the Award which have vested (or such lesser number of Shares as may be permitted pursuant to Section 10.7 of the Plan). The Participant (or the beneficiary or personal representative of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances required by the Company.

 

A-1


2.2    Restrictions.

(a)    Forfeiture. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and the Participant, upon the Participant’s Termination of Service for any or no reason, any Shares subject to Restrictions shall thereupon be forfeited immediately and without any further action by the Company, and the Participant’s rights in such Shares shall thereupon lapse and expire.

(b)    Vesting and Lapse of Restrictions. As of the Grant Date, 100% of the Shares shall be subject to the risk of forfeiture set forth in Section 2.2(a) hereof and the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 3.3 hereof (collectively, such risk of forfeiture and such transfer restrictions, the “Restrictions”). The Award shall vest and Restrictions shall lapse in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (rounding down to the nearest whole Share).

(c)    Tax Withholding. As set forth in Section 10.5 of the Plan, the Company shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or to require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the Award. The Company shall not be obligated to transfer Shares held in escrow to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative until the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state and local taxes applicable to the taxable income of the Participant resulting from the grant or vesting of the Award or the issuance of Shares.

(d)    Stop Transfer Instructions. To ensure compliance with the Restrictions, the provisions of the charter documents of the Company and Applicable Law, and for other proper purposes, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” and other instructions to its transfer agent with respect to the Restricted Stock. The Company shall notify the transfer agent as and when the Restrictions lapse.

2.3    Consideration to the Company. In consideration of the grant of the Award pursuant hereto, the Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary.

ARTICLE III.

OTHER PROVISIONS

3.1    Section 83(b) Election. If the Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Participant hereby agrees to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

3.2    Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Award.

3.3    Transferability. Until the Restrictions hereunder lapse or expire pursuant to this Agreement and the Shares vest, the Restricted Stock (including any Shares or other securities or property received by the Participant with respect to Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 10.1 of the Plan.

 

A-2


3.4    Rights as Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the Grant Date, the Participant shall have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares, subject to the Restrictions, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any cash or stock dividends, in respect of the Shares subject to the Award and deliverable hereunder.

3.5    Tax Consultation. The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences in connection with the Restricted Stock granted pursuant to this Agreement (and the Shares issuable with respect thereto). The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the Restricted Stock and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

3.6    Adjustments Upon Specified Events. The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of the Restricted Stock in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine. The Participant acknowledges that the Restricted Stock is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Article IX of the Plan.

3.7    Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to the Participant shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 3.7, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

3.8    Participant’s Representations. If the Shares issuable hereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws on an effective registration statement at the time of such issuance, the Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with such issuance, make such written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company or its counsel.

3.9    Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

3.10    Governing Law. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

3.11    Conformity to Securities Laws. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Award is granted, only in such a manner as to conform to such Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Law.

3.12    Amendment, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board; provided, however, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the Award in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant.

 

A-3


3.13    Successors and Assigns. The Company or any Subsidiary may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 3.3 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

3.14    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Plan, the Award and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

3.15    Not a Contract of Service Relationship. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve as an Employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and the Participant.

3.16    Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto, if any) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, provided that the Shares shall be subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Company plan pursuant to which the Participant participates, in each case, in accordance with the terms therein.

3.17    Limitation on the Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. The Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Shares issuable hereunder.

*    *    *    *    *

 

A-4


EARGO, INC.

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE

Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2020 Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (the “Participant”), an award of restricted stock units (“Restricted Stock Units or RSUs”). Each vested Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive, in accordance with the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), one share of Common Stock (“Share”). This award of Restricted Stock Units is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Agreement and the Plan, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and the Agreement.

 

Participant:   

[                    ]

Grant Date:   

[                    ]

Total Number of RSUs:   

[                    ]

Vesting Commencement Date:   

[                    ]

Vesting Schedule:   

[                    ]

Termination:    If the Participant experiences a Termination of Service, all RSUs that have not become vested on or prior to the date of such Termination of Service will thereupon be automatically forfeited by the Participant without payment of any consideration therefor.

By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, the Agreement or this Grant Notice. In addition, by signing below, the Participant also agrees that the Company, in its sole discretion, may satisfy any withholding obligations in accordance with Section 2.6(b) of the Agreement by (i) withholding shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon vesting of the RSUs, (ii) instructing a broker on the Participant’s behalf to sell shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon vesting of the RSUs and submit the proceeds of such sale to the Company, or (iii) using any other method permitted by Section 2.6(b) of the Agreement or the Plan.

 

EARGO, INC.:       PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

      By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

      Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

       
Address:  

 

      Address:  

 


EXHIBIT A

TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is attached, Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant the number of restricted stock units (“Restricted Stock Units or RSUs”) set forth in the Grant Notice under the Company’s 2020 Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”). Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one share of Common Stock (a “Share”) upon vesting.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1    Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

1.2    Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The RSUs are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

ARTICLE II.

GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

2.1    Grant of RSUs. Pursuant to the Grant Notice and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice, the Company hereby grants to the Participant an award of RSUs under the Plan in consideration of the Participant’s past or continued employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiaries and for other good and valuable consideration.

2.2    Unsecured Obligation to RSUs. Unless and until the RSUs have vested in the manner set forth in Article 2 hereof, the Participant will have no right to receive Common Stock under any such RSUs. Prior to actual payment of any vested RSUs, such RSUs will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

2.3    Vesting Schedule. Subject to Section 2.5 hereof, the RSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable with respect to the applicable portion thereof according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (rounding down to the nearest whole Share).

2.4    Consideration to the Company. In consideration of the grant of the award of RSUs pursuant hereto, the Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary.

2.5    Forfeiture, Termination and Cancellation upon Termination of Service. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement or the Plan, upon the Participant’s Termination of Service for any or no reason, all Restricted Stock Units which have not vested prior to or in connection with such Termination of Service shall thereupon automatically be forfeited, terminated and cancelled as of the applicable termination date without payment of any consideration by the Company, and the Participant, or

 

A-1


the Participant’s beneficiary or personal representative, as the case may be, shall have no further rights hereunder. No portion of the RSUs which has not become vested as of the date on which the Participant incurs a Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested, except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and the Participant.

2.6    Issuance of Common Stock upon Vesting.

(a)    As soon as administratively practicable following the vesting of any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, but in no event later than 30 days after such vesting date (for the avoidance of doubt, this deadline is intended to comply with the “short term deferral” exemption from Section 409A of the Code), the Company shall deliver to the Participant (or any transferee permitted under Section 3.2 hereof) a number of Shares equal to the number of RSUs subject to this Award that vest on the applicable vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Shares cannot be issued pursuant to Section 10.7 of the Plan, the Shares shall be issued pursuant to the preceding sentence as soon as administratively practicable after the Administrator determines that Shares can again be issued in accordance with such Section.

(b)    As set forth in Section 10.5 of the Plan, the Company shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or to require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the Restricted Stock Units. The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Shares to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative unless and until the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state and local taxes applicable to the taxable income of the Participant resulting from the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units or the issuance of Shares.

2.7    Conditions to Delivery of Shares. The Shares deliverable hereunder may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares or issued Shares which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue Shares deliverable hereunder prior to fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 10.7 of the Plan.

2.8    Rights as Stockholder. The holder of the RSUs shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of the RSUs and any Shares underlying the RSUs and deliverable hereunder unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company and held of record by such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Article IX of the Plan.

ARTICLE III.

OTHER PROVISIONS

3.1    Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the RSUs.

 

A-2


3.2    Transferability. The RSUs shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 10.1 of the Plan.

3.3    Tax Consultation. The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences in connection with the RSUs granted pursuant to this Agreement (and the Shares issuable with respect thereto). The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the RSUs and the issuance of Shares with respect thereto and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

3.4    Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the RSUs contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

3.5    Adjustments Upon Specified Events. The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of the RSUs in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine. The Participant acknowledges that the RSUs are subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Article IX of the Plan.

3.6    Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to the Participant shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 3.6, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

3.7    Participant’s Representations. If the Shares issuable hereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state laws on an effective registration statement at the time of such issuance, the Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with such issuance, make such written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company or its counsel.

3.8    Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

3.9    Governing Law. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

3.10    Conformity to Securities Laws. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any other Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the RSUs are granted, only in such a manner as to conform to Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Law.

3.11    Amendment, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board; provided, however, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the RSUs in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant.

 

A-3


3.12    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in Section 3.2 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

3.13    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Plan, the RSUs and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

3.14    Not a Contract of Service Relationship. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere with or restrict in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or to terminate for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, the services of the Participant at any time.

3.15    Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto, if any) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, provided that the RSUs shall be subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Company plan pursuant to which the Participant participates, in each case, in accordance with the terms therein.

3.16    Section 409A. This Award is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “Section 409A”). However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that this Award (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate for this Award either to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

3.17    Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. The Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the RSUs, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Common Stock as a general unsecured creditor with respect to RSUs, as and when payable hereunder.

*    *    *    *    *

 

A-4

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

EARGO, INC.

2020 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE 1

PURPOSE

The Plan’s purpose is to assist employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company, and to help such employees provide for their future security and to encourage them to remain in the employment of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

The Plan consists of two components: the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component. The Section 423 Component is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of Options under the Non-Section 423 Component, which need not qualify as Options granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; such Options granted under the Non-Section 423 Component shall be granted pursuant to separate Offerings containing such sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures as may be adopted by the Administrator and designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Designated Subsidiaries in locations outside of the United States. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-Section 423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the Section 423 Component. Offerings intended to be made under the Non-Section 423 Component will be designated as such by the Administrator at or prior to the time of such Offering.

For purposes of this Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan, the terms of which need not be identical, in which Eligible Employees will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Period(s) in each such Offering is identical, provided that the terms of participation are the same within each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component as determined under Section 423 of the Code. Solely by way of example and without limiting the foregoing, the Company could, but shall not be required to, provide for simultaneous Offerings under the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component of the Plan.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

2.1    “Administrator” means the Committee, or such individuals to which authority to administer the Plan has been delegated under Section 7.1 hereof.

2.2    “Agent” means the brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution, entity or person(s), if any, engaged, retained, appointed or authorized to act as the agent of the Company or an Employee with regard to the Plan.

2.3    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4    “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority issued thereunder.

2.5    “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.


2.6    “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

2.7    “Company” means Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

2.8    “Compensation” of an Employee means the regular earnings or base salary, bonuses and commissions paid to the Employee from the Company on each Payday as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, before deduction for any salary deferral contributions made by the Employee to any tax-qualified or nonqualified deferred compensation plan, including overtime, shift differentials, vacation pay, salaried production schedule premiums, holiday pay, jury duty pay, funeral leave pay, paid time off, military pay, prior week adjustments and weekly bonus, but excluding education or tuition reimbursements, imputed income arising under any group insurance or benefit program, travel expenses, business and moving reimbursements, including tax gross ups and taxable mileage allowance, income received in connection with any stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other compensatory equity awards and all contributions made by the Company or any Designated Subsidiary for the Employee’s benefit under any employee benefit plan now or hereafter established. Such Compensation shall be calculated before deduction of any income or employment tax withholdings, but shall be withheld from the Employee’s net income.

2.9    “Designated Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary, including any Subsidiary in existence on the Effective Date and any Subsidiary formed or acquired following the Effective Date, that has been designated by the Board or Committee from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan, in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof, such designation to specify whether such participation is in the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component. A Designated Subsidiary may participate in either the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component, but not both, provided that a Subsidiary that, for U.S. tax purposes, is disregarded from the Company or any Subsidiary that participates in the Section 423 Component shall automatically constitute a Designated Subsidiary that participates in the Section 423 Component.

2.10    “Effective Date” means the date immediately prior to the date the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering becomes effective, provided that the Board has adopted the Plan prior to or on such date, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

2.11    “Eligible Employee” means an Employee:

(a)    who is customarily scheduled to work at least 20 hours per week;

(b)    whose customary employment is more than five months in a calendar year; and

(c)    who, after the granting of the Option, would not be deemed for purposes of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code to possess 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary.

For purposes of clause (c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock which an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may exclude from participation in the Section 423 Component as an Eligible Employee:

(x)    any Employee that is a “highly compensated employee” of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code), or that is such a “highly compensated employee” (A) with compensation above a specified level, (B) who is an officer or (C) who is subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act; or

 

2


(y)    any Employee who is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also a citizen of the United States or a resident alien (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) if either (A) the grant of the Option is prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction governing such Employee, or (B) compliance with the laws of the foreign jurisdiction would cause the Section 423 Component, any Offering thereunder or an Option granted thereunder to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code; provided that any exclusion in clauses (x) or (y) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering to all Employees of the Company and all Designated Subsidiaries, in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, the first sentence in this definition shall apply in determining who is an “Eligible Employee,” except (a) the Administrator may limit eligibility further within the Company or a Designated Subsidiary so as to only designate some Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as Eligible Employees, and (b) to the extent the restrictions in the first sentence in this definition are not consistent with applicable local laws, the applicable local laws shall control.

2.12    “Employee” means any person who renders services to the Company or a Designated Subsidiary in the status of an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. “Employee” shall not include any director of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who does not render services to the Company or a Designated Subsidiary in the status of an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military leave, sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three months, or such other period specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.421-1(h)(2), and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three-month period, or such other period specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.421-1(h)(2).

2.13    “Enrollment Date” means the first date of each Offering Period.

2.14    “Exercise Date” means the last day of each Purchase Period, except as provided in Section 5.2 hereof.

2.15    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.16    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(a)    If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Stock Market), (ii) listed on any national market system or (iii) listed, quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a share of Common Stock as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the closing sales price for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(b)    If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

3


(c)    If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

2.17    “Grant Date” means the first day of an Offering Period.

2.18    “New Exercise Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b) hereof.

2.19    “Non-Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which Options may be granted to non-U.S. Eligible Employees that need not satisfy the requirements for Options granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

2.20    “Offering” means an offer under the Plan of an Option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 4 hereof. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, each Offering to the Eligible Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary shall be deemed a separate Offering, even if the dates and other terms of the applicable Exercise Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component need not be identical, provided that the terms of the Section 423 Component and an Offering thereunder together satisfy Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

2.21    “Offering Period” means each consecutive, overlapping twenty-four (24) month period commencing on such date(s) as determined by the Board or Committee, in its sole discretion, and with respect to which Options shall be granted to Participants. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be established or changed by the Board or Committee at any time, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may an Offering Period exceed twenty-seven (27) months.

2.22    “Option” means the right to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan during each Offering Period.

2.23    “Option Price” means the purchase price of a share of Common Stock hereunder as provided in Section 4.2 hereof.

2.24    “Parent” means any entity that is a parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code.

2.25    “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan.

2.26    “Payday” means the regular and recurring established day for payment of Compensation to an Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.

2.27    “Plan” means this 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the Section 423 Component and Non-Section 423 Component and any other sub-plans or appendices hereto, as amended from time to time.

 

4


2.28    “Plan Account” means a bookkeeping account established and maintained by the Company in the name of each Participant.

2.29    “Purchase Period” means each consecutive six (6) month period commencing on such date(s) as determined by the Board or Committee, in its sole discretion, within each Offering Period. The first Purchase Period of each Offering Period shall commence on the Grant Date and end with the next Exercise Date. The duration and timing of Purchase Periods may be established or changed by the Board or Committee at any time, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a Purchase Period exceed the duration of the Offering Period under which it is established.

2.30    “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

2.31    “Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan that are intended to meet the requirements under Section 423(b) of the Code.

2.32    “Subsidiary” means any entity that is a subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code. In addition, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, Subsidiary shall include any corporate or noncorporate entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect equity interest or significant business relationship.

2.33    “Treas. Reg.” means U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations.

2.34    “Withdrawal Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.

ARTICLE 3

PARTICIPATION

3.1    Eligibility.

(a)    Any Eligible Employee who is employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and, for the Section 423 Component, the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

(b)    No Eligible Employee shall be granted an Option under the Section 423 Component which permits the Participant’s rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan, and to purchase stock under all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary subject to Section 423 of the Code, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market value of such stock (determined at the time such Option is granted) for each calendar year in which such Option is outstanding at any time. The limitation under this Section 3.1(b) shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

3.2    Election to Participate; Payroll Deductions

(a)    Except as provided in Sections 3.2(e) and 3.3 hereof, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction. Each individual who is an Eligible Employee as of an Offering Period’s Enrollment Date may elect to participate in such Offering Period and the Plan by delivering to the Company a payroll deduction authorization no later than the period of time prior to the applicable Enrollment Date that is determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

5


(b)    Subject to Section 3.1(b) hereof and except as may otherwise be determined by the Administrator, payroll deductions (i) shall equal at least 1% of the Participant’s Compensation as of each Payday of the Offering Period following the Enrollment Date, but not more than 15% of the Participant’s Compensation as of each Payday of the Offering Period following the Enrollment Date; and (ii) may be expressed either as (A) a whole number percentage, or (B) a fixed dollar amount. Amounts deducted from a Participant’s Compensation with respect to an Offering Period pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be deducted each Payday through payroll deduction and credited to the Participant’s Plan Account; provided that for the first Offering Period under this Plan, payroll deductions shall not begin until such date determined by the Board or Committee, in its sole discretion.

(c)    Following at least one payroll deduction, a Participant may decrease (to as low as zero) the amount deducted from such Participant’s Compensation only once during an Offering Period upon ten calendar days’ prior written notice to the Company. A Participant may not increase the amount deducted from such Participant’s Compensation during an Offering Period.

(d)    Upon the completion of an Offering Period, each Participant in such Offering Period shall automatically participate in the immediately following Offering Period at the same payroll deduction percentage or fixed amount as in effect at the termination of such Offering Period, unless such Participant delivers to the Company a different election with respect to the successive Offering Period in accordance with Section 3.2(a) hereof, or unless such Participant becomes ineligible for participation in the Plan.

(e)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the Plan through payroll deductions is prohibited, the Administrator may provide that an Eligible Employee may elect to participate through contributions to the Participant’s account under the Plan in a form acceptable to the Administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions; provided, however, that, for any Offering under the Section 423 Component, the Administrator must determine that any alternative method of contribution is applied on an equal and uniform basis to all Eligible Employees in the Offering.

3.3    Leave of Absence. During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.421-1(h)(2), a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on the Participant’s normal payday equal to the Participant’s authorized payroll deduction.

ARTICLE 4

PURCHASE OF SHARES

4.1    Grant of Option. The Company may make one or more Offerings under the Plan, which may be successive or overlapping with one another, until the earlier of: (i) the date on which the Shares available under the Plan have been sold or (ii) the date on which the Plan is suspended or terminates. The Administrator shall designate the terms and conditions of each Offering in writing, including without limitation, the Offering Period and the Purchase Periods. Each Participant shall be granted an Option with respect to an Offering Period on the applicable Grant Date. Subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(b) hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Participant’s Option shall be determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to an Exercise Date and retained in the Participant’s Plan Account on such Exercise Date by (b) the applicable Option Price; provided that in no event shall a Participant be permitted to purchase during each Offering Period more than 100,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof). The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that a Participant may purchase during such future Offering Periods. Each Option shall expire on the last Exercise Date for the applicable Offering Period immediately after the automatic exercise of the Option in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof, unless such Option terminates earlier in accordance with Article 6 hereof.

 

6


4.2    Option Price. The “Option Price” per share of Common Stock to be paid by a Participant upon exercise of the Participant’s Option on an Exercise Date for an Offering Period shall equal 85% of the lesser of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on (a) the applicable Grant Date and (b) the applicable Exercise Date, or such other price designated by the Administrator; provided that in no event shall the Option Price per share of Common Stock be less than the par value per share of the Common Stock.

4.3    Purchase of Shares.

(a)    On each Exercise Date for an Offering Period, each Participant shall automatically and without any action on such Participant’s part be deemed to have exercised the Participant’s Option to purchase at the applicable per share Option Price the largest number of whole shares of Common Stock which can be purchased with the amount in the Participant’s Plan Account. Any balance less than the per share Option Price that is remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account (after exercise of such Participant’s Option) as of the Exercise Date shall be carried forward to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period, unless the Participant has elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof or, pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof, such Participant has ceased to be an Eligible Employee. Any balance not carried forward to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period in accordance with the prior sentence promptly shall be refunded to the applicable Participant. In no event shall an amount greater than or equal to the per share Option Price as of an Exercise Date be carried forward to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period.

(b)    As soon as practicable following each Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased by such Participant pursuant to Section 4.3(a) hereof shall be delivered (either in share certificate or book entry form), in the Company’s sole discretion, to either (i) the Participant or (ii) an account established in the Participant’s name at a stock brokerage or other financial services firm designated by the Company. If the Company is required to obtain from any commission or agency authority to issue any such shares of Common Stock, the Company shall seek to obtain such authority. Inability of the Company to obtain from any such commission or agency authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance of any such shares shall relieve the Company from liability to any Participant except to refund to the Participant such Participant’s Plan Account balance, without interest thereon.

4.4    Automatic Termination of Offering Period. If the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any Exercise Date (except the final scheduled Exercise Date of any Offering Period) is lower than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date for an Offering Period, then such Offering Period shall terminate on such Exercise Date after the automatic exercise of the Option in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof, and each Participant shall automatically be enrolled in the Offering Period that commences immediately following such Exercise Date and such Participant’s payroll deduction authorization shall remain in effect for such Offering Period.

4.5    Transferability of Rights. An Option granted under the Plan shall not be transferable, other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. No option or interest or right to the Option shall be available to pay off any debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or the Participant’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempt at disposition of the Option shall have no effect.

 

7


ARTICLE 5

PROVISIONS RELATING TO COMMON STOCK

5.1    Common Stock Reserved. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.2 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be the sum of (a) [                    ]1 shares and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2030 equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the shares outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such number of shares as may be determined by the Board or Committee; provided, however, no more than [                    ]2 shares may be issued under the Plan. Shares made available for sale under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares of Common Stock, or reacquired shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

5.2    Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Asset Sale.

(a)    Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but not yet placed under Option, as well as the price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each Option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

(b)    Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Periods then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new Exercise Date (the “New Exercise Date”), and shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator shall notify each Participant in writing, at least ten business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s Option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s Option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 6.1 hereof or the Participant has ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 6.2 hereof.

(c)    Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent Option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option,

 

1 

2% of the post-IPO capitalization.

2 

15% of the post-IPO capitalization.

 

8


any Offering Periods then in progress shall be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date and any Offering Periods then in progress shall end on the New Exercise Date. The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company’s proposed sale or merger. The Administrator shall notify each Participant in writing, at least ten business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s Option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s Option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 6.1 hereof or the Participant has ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 6.2 hereof.

5.3    Insufficient Shares. If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options are to be exercised may exceed the number of shares of Common Stock remaining available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for issuance on such Exercise Date in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising Options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and unless additional shares are authorized for issuance under the Plan, no further Offering Periods shall take place and the Plan shall terminate pursuant to Section 7.5 hereof. If an Offering Period is so terminated, then the balance of the amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Account which has not been applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash within 30 days after such Exercise Date, without any interest thereon.

5.4    Rights as Stockholders. With respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company and shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder. A Participant shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company when, but not until, shares of Common Stock have been deposited in the designated brokerage account following exercise of the Participant’s Option.

ARTICLE 6

TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION

6.1    Cessation of Contributions; Voluntary Withdrawal.

(a)    A Participant may cease payroll deductions during an Offering Period and elect to withdraw from the Plan by delivering written notice of such election to the Company in such form and at such time prior to the Exercise Date for such Offering Period as may be established by the Administrator (a “Withdrawal Election”). A Participant electing to withdraw from the Plan may elect to either (i) withdraw all of the funds then credited to the Participant’s Plan Account as of the date on which the Withdrawal Election is received by the Company, in which case amounts credited to such Plan Account shall be returned to the Participant in one lump-sum payment in cash within 30 days after such election is received by the Company, without any interest thereon, and the Participant shall cease to participate in the Plan and the Participant’s Option for such Offering Period shall terminate; or (ii) exercise the Option for the maximum number of whole shares of Common Stock on the applicable Exercise Date with any remaining Plan Account balance returned to the Participant in one lump-sum payment in cash within 30 days after such Exercise Date, without any interest thereon, and after such exercise cease to participate in the Plan. Upon receipt of a Withdrawal Election, the Participant’s payroll deduction authorization and the Participant’s Option shall terminate.

(b)    A Participant’s withdrawal from the Plan shall not have any effect upon the Participant’s eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

 

9


(c)    A Participant who ceases contributions to the Plan during any Offering Period shall not be permitted to resume contributions to the Plan during that Offering Period.

6.2    Termination of Eligibility. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, such Participant’s Option for the applicable Offering Period shall automatically terminate, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan, and such Participant’s Plan Account shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the person or persons entitled thereto pursuant to applicable law, within 30 days after such cessation of being an Eligible Employee, without any interest thereon. If a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component to any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component, such transfer shall not be treated as a termination of employment, but the Participant shall immediately cease to participate in the Section 423 Component; however, any contributions made for the Offering Period in which such transfer occurs shall be transferred to the Non-Section 423 Component, and such Participant shall immediately join the then-current Offering under the Non-Section 423 Component upon the same terms and conditions in effect for the Participant’s participation in the Section 423 Component, except for such modifications otherwise applicable for Participants in such Offering. A Participant who transfers employment from any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component shall not be treated as terminating the Participant’s employment and shall remain a Participant in the Non-Section 423 Component until the earlier of (i) the end of the current Offering Period under the Non-Section 423 Component, or (ii) the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period in which the Participant is eligible to participate following such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may establish different rules to govern transfers of employment between companies participating in the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component, consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

ARTICLE 7

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1    Administration.

(a)    The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall be composed of members of the Board. The Committee may delegate administrative tasks under the Plan to the services of an Agent or Employees to assist in the administration of the Plan, including establishing and maintaining an individual securities account under the Plan for each Participant.

(b)    It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)    To establish and terminate Offerings;

(ii)    To determine when and how Options shall be granted and the provisions and terms of each Offering (which need not be identical);

(iii)    To select Designated Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof; and

(iv)    To construe and interpret the Plan, the terms of any Offering and the terms of the Options and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. The Administrator,

 

10


in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, any Offering or any Option, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to administer the Plan, subject to Section 423 of the Code for the Section 423 Component.

(c)    The Administrator may adopt rules or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding handling of participation elections, payroll deductions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, payroll tax, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates which vary with local requirements. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Administrator under the Plan.

(d)    The Administrator may adopt sub-plans applicable to particular Designated Subsidiaries or locations, which sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code. The rules of such sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 5.1 hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan.

(e)    All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Administrator in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Administrator may, with the approval of the Committee, employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons. The Administrator, the Company and its officers and directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Board or Administrator shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the options, and all members of the Board or Administrator shall be fully protected by the Company in respect to any such action, determination, or interpretation.

7.2    Designation of Subsidiary Corporations. The Board or Administrator shall designate from time to time the Subsidiaries that shall constitute Designated Subsidiaries, and determine whether such Designated Subsidiaries shall participate in the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component. The Board or Administrator may designate a Subsidiary, or terminate the designation of a Subsidiary, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

7.3    Reports. Individual accounts shall be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of Plan Accounts shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Option Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

7.4    No Right to Employment. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary or to affect the right of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Participant) at any time, with or without cause, which right is expressly reserved.

7.5    Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a)    The Board may, in its sole discretion, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision), with respect to the Section 423 Component, or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any such amendment to the Plan in such a manner and to such a degree as required by Section 423 of the Code or such other law, regulation or rule.

 

11


(b)    If the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may in its discretion modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i)    altering the Option Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Option Price;

(ii)    shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and

(iii)    allocating shares of Common Stock.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

(c)    Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan Account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon.

7.6    Use of Funds; No Interest Paid. All funds received by the Company by reason of purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be included in the general funds of the Company free of any trust or other restriction and may be used for any corporate purpose. No interest shall be paid to any Participant or credited under the Plan.

7.7    Term; Approval by Stockholders. No Option may be granted during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan. The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan. Options may be granted prior to such stockholder approval; provided, however, that such Options shall not be exercisable prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders; provided, further that if such approval has not been obtained by the end of the 12-month period, all Options previously granted under the Plan shall thereupon terminate and be canceled and become null and void without being exercised.

7.8    Effect Upon Other Plans. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary, or (b) to grant or assume Options otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose, including, but not by way of limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, firm or association.

7.9    Conformity to Securities Laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan and the participation in the Plan by any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemption rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

12


7.10    Notice of Disposition of Shares. Each Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of Common Stock, acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under the Section 423 Component, if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two years after the applicable Grant Date or (b) within one year after the transfer of such shares of Common Stock to such Participant upon exercise of such Option. The Company may direct that any certificates evidencing shares acquired pursuant to the Plan refer to such requirement.

7.11    Tax Withholding. The Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary shall be entitled to require payment in cash or deduction from other compensation payable to each Participant of any sums required by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld with respect to any purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or any sale of such shares.

7.12    Governing Law. The Plan and all rights and obligations thereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law rules thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

7.13    Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

7.14    Conditions To Issuance of Shares.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of an Option by a Participant, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such shares of Common Stock is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or traded, and the shares of Common Stock are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.

(b)    All certificates for shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to the Plan and all shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state, or foreign securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any certificate or book entry evidencing shares of Common Stock to reference restrictions applicable to the shares of Common Stock.

(c)    The Committee shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Option, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Committee.

(d)    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, the Company may, in lieu of delivering to any Participant certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any Option, record the issuance of shares of Common Stock in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

 

13


7.15    Equal Rights and Privileges. All Eligible Employees of the Company (or of any Designated Subsidiary) granted Options pursuant to an Offering under the Section 423 Component shall have equal rights and privileges under this Plan to the extent required under Section 423 of the Code so that the Section 423 Component qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Any provision of the Section 423 Component that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component need not have the same rights and privileges as Eligible Employees participating in the Section 423 Component.

7.16    Rules Particular to Specific Countries. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms and conditions of the Plan with respect to Participants who are tax residents of a particular non-U.S. country or who are foreign nationals or employed in non-U.S. jurisdictions may be subject to an addendum to the Plan in the form of an appendix or sub-plan (which appendix or sub-plan may be designed to govern Offerings under the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component, as determined by the Administrator). To the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in an appendix or sub-plan conflict with any provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the appendix or sub-plan shall govern. The adoption of any such appendix or sub-plan shall be pursuant to Section 7.1 above. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures, with respect to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed in non-U.S. jurisdictions, regarding the exclusion of particular Subsidiaries from participation in the Plan, eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions or other contributions by Participants, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, data privacy security, payroll tax, withholding procedures, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions or contributions.

7.17    Section 409A. The Section 423 Component of the Plan and the Options granted pursuant to Offerings thereunder are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A. Neither the Non-Section 423 Component nor any Option granted pursuant to an Offering thereunder is intended to constitute or provide for “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that any Option granted under the Plan may be or become subject to Section 409A or that any provision of the Plan may cause an Option granted under the Plan to be or become subject to Section 409A, the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and/or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, either through compliance with the requirements of Section 409A or with an available exemption therefrom.

*    *    *    *    *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of Eargo, Inc. on                     , 2020.

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Eargo, Inc. on                     , 2020.

Executed on                     , 2020.

                    
Corporate Secretary

 

14

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

EARGO, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated September 25, 2020, is between Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Christian Gormsen (“Executive” and, together with the Company, the “Parties”). This Agreement will become effective as of immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “Effective Date”). This Agreement supersedes in its entirety that certain offer letter between Executive and the Company dated as of February 17, 2016 (“Offer Letter”) effective as of the Effective Date.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure itself of the continued services of Executive by engaging Executive to perform services as an employee of the Company under the terms hereof;

WHEREAS, Executive desires to provide continued services to the Company on the terms herein provided; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to execute this Agreement to supersede the Offer Letter in its entirety and reflect certain changes to Executive’s employment with the Company effective as of the Effective Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, including the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Employment.

(a)    General. The Company shall employ Executive upon the terms and conditions provided herein effective as of the Effective Date.

(b)    Position and Duties. Effective as of the Effective Date, Executive: (i) shall continue to serve as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, with responsibilities, duties, and authority usual and customary for such position, subject to direction by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”); (ii) shall continue to report directly to the Board; and (iii) agrees promptly and faithfully to comply with all present and future policies, requirements, rules and regulations, and reasonable directions and requests, of the Company in connection with the Company’s business. At the Company’s request, Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in such other capacities in addition to the foregoing as the Company shall designate, provided that such additional capacities are consistent with Executive’s position as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. In the event that Executive serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, Executive’s compensation shall not automatically be increased on account of such additional service.

(c)    Principal Office. Executive shall continue to perform services for the Company at the Company’s offices located in San Jose, California, or, with the Company’s consent, at any other place in connection with the fulfillment of Executive’s role with the Company; provided, however, that the Company may from time to time require Executive to travel temporarily to other locations in connection with the Company’s business.

 

1


(d)    Exclusivity. Except with the prior written approval of the Board (which the Board may grant or withhold in the Board’s sole and absolute discretion), Executive shall devote Executive’s best efforts and full working time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company, except during any paid vacation or other excused absence periods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may, without violating this Section 1(d), (i) as a passive investment, own publicly traded securities in such form or manner as will not require any services by Executive in the operation of the entities in which such securities are owned; (ii) engage in charitable and civic activities; or (iii) engage in other personal passive investment activities, in each case, so long as such interests or activities do not materially interfere to the extent such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with or otherwise prevent the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. Executive may also serve as a member of the board of directors or board of advisors of another organization provided (i) such organization is not a competitor of the Company; (ii) Executive receives prior written approval from the Board; and (iii) such activities do not individually or in the aggregate interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, violate the Company’s standards of conduct then in effect, or raise a conflict under the Company’s conflict of interest policies. For the avoidance of doubt, the Board has approved Executive’s continued service with those organizations set forth on Exhibit A, such approval to continue until the earlier to occur of (a) the Board’s revocation of such approval in the Board’s sole and absolute discretion, or (b) such time as such service interferes with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, violates the Company’s standards of conflict or raises a conflict under the Company’s conflict of interest policies.

2.    Term. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 5. The phrase “Term” as used in this Agreement shall refer to the entire period of employment of Executive by the Company.

3.     Compensation and Related Matters.

(a)    Annual Base Salary. During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $352,170 per year (as may be increased from time to time, the “Annual Base Salary”), provided, that, pursuant to the Company’s salary reduction program implemented on April 1, 2020, such Annual Base Salary shall continue to be paid at the temporarily reduced annual rate of $281,736 through December 31, 2020 (the “Temporarily Reduced Salary”). The Annual Base Salary shall be subject to withholdings and deductions and paid to Executive in accordance with the customary payroll practices and procedures of the Company. Such Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) and/or the Compensation Committee of the Board, not less than annually.

(b)    Annual Bonus. Executive shall be eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus based on Executive’s achievement of performance objectives established by the Board and/or its Compensation Committee, such bonus to be targeted at 50% of the Annual Base Salary paid to Executive during the applicable fiscal year (the “Annual Bonus”), provided, that, for fiscal year 2020, Executive’s Annual Bonus shall be targeted at 70% of the Temporarily Reduced Salary. Any Annual Bonus approved by the Board and/or the Compensation Committee of the Board shall be paid at the same time annual bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company generally, subject to Executive’s continuous employment through the date of approval.

 

2


(c)    Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in such employee and executive benefit plans and programs as the Company may from time to time offer to provide to its executives, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed, to require the Company to institute or continue any particular plan or benefit.

(d)    Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures as are in effect from time to time.

(e)    Vacation. Executive will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

(f)    Housing Allowance. During the Term, the Company will pay Executive a monthly housing allowance of $12,500, to be paid less authorized deductions and withholding obligations in accordance with the customary payroll practices and procedures of the Company.

4.    Equity Awards.

(a)    Eligibility. Executive shall be eligible for the grant of stock options and other equity awards as may be determined by the Board or its Compensation Committee.

(b)    Failure to Assume or Substitute. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below) in which the acquirer (or an affiliate thereof) does not assume or continue any then-outstanding equity awards, including, without limitation, options, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards, held by Executive or substitute for any such awards substantially equivalent awards, then the vesting, exercisability and settlement of each such award shall be accelerated in full effective immediately prior to but conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control so that each such equity award held by Executive shall be fully vested (and, if applicable, exercisable). Except as otherwise provided in an agreement evidencing a performance-based award, for each such equity award that is a performance-based award, the applicable performance goals shall be deemed achieved at the greater of target or actual achievement (with the performance goals equitably adjusted if necessary to reflect a truncated performance period). The provisions contained in this Section 4(b) shall apply notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in any agreement evidencing an equity award granted to Executive to the extent such agreement confers lesser rights to Executive.

5.    Termination.

(a)    At-Will Employment. The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. This means that it is not for any specified period of time and, subject to any ramifications under Section 6 of this Agreement, can be terminated by Executive or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause. It also means that Executive’s job duties, title, and responsibility and reporting level, work schedule, compensation, and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with prospective effect, with or without notice, at any time in the sole discretion of the Company (subject to any ramification such changes may have under Section 6 of this Agreement). This “at-will” nature of

 

3


Executive’s employment shall remain unchanged during Executive’s tenure as an employee and may not be changed, except in an express writing signed by Executive and a duly-authorized officer of the Company. If Executive’s employment terminates for any lawful reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, award, or compensation other than as provided in this Agreement.

(b)    Notice of Termination. During the Term, any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written notice (a “Notice of Termination”) from one Party hereto to the other Party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, if any, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) specifying the Date of Termination (as defined below). The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination all of the facts and circumstances which contribute to a showing of Cause (as defined below) shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing its rights hereunder.

(c)    Date of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” shall mean the date of the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company specified in a Notice of Termination.

(d)    Deemed Resignation. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and board memberships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates, and, at the Company’s request, Executive shall execute such documents as are necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignations.

6.    Consequences of Termination.

(a)    Payments of Accrued Obligations upon all Terminations of Employment. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive (or Executive’s estate or legal representative, as applicable) shall be entitled to receive, within thirty (30) days after Executive’s Date of Termination (or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law): (i) any portion of Executive’s Annual Base Salary earned through Executive’s Date of Termination not theretofore paid, (ii) any expenses owed to Executive under Section 3, (iii) any accrued but unused paid time-off owed to Executive, (iv) any Annual Bonus earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination, and (v) any amount arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits under, any employee benefit plans, programs, or arrangements under Section 3, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs, or arrangements. Except as otherwise set forth in Sections 6(b) and (c), the payments and benefits described in this Section 6(a) shall be the only payments and benefits payable in the event of Executive’s termination of employment for any reason.

(b)    Severance Payments upon Covered Termination Outside a Change in Control Period. If, during the Term, Executive experiences a Covered Termination outside of a Change in Control Period (each as defined below), then in addition to the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a), the Company shall, subject to Executive’s delivery to the Company of a

 

4


waiver and release of claims agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (but updated to the extent deemed by the Company to be necessary to reflect any changes in applicable law) (the “Release”) that becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d), provide Executive with the following:

(i)    The Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Executive’s target Annual Bonus. Such amount will be subject to applicable withholdings and payable in a single lump sum cash payment on the first regular payroll date following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d).

(ii)    During the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary thereof or, if earlier, the date on which Executive becomes eligible for comparable replacement coverage under a subsequent employer’s group health plan (in any case, the “Non-CIC COBRA Period”), subject to Executive’s valid election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, either (A) continue to provide to Executive and Executive’s dependents, at the Company’s sole expense, or (B) reimburse Executive and Executive’s dependents for coverage under its group health plan (if any) at the same levels in effect on the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if (1) any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the continuation coverage period to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), (2) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover Executive or Executive’s dependents under its group health plans, or (3) the Company cannot provide the benefit without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then, in any such case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to Executive in substantially equal monthly installments over the Non-CIC COBRA Period (or remaining portion thereof).

(c)    Severance Payments upon Covered Termination During a Change in Control Period. If, during the Term, Executive experiences a Covered Termination during a Change in Control Period, then, in addition to the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a), the Company shall, subject to Executive’s delivery to the Company of the Release that becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d), provide Executive with the following:

(i)    The Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to two (2) multiplied by the sum of Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Executive’s target Annual Bonus. Such amount will be subject to applicable withholdings and payable in a single lump sum cash payment on the first regular payroll date following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d).

(ii)    During the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the twenty-four (24) month anniversary thereof or, if earlier, the date on which Executive becomes eligible for comparable replacement coverage under a subsequent employer’s group health plan (in any case, the “CIC COBRA Period”), subject to Executive’s valid

 

5


election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, either (A) continue to provide to Executive and Executive’s dependents, at the Company’s sole expense, or (B) reimburse Executive and Executive’s dependents for coverage under its group health plan (if any) at the same levels in effect on the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if (1) any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the continuation coverage period to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), (2) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover Executive or Executive’s dependents under its group health plans, or (3) the Company cannot provide the benefit without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then, in any such case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to Executive in substantially equal monthly installments over the CIC COBRA Period (or remaining portion thereof).

(iii)    Cause any unvested equity awards, including any stock options, restricted stock awards and any such awards subject to performance-based vesting, held by Executive as of the Date of Termination, to become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable, and cause all restrictions and rights of repurchase on such awards to lapse with respect to all of the shares of the Company’s common stock subject thereto.

(d)    No Other Severance. Except as otherwise approved by the Board, the provisions of this Section 6 shall supersede in their entirety any severance payment provisions in any severance plan, policy, program, or other arrangement maintained by the Company.

(e)    No Requirement to Mitigate; Survival. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or in any other manner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the termination of Executive’s employment shall not impair the rights or obligations of any Party.

(f)    Definition of Cause. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean any one of the following: (i) Executive’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Executive’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) Executive’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Executive and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets that causes material and demonstrative damage to the Company; or (v) Executive’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of Executive’s employment is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Board or its Compensation Committee, in each case, in its sole discretion.

(g)    Definition of Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)    any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined

 

6


voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii)    there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii)    there is consummated a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale or other disposition; or

(iv)    individuals who, as of the Effective Date, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office or in accordance with any voting agreement in effect with stockholders as of the Effective Date, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

7


Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event hereunder that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) of this Section 6(g) with respect to such payment shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of payment timing if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

(h)    Definition of Change in Control Period. For purposes hereof, “Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on a Change in Control and ending 12 months after such Change in Control.

(i)    Definition of Covered Termination. For purposes hereof, “Covered Termination” shall mean the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, and shall not include a termination due to Executive’s death or disability.

(j)    Definition of Exchange Act Person. For purposes hereof, “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company, or (v) any natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(k)    Definition of Good Reason. For purposes hereof, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events or circumstances, without Executive’s prior written consent: (i) a reduction in the amount of Executive’s Annual Base Salary of more than ten (10) percent; (ii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than thirty-five (35) miles; or (iii) a material diminution in Executive’s duties or responsibilities. In order to establish a “Good Reason” for terminating employment, Executive must deliver written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition giving rise to Good Reason within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition, the Company must fail to cure the condition within thirty (30) days thereafter, and Executive’s termination of employment must occur no later than thirty (30) days following the expiration of that thirty (30) day cure period.

(l)    Definition of Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership. For the purposes hereof, a person or entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

8


7.    Assignment and Successors. The Company shall assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise). This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive, and their respective successors, assigns, personnel, and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will, operation of law, or as otherwise provided herein.

8.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Confidentiality Agreement. Executive hereby affirms Executive’s obligations under that certain At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement by and between Executive and the Company dated as of July 5, 2016 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). The Confidentiality Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and Executive’s employment with the Company for the applicable period(s) set forth therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

(b)    Non-Solicitation of Employees. For a period of one year following Executive’s Date of Termination, Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly (i) solicit for employment by any individual, corporation, firm, or other business, any employees, consultants, independent contractors, or other service providers of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) solicit any employee or consultant of the Company or any of its affiliates to leave the employment or consulting of or cease providing services to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall not apply to a general advertisement or solicitation (or any hiring pursuant to such advertisement or solicitation) that is not specifically targeted to such employees or consultants.

(c)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law, whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States, that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

(d)    Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(e)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

 

9


(f)    Entire Agreement. The terms of this Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, regarding Executive’s service to the Company, including without limitation, the Offer Letter. The Parties further intend that this Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

(g)    Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company, as applicable, may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(h)    Dispute Resolution. To ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes that arise in connection with this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that, except as excluded herein, any and all controversies, claims and disputes arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any alleged violation of its terms or otherwise arising out of the Parties’ relationship, shall be resolved solely and exclusively by final and binding arbitration held in Santa Clara County, California through JAMS in conformity with California law and the then-existing JAMS employment arbitration rules, which can be found at https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/. The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq. shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of this arbitration clause. All remedies available from a court of competent jurisdiction shall be available in the arbitration; provided, however, in the event of a breach of Sections 8(a) or 8(b), the Company may request relief from a court of competent jurisdiction if such relief is not available or not available in a timely fashion through arbitration as determined by the Company. The arbitrator shall: (a) provide adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall award the prevailing Party attorneys’ fees and expert fees, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the Parties fail to comply with any of the obligations imposed on them under Sections 8(a) and 8(b), and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such person shall, therefore, be entitled to seek injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action shall be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of Sections 8(a) and 8(b), none of the Parties shall raise the defense, without a good faith basis for raising such defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law. Executive and the Company understand that by agreement to arbitrate any claim pursuant to this Section 8(h), they will not have the right to have

 

10


any claim decided by a jury or a court, but shall instead have any claim decided through arbitration. Executive and the Company waive any constitutional or other right to bring claims covered by this Agreement other than in their individual capacities. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, the foregoing waiver includes the ability to assert claims as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or collective action or representative proceeding. Nothing herein shall limit Executive’s ability to pursue claims for workers compensation or unemployment benefits or pursue other claims which by law cannot be subject to mandatory arbitration.

(i)    Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

(j)    Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local, or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

(k)    Whistleblower Protections and Trade Secrets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any United States governmental agency or entity in accordance with the provisions of and rules promulgated under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other whistleblower protection provisions of state or federal law or regulation (including the right to receive an award for information provided to any such government agencies). Furthermore, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 1833, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement: (i) Executive shall not be in breach of this Agreement, and shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law (x) for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (y) for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal; and (ii) if Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the trade secret to Executive’s attorney, and may use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

9.    Golden Parachute Excise Tax.

(a)    Best Pay. Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any payment or benefit Executive would receive from the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of

 

11


Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount (as defined below). The “Reduced Amount” will be either (A) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (B) the entire Payment, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in Executive’ s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (A) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A (as defined below) that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (1) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (2) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (3) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(b)    Accounting Firm. The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the Change in Control will perform the calculations set forth in Section 9(a). If the firm so engaged by the Company is serving as the accountant or auditor for the acquiring company, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company will bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such firm required to be made hereunder. The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder will provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company within thirty (30) days before the consummation of a Change in Control (if requested at that time by the Company) or such other time as requested by the Company. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it will furnish the Company with documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

10.    Section 409A.

(a)    General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date,

 

12


(“Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company shall work in good faith with Executive to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, including, without limitation, actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A; however, this Section 10(a) shall not create an obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendment, policy or procedure or take any such other action, nor shall the Company (A) have any liability for failing to do so, or (B) incur or indemnify Executive for any taxes, interest or other liabilities arising under or by operation of Section 409A.

(b)    Separation from Service, Installments and Reimbursements. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement: (i) no amount that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A shall be payable pursuant to Section 6 unless the termination of Executive’s employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Department of Treasury Regulations (“Separation from Service”); (ii) for purposes of Section 409A, Executive’s right to receive installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments; and (iii) to the extent that any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, such reimbursement or benefit shall be provided no later than December 31st of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year. The amount of any in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other year.

(c)    Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(d)    Release. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that any payments due under this Agreement as a result of Executive’s termination of employment are subject to Executive’s execution and delivery of the Release, (i) if Executive fails to execute the Release on or prior to the Release Expiration Date (as defined below) or timely revokes Executive’s acceptance of the Release thereafter, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits otherwise conditioned on the Release, and (ii) in any case where Executive’s Date of Termination and the Release Expiration Date fall in two separate taxable years, any

 

13


payments required to be made to Executive that are conditioned on the Release and are treated as nonqualified deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year. For purposes of this Section 10(d), “Release Expiration Date” shall mean the date that is twenty-one (21) days following the date upon which the Company timely delivers the Release to Executive, or, in the event that Executive’s termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967), the date that is forty-five (45) days following such delivery date. To the extent that any payments of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) due under this Agreement as a result of Executive’s termination of employment are delayed pursuant to this Section 10(d), such amounts shall be paid in a lump sum on the first payroll date following the date that Executive executes and does not revoke the Release (and the applicable revocation period has expired) or, in the case of any payments subject to Section 10(d)(ii), on the first payroll period to occur in the subsequent taxable year, if later.

11.    Employee Acknowledgement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

14


The Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

EARGO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Adam Laponis

Name:   Adam Laponis
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Name:   Christian Gormsen


EXHIBIT A

PERMITTED OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES

1.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Release of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of             , 20    , between Christian Gormsen (“Executive”) and Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” and, together with Executive, the “Parties”), effective eight (8) days after Executive’s signature hereto (the “Effective Date”), unless Executive revokes Executive’s acceptance of this Release as provided in Paragraph 1(c), below.

1.    Executive’s Release of the Company. Executive understands that by agreeing to this Release, Executive is agreeing not to sue, or otherwise file any claim against, the Company or any of its employees or other agents for any reason whatsoever based on anything that has occurred as of the date Executive signs this Release.

(a)    On behalf of Executive and Executive’s heirs and assigns, Executive hereby releases and forever discharges the “Releasees” hereunder, consisting of the Company, and each of its owners, affiliates, divisions, predecessors, successors, assigns, agents, directors, officers, partners, employees, and insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, loss, cost or expense, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “Claims”), which Executive now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims arising out of, based upon, or relating to Executive’s hire, employment, remuneration or resignation by the Releasees, or any of them, including Claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment, Claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency, any Claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), 29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq.; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, 42 U.S.C. § 2000 et seq.; the Equal Pay Act, 29 U.S.C. § 206(d); the Civil Rights Act of 1866, 42 U.S.C. § 1981; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.; the False Claims Act , 31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. § 2101 et seq. the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. § 215 et seq., the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; the California Labor Code; the employment and civil rights laws of California; Claims for breach of contract; Claims arising in tort, including, without limitation, Claims of wrongful dismissal or discharge, discrimination, harassment, retaliation, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, libel, infliction of emotional distress, violation of public policy, and/or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and Claims for damages or other remedies of any sort, including, without limitation, compensatory damages, punitive damages, injunctive relief and attorney’s fees.

 

3


(b)    Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Executive does not release the following claims:

(i)    Claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law;

(ii)    Claims for workers’ compensation insurance benefits under the terms of any worker’s compensation insurance policy or fund of the Company;

(iii)    Claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA;

(iv)    Claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of Executive’s employment termination, pursuant to written terms of any Company employee benefit plan;

(v)    Claims for indemnification under any indemnification agreement with the Company, the Company’s Bylaws, California Labor Code Section 2802 or any other applicable law; and

(vi)    Executive’s right to bring to the attention of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission claims of discrimination; provided, however, that Executive does release Executive’s right to secure any damages for alleged discriminatory treatment.

(c)    In accordance with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, Executive has been advised of the following:

(i)    Executive has the right to consult with an attorney before signing this Release;

(ii)    Executive has been given at least [twenty-one (21)    OR    forty-five (45)] days to consider this Release;

(iii)    Executive has seven (7) days after signing this Release to revoke it, and Executive will not receive the severance benefits provided by that certain Employment Agreement between the Parties (the “Employment Agreement”) unless and until such seven (7) day period has expired. If Executive wishes to revoke this Release, Executive must deliver notice of Executive’s revocation in writing, no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh (7th) day following Executive’s execution of this Release to [                ].

(d)    EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO

 

4


EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY.”

BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, EXECUTIVE HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS EXECUTIVE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

2.    Executive Representations. Executive represents and warrants that:

(a)    Executive has returned to the Company all Company property in Executive’s possession;

(b)    Executive is not owed wages, commissions, bonuses or other compensation, other than wages through the date of the termination of Executive’s employment and any accrued, unused vacation earned through such date, and any payments that become due under the Employment Agreement;

(c)    During the course of Executive’s employment Executive did not sustain any injuries for which Executive might be entitled to compensation pursuant to worker’s compensation law or Executive has disclosed any injuries of which Executive is currently, reasonably aware for which Executive might be entitled to compensation pursuant to worker’s compensation law; and

(d)    Executive has not initiated any adversarial proceedings of any kind against the Company or against any other person or entity released herein, nor will Executive do so in the future, except as specifically allowed by this Release.

3.    Severability. The provisions of this Release are severable. If any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

4.    Choice of Law. This Release shall in all respects be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

5.    Integration Clause. This Release and the Employment Agreement contain the Parties’ entire agreement with regard to the separation of Executive’s employment, and supersede and replace any prior agreements as to those matters, whether oral or written. This Release may not be changed or modified, in whole or in part, except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer or director of the Company.

6.    Execution in Counterparts. This Release may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effectiveness as though executed in a single document. Facsimile signatures shall have the same force and effectiveness as original signatures.

 

5


7.    Intent to be Bound. The Parties have carefully read this Release in its entirety; fully understand and agree to its terms and provisions; and intend and agree that it is final and binding on all Parties.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties have executed the foregoing on the dates shown below.

 

EXECUTIVE      EARGO, INC.

 

                                         

 

Christian Gormsen      By:
         Title:
Date:                               Date:                         

 

7

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

EARGO, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated September 25, 2020, is between Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and William Brownie (“Executive” and, together with the Company, the “Parties”). This Agreement will become effective as of immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “Effective Date”). This Agreement supersedes in its entirety that certain offer letter between Executive and the Company dated as of August 18, 2016 (“Offer Letter”) effective as of the Effective Date.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure itself of the continued services of Executive by engaging Executive to perform services as an employee of the Company under the terms hereof;

WHEREAS, Executive desires to provide continued services to the Company on the terms herein provided; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to execute this Agreement to supersede the Offer Letter in its entirety and reflect certain changes to Executive’s employment with the Company effective as of the Effective Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, including the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Employment.

(a)    General. The Company shall employ Executive upon the terms and conditions provided herein effective as of the Effective Date.

(b)    Position and Duties. Effective as of the Effective Date, Executive: (i) shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer, with responsibilities, duties, and authority usual and customary for such position, subject to direction by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”); (ii) shall continue to report directly to the CEO; and (iii) agrees promptly and faithfully to comply with all present and future policies, requirements, rules and regulations, and reasonable directions and requests, of the Company in connection with the Company’s business. At the Company’s request, Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in such other capacities in addition to the foregoing as the Company shall designate, provided that such additional capacities are consistent with Executive’s position as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. In the event that Executive serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, Executive’s compensation shall not automatically be increased on account of such additional service.

(c)    Principal Office. Executive shall continue to perform services for the Company at the Company’s offices located in Nashville, TN, or, with the Company’s consent, at any other place in connection with the fulfillment of Executive’s role with the Company; provided, however, that the Company may from time to time require Executive to travel temporarily to other locations in connection with the Company’s business.

 

1


(d)    Exclusivity. Except with the prior written approval of the CEO (which the CEO may grant or withhold in the CEO’s sole and absolute discretion), Executive shall devote Executive’s best efforts and full working time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company, except during any paid vacation or other excused absence periods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may, without violating this Section 1(d), (i) as a passive investment, own publicly traded securities in such form or manner as will not require any services by Executive in the operation of the entities in which such securities are owned; (ii) engage in charitable and civic activities; or (iii) engage in other personal passive investment activities, in each case, so long as such interests or activities do not materially interfere to the extent such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with or otherwise prevent the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. Executive may also serve as a member of the board of directors or board of advisors of another organization provided (i) such organization is not a competitor of the Company; (ii) Executive receives prior written approval from the Company’s CEO; and (iii) such activities do not individually or in the aggregate interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, violate the Company’s standards of conduct then in effect, or raise a conflict under the Company’s conflict of interest policies. For the avoidance of doubt, the CEO has approved Executive’s continued service with those organizations set forth on Exhibit A, such approval to continue until the earlier to occur of (a) the CEO’s revocation of such approval in the CEO’s sole and absolute discretion, or (b) such time as such service interferes with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, violates the Company’s standards of conflict or raises a conflict under the Company’s conflict of interest policies.

2.    Term. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 5. The phrase “Term” as used in this Agreement shall refer to the entire period of employment of Executive by the Company.

3.    Compensation and Related Matters.

(a)    Annual Base Salary. During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $300,000 per year (as may be increased from time to time, the “Annual Base Salary”), provided, that, pursuant to the Company’s salary reduction program implemented on April 1, 2020, such Annual Base Salary shall continue to be paid at the temporarily reduced annual rate of $240,000 through December 31, 2020 (the “Temporarily Reduced Salary”). The Annual Base Salary shall be subject to withholdings and deductions and paid to Executive in accordance with the customary payroll practices and procedures of the Company. Such Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed by the CEO, and, as applicable, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) and/or the Compensation Committee of the Board, not less than annually.

(b)    Annual Bonus. Executive shall be eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus based on Executive’s achievement of performance objectives established by the Board, its Compensation Committee and/or the CEO, such bonus to be targeted at 35% of Annual Base Salary paid to Executive during the applicable fiscal year (the “Annual Bonus”), provided, that, for fiscal year 2020, Executive’s Annual Bonus shall be targeted at 55% of the Temporarily Reduced Salary. Any Annual Bonus approved by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board and/or the CEO shall be paid at the same time annual bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company generally, subject to Executive’s continuous employment through the date of approval.

 

2


(c)    Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in such employee and executive benefit plans and programs as the Company may from time to time offer to provide to its executives, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed, to require the Company to institute or continue any particular plan or benefit.

(d)    Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures as are in effect from time to time.

(e)    Vacation. Executive will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

4.    Equity Awards.

(a)    Eligibility. Executive shall be eligible for the grant of stock options and other equity awards as may be determined by the Board or its Compensation Committee.

(b)    Failure to Assume or Substitute. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below) in which the acquirer (or an affiliate thereof) does not assume or continue any then-outstanding equity awards, including, without limitation, options, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards, held by Executive or substitute for any such awards substantially equivalent awards, then the vesting, exercisability and settlement of each such award shall be accelerated in full effective immediately prior to but conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control so that each such equity award held by Executive shall be fully vested (and, if applicable, exercisable). Except as otherwise provided in an agreement evidencing a performance-based award, for each such equity award that is a performance-based award, the applicable performance goals shall be deemed achieved at the greater of target or actual achievement (with the performance goals equitably adjusted if necessary to reflect a truncated performance period). The provisions contained in this Section 4(b) shall apply notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in any agreement evidencing an equity award granted to Executive to the extent such agreement confers lesser rights to Executive.

5.    Termination.

(a)    At-Will Employment. The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. This means that it is not for any specified period of time and, subject to any ramifications under Section 6 of this Agreement, can be terminated by Executive or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause. It also means that Executive’s job duties, title, and responsibility and reporting level, work schedule, compensation, and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with prospective effect, with or without notice, at any time in the sole discretion of the Company (subject to any ramification such changes may have under Section 6 of this Agreement). This “at-will” nature of

 

3


Executive’s employment shall remain unchanged during Executive’s tenure as an employee and may not be changed, except in an express writing signed by Executive and a duly-authorized officer of the Company. If Executive’s employment terminates for any lawful reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, award, or compensation other than as provided in this Agreement.

(b)    Notice of Termination. During the Term, any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written notice (a “Notice of Termination”) from one Party hereto to the other Party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, if any, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) specifying the Date of Termination (as defined below). The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination all of the facts and circumstances which contribute to a showing of Cause (as defined below) shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing its rights hereunder.

(c)    Date of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” shall mean the date of the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company specified in a Notice of Termination.

(d)    Deemed Resignation. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and board memberships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates, and, at the Company’s request, Executive shall execute such documents as are necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignations.

6.    Consequences of Termination.

(a)    Payments of Accrued Obligations upon all Terminations of Employment. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive (or Executive’s estate or legal representative, as applicable) shall be entitled to receive, within thirty (30) days after Executive’s Date of Termination (or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law): (i) any portion of Executive’s Annual Base Salary earned through Executive’s Date of Termination not theretofore paid, (ii) any expenses owed to Executive under Section 3, (iii) any accrued but unused paid time-off owed to Executive, (iv) any Annual Bonus earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination, and (v) any amount arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits under, any employee benefit plans, programs, or arrangements under Section 3, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs, or arrangements. Except as otherwise set forth in Sections 6(b) and (c), the payments and benefits described in this Section 6(a) shall be the only payments and benefits payable in the event of Executive’s termination of employment for any reason.

(b)    Severance Payments upon Covered Termination Outside a Change in Control Period. If, during the Term, Executive experiences a Covered Termination outside of a Change in Control Period (each as defined below), then in addition to the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a), the Company shall, subject to Executive’s delivery to the Company of a

 

4


waiver and release of claims agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (but updated to the extent deemed by the Company to be necessary to reflect any changes in applicable law) (the “Release”) that becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d), provide Executive with the following:

(i)    The Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to seventy-five hundredths (0.75) multiplied by the sum of Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Executive’s target Annual Bonus. Such amount will be subject to applicable withholdings and payable in a single lump sum cash payment on the first regular payroll date following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d).

(ii)    During the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the nine (9) month anniversary thereof or, if earlier, the date on which Executive becomes eligible for comparable replacement coverage under a subsequent employer’s group health plan (in any case, the “Non-CIC COBRA Period”), subject to Executive’s valid election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, either (A) continue to provide to Executive and Executive’s dependents, at the Company’s sole expense, or (B) reimburse Executive and Executive’s dependents for coverage under its group health plan (if any) at the same levels in effect on the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if (1) any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the continuation coverage period to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), (2) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover Executive or Executive’s dependents under its group health plans, or (3) the Company cannot provide the benefit without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then, in any such case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to Executive in substantially equal monthly installments over the Non-CIC COBRA Period (or remaining portion thereof).

(c)    Severance Payments upon Covered Termination During a Change in Control Period. If, during the Term, Executive experiences a Covered Termination during a Change in Control Period, then, in addition to the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a), the Company shall, subject to Executive’s delivery to the Company of the Release that becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d), provide Executive with the following:

(i)    The Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Executive’s target Annual Bonus. Such amount will be subject to applicable withholdings and payable in a single lump sum cash payment on the first regular payroll date following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d).

(ii)    During the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary thereof or, if earlier, the date on which Executive becomes eligible for comparable replacement coverage under a subsequent employer’s group health plan (in any case, the “CIC COBRA Period”), subject to Executive’s valid

 

5


election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, either (A) continue to provide to Executive and Executive’s dependents, at the Company’s sole expense, or (B) reimburse Executive and Executive’s dependents for coverage under its group health plan (if any) at the same levels in effect on the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if (1) any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the continuation coverage period to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), (2) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover Executive or Executive’s dependents under its group health plans, or (3) the Company cannot provide the benefit without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then, in any such case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to Executive in substantially equal monthly installments over the CIC COBRA Period (or remaining portion thereof).

(iii)    Cause any unvested equity awards, including any stock options, restricted stock awards and any such awards subject to performance-based vesting, held by Executive as of the Date of Termination, to become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable, and cause all restrictions and rights of repurchase on such awards to lapse with respect to all of the shares of the Company’s common stock subject thereto.

(d)    No Other Severance. Except as otherwise approved by the Board, the provisions of this Section 6 shall supersede in their entirety any severance payment provisions in any severance plan, policy, program, or other arrangement maintained by the Company.

(e)    No Requirement to Mitigate; Survival. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or in any other manner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the termination of Executive’s employment shall not impair the rights or obligations of any Party.

(f)    Definition of Cause. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean any one of the following: (i) Executive’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Executive’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) Executive’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Executive and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets that causes material and demonstrative damage to the Company; or (v) Executive’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of Executive’s employment is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Board or its Compensation Committee, in each case, in its sole discretion.

(g)    Definition of Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)    any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined

 

6


voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii)    there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii)    there is consummated a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale or other disposition; or

(iv)    individuals who, as of the Effective Date, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office or in accordance with any voting agreement in effect with stockholders as of the Effective Date, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

7


Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event hereunder that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) of this Section 6(g) with respect to such payment shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of payment timing if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

(h)    Definition of Change in Control Period. For purposes hereof, “Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on a Change in Control and ending 12 months after such Change in Control.

(i)    Definition of Covered Termination. For purposes hereof, “Covered Termination” shall mean the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, and shall not include a termination due to Executive’s death or disability.

(j)    Definition of Exchange Act Person. For purposes hereof, “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company, or (v) any natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(k)    Definition of Good Reason. For purposes hereof, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events or circumstances, without Executive’s prior written consent: (i) a reduction in the amount of Executive’s Annual Base Salary of more than ten (10) percent; (ii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than thirty-five (35) miles; or (iii) a material diminution in Executive’s duties or responsibilities. In order to establish a “Good Reason” for terminating employment, Executive must deliver written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition giving rise to Good Reason within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition, the Company must fail to cure the condition within thirty (30) days thereafter, and Executive’s termination of employment must occur no later than thirty (30) days following the expiration of that thirty (30) day cure period.

(l)    Definition of Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership. For the purposes hereof, a person or entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

8


7.    Assignment and Successors. The Company shall assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise). This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive, and their respective successors, assigns, personnel, and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will, operation of law, or as otherwise provided herein.

8.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Confidentiality Agreement. Executive hereby affirms Executive’s obligations under that certain At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement by and between Executive and the Company dated as of August 29, 2016 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). The Confidentiality Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and Executive’s employment with the Company for the applicable period(s) set forth therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

(b)    Non-Solicitation of Employees. For a period of one year following Executive’s Date of Termination, Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly (i) solicit for employment by any individual, corporation, firm, or other business, any employees, consultants, independent contractors, or other service providers of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) solicit any employee or consultant of the Company or any of its affiliates to leave the employment or consulting of or cease providing services to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall not apply to a general advertisement or solicitation (or any hiring pursuant to such advertisement or solicitation) that is not specifically targeted to such employees or consultants.

(c)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law, whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States, that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

(d)    Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(e)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

 

9


(f)    Entire Agreement. The terms of this Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, regarding Executive’s service to the Company, including without limitation, the Offer Letter. The Parties further intend that this Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

(g)    Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company, as applicable, may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(h)    Dispute Resolution. To ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes that arise in connection with this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that, except as excluded herein, any and all controversies, claims and disputes arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any alleged violation of its terms or otherwise arising out of the Parties’ relationship, shall be resolved solely and exclusively by final and binding arbitration held in Santa Clara County, California through JAMS in conformity with California law and the then-existing JAMS employment arbitration rules, which can be found at https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/. The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq. shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of this arbitration clause. All remedies available from a court of competent jurisdiction shall be available in the arbitration; provided, however, in the event of a breach of Sections 8(a) or 8(b), the Company may request relief from a court of competent jurisdiction if such relief is not available or not available in a timely fashion through arbitration as determined by the Company. The arbitrator shall: (a) provide adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall award the prevailing Party attorneys’ fees and expert fees, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the Parties fail to comply with any of the obligations imposed on them under Sections 8(a) and 8(b), and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such person shall, therefore, be entitled to seek injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action shall be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of Sections 8(a) and 8(b), none of the Parties shall raise the defense, without a good faith basis for raising such defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law. Executive and the Company understand that by agreement to arbitrate any claim pursuant to this Section 8(h), they will not have the right to have

 

10


any claim decided by a jury or a court, but shall instead have any claim decided through arbitration. Executive and the Company waive any constitutional or other right to bring claims covered by this Agreement other than in their individual capacities. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, the foregoing waiver includes the ability to assert claims as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or collective action or representative proceeding. Nothing herein shall limit Executive’s ability to pursue claims for workers compensation or unemployment benefits or pursue other claims which by law cannot be subject to mandatory arbitration.

(i)    Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

(j)    Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local, or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

(k)    Whistleblower Protections and Trade Secrets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any United States governmental agency or entity in accordance with the provisions of and rules promulgated under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other whistleblower protection provisions of state or federal law or regulation (including the right to receive an award for information provided to any such government agencies). Furthermore, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 1833, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement: (i) Executive shall not be in breach of this Agreement, and shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law (x) for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (y) for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal; and (ii) if Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the trade secret to Executive’s attorney, and may use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

9.    Golden Parachute Excise Tax.

(a)    Best Pay. Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any payment or benefit Executive would receive from the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of

 

11


Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount (as defined below). The “Reduced Amount” will be either (A) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (B) the entire Payment, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in Executive’ s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (A) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A (as defined below) that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (1) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (2) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (3) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(b)    Accounting Firm. The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the Change in Control will perform the calculations set forth in Section 9(a). If the firm so engaged by the Company is serving as the accountant or auditor for the acquiring company, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company will bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such firm required to be made hereunder. The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder will provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company within thirty (30) days before the consummation of a Change in Control (if requested at that time by the Company) or such other time as requested by the Company. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it will furnish the Company with documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

10.    Section 409A.

(a)    General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date,

 

12


(“Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company shall work in good faith with Executive to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, including, without limitation, actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A; however, this Section 10(a) shall not create an obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendment, policy or procedure or take any such other action, nor shall the Company (A) have any liability for failing to do so, or (B) incur or indemnify Executive for any taxes, interest or other liabilities arising under or by operation of Section 409A.

(b)    Separation from Service, Installments and Reimbursements. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement: (i) no amount that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A shall be payable pursuant to Section 6 unless the termination of Executive’s employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Department of Treasury Regulations (“Separation from Service”); (ii) for purposes of Section 409A, Executive’s right to receive installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments; and (iii) to the extent that any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, such reimbursement or benefit shall be provided no later than December 31st of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year. The amount of any in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other year.

(c)    Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(d)    Release. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that any payments due under this Agreement as a result of Executive’s termination of employment are subject to Executive’s execution and delivery of the Release, (i) if Executive fails to execute the Release on or prior to the Release Expiration Date (as defined below) or timely revokes Executive’s acceptance of the Release thereafter, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits otherwise conditioned on the Release, and (ii) in any case where Executive’s Date of Termination and the Release Expiration Date fall in two separate taxable years, any

 

13


payments required to be made to Executive that are conditioned on the Release and are treated as nonqualified deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year. For purposes of this Section 10(d), “Release Expiration Date” shall mean the date that is twenty-one (21) days following the date upon which the Company timely delivers the Release to Executive, or, in the event that Executive’s termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967), the date that is forty-five (45) days following such delivery date. To the extent that any payments of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) due under this Agreement as a result of Executive’s termination of employment are delayed pursuant to this Section 10(d), such amounts shall be paid in a lump sum on the first payroll date following the date that Executive executes and does not revoke the Release (and the applicable revocation period has expired) or, in the case of any payments subject to Section 10(d)(ii), on the first payroll period to occur in the subsequent taxable year, if later.

11.    Employee Acknowledgement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

14


The Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

EARGO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Name:   Christian Gormsen
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ William Brownie

Name:   William Brownie


EXHIBIT A

PERMITTED OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES

 

  1.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Release of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of             , 20    , between William Brownie (“Executive”) and Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” and, together with Executive, the “Parties”), effective eight (8) days after Executive’s signature hereto (the “Effective Date”), unless Executive revokes Executive’s acceptance of this Release as provided in Paragraph 1(c), below.

1.    Executive’s Release of the Company. Executive understands that by agreeing to this Release, Executive is agreeing not to sue, or otherwise file any claim against, the Company or any of its employees or other agents for any reason whatsoever based on anything that has occurred as of the date Executive signs this Release.

(a)    On behalf of Executive and Executive’s heirs and assigns, Executive hereby releases and forever discharges the “Releasees” hereunder, consisting of the Company, and each of its owners, affiliates, divisions, predecessors, successors, assigns, agents, directors, officers, partners, employees, and insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, loss, cost or expense, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “Claims”), which Executive now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims arising out of, based upon, or relating to Executive’s hire, employment, remuneration or resignation by the Releasees, or any of them, including Claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment, Claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency, any Claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), 29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq.; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, 42 U.S.C. § 2000 et seq.; the Equal Pay Act, 29 U.S.C. § 206(d); the Civil Rights Act of 1866, 42 U.S.C. § 1981; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.; the False Claims Act , 31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. § 2101 et seq. the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. § 215 et seq., the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; the California Labor Code; the employment and civil rights laws of California; Claims for breach of contract; Claims arising in tort, including, without limitation, Claims of wrongful dismissal or discharge, discrimination, harassment, retaliation, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, libel, infliction of emotional distress, violation of public policy, and/or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and Claims for damages or other remedies of any sort, including, without limitation, compensatory damages, punitive damages, injunctive relief and attorney’s fees.

 

3


(b)    Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Executive does not release the following claims:

(i)    Claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law;

(ii)    Claims for workers’ compensation insurance benefits under the terms of any worker’s compensation insurance policy or fund of the Company;

(iii)    Claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA;

(iv)    Claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of Executive’s employment termination, pursuant to written terms of any Company employee benefit plan;

(v)    Claims for indemnification under any indemnification agreement with the Company, the Company’s Bylaws, California Labor Code Section 2802 or any other applicable law; and

(vi)    Executive’s right to bring to the attention of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission claims of discrimination; provided, however, that Executive does release Executive’s right to secure any damages for alleged discriminatory treatment.

(c)    In accordance with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, Executive has been advised of the following:

(i)    Executive has the right to consult with an attorney before signing this Release;

(ii)    Executive has been given at least [twenty-one (21)    OR    forty-five (45)] days to consider this Release;

(iii)    Executive has seven (7) days after signing this Release to revoke it, and Executive will not receive the severance benefits provided by that certain Employment Agreement between the Parties (the “Employment Agreement”) unless and until such seven (7) day period has expired. If Executive wishes to revoke this Release, Executive must deliver notice of Executive’s revocation in writing, no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh (7th) day following Executive’s execution of this Release to [            ].

(d)    EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO

 

4


EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR                          RELEASED                          PARTY.”

BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, EXECUTIVE HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS EXECUTIVE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

2.    Executive Representations. Executive represents and warrants that:

(a)    Executive has returned to the Company all Company property in Executive’s possession;

(b)    Executive is not owed wages, commissions, bonuses or other compensation, other than wages through the date of the termination of Executive’s employment and any accrued, unused vacation earned through such date, and any payments that become due under the Employment Agreement;

(c)    During the course of Executive’s employment Executive did not sustain any injuries for which Executive might be entitled to compensation pursuant to worker’s compensation law or Executive has disclosed any injuries of which Executive is currently, reasonably aware for which Executive might be entitled to compensation pursuant to worker’s compensation law; and

(d)    Executive has not initiated any adversarial proceedings of any kind against the Company or against any other person or entity released herein, nor will Executive do so in the future, except as specifically allowed by this Release.

3.    Severability. The provisions of this Release are severable. If any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

4.    Choice of Law. This Release shall in all respects be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

5.    Integration Clause. This Release and the Employment Agreement contain the Parties’ entire agreement with regard to the separation of Executive’s employment, and supersede and replace any prior agreements as to those matters, whether oral or written. This Release may not be changed or modified, in whole or in part, except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer or director of the Company.

6.    Execution in Counterparts. This Release may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effectiveness as though executed in a single document. Facsimile signatures shall have the same force and effectiveness as original signatures.

 

5


7.    Intent to be Bound. The Parties have carefully read this Release in its entirety; fully understand and agree to its terms and provisions; and intend and agree that it is final and binding on all Parties.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties have executed the foregoing on the dates shown below.

 

EXECUTIVE     EARGO, INC.

             

                            

             

William Brownie     By:  
      Title:  
Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

 

7

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

EARGO, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated September 25, 2020, is between Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Adam Laponis (“Executive” and, together with the Company, the “Parties”). This Agreement will become effective as of immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “Effective Date”). This Agreement supersedes in its entirety that certain offer letter between Executive and the Company dated as of May 8, 2019 (“Offer Letter”) effective as of the Effective Date.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure itself of the continued services of Executive by engaging Executive to perform services as an employee of the Company under the terms hereof;

WHEREAS, Executive desires to provide continued services to the Company on the terms herein provided; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to execute this Agreement to supersede the Offer Letter in its entirety and reflect certain changes to Executive’s employment with the Company effective as of the Effective Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, including the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Employment.

(a)    General. The Company shall employ Executive upon the terms and conditions provided herein effective as of the Effective Date.

(b)    Position and Duties. Effective as of the Effective Date, Executive: (i) shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, with responsibilities, duties, and authority usual and customary for such position, subject to direction by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”); (ii) shall continue to report directly to the CEO; and (iii) agrees promptly and faithfully to comply with all present and future policies, requirements, rules and regulations, and reasonable directions and requests, of the Company in connection with the Company’s business. At the Company’s request, Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in such other capacities in addition to the foregoing as the Company shall designate, provided that such additional capacities are consistent with Executive’s position as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. In the event that Executive serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, Executive’s compensation shall not automatically be increased on account of such additional service.

(c)    Principal Office. Executive shall continue to perform services for the Company at the Company’s offices located in San Jose, California, or, with the Company’s consent, at any other place in connection with the fulfillment of Executive’s role with the Company; provided, however, that the Company may from time to time require Executive to travel temporarily to other locations in connection with the Company’s business.

 

1


(d)    Exclusivity. Except with the prior written approval of the CEO (which the CEO may grant or withhold in the CEO’s sole and absolute discretion), Executive shall devote Executive’s best efforts and full working time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company, except during any paid vacation or other excused absence periods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may, without violating this Section 1(d), (i) as a passive investment, own publicly traded securities in such form or manner as will not require any services by Executive in the operation of the entities in which such securities are owned; (ii) engage in charitable and civic activities; or (iii) engage in other personal passive investment activities, in each case, so long as such interests or activities do not materially interfere to the extent such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with or otherwise prevent the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. Executive may also serve as a member of the board of directors or board of advisors of another organization provided (i) such organization is not a competitor of the Company; (ii) Executive receives prior written approval from the Company’s CEO; and (iii) such activities do not individually or in the aggregate interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, violate the Company’s standards of conduct then in effect, or raise a conflict under the Company’s conflict of interest policies. For the avoidance of doubt, the CEO has approved Executive’s continued service with those organizations set forth on Exhibit A, such approval to continue until the earlier to occur of (a) the CEO’s revocation of such approval in the CEO’s sole and absolute discretion, or (b) such time as such service interferes with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, violates the Company’s standards of conflict or raises a conflict under the Company’s conflict of interest policies.

2.    Term. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 5. The phrase “Term” as used in this Agreement shall refer to the entire period of employment of Executive by the Company.

3.    Compensation and Related Matters.

(a)    Annual Base Salary. During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $300,000. per year effective as of January 1, 2021 for the remainder of the Term (as may be increased from time to time, the “Annual Base Salary”), provided, that, pursuant to the Company’s salary reduction program implemented on April 1, 2020, such Annual Base Salary shall continue to be paid at the temporarily reduced annual rate of $240,000 through December 31, 2020 (the “Temporary Reduced Salary”). The Annual Base Salary shall be subject to withholdings and deductions and paid to Executive in accordance with the customary payroll practices and procedures of the Company. Such Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed by the CEO, and, as applicable, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) and/or the Compensation Committee of the Board, not less than annually.

(b)    Annual Bonus. Executive shall be eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus based on Executive’s achievement of performance objectives established by the Board, its Compensation Committee and/or the CEO, such bonus to be targeted at 35% of the Annual Base Salary paid to Executive during the applicable fiscal year (the “Annual Bonus”) , provided, that, for fiscal year 2020, Executive’s Annual Bonus shall be targeted at 55% of the Temporarily Reduced Salary. Any Annual Bonus approved by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board and/or the CEO shall be paid at the same time annual bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company generally, subject to Executive’s continuous employment through the date of approval.

 

2


(c)    Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in such employee and executive benefit plans and programs as the Company may from time to time offer to provide to its executives, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed, to require the Company to institute or continue any particular plan or benefit.

(d)    Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures as are in effect from time to time.

(e)    Vacation. Executive will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

4.    Equity Awards.

(a)    Eligibility. Executive shall be eligible for the grant of stock options and other equity awards as may be determined by the Board or its Compensation Committee.

(b)    Failure to Assume or Substitute. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below) in which the acquirer (or an affiliate thereof) does not assume or continue any then-outstanding equity awards, including, without limitation, options, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards, held by Executive or substitute for any such awards substantially equivalent awards, then the vesting, exercisability and settlement of each such award shall be accelerated in full effective immediately prior to but conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control so that each such equity award held by Executive shall be fully vested (and, if applicable, exercisable). Except as otherwise provided in an agreement evidencing a performance-based award, for each such equity award that is a performance-based award, the applicable performance goals shall be deemed achieved at the greater of target or actual achievement (with the performance goals equitably adjusted if necessary to reflect a truncated performance period). The provisions contained in this Section 4(b) shall apply notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in any agreement evidencing an equity award granted to Executive to the extent such agreement confers lesser rights to Executive.

5.    Termination.

(a)    At-Will Employment. The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. This means that it is not for any specified period of time and, subject to any ramifications under Section 6 of this Agreement, can be terminated by Executive or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause. It also means that Executive’s job duties, title, and responsibility and reporting level, work schedule, compensation, and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with prospective effect, with or without notice, at any time in the sole discretion of the Company (subject to any ramification such changes may have under Section 6 of this Agreement). This “at-will” nature of

 

3


Executive’s employment shall remain unchanged during Executive’s tenure as an employee and may not be changed, except in an express writing signed by Executive and a duly-authorized officer of the Company. If Executive’s employment terminates for any lawful reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, award, or compensation other than as provided in this Agreement.

(b)    Notice of Termination. During the Term, any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written notice (a “Notice of Termination”) from one Party hereto to the other Party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, if any, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) specifying the Date of Termination (as defined below). The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination all of the facts and circumstances which contribute to a showing of Cause (as defined below) shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing its rights hereunder.

(c)    Date of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” shall mean the date of the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company specified in a Notice of Termination.

(d)    Deemed Resignation. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and board memberships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates, and, at the Company’s request, Executive shall execute such documents as are necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignations.

6.    Consequences of Termination.

(a)    Payments of Accrued Obligations upon all Terminations of Employment. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive (or Executive’s estate or legal representative, as applicable) shall be entitled to receive, within thirty (30) days after Executive’s Date of Termination (or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law): (i) any portion of Executive’s Annual Base Salary earned through Executive’s Date of Termination not theretofore paid, (ii) any expenses owed to Executive under Section 3, (iii) any accrued but unused paid time-off owed to Executive, (iv) any Annual Bonus earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination, and (v) any amount arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits under, any employee benefit plans, programs, or arrangements under Section 3, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs, or arrangements. Except as otherwise set forth in Sections 6(b) and (c), the payments and benefits described in this Section 6(a) shall be the only payments and benefits payable in the event of Executive’s termination of employment for any reason.

(b)    Severance Payments upon Covered Termination Outside a Change in Control Period. If, during the Term, Executive experiences a Covered Termination outside of a Change in Control Period (each as defined below), then in addition to the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a), the Company shall, subject to Executive’s delivery to the Company of a

 

4


waiver and release of claims agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (but updated to the extent deemed by the Company to be necessary to reflect any changes in applicable law) (the “Release”) that becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d), provide Executive with the following:

(i)    The Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to seventy-five hundredths (0.75) multiplied by the sum of Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Executive’s target Annual Bonus. Such amount will be subject to applicable withholdings and payable in a single lump sum cash payment on the first regular payroll date following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d).

(ii)    During the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the nine (9) month anniversary thereof or, if earlier, the date on which Executive becomes eligible for comparable replacement coverage under a subsequent employer’s group health plan (in any case, the “Non-CIC COBRA Period”), subject to Executive’s valid election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, either (A) continue to provide to Executive and Executive’s dependents, at the Company’s sole expense, or (B) reimburse Executive and Executive’s dependents for coverage under its group health plan (if any) at the same levels in effect on the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if (1) any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the continuation coverage period to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), (2) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover Executive or Executive’s dependents under its group health plans, or (3) the Company cannot provide the benefit without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then, in any such case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to Executive in substantially equal monthly installments over the Non-CIC COBRA Period (or remaining portion thereof).

(c)    Severance Payments upon Covered Termination During a Change in Control Period. If, during the Term, Executive experiences a Covered Termination during a Change in Control Period, then, in addition to the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a), the Company shall, subject to Executive’s delivery to the Company of the Release that becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d), provide Executive with the following:

(i)    The Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Executive’s target Annual Bonus. Such amount will be subject to applicable withholdings and payable in a single lump sum cash payment on the first regular payroll date following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable in accordance with Section 10(d).

(ii)    During the period commencing on the Date of Termination and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary thereof or, if earlier, the date on which Executive becomes eligible for comparable replacement coverage under a subsequent employer’s group health plan (in any case, the “CIC COBRA Period”), subject to Executive’s valid

 

5


election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, either (A) continue to provide to Executive and Executive’s dependents, at the Company’s sole expense, or (B) reimburse Executive and Executive’s dependents for coverage under its group health plan (if any) at the same levels in effect on the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if (1) any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the continuation coverage period to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), (2) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover Executive or Executive’s dependents under its group health plans, or (3) the Company cannot provide the benefit without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then, in any such case, an amount equal to each remaining Company subsidy shall thereafter be paid to Executive in substantially equal monthly installments over the CIC COBRA Period (or remaining portion thereof).

(iii)    Cause any unvested equity awards, including any stock options, restricted stock awards and any such awards subject to performance-based vesting, held by Executive as of the Date of Termination, to become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable, and cause all restrictions and rights of repurchase on such awards to lapse with respect to all of the shares of the Company’s common stock subject thereto.

(d)    No Other Severance. Except as otherwise approved by the Board, the provisions of this Section 6 shall supersede in their entirety any severance payment provisions in any severance plan, policy, program, or other arrangement maintained by the Company.

(e)    No Requirement to Mitigate; Survival. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or in any other manner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the termination of Executive’s employment shall not impair the rights or obligations of any Party.

(f)    Definition of Cause. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean any one of the following: (i) Executive’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Executive’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) Executive’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Executive and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets that causes material and demonstrative damage to the Company; or (v) Executive’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of Executive’s employment is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Board or its Compensation Committee, in each case, in its sole discretion.

(g)    Definition of Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)    any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined

 

6


voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii)    there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii)    there is consummated a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale or other disposition; or

(iv)    individuals who, as of the Effective Date, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office or in accordance with any voting agreement in effect with stockholders as of the Effective Date, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the

 

7


purpose of changing the domicile of the Company. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event hereunder that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) of this Section 6(g) with respect to such payment shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of payment timing if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

(h)    Definition of Change in Control Period. For purposes hereof, “Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on a Change in Control and ending 12 months after such Change in Control.

(i)    Definition of Covered Termination. For purposes hereof, “Covered Termination” shall mean the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, and shall not include a termination due to Executive’s death or disability.

(j)    Definition of Exchange Act Person. For purposes hereof, “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company, or (v) any natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(k)    Definition of Good Reason. For purposes hereof, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events or circumstances, without Executive’s prior written consent: (i) a reduction in the amount of Executive’s Annual Base Salary of more than ten (10) percent; (ii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than thirty-five (35) miles; or (iii) a material diminution in Executive’s duties or responsibilities. In order to establish a “Good Reason” for terminating employment, Executive must deliver written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition giving rise to Good Reason within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition, the Company must fail to cure the condition within thirty (30) days thereafter, and Executive’s termination of employment must occur no later than thirty (30) days following the expiration of that thirty (30) day cure period.

(l)    Definition of Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership. For the purposes hereof, a person or entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

8


7.    Assignment and Successors. The Company shall assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise). This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive, and their respective successors, assigns, personnel, and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will, operation of law, or as otherwise provided herein.

8.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Confidentiality Agreement. Executive hereby affirms Executive’s obligations under that certain At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement by and between Executive and the Company dated as of May 8, 2019 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). The Confidentiality Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and Executive’s employment with the Company for the applicable period(s) set forth therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

(b)    Non-Solicitation of Employees. For a period of one year following Executive’s Date of Termination, Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly (i) solicit for employment by any individual, corporation, firm, or other business, any employees, consultants, independent contractors, or other service providers of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) solicit any employee or consultant of the Company or any of its affiliates to leave the employment or consulting of or cease providing services to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall not apply to a general advertisement or solicitation (or any hiring pursuant to such advertisement or solicitation) that is not specifically targeted to such employees or consultants.

(c)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law, whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States, that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

(d)    Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(e)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

 

9


(f)    Entire Agreement. The terms of this Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, regarding Executive’s service to the Company, including without limitation, the Offer Letter. The Parties further intend that this Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

(g)    Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company, as applicable, may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(h)    Dispute Resolution. To ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes that arise in connection with this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that, except as excluded herein, any and all controversies, claims and disputes arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any alleged violation of its terms or otherwise arising out of the Parties’ relationship, shall be resolved solely and exclusively by final and binding arbitration held in Santa Clara County, California through JAMS in conformity with California law and the then-existing JAMS employment arbitration rules, which can be found at https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/. The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq. shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of this arbitration clause. All remedies available from a court of competent jurisdiction shall be available in the arbitration; provided, however, in the event of a breach of Sections 8(a) or 8(b), the Company may request relief from a court of competent jurisdiction if such relief is not available or not available in a timely fashion through arbitration as determined by the Company. The arbitrator shall: (a) provide adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall award the prevailing Party attorneys’ fees and expert fees, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the Parties fail to comply with any of the obligations imposed on them under Sections 8(a) and 8(b), and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such person shall, therefore, be entitled to seek injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action shall be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of Sections 8(a) and 8(b), none of the Parties shall raise the defense, without a good faith basis for raising such defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law. Executive and the Company understand that by agreement to arbitrate any claim pursuant to this Section 8(h), they will not have the right to have

 

10


any claim decided by a jury or a court, but shall instead have any claim decided through arbitration. Executive and the Company waive any constitutional or other right to bring claims covered by this Agreement other than in their individual capacities. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, the foregoing waiver includes the ability to assert claims as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or collective action or representative proceeding. Nothing herein shall limit Executive’s ability to pursue claims for workers compensation or unemployment benefits or pursue other claims which by law cannot be subject to mandatory arbitration.

(i)    Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

(j)    Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local, or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

(k)    Whistleblower Protections and Trade Secrets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing in this Agreement prohibits Executive from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any United States governmental agency or entity in accordance with the provisions of and rules promulgated under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other whistleblower protection provisions of state or federal law or regulation (including the right to receive an award for information provided to any such government agencies). Furthermore, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 1833, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement: (i) Executive shall not be in breach of this Agreement, and shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law (x) for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (y) for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal; and (ii) if Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the trade secret to Executive’s attorney, and may use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

9.    Golden Parachute Excise Tax.

(a)    Best Pay. Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any payment or benefit Executive would receive from the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of

 

11


Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount (as defined below). The “Reduced Amount” will be either (A) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (B) the entire Payment, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in Executive’ s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (A) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A (as defined below) that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (1) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (2) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (3) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(b)    Accounting Firm. The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the Change in Control will perform the calculations set forth in Section 9(a). If the firm so engaged by the Company is serving as the accountant or auditor for the acquiring company, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company will bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such firm required to be made hereunder. The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder will provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company within thirty (30) days before the consummation of a Change in Control (if requested at that time by the Company) or such other time as requested by the Company. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it will furnish the Company with documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

10.    Section 409A.

(a)    General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date,

 

12


(“Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company shall work in good faith with Executive to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, including, without limitation, actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A; however, this Section 10(a) shall not create an obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendment, policy or procedure or take any such other action, nor shall the Company (A) have any liability for failing to do so, or (B) incur or indemnify Executive for any taxes, interest or other liabilities arising under or by operation of Section 409A.

(b)    Separation from Service, Installments and Reimbursements. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement: (i) no amount that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A shall be payable pursuant to Section 6 unless the termination of Executive’s employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Department of Treasury Regulations (“Separation from Service”); (ii) for purposes of Section 409A, Executive’s right to receive installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments; and (iii) to the extent that any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, such reimbursement or benefit shall be provided no later than December 31st of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year. The amount of any in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other year.

(c)    Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(d)    Release. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that any payments due under this Agreement as a result of Executive’s termination of employment are subject to Executive’s execution and delivery of the Release, (i) if Executive fails to execute the Release on or prior to the Release Expiration Date (as defined below) or timely revokes Executive’s acceptance of the Release thereafter, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits otherwise conditioned on the Release, and (ii) in any case where Executive’s Date of Termination and the Release Expiration Date fall in two separate taxable years, any

 

13


payments required to be made to Executive that are conditioned on the Release and are treated as nonqualified deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year. For purposes of this Section 10(d), “Release Expiration Date” shall mean the date that is twenty-one (21) days following the date upon which the Company timely delivers the Release to Executive, or, in the event that Executive’s termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967), the date that is forty-five (45) days following such delivery date. To the extent that any payments of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) due under this Agreement as a result of Executive’s termination of employment are delayed pursuant to this Section 10(d), such amounts shall be paid in a lump sum on the first payroll date following the date that Executive executes and does not revoke the Release (and the applicable revocation period has expired) or, in the case of any payments subject to Section 10(d)(ii), on the first payroll period to occur in the subsequent taxable year, if later.

11.    Employee Acknowledgement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

14


The Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

EARGO, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Name: Christian Gormsen

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

 

By:

 

/s/ Adam Laponis

Name: Adam Laponis


EXHIBIT A

PERMITTED OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES

 

  1.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Release of Claims (“Release”) is entered into as of                     , 20    , between Adam Laponis (“Executive”) and Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” and, together with Executive, the “Parties”), effective eight (8) days after Executive’s signature hereto (the “Effective Date”), unless Executive revokes Executive’s acceptance of this Release as provided in Paragraph 1(c), below.

1.    Executive’s Release of the Company. Executive understands that by agreeing to this Release, Executive is agreeing not to sue, or otherwise file any claim against, the Company or any of its employees or other agents for any reason whatsoever based on anything that has occurred as of the date Executive signs this Release.

(a)    On behalf of Executive and Executive’s heirs and assigns, Executive hereby releases and forever discharges the “Releasees” hereunder, consisting of the Company, and each of its owners, affiliates, divisions, predecessors, successors, assigns, agents, directors, officers, partners, employees, and insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, loss, cost or expense, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “Claims”), which Executive now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims arising out of, based upon, or relating to Executive’s hire, employment, remuneration or resignation by the Releasees, or any of them, including Claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment, Claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency, any Claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), 29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq.; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, 42 U.S.C. § 2000 et seq.; the Equal Pay Act, 29 U.S.C. § 206(d); the Civil Rights Act of 1866, 42 U.S.C. § 1981; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.; the False Claims Act , 31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. § 2101 et seq. the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. § 215 et seq., the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; the California Labor Code; the employment and civil rights laws of California; Claims for breach of contract; Claims arising in tort, including, without limitation, Claims of wrongful dismissal or discharge, discrimination, harassment, retaliation, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, libel, infliction of emotional distress, violation of public policy, and/or breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and Claims for damages or other remedies of any sort, including, without limitation, compensatory damages, punitive damages, injunctive relief and attorney’s fees.

 

3


(b)    Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, Executive does not release the following claims:

(i)    Claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law;

(ii)    Claims for workers’ compensation insurance benefits under the terms of any worker’s compensation insurance policy or fund of the Company;

(iii)    Claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA;

(iv)    Claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of Executive’s employment termination, pursuant to written terms of any Company employee benefit plan;

(v)    Claims for indemnification under any indemnification agreement with the Company, the Company’s Bylaws, California Labor Code Section 2802 or any other applicable law; and

(vi)    Executive’s right to bring to the attention of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission claims of discrimination; provided, however, that Executive does release Executive’s right to secure any damages for alleged discriminatory treatment.

(c)    In accordance with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, Executive has been advised of the following:

(i)    Executive has the right to consult with an attorney before signing this Release;

(ii)    Executive has been given at least [twenty-one (21) OR forty-five (45)] days to consider this Release;

(iii)    Executive has seven (7) days after signing this Release to revoke it, and Executive will not receive the severance benefits provided by that certain Employment Agreement between the Parties (the “Employment Agreement”) unless and until such seven (7) day period has expired. If Executive wishes to revoke this Release, Executive must deliver notice of Executive’s revocation in writing, no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh (7th) day following Executive’s execution of this Release to [            ].

(d)    EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO

 

4


EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY.”

BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, EXECUTIVE HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS EXECUTIVE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

2.    Executive Representations. Executive represents and warrants that:

(a)    Executive has returned to the Company all Company property in Executive’s possession;

(b)    Executive is not owed wages, commissions, bonuses or other compensation, other than wages through the date of the termination of Executive’s employment and any accrued, unused vacation earned through such date, and any payments that become due under the Employment Agreement;

(c)    During the course of Executive’s employment Executive did not sustain any injuries for which Executive might be entitled to compensation pursuant to worker’s compensation law or Executive has disclosed any injuries of which Executive is currently, reasonably aware for which Executive might be entitled to compensation pursuant to worker’s compensation law; and

(d)    Executive has not initiated any adversarial proceedings of any kind against the Company or against any other person or entity released herein, nor will Executive do so in the future, except as specifically allowed by this Release.

3.    Severability. The provisions of this Release are severable. If any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

4.    Choice of Law. This Release shall in all respects be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

5.    Integration Clause. This Release and the Employment Agreement contain the Parties’ entire agreement with regard to the separation of Executive’s employment, and supersede and replace any prior agreements as to those matters, whether oral or written. This Release may not be changed or modified, in whole or in part, except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer or director of the Company.

6.    Execution in Counterparts. This Release may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effectiveness as though executed in a single document. Facsimile signatures shall have the same force and effectiveness as original signatures.

 

5


7.    Intent to be Bound. The Parties have carefully read this Release in its entirety; fully understand and agree to its terms and provisions; and intend and agree that it is final and binding on all Parties.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties have executed the foregoing on the dates shown below.

 

EXECUTIVE      EARGO, INC.

 

    

 

Adam Laponis

     By:  
       Title:  
Date:  

                 

     Date:  

     

 

7

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

EARGO, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PROGRAM

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Eargo, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (this “Program”) effective as of [_______] (the “Effective Date”). The cash and equity compensation described in this Program shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board, to each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Non-Employee Director”) who may be eligible to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company. This Program shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board. The terms and conditions of this Program shall supersede any prior cash or equity compensation arrangements between the Company and its Non-Employee Directors effective as of the Effective Date.

1.    Cash Compensation.

(a)    Annual Retainers. Each Non-Employee Director shall be eligible to receive an annual retainer of $40,000 for service on the Board. In addition, a Non-Employee Director shall receive the following additional annual retainers, as applicable:

(i)    Chairperson of the Board. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Board shall receive an additional annual retainer of $35,000 for such service.

(ii)     Chair of the Audit Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chair of the Audit Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000 for such service.

(iii)    Chair of the Compensation Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chair of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for such service.

(iv)     Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service.

(v)    Member of the Audit Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chair) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service.

(vi)    Member of the Compensation Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chair) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500 for such service.

(vii)    Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chair) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000 for such service.


(b)    Payment of Retainers. The annual retainers described in Section 1(a) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears. In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(a), for an entire calendar quarter, the retainer paid to such Non-Employee Director shall be prorated for the portion of such calendar quarter actually served as a Non-Employee Director, or in such positions, as applicable.

2.    Equity Compensation. Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below. The awards described below shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Company’s 2020 Incentive Award Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), and shall be granted subject to the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in substantially the same forms previously approved by the Board, setting forth the vesting schedule applicable to such awards and such other terms as may be required by the Plan.

(a)    Initial Awards. Each person who is initially elected or appointed to the Board as a Non-Employee Director shall be granted, automatically and without necessity of any action by the Board or any committee thereof, on the date of such initial election or appointment an option to purchase that number of shares of Company common stock (the “Common Stock”) calculated by dividing (i) $200,000 by (ii) the per share grant date fair value of the option, calculated based on the 30 trading day average closing price of the Common Stock as of the date of grant (or if the date of grant is not a trading day, the immediately preceding trading day) and using assumptions published in the Company’s most recent periodic report as of the date of grant, rounded down to the nearest whole share (each, an “Initial Option”).

(b)    Annual Awards. On the date of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, each Non-Employee Director who has served on the Board for at least 6 months as of such date and who will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such annual meeting shall be granted, automatically and without necessity of any action by the Board or any committee thereof, on the date of such annual meeting an option to purchase that number of shares of Common Stock calculated by dividing (i) $120,000 by (ii) the per share grant date fair value of the option, calculated based on the 30 trading day average closing price of the Common Stock as of the trading day immediately preceding the date of grant and using assumptions published in the Company’s most recent periodic report as of the date of grant, rounded down to the nearest whole share (each, an “Annual Option”).

(c)    Terms of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors.

(i)    Exercise Price. Each Initial Option and Annual Option shall have an exercise per share equal to Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) as of the date of grant.

 

2


(ii)    Vesting.

(A)    Initial Option. Each Initial Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 1/36th of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the applicable date of grant such that the shares subject to the Initial Option are fully vested on the third anniversary of the grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service to the Company through the applicable vesting date.

(B)    Annual Option. Subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service to the Company through the applicable vesting date, each Annual Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 1/12th of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the applicable date of grant, provided, that if the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders immediately following the date of grant takes place prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant, the Annual Option shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders following the date of grant.

(iii)    Term. Each Initial Option and Annual Option shall have a term of ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination in connection with a termination of services to the Company, as set forth in the agreement evidencing the Initial Option or Annual Option.

(iv)    Accelerated Vesting.

(A)    Termination Due to Death or Disability. In the event that any Non-Employee Director terminates service with the Company due to such Non-Employee Director’s death or Disability (as defined below), each of such Non-Employee Director’s Initial Option and Annual Option(s), along with any other stock options or other equity-based awards held by such Non-Employee Director, shall vest and, if applicable, become exercisable with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject thereto upon such termination of service. For purposes of this Program, “Disability” shall mean a permanent and total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(B)    Change in Control. In the event that a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) occurs, each Initial Option and Annual Option, along with any other stock options or other equity-based awards held by any Non-Employee Director, shall vest and, if applicable, become exercisable with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject thereto as of immediately prior to such Change in Control.

3.    Reimbursements. The Company shall reimburse each Non-Employee Director for all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket travel and other business expenses incurred by such Non-Employee Director in the performance of his or her duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures as in effect from time to time.

 

3

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT AGREEMENT

This Indemnification and Advancement Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of                     , 20         by and between Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                         , [a member of the Board of Directors/an officer/an employee] of the Company (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering indemnification and advancement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, officers, or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification and advancement of expenses against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance, to indemnification, and to advancement of expenses may increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;


WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and is not a substitute therefor, nor diminishes or abrogates any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, DGCL and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate additional protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified and be advanced expenses.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.    Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a [director/officer/employee] of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law). This Agreement does not create any obligation on the Company to continue Indemnitee in such position and is not an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “Agent” means any person who is authorized by the Company or an Enterprise to act for or represent the interests of the Company or an Enterprise, respectively.

(b)    A “Change in Control” occurs upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

i.    Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

ii.    Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

-2-


iii.    Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

iv.    Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

v.    Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

vi.    For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms have the following meanings:

 

  1)

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

  2)

Person” has the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person excludes (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

  3)

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner excludes any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(c)    “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was acting as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or Agent of the Company or an Enterprise.

(d)    “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

-3-


(e)    “Enterprise” means any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, or Agent.

(f)    “Expenses” includes all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable in the good faith judgment of such counsel will be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, do not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” does not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h)    “Potential Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the Company enters into any written or oral agreement, undertaking or arrangement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (ii) any Person or the Company publicly announces an intention to take or consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control; (iii) any Person who becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 5% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such Person on the date hereof; or (iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

(i)    The term “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution

 

-4-


mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting pursuant to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. A Proceeding also includes a situation the Indemnitee believes in good faith may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding.

Section 3.    Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 4.    Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses under this Section 4 related to any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding for which Indemnitee has been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless, and only to the extent that, the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought determines upon application by Indemnitee that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding the extent that Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against

 

-5-


all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, will be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6.    Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party but to which Indemnitee is a witness, deponent, interviewee, or otherwise asked to participate.

Section 7.    Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 8.    Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including but not limited to, the DGCL and any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that expand the Company’s ability to indemnify its officers and directors) if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor).

Section 9.    Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company is not obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment to Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding:

(a)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except to the extent provided in Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b)    for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act; or

 

-6-


(c)    initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or advancement, of Expenses, including a Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

Section 10.    Advances of Expenses.

(a)    The Company will advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee if (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company or Enterprise, including a proceeding initiated pursuant to Section 14 or (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation. The Company will advance the Expenses within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.

(b)    Advances will be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, thus Indemnitee qualifies for advances upon the execution of this Agreement and delivery to the Company. No other form of undertaking is required other than the execution of this Agreement. The Company will make advances without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.

Section 11.    Procedure for Notification of Claim for Indemnification or Advancement.

(a)    Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. Indemnitee will include in the written notification to the Company a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding and provide such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Indemnitee’s failure to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any obligation it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company will not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company will, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification or advancement.

 

-7-


(b)    The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

Section 12.    Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a)    Unless a Change of Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made:

i.    by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

ii.    by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

iii.     if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by the Board; or

iv.    if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

(b)    If a Change in Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests such selection be made by the Board).

(c)     The party selecting Independent Counsel pursuant to subsection (a)(iii) or (b) of this Section 12 will provide written notice of the selection to the other party. The notified party may, within ten (10) days after receiving written notice of the selection of Independent Counsel, deliver to the selecting party a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection will set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected will act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, Independent Counsel has not been selected or, if selected, any objection to has not been resolved, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court designates. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel will be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

-8-


(d)    Indemnitee will cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company will advance and pay any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making the indemnification determination irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing of the determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied and providing a copy of any written opinion provided to the Board by Independent Counsel.

(e)    If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee within ten (10) days after such determination.

Section 13.    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)    In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    If the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification has not made pursuant to Section 12 within sixty (60) days after the latter of (i) receipt by the Company of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding for which Indemnitee requested Indemnification (the “Determination Period”), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee will be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. The Determination Period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, the Determination Period may be extended an additional fifteen (15) days if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a)(iv) of this Agreement.

 

-9-


(c)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d)    For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee acted based on the records or books of account of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or an Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, financial advisor or other expert selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise. Further, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company,” as referred to in this Agreement if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan. The provisions of this Section 13(d) is not exclusive and does not limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e)    The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise may not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 14.    Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)    Indemnitee may commence litigation against the Company in the Delaware Court of Chancery to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company does not advance Expenses pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement within the Determination Period, (iv) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the second to last sentence of Section 12(d) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 3, 4, 7, or 8 of this Agreement within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding

 

-10-


designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee must commence such Proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such Proceeding pursuant to this Section 14(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause does not apply in respect of a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company will not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 will be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee may not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 the Company will have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be and will not introduce evidence of the determination made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement.

(c)    If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    The Company is, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and will stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e)    It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance to Indemnitee such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action concerning this Agreement, Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company, or concerning any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. and will indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses unless the court determines that each of the Indemnitee’s claims in such Proceeding were made in bad faith or were frivolous or are prohibited by law.

 

-11-


Section 15.    Establishment of Trust.

(a)    In the event of a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Company will, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a trust for the benefit of Indemnitee (the “Trust”) and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee will fund such Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy the reasonably anticipated indemnification and advancement obligations of the Company to the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding for which Indemnitee has demanded indemnification and/or advancement prior to the Potential Change in Control or Change in Control (the “Funding Obligation”). The trustee of the Trust (the “Trustee”) will be a bank or trust company or other individual or entity chosen by the Indemnitee and reasonably acceptable to the Company. Nothing in this Section 15 relieves the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)    The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the Funding Obligation will be determined by mutual agreement of the Indemnitee and the Company or, if the Company and the Indemnitee are unable to reach such an agreement, by Independent Counsel selected in accordance with Section 12(b) of this Agreement. The terms of the Trust will provide that, except upon the consent of both the Indemnitee and the Company, upon a Change in Control: (i) the Trust may not be revoked, or the principal thereof invaded, without the written consent of the Indemnitee; (ii) the Trustee will advance, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, within two (2) business days of a request by the Indemnitee; (iii) the Company will continue to fund the Trust in accordance with the Funding Obligation; (iv) the Trustee will promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise; and (v) all unexpended funds in such Trust revert to the Company upon mutual agreement by the Indemnitee and the Company or, if the Indemnitee and the Company are unable to reach such an agreement, by Independent Counsel selected in accordance with Section 12(b) of this Agreement, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. New York law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) governs the Trust and the Trustee will consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of Delaware Court of Chancery, in accordance with Section 25 of this Agreement.

Section 16.    Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a)    The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement are not exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement may not be limited or restricted by any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement in any way with respect to any action taken or omitted by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status occurring prior to any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy is cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

12


(b)    The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated ([including without limitation [Fund names(s)],] the “Fund Indemnitors”).

i.    The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees:

  1)    the Company is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any request for indemnification or advancement of Expenses made pursuant to this Agreement concerning any Proceeding arising from or related to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with the Company;

  2)     the Company is primarily liable for all indemnification and indemnification or advancement of Expenses obligations for any Proceeding arising from or related to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise;

  3)    any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Fund Indemnitor) to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding are secondary to the obligations of the Company’s obligations;

  4)    the Company will indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, any Fund Indemnitor) or insurer of any such Person; and

ii.    the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (A) any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Fund Indemnitor) from any claim of contribution, subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement and (B) any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against any Fund Indemnitor (or former Fund Indemnitor), whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Fund Indemnitor (or former Fund Indemnitor), directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

iii.    In the event any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Fund Indemnitor) or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss for Indemnitee, the payor has a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Fund Indemnitor) or their insurers affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance of Expenses to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Fund Indemnitor).

 

-13-


iv.    Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Fund Indemnitor) is specifically in excess over the Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses or any valid and collectible insurance (including but not limited to any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company.

(c)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Enterprise, the Company will obtain a policy or policies covering Indemnitee to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies, including coverage in the event the Company does not or cannot, for any reason, indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee as required by this Agreement. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to this Agreement, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company will give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company will thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Indemnitee agrees to assist the Company efforts to cause the insurers to pay such amounts and will comply with the terms of such policies, including selection of approved panel counsel, if required.

(d)    The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee for any Proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Enterprise will be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. The Company and Indemnitee intend that any such Enterprise (and its insurers) be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise. The Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses to Indemnitee is secondary to the obligations the Enterprise or its insurers owe to Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to take all reasonably necessary and desirable action to obtain from an Enterprise indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise.

(e)    In the event of any payment made by the Company under this Agreement, the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee from any Enterprise or insurance carrier. Indemnitee will execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

Section 17.    Duration of Agreement. This Agreement continues until and terminates upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee ceases to serve as a director [director/officer/employee] of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant

 

-14-


to Section 14 of this Agreement relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement are binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

Section 18.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions will be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 19.    Interpretation. Any ambiguity in the terms of this Agreement will be resolved in favor of Indemnitee and in a manner to provide the maximum indemnification and advancement of Expenses permitted by law. The Company and Indemnitee intend that this Agreement provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly provided, without limitation, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of the Company stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

Section 20.    Enforcement.

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and applicable law, and is not a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 21.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement is binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed or constitutes a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

-15-


Section 22.    Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company does not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 23.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand to the other party, (b) sent by reputable overnight courier to the other party or (c) sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, with receipt of oral confirmation that such communication has been received:

(a)    If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee provides to the Company.

(b)    If to the Company to:

Name:                     Eargo, Inc.

Address:                 1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

                       San Jose, CA 95110

Attention:    Chief Legal Officer

Email:          XXX@eargo.com

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 24.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, will contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 25.    Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties are governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought

 

-16-


only in the Delaware Court of Chancery and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or Proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or Proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 26.    Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together constitutes one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 27.    Headings. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute part of this Agreement or affect the construction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

EARGO, INC.     INDEMNITEE
By:  

 

   

 

Name:       Name:  
Office:       Address:  

 

       

 

       

 

       

 

-17-

EX-10.10

[***] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10).

Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

Exhibit 10.10

MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Manufacturing Services Agreement, together with its attached exhibits (“Exhibits”), corresponding appendices (“Appendix(ices)”), Statements of Work (defined below) and Orders (defined below) (collectively, this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Eargo, Inc. (“Eargo”) and Hana Microelectronics Co., Ltd. (“Supplier”), and is effective as of May 5, 2017 (the “Effective Date”). The Agreement consists of the terms and conditions set forth below, all Exhibits, corresponding Appendices, Statements of Work, Orders and Approved ECOs (defined below) which reference this Agreement.

 

ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit A:    Form of Statement of Work
SOW Appendix 1:    Specifications
SOW Appendix 2:    Bill of Materials
SOW Appendix 3:    Approved Vendors
SOW Appendix 4:    Quality Control Requirements
SOW Appendix 5:    Unit Price
SOW Appendix 6:    Approved Buyers
SOW Appendix 7:    Inventory Management
SOW Appendix 8:    Maintenance and Support Requirements (Optional)
Exhibit B:    Form of Reports
Exhibit C:    Form of ECO

This Agreement is accepted and agreed to as of the Effective Date by the authorized representative of each party:

 

EARGO: EARGO, INC.   SUPPLIER: HANA MICROELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
Signature:   /s/ Christian Gormsen   Signature:    /s/ Wing Keung Chow                    
Print Name:   Christian Gormsen   Print Name:    Wing Keung Chow
Print Title:   CEO   Print Title:    Vice President and General Manager
Notice Address:                                                                                          Notice Address:    Hana Microelectronics Public Co., Ltd
                                                                                            101/2 Moo 4,
                                                                                            Chiangmai-Lampang Road,
                                                                                            T. Baanklang, A. Muang, Lamphun
  Attention:                                                                         51000 Thailand
Fax Number:                                                                                          Fax Number:    [***]
Primary Contact:                                                                                          Primary Contact:    [***]
       (E-mail: [***])

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement, its Exhibits or Appendices will have the meanings given below in this Section 1 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

1.1. “Affiliate” means an entity which, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is owned or is controlled by or is under common ownership or control with Eargo. As used herein, “control” means the power to direct the management or affairs of an entity, and “ownership” means the beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting equity securities or other equivalent voting interests of the entity.


1.2. “Approved Buyer(s)” means third parties identified in writing by Eargo to Supplier, as set forth in Appendix 6 (Approved Buyers) to the applicable SOW, incorporated herein by this reference, that is then-currently authorized to purchase Products under this Agreement. Appendix 6 (Approved Buyers) to the applicable SOW may be updated by Eargo from time to time.

1.3. “Approved Vendor(s)” means Eargo’s list of original equipment manufacturing approved vendors and/or suppliers from whom Supplier will procure all Components, and product processing services used in the manufacturing of the Units, as set forth in Appendix 3 (Approved Vendors) to the applicable SOW and updated by Eargo from time to time.

1.4. “BOM Cost” means the amount Supplier receives or pays to third-party suppliers or Eargo for the BOM (as defined below) of a Unit (as defined below), net of rebates, discounts received in connection with such materials or by leveraging Eargo’s volumes. Supplier’s quoted BOM Cost will always include landed cost of all Components.

1.5. “Compliance” means that the applicable Product(s) (including all corresponding Components): (a) conform to the applicable then-current Specifications and BOM, as defined in Section 2.5, as well as mutually agreed-upon acceptable quality limits (“AQLs”), and any other instructions and requirements set forth in the applicable Purchase Order(s); (b) are identical in all respects to the Approved First Article; (c) are new and unused; (d) meet all packaging, branding and labeling requirements set forth in the applicable Specifications and otherwise supplied by Eargo in writing; (e) includes all applicable Documentation, and (f) do not contain any visible signs of damage (e.g., scratches, marks, chipping, etc.) or any indications of wear and tear, whether on the packaging or the Products themselves.

1.6. “Components” means all materials, individual component parts and assemblies, which are ultimately to be incorporated into a Product, or are designed to be incorporated into a Product or installed in a Product, including but not limited to Hardware or Software embedded or incorporated into the Product, and other component parts, as well as accompanying Hardware or Software, if any, delivered with the Products for use in the installation of the Product.

1.7. “Documentation” means any and all documentation, including warranty information that Eargo expressly approves for inclusion in the packaging of the Product.

1.8. “Eargo Data” means any data of any type which is provided by or on behalf of Eargo to Supplier or accessed or collected by Supplier on behalf of Eargo in connection with manufacturing and testing the Prototypes, First Articles and Products or providing the Services, including without limitation information which Eargo inputs, or provides to Supplier for inputting into the Prototypes, First Articles, Products or any Components.

1.9. “Eargo Property” has the meaning given such term in Section 13.1 below.

1.10. “Hardware” means the tangible elements used in the build of the Product.

 

2


1.11. “Intellectual Property Rights” or “IPR” means any and all right, title and interest in and to any and all trade secrets, patents, copyrights, service marks, trademarks, know-how, trade names, rights in trade dress and packaging, moral rights, rights of privacy, publicity and similar rights of any type, including any applications, continuations or other registrations with respect to any of the foregoing, under the laws or regulations of any foreign or domestic governmental, regulatory or judicial authority.

1.12. “Manufacturing Process” means Supplier or the applicable approved Subcontractors’ or Approved Vendors’ processes utilized to manufacture, assemble, test, configure, label, and package the Products and, where applicable, Components, in accordance with the Specifications and the terms of this Agreement.

1.13. “Order” or “Purchase Order” means the written or electronically transmitted order and instruction issued by Eargo, its Affiliate(s), or Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, to Supplier for the delivery of Units on or before the specified Delivery Date(s) (as defined below) and to the specified delivery location(s).

1.14. “Policies” means all security, privacy, safety, social accountability, environmental, information technology, business conduct, manufacturing, and legal policies of Eargo with which Supplier and Supplier Parties are required to comply.

1.15. “Product” means the fully assembled, product, including all Hardware and Software, as well as packaging and Documentation for the fully assembled product, that is manufactured and delivered by Supplier, as further described in the applicable Specifications.

1.16. “Software” means any software, including firmware embedded in or distributed with the Product, including all source code versions of the same provided or otherwise made available to Eargo hereunder or by Eargo to Supplier, as the case may be.

1.17. “Specifications” means the electrical, mechanical, technical, functional, performance, appearance, and other specifications and requirements pertaining to each model of the Product, including, without limitation, the most current version of: the BOM, tooling specifications, along with a detailed description of the operation thereof, art work drawings, requirements as to form, fit and function for the Products, requirements and specifications as to the Components and, where appropriate, requirements relative to the Product overall, including, without limitation, Product functionality and system requirements, interoperability requirements, performance requirements, installation and integration requirements, Component descriptions (including approved substitutions), Manufacturing Process requirements, Approved Vendor cross references, testing parameters and standards, equipment and quality control requirements, Products that are attached to the applicable SOW as Appendix 1 thereto (Specifications), and are incorporated herein by this reference. Specifications may be modified by Eargo from time to time in writing upon delivery via the Engineering Change Order (“ECO”) procedure set forth in Section 5.2 below.

1.18. “Units” means a unit of the Products and, where applicable and permitted by this Agreement, the Components, that are listed on any Purchase Order.

 

3


1.19. “Supplier Parties” means Supplier’s employees, contractors, agents and authorized Subcontractors.

1.20. “Value Added” means the per unit amount to be paid by Eargo to compensate Supplier in full for the Services, including, without limitation, compensation for [***]. The parties will agree on a template for quoting which will include specific pricing breakdowns that Eargo requires.

2. Scope.

2.1. Description and Performance of Services.

2.1.1. Supplier will (a) source and assemble (where required) Components and assemble, manufacture, test and package the Products (including the Documentation) in accordance with the applicable Specifications, the corresponding SOW and the requirements of this Agreement, (b) create a Prototype (if and when requested) and the First Article of each Product and test each First Article in accordance with this Agreement to ensure that each First Article conforms to the applicable Specifications as to form, fit and function, (c) procure (from the Approved Vendors, if any, as set forth in the applicable SOW) and/or create Components in accordance with this Agreement, the applicable SOW and corresponding Specifications, (d) configure, assemble, manufacture, test, package, and ship, the Products, including, without limitation, all sub-assemblies, customization, personalization, gift-boxing, loading of custom software or content and configuring to order, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the applicable SOW, the Specifications, and the Policies, (e) sell the Products only to Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and its Approved Buyer(s) as provided herein, (f) perform Project Management Services described in Section 3.1 below, and (g) provide maintenance and support for the Products in accordance with the applicable SOW and Eargo’s business requirements (all of the foregoing are collectively, the “Services”).

2.1.2. If any Components or raw materials are consigned to Supplier by Eargo, then such Components or raw materials are to be used by Supplier on a first-in first-out basis. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will exhaust any and all Eargo-consigned Components or raw materials before utilizing Supplier-procured Components or raw materials or incurring any costs to procure the same Components or raw materials from any Approved Vendors or any other third party. Supplier will, at no additional charge to Eargo (unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing between the parties), implement and maintain a vendor managed inventory program for all Component and raw material Approved Vendors (the “VMI Program”). Eargo and Supplier will jointly determine the Components and raw materials that will be included in the VMI Program, and will review the VMI Program on an annual basis. Eargo will have no obligation to procure any or all of the Components or raw materials for the Products or that are otherwise required of Supplier hereunder. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, [***] for the cost of any required Approved Vendor payments under the VMI Program, and Components and raw materials ordered by Supplier based on Eargo’s then-current Forecast and specified lead-times, provided, however, that [***] of any Components or raw materials ordered by Supplier beyond Eargo’s then-current Forecast or specified lead-times, [***], in each instance.

 

4


2.1.3. Supplier will perform, and will cause all Approved Vendors to perform the Services in a timely, professional and workmanlike manner pursuant to the highest industry standards in accordance with the terms of each Purchase Order, Statement of Work, the BOM, Specifications, and this Agreement.

2.2. Statements of Work. Supplier will perform all Services that are incidental to the Manufacturing Process and the assembly, production, testing, labeling, packaging and delivery of Units in accordance with the Specifications, the terms of this Agreement, the applicable Orders and, if any, the corresponding SOW(s). For all other Services, Supplier will perform such other Services in accordance with the Specifications, as applicable, and the requirements and deadlines in the applicable SOW(s). The form of SOW is set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement. SOWs may be entered into under this Agreement by Eargo or any Affiliate. Each SOW will include all its relevant Appendices listed above in complete form. Each SOW covering a Product must include the relevant Specifications for that particular Product as Appendix 1 to that SOW. Each SOW will remain in effect until termination in accordance with this Agreement or completed as required by its terms. Any SOW that does not include the applicable Appendices in complete form, does not include Specifications in complete form under Appendix 1 thereto, or is not executed by Eargo (or its Affiliate, as the case may be) will be of no force and effect and will not be binding upon Eargo. The entity that executes a SOW with Supplier will be considered “Eargo” for all purposes of the SOW and this Agreement and the SOW will be considered a two party agreement between Supplier and such entity.

2.3. Specifications. The Specifications set forth under each SOW are binding upon Supplier and Supplier will manufacture Units in accordance with the Specifications. Supplier will not make any change or modification to the Specifications, to any Components described therein, or to the Units (including, without limitation, changes in form, fit, function, design, appearance or place of manufacture of the Units or changes [***]. Supplier agrees that its capability to comply, and actual compliance with, the Specifications in manufacturing the Products is a material term of this Agreement, without which Eargo would not have selected Supplier, and a condition precedent to any obligation Eargo (or its Affiliate(s) or Authorized Buyer(s)) may otherwise have to pay Supplier for the applicable Products manufactured or shipped.

2.4. Logistics.

2.4.1. Supplier will be responsible for procuring (from Eargo and/or the Approved Vendors, if any, as set forth in the applicable SOW) all Components and raw materials required for the Products. Supplier will be responsible for all costs and expenses associated with such procurement and delivery of Components to Supplier, all costs associated with configuration, assembly, production, manufacturing, testing, packaging, and shipping the Products based on the Approved First Article. Supplier is responsible for all costs associated with secure storage and warehousing of all Products, including Components not yet assembled with Products, in accordance with this Agreement. Supplier will be responsible for establishing relationships with Eargo’s designated freight forwarders and carriers for the shipment and delivery of all Units. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Supplier will first procure any Components, raw materials and/or equipment required for the Products from Eargo, prior to any Approved Vendors, or any other vendors (as permitted in Section 3.3).

 

5


2.4.2. If Eargo determines, in its sole discretion, that a Product has reached stable production volumes in a specific region, the parties will work together to establish a hub strategy for the specified region(s). In addition, the parties will mutually agree upon incorporating any applicable hub, and electronic database interchange (EDI) terms into this Agreement, including without limitation, any hub fees that are necessary for determining the Unit Price (as defined below) of any applicable Product(s). In this event, Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will not include or increase any applicable hub fees without Eargo’s prior written approval.

2.5. Bill of Materials. Prior to the commencement of any Services, Eargo and Supplier will agree in writing on a bill of materials for the Product that itemizes the Components, Approved Vendors, and other materials necessary for the manufacture, assembly, testing and packaging of the Products and which, if signed by Eargo, is made a part of the applicable Specifications (the “BOM”). Each BOM will reference the applicable SOW and Specifications to which it pertains. The BOM may also specify the lead-times for the Products. The parties may update the BOM from time to time solely by mutual written agreement. A BOM that is not signed by Eargo is not accepted by Eargo and is not made a part of the applicable SOW or Specifications.

2.6. Manufacturer Warranty Support. If and as required by Eargo under a SOW, Supplier will provide manufacturer warranty support for the Products. In that event, Supplier agrees that manufacturer warranty support for the Products will include and consist of those Services outlined in Appendix 8 to the applicable SOW. Supplier will ensure that all manufacturer warranty support for the Products will be provided in accordance with the service levels set forth in Appendix 8 of the applicable SOW (“Service Levels”). If Supplier fails to meet the Service Levels in any calendar month (“Service Level Default”), in addition to its other rights and remedies under this Agreement and at law, Eargo will be entitled to receive service level credits from Supplier as set forth in Appendix 8 of the applicable SOW and Supplier will be required to pay directly or reimburse Eargo (at Eargo’s sole option) for any and all costs and expenses incurred by Eargo in the engagement of third party provider(s) to provide manufacturer warranty support for the Products at the level required under Appendix 8. Following the termination or expiration of the Agreement, Supplier will within [***] from the date of termination refund to Eargo the amount of any unused credits, together with the amount of any payments or reimbursements due Eargo as per this Section 2.6.

3. Project Management.

3.1. Project Management. Supplier is responsible, at its expense, for managing all aspects of the Services, including but not limited to the procurement of all Components, contracting with Approved Vendors, managing all Approved Vendors, managing Supplier Parties, creating and testing First Articles for each Product, procurement, installation and maintenance of all equipment necessary to manufacture and deliver the Services and Units, maintaining and operating manufacturing facilities and equipment in accordance with the Specifications and the Policies, managing the use of Eargo-consigned equipment, Components and raw materials in accordance with this Agreement, management of production lead times relative to Forecasts and Delivery Dates, as well as all oversight as to the configuration, assembly, manufacturing, packaging and shipment of the Units (“Project Management Services”).

 

6


3.2. Use of Subcontractors. Supplier may not subcontract all or any portion of its obligations under this Agreement or any SOW without Eargo’s prior written consent, in each instance, which consent may be withheld at Eargo’s sole and absolute discretion. In any event, Supplier is not permitted to and will not subcontract all of its obligations under this Agreement under any circumstances unless Eargo specifically and unequivocally consents to that in advance and in writing, solely under circumstances involving a sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of Supplier or the liquidation of Supplier. Notwithstanding Eargo’s consent to Supplier’s engagement of any Subcontractor(s), Supplier will not be relieved of any obligations under this Agreement and will remain solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its Subcontractors as well as the completion of the Services and delivery of the Products in accordance with this Agreement. Supplier will ensure that all Subcontractors comply with the terms of this Agreement, the applicable SOW(s), corresponding Specifications, BOM and other referenced Appendices and documents, as well as all Policies and governing law. Any act, omission, breach, default or non-Compliance by a Subcontractor will be deemed to be an act, omission, breach, default or non-Compliance on the part of and attributable to Supplier for which Supplier will be responsible.

3.3. Approved Vendors. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in the applicable SOW, Supplier will use in its production of Units such Components, and, if applicable, raw materials, of the exact type, quality, and grade specified by Eargo, to the extent Eargo chooses to so specify, and will only purchase Components, and, if applicable, raw materials, from Eargo or Approved Vendors appearing on Appendix 3 (Approved Vendors); provided, however, that in the event Supplier cannot purchase a Component from Eargo or an Approved Vendor for any reason, Supplier will be able to purchase such Component from an alternate vendor, subject to Eargo’s prior written approval, in each instance, [***]. Eargo makes no guarantee that certain pricing or commercial terms will be extended by such Approved Vendors to Supplier. If Eargo has a contract with an Approved Vendor, then Eargo may require Supplier to place orders under Eargo’s contract terms, provided, however, that Supplier understands it is solely responsible for entry into an agreement with the applicable Approved Vendor. If Supplier has a contract with an Approved Vendor, Supplier will ensure that such agreement expressly provides that Eargo is an intended third party beneficiary and is entitled to the protections of the following minimum terms and conditions entered into by Supplier for the benefit of Eargo, including, without limitation, conformance to specifications, [***] environment regulations compliance, indemnity for infringement of intellectual property rights and Supplier-facilitated warranty remedies. Eargo reserves the right to remove any Approved Vendor from the list in Appendix 3 to the applicable SOW, in which case, Supplier will have [***] from the date of notice of the updated list of Approved Vendors from Eargo to wind-down its work with the former Approved Vendor(s). In addition, Supplier understands that any purchases by Supplier from an Approved Vendor constitute a contract between Supplier and that Approved Vendor and in no event will Eargo be liable under such contract for any breach or default by the Approved Vendor or Supplier.

3.4. Order Quantities and Lead Times. Supplier and Eargo will mutually agree upon the minimum order quantities (“MOQs”) from Component and/or raw materials Approved Vendors every [***], which will be calculated and based upon Eargo’s most recent Forecast, unless otherwise approved in writing by Eargo in advance of purchase or delivery. In addition, lead times for Supplier’s Component and/or raw materials Approved Vendors will be less than [***], unless otherwise approved in writing by Eargo in advance of purchase or delivery. Supplier may order any Components or raw materials based on the applicable then-current MOQs, Forecasts and lead times. The parties acknowledge and agree that Eargo will not be responsible or liable for any Components or raw materials ordered by Supplier beyond the lead times and MOQs specified in this Section 3.4, unless Supplier has obtained written approval in advance from Eargo, in each instance.

 

7


3.5. Inbound Quality Control. Supplier will utilize [***] to inspect the raw materials, where applicable, and Components and Services (including any aspects of the Manufacturing Process) received from Approved Vendors to verify that all of the foregoing are in Compliance. In addition, Supplier will implement a dock to stock program, whereby such Components and/or raw materials will be delivered directly to Supplier’s point of use. If Supplier discovers that any raw material, Component, Services or Manufacturing Process is not in Compliance, Supplier will immediately, at its sole cost and expense, replace the non-conforming element, item or service with an element, item or service of the same nature that is in Compliance. Supplier will not use non-conforming Components in any Prototype, First Article or Products. In addition, and without limiting the foregoing, prior to manufacturing any Product(s) for Eargo, the parties will develop and publish a mutually agreed upon quality plan (the “Quality Plan”). Supplier will adhere to all aspects of the Quality Plan and the Quality Plan will be reviewed by the parties on a [***] basis.

3.6. Management of Supplier Parties and Approved Vendors. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for identifying, qualifying, negotiating with and contracting with all Approved Vendors and Subcontractors, at no additional charge to Eargo, to ensure timely, compliant, high-quality Services, Components, Products and Manufacturing Processes and represent Eargo’s interests. Pursuant to Section 6.6 (Contingency Plan), Supplier will define contingencies for emergency backup Subcontractors and Approved Vendors in the event that any Subcontractors and/or Approved Vendors engaged by Supplier should fail or be unable or unwilling to perform. Supplier will provide Eargo with a backup contingency plan within [***] from the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3.7. Eargo Equipment. If Eargo consigns certain equipment and/or fixtures to Supplier, Supplier will: (a) use the equipment per Eargo’s equipment specifications (“Equipment Specifications”), and solely for the purposes of manufacturing Products, including any Prototypes, or pre-production Units; (b) return the equipment to Eargo upon request in the same condition as delivered by Eargo (reasonable wear and tear excepted); (c) clearly identify all Eargo equipment by an appropriate tag; and (d) be solely responsible [***] in the use and protection of the equipment, including routine preventive maintenance, and all repairs or replacements to or for such Eargo-consigned equipment in connection with Supplier’s or the Supplier Parties’ [***]. Without limiting the foregoing, [***].

4. First Article Procedures.

4.1. Prototype. [***], Supplier will build, assemble, test and deliver to Eargo an initial prototype of the Product in accordance with the then-current applicable Specifications, SOW, and BOM (each a “Prototype”). Supplier will demonstrate to Eargo that the Prototype is in Compliance, which if requested will include testing the Prototype in accordance with the procedures set out in Section 4.3 below. Eargo does not guarantee that Supplier’s manufacture of a Prototype will result in the manufacturing of a First Article, or in Orders for any Products. Eargo reserves the right to engage other manufacturers to build and manufacture Products based on the Prototype. For the avoidance of doubt, Supplier will not manufacture any Products based on any Prototype, unless such Prototype has also been designated as an Approved First Article by Eargo in accordance with the procedures set out in the following provisions of this Section 4.

 

8


4.2. First Article. Supplier will build, assemble, test and deliver to Eargo a single Unit of the Product (“First Article”) in accordance with the then-current applicable Specifications, SOW, BOM, and, if applicable, the Prototype for that particular Product, it being understood by Supplier that the First Article may not be adequate; accordingly, Supplier will create as many First Articles, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, as are necessary to satisfy the procedure described in this Section 4 (each a “First Article”). Supplier is responsible for correcting, at its sole cost and expense, any deficiencies in any First Article discoverable by Supplier prior to delivery of the same to Eargo. Supplier will deliver each First Article to Eargo for its inspection and testing. Supplier understands and agrees, however, that Eargo is not solely responsible for testing the First Article but may elect to do so as to certain matters.

4.3. First Article Testing. For each First Article, Supplier will perform the following testing in accordance with the requirements and sequence described below in this Section 4.3, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense. Supplier will perform all testing promptly and complete such testing as set forth in the applicable SOW. For each First Article, Supplier will inspect and test the First Article to determine if such First Article meets the then-current Specifications and BOM for that proposed Product as to each and every applicable test subject described below, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes as described in this Agreement and the applicable SOW, including as captured in any ECOs. A First Article will not be considered or eligible for consideration as an Approved First Article unless all testing outlined below is completed and successful results are achieved. Supplier will deliver the results of each and all testing to Eargo. Eargo reserves the right to independently conduct any tests or to validate Supplier’s reported test results in any instance against Eargo’s own findings or that of a third party testing provider engaged by Eargo. Eargo reserves the right to require Supplier to re-perform any tests for the First Article and Supplier will comply and re-perform such tests at Supplier’s sole cost and expense. Supplier agrees to and will promptly provide to Eargo, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, all results of such testing and re-testing.

4.3.1. Form Testing. Following Eargo’s receipt of the First Article, Supplier will inspect and test the First Article to determine if such First Article meets the then-current Specifications and BOM for that proposed Product as to form, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes.

4.3.2. Fit Testing. Following successful completion of the form testing, Supplier and Eargo will inspect and test the First Article to determine if such First Article meets the then-current Specifications and BOM for that proposed Product as to fit relative to the Product and the applicable system requirements, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes.

4.3.3. Function Testing. Following successful completion of the form and fit testing, Supplier will inspect and test the First Article and, in particular, its Components, to determine if such First Article meets the then-current Specifications and BOM for that proposed Product as to function including Component testing, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes.

 

9


4.4. Approved First Article. After (a) all of the foregoing tests are completed in accordance with the above for each First Article, (b) the final First Article is confirmed to comply with the then-current applicable Specifications and BOM for the proposed Product, is in Compliance in all other respects, and is otherwise suitable for Eargo’s business purposes, and (c) Eargo has received the results of such testing from Supplier and Eargo has evaluated, validated and considered the findings from all such testing, then Eargo will issue its formal approval or rejection of the applicable final First Article. Eargo’s silence will not be deemed approval of a First Article. In addition, any approval or apparent approval issued by Eargo casually or after one test is completed will not be construed as approval of a First Article for purposes of this Section 4.4 if all other testing was not complete. Additionally, Eargo’s acknowledgment that a test of a First Article has been completed will not be construed as an approval. If and only if Eargo notifies Supplier, in writing, of Eargo’s acceptance of the final First Article and satisfaction with the test results, after all of the foregoing tests have been successfully completed, will the final First Article be deemed the Eargo-approved First Article of the applicable Product (the “Approved First Article”).

4.5. Rejection/Re-performance. If Eargo determines, in its sole discretion, that the applicable First Article is unacceptable or if any particular test fails or produces results that are unacceptable to Eargo then Supplier will be required to re-perform the applicable test(s) or all tests, as the case may be, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, Supplier will either deliver to Eargo a corrected First Article, or re-perform any or all tests within [***] of Eargo’s notice of rejection. Eargo may elect to describe why the First Article failed to meet Compliance and/or issue an ECO, update the Specifications, or make other changes pursuant to Section 5 below, in which case Supplier will create and deliver another First Article for re-testing and acceptance in accordance with Section 4.3 above.

4.6. Use of Approved First Article. Supplier (and the Approved Vendors) will not manufacture any Products based upon a First Article that is not officially approved by Eargo as an Approved First Article and Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Approved Buyer(s) will not have any obligation to pay Supplier for any Products manufactured on that basis. Supplier understands that a First Article does not alone qualify as an Approved First Article or an authorization to manufacture the applicable Product, even if a Purchase Order has been issued to Supplier on or about the time at which a First Article is delivered. Once the Approved First Article is confirmed, Supplier will not make any changes to (a) the Approved First Article, including but not limited to the applicable branding and/or packaging, (b) its Manufacturing Process for the same, (c) or any other process or methodology pertaining to that Approved First Article [***], or (d) its Subcontractors. Any above change to or in connection with an Approved First Article that is not specifically approved in advance and in writing, in each instance, by Eargo, is prohibited and will be at Supplier’s sole risk, cost and expense. Supplier agrees to inform Eargo of any potential change in its Manufacturing Process related to Products or that of an approved Subcontractor no less than [***] prior to the date the Supplier or such Subcontractor is contemplating the implementation of the change. If any changes are made to the [***], Eargo may require that Supplier create a new First Article for Eargo’s review and acceptance, in which case Supplier will cease manufacturing any Products until such time that a new First Article is created, tested and approved to result in an Approved First Article pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 4.

 

10


5. Engineering Change Order (ECO).

5.1. Adherence to Specifications and Approved Vendor List. Unless agreed to in advance in an Approved ECO by Eargo, Supplier will purchase Components listed on the BOM and only through or from Eargo or Approved Vendors appearing on Appendix 3 (Approved Vendors) and perform the Services and create the Product(s) in accordance with the applicable Specifications.

5.2. ECO Submission. Eargo will be entitled to propose additions, deletions, amendments, or other modifications or changes to any Statement of Work, functional requirements, Specifications, BOM, Manufacturing Process, or any other aspect of the Services, Products or Components, or request that Supplier incorporate any engineering, project management or other changes relating to the Services, Products or Components, including, without limitation, any change or modification to the materials or processes for any Services, Products or Components, (collectively, “Changes”) at any time during the Term by submitting an engineering change order (“ECO”) (“Proposed ECO”) to Supplier. Supplier’s approval of the Proposed ECO, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, is required for the specified ECO Changes to become effective. If the Proposed ECO will impact the timing (including without limitation lead time for fulfillment of Purchase Orders) and/or costs related to any Services, Products or Components, Supplier will provide Eargo with a reasonable evaluation of such Changes within [***] following receipt of a Proposed ECO, which evaluation will include [***]. In addition, Supplier will be entitled to propose Changes [***] by submitting a Proposed ECO to Eargo; provided that Eargo will have the right to accept or reject any Proposed ECO by Supplier in its sole and absolute discretion. Eargo’s silence as to any Proposed ECO submitted by Supplier will not be deemed acceptance or approval. No Proposed ECO submitted by Supplier will be accepted by or binding upon Eargo until Eargo specifically accepts that Proposed ECO in writing, in which case, the terms and conditions under which Eargo accepts such Proposed ECO will be final and binding upon Supplier. Each ECO will be in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, and no modification, deletion or amendment to, or substitution of, the form of ECO as set forth in Exhibit C will be valid without Eargo’s prior written consent.

5.3. ECO Submissions. Any and all proposed changes by Supplier to Products or Components, whether material or immaterial, including those that affect the form, fit, or function of the Product or Component must be submitted as an ECO. Except as expressly set forth in Section 5.5 below, no Change may be made unless and until documented in an ECO, submitted as a Proposed ECO, and approved in advance by Eargo (if submitted by Supplier) or by Supplier (if submitted by Eargo) (the “Approved ECO”). No approved Change will be effective prior to the date specified in the Approved ECO. In addition to and not in lieu or limitation of any other remedies Eargo may have hereunder, Supplier will indemnify Eargo for any Changes undertaken by Supplier not in conformance with this Section 5. Any properly executed Approved ECO is subject to the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly set forth in such Approved ECO. Approved ECOs do not constitute amendments to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

11


5.4. Acceptance of ECO. Notwithstanding anything in this Section or anywhere else in this Agreement, Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will (a) promptly execute any Approved ECO: (i) which does not result in any additional costs in, or changes in the timing of, the performance of such Services or production, testing, manufacture or delivery of Products, or (ii) which results in additional costs in, and/or changes in the timing of, the performance of such Services, but where Eargo has agreed to pay the reasonable costs of the Changes and/or agreed to the reasonable adjustments to the timing for such Changes, and (b) promptly implement any and all Changes specified in any such Approved ECO in compliance with the terms of such Approved ECO and this Agreement.

5.5. Exceptions to ECO Process. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the exceptions to the ECO process are (a) Eargo’s updates to: (i) the list of Approved Buyer(s), (ii) the list of Approved Vendors, (iii) the Policies, and (iv) other Exhibits to this Agreement that do not pertain to any particular SOW, Specifications, BOM or similar matters, and (b) any amendments to this Agreement mutually executed by the parties. In the event of any of the foregoing, Supplier acknowledges that no ECO is required or will be submitted and that such changes are effective immediately upon the date of such notice by Eargo to Supplier.

6. Manufacturing.

6.1. Manufacturing Process. Supplier will manufacture all Units in accordance with the Manufacturing Process, including, without limitation, the BOM, and, any instructions, drawings and other records provided by Eargo, that must be used to produce a Unit (the “Device Master Record” or “DMR”). Without limiting the foregoing, Supplier will also comply with the quality specifications set forth in Supplier’s Quality Manual, which will be provided to Eargo upon request. Supplier is not permitted to and will not make or implement any changes to the Manufacturing Process unless each proposed change is made in accordance with the ECO procedure in this Agreement and under a resulting Approved ECO prior to implementation of the proposed change.

6.2. Forecasts. Eargo will provide non-binding [***] rolling forecasts to Supplier, identifying Eargo’s potential future Product needs for the applicable period (“Forecasts”). Forecasts are for planning purposes only, and are not an order, purchase or commitment. Supplier will accept each Forecast within [***] of receipt of the same. Supplier will allocate enough manufacturing capacity, Components and raw materials for the Products, to be able to meet each Forecast. If there is a capacity constraint, Supplier will give Eargo priority allocation. For avoidance of doubt, Eargo will not be liable for any increased capacity or other actions that Supplier may take or not take as a result of such Forecast. Eargo makes no guarantee that any Forecast is accurate.

6.3. Minimum Inventory Levels. Continuously throughout the Term, unless otherwise indicated by Eargo, Supplier agrees to and will maintain a minimum [***] inventory quantity (i.e., calculated and based upon Eargo’s most recent Forecast) of the Products that are readily available for shipment (“Minimum Inventory”). All Products manufactured and/or Components procured by Supplier to meet a then-current Minimum Inventory quantity will be considered “Inventory” under this Agreement. Supplier understands and agrees, however, that in no event will Eargo be responsible for any costs associated with Supplier’s compliance with the Minimum Inventory

 

12


requirement or for the insurance, storage or other costs associated with any Inventory. When Supplier is creating Inventory levels to satisfy the required Minimum Inventory, any reduction in quantity of Products that were ordered pursuant to a Purchase Order, or any quantity of Products ordered pursuant to a Purchase Order that is later cancelled by Eargo, will be [***]. Supplier will monitor and report its Inventory to Eargo on a [***] basis or at other time intervals as mutually agreed upon in writing by both parties. Supplier will maintain insurance on all Inventory and will ensure that the Inventory is kept in a secure location. Eargo will have the right to inspect any and all locations where Inventory is stored, upon request.

6.4. Spare Parts. From time to time, Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and/or the Approved Buyer(s) may purchase any or all of the Components for the Products from Supplier by issuing an Order. All Components will be sold to Eargo at the price set forth in the applicable Order not to exceed Supplier’s actual cost, [***] and will be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

6.5. Excess and Obsolete Inventory. “Excess Inventory” means unique and custom materials that Supplier owns or has an irrevocable commitment to purchase, which cannot be re-used by Supplier’s other customers or sold on the secondary market and which are limited to quantities that will not be consumed in the [***] following Eargo’s then-current Forecast projections. “Obsolete Inventory” means unique and custom materials that Supplier owns or has an irrevocable commitment to purchase, which cannot be re-used by Supplier’s other customers or sold on the secondary market and which are limited to quantities that will not be consumed in the [***] following Eargo’s then-current Forecast projections. Supplier will inform Eargo of the financial impact of Obsolete Inventory within [***] of material obsolescence (e.g., from ECO release that deems or renders the material obsolete). Eargo will in no way be responsible for Obsolete Inventory that [***] of material obsolescence. Supplier may submit a claim for reimbursement of its storage costs for such Excess Inventory or Obsolete Inventory to Eargo within [***] from the end of such applicable period. Supplier’s failure to submit such a claim within this [***] period will constitute waiver of any claim for reimbursement for storage costs associated with the Excess Inventory or Obsolete Inventory. Any potential storage costs must be mutually agreed to by the parties in writing.

6.6. Contingency Plan. Supplier is responsible for anticipating and promptly notifying Eargo of any inability on its part or its Subcontractors’ part to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement. Supplier will maintain continuously throughout the Term a contingency plan, which may be reviewed and approved by Eargo at its sole discretion, and includes emergency back-up capacity, alternative or back-up Subcontractors and Approved Vendors, back-up or redundant systems or Manufacturing Process, and appropriate Records (as defined below) protection and recovery, to allow Supplier to continue to perform the Services, maintain the Minimum Inventory, issue Reports, and test, manufacture and deliver the Units in accordance with this Agreement and without disruption or delay. At a minimum, Supplier will ensure that such contingency plan avoids sole source suppliers for any raw materials or Components and if any raw material or Component is sole sourced then Supplier will maintain an excess supply of the same at all times in an appropriate quantity relative to the Forecasts. Upon execution of this Agreement and, thereafter, upon Eargo’s request, Supplier will provide a copy of its then-current contingency plan to Eargo for review. Eargo reserves the right to propose reasonable changes or adjustments to the contingency plan which Supplier will adopt and be prepared to implement at its own cost. If Eargo requests to review the contingency plan, then the contingency plan is subject to Eargo’s approval before it may be relied upon by Supplier. Any changes to the contingency plan as approved by Eargo will follow the ECO process as set forth in Section 5.

 

13


6.7. Manufacturing Facilities/Inspection. Supplier will provide, regularly during the Term and more frequently as and when requested by Eargo, copies of all manufacturing documentation, including but not limited to documentation pertaining to the Manufacturing Process, created by Supplier, for which Eargo will have unrestricted rights to use the same. In addition, and without limiting, Eargo’s other rights in Section 22.4.2 below, Eargo or its designee may, from time to time, inspect Supplier’s facilities, operations and systems (and the facilities, operations and systems of its Subcontractors) to verify that the Products and Components are of appropriate quality and otherwise meet the requirements of this Agreement and that such facilities, operations and systems meet the Policies, and Eargo’s social accountability and safety standards. Eargo will be under no obligation to purchase or otherwise accept any Units that are produced (whether in whole or in part) in a facility or under any operations, methodology or systems that do not meet the Policies or Eargo’s social accountability or safety standards. If an Epidemic Failure occurs, Supplier will bear the costs of any such inspections made by Eargo [***]. Inspections that are conducted, or not conducted, will not affect any of Eargo’s rights under this Agreement.

6.8. Unauthorized Distribution and Counterfeit Goods. Supplier represents and warrants continuously throughout the Term that it will not, and will not permit any third party, including Supplier Parties, to: (a) distribute, or otherwise make any Units of the Product, available to any third party, other than to an Eargo Affiliate or Approved Buyer, as contemplated by this Agreement and the applicable SOW; (b) use a Prototype, First Article (including an Approved First Article), the Product, or any Components, to develop or manufacture a product or other good that is identical or confusingly similar to the Product(s); (c) create, manufacture or distribute any goods (other than the Products) bearing the Marks, or (d) attempt to create, manufacture or distribute any counterfeit version(s) of the Product(s). In the event that Eargo discovers that Supplier or any Supplier Parties have breached or are attempting to breach the warranties in this Section 6.8, in addition to (and not in lieu of) all of Eargo’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and otherwise, Eargo will be entitled to seek and obtain injunctive and equitable relief, reimbursement of attorneys’ fees, court costs, and all costs incurred by or on behalf of Eargo to protect the Marks or recover any Products or to confiscate any counterfeit goods. Supplier will immediately notify Eargo of any suspected or actual breach of this Section 6.8 by any Supplier Parties, and will cooperate with Eargo in any action that it may take against such Supplier Parties.

6.9. Notice of Changes and End of Life. Supplier will provide Eargo with no less than [***] advance written notice whenever a Component, Hardware or Software is planned to end of life, provided that if Supplier has been notified by the Approved Vendor(s) or any other applicable vendors (as permitted in Section 3.3) earlier than [***] prior to the planned end of life then Supplier will provide such earlier notice to Eargo. In the event of a change to any Component, Hardware or Software, Supplier will provide Eargo a written, detailed end of life plan that will include, without limitation, [***] to maintain the existing configuration for a reasonable length of time that will be no shorter than [***]. In all cases, Supplier will conduct extensive testing to ensure the replacement Components, Hardware or Software meets Supplier’s and Eargo’s quality standards and will not incorporate any new Components, Hardware or Software into the applicable Product without Eargo’s prior written consent and providing Eargo with the opportunity to re-qualify the Components, Hardware or Software and the manufacturing line therefor, including without limitation the Manufacturing Process for such Components, Hardware or Software, in Eargo’s sole discretion.

 

14


7. Packaging.

7.1. Requirements. Supplier will comply with all of Eargo’s approval requirements and applicable packaging and labeling instructions and requirements, including as may be set forth in the applicable Specifications, SOW or Policies. In addition, Supplier will select packaging and labeling that complies with environment regulations, to the extent such selection does not conflict with the applicable Specifications, SOW or Policies. Eargo will be solely responsible for providing the applicable packaging and labeling requirements to Supplier, however, if no requirements are provided, Supplier will ensure that the Units are packaged, marked and labeled in accordance with [***] and Eargo’s then-current branding and usage guidelines for the Marks, including marking the Units and packaging with the country of origin as required by applicable law, and, where appropriate, provide a certificate of origin and any other documents required by customs clearance and/or for tax purposes, along with all required shipping documentation. Supplier is not authorized to and will not print any of Supplier’s own trade names, trademarks, or logos on any Units without Eargo’s prior written consent, in each instance, which may be withheld at Eargo’s sole discretion. In all events, Supplier must include a valid packing slip number or package ID on each package or shipment of Units. For clarity, Supplier understands that, unless Eargo directs Supplier otherwise, Supplier will not include any sales documentation within any package or shipment of Units, including shipments that are to be delivered to Eargo, its Affiliate, or an Approved Buyer. If Supplier delivers a Unit that does not meet the packaging and labeling requirements of this Agreement, the applicable Specifications, SOW or Policies, Eargo may reject the Units and return such Units to Supplier for replacement by Supplier at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, or charge and bill to Supplier all repackaging and relabeling costs and expenses incurred by Eargo as a result of Supplier’s failure to comply with the packaging and labeling requirements of this Agreement.

7.2. Outbound Quality Control. Supplier will inspect each and every Unit prior to shipment to verify that each such Unit is in Compliance. If Supplier discovers that any or all of the Units are not in Compliance, Supplier will immediately replace the non-conforming Units with Units that are in Compliance prior to shipment. Supplier understands that any failure to conduct proper quality control and address Compliance prior to shipment will be at Supplier’s sole risk, cost and expense.

7.3. Documentation. To the extent, if any, Eargo requires any information of Supplier for the Documentation for the Products, Supplier will promptly comply with Eargo’s requests and furnish the required information. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that Eargo has no obligation whatsoever to provide specific credit or reference to Supplier in the Documentation for the Products but may do so if Eargo concludes that doing so is required under applicable law or is generally required under Eargo’s own Policies or preferred practices.

 

15


8. Orders.

8.1. Order Placement. Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and any Approved Buyer(s) may purchase Products, Components and Services from Supplier pursuant to Purchase Orders referencing this Agreement or the applicable SOW, and, where applicable as to Services that are not incidental to the production of the Products, pursuant to SOWs executed by Eargo referencing this Agreement. Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, will issue Purchase Orders on a [***] basis for the upcoming [***], pursuant to the Forecasts provided to Supplier. Supplier will accept and timely fulfill all Purchase Orders issued by Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and any Approved Buyer(s) by the applicable Delivery Dates specified in the corresponding Purchase Orders. Any purchase of Units is inclusive of the relevant incidental Services at no additional cost. Units will be delivered in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the applicable SOW, and its Appendices, including the applicable Specifications, and the corresponding Purchase Order(s). The entity that issues a Purchase Order to Supplier will be considered “Eargo” for all purposes of that Purchase Order and this Agreement and that Purchase Order will be considered a two party agreement between Supplier and such entity. All Orders will be accepted by Supplier upon issuance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eargo is not obligated to make any minimum amount of Orders (whether in dollars, quantity or otherwise) and makes no commitment to do so.

8.2. Order Changes. Eargo, its Affiliate(s), or any Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, may, make any additions, deductions or deviations to the quantities and delivery schedules for any shipments under any Purchase Order, at no additional charge, as follows: [***]. In addition, Eargo, its Affiliate(s), or any Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, may, without charge, redirect the delivery of Units to alternate locations, change the method of shipping, or postpone delivery under a Purchase Order. Supplier will accept and implement all of the above changes, as applicable.

8.3. Order Cancellation. If Eargo cancels any Purchase Order before Supplier or any authorized Subcontractors has placed non-cancelable orders for Components for the Units, or has commenced actual manufacturing of the Units ordered under such Purchase Order, Eargo will have no liability for such Units or payment under the affected Purchase Order(s). Except where otherwise permitted in this Agreement, including under Section 8.2, if Eargo cancels any Purchase Order after Supplier or its authorized Subcontractors has placed orders for Components or raw materials for the Units, or commenced actual manufacturing of the Units ordered within authorized Product lead times, Eargo will [***] for any non-cancellable or non-refundable Components or raw materials that have been procured within authorized Product lead times. Upon Eargo’s written request, if Eargo intends to reorder all or any portion of the Units covered by a cancelled Purchase Order within [***] of cancellation of such Purchase Order, Supplier will hold any non-cancellable and non-refundable Components or raw materials at a carrying cost not to exceed [***] of the non-cancellable and non-refundable Component or raw material value per [***], as applicable.

8.4. Buyers. Any of Eargo’s Affiliate(s) or the Approved Buyer(s) purchasing pursuant to this Agreement may purchase Units under the same terms as those in this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Unit Price, and may otherwise act under the same terms as those in this Agreement that apply to Eargo. Eargo’s Affiliate(s) and the Approved Buyer(s) are entitled to the benefits and protections of the delivery, compliance, indemnity, representations and warranties, and remedies provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as Eargo. Further, Eargo is entitled to all rights under this Agreement for all Units purchased by Eargo’s Affiliate(s) and Approved Buyer(s) as if Eargo had purchased the Units directly from the Supplier. When any of Eargo’s Affiliate(s) or the Approved Buyer(s) are acting as this Section 8.4 allows, this Agreement’s terms will govern Supplier’s dealings with such Affiliate(s) or Approved Buyer(s), and separate agreements that Supplier may have with Approved Buyer(s) will not apply to those dealings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) Supplier will not disclose or otherwise enable any

 

16


Approved Buyer(s) to access, view, or use any Confidential Information of Eargo, or the terms or conditions of this Agreement, except to the extent expressly authorized by Eargo in advance and in writing; and (b) under no circumstances will any Approved Buyer have authority to issue any approvals, consents, or notices where such approvals, consents, or notices from Eargo are required under this Agreement. Each Approved Buyer will be independently and solely responsible for its respective purchases of Units and Services hereunder, including any and all payment obligations and fees owed for such purchases. Quantities of Units purchased by Eargo’s Affiliate(s) and Approved Buyer(s) will be included when determining the total volume of Eargo’s purchases under this Agreement In no event will Supplier (and Supplier acknowledges that it has no rights to) sell or otherwise make available any Units to parties other than to Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and the Approved Buyer(s).

8.5. Timely Performance. Supplier acknowledges that time is of the essence regarding the performance of Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement. If Supplier has any knowledge that anything has prevented or may prevent or threaten to prevent its timely performance under this Agreement or any Purchase Order or SOW, Supplier will immediately notify Eargo and include all relevant information concerning the delay or potential delay. Such notification will not operate to relieve Supplier’s obligation to deliver by the Delivery Date unless Eargo agrees otherwise in writing, rather the notice is intended solely to allow the parties to plan for addressing the possible delay.

8.6. No Guarantees. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and the Approved Buyer(s) make no commitment, whether express or implied, to issue any Purchase Orders for Units under this Agreement, and are under no obligation to do so, or as to the frequency, quantity or value of any Purchase Orders that may be issued under this Agreement.

9. Shipment and Delivery.

9.1. Delivery. Supplier will: (a) fulfill all orders under each Purchase Order and, where applicable, each SOW, within [***] measured from [***]; and (b) deliver all Units and Services in accordance with Eargo’s requirements and by the delivery date(s) specified on the Purchase Order or SOW, as applicable, or such other date that Eargo may later specify as permitted by this Agreement (“Delivery Date”). Supplier will deliver all Units to the delivery address(es) set forth in the applicable Purchase Order. Supplier hereby acknowledges and agrees that Eargo may, from time to time, require Supplier to deliver all or a portion of the Units ordered under the Purchase Order to Approved Buyer(s)’ locations or other non-Eargo locations, pursuant to the applicable Purchase Order. Any Components consisting of Software, will be provided via electronic delivery unless included with the Products or otherwise specified in the applicable Purchase Order or SOW.

9.2. Shipping Terms. Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable SOW, Supplier will ship and deliver all Units [***] to the delivery location designated by Eargo, its Affiliate or Approved Buyer, as applicable, in the applicable Purchase Order or SOW, on or before the applicable Delivery Date. Transfer of title and risk of loss will be as per [***]. Upon Eargo’s request, at no additional charge to Eargo, Supplier will ship mixed and partial pallets of Units. Detailed packaging specifications may be set forth in a SOW. Supplier will ship the Units only via freight carriers that are selected or pre-approved by Eargo, and Supplier will manage all shipments directly with Eargo’s preferred freight forwarder. Supplier will mark the Units and packaging with

 

17


the country of origin as required by applicable law, and provide a certificate of origin and any other documents required by customs clearance and/or tax purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, Eargo will be solely responsible for specifying any labeling of Units, pursuant to Section 7 above, and Supplier is responsible for adhering to such labeling instructions. Supplier will be responsible for all losses or damages caused or due to any errors or defects in packaging or transportation.

9.3. Late Delivery. If Supplier’s ability to manufacture and deliver any Units in accordance with the then-current Forecast is, or is likely to be, constrained for any reason, Supplier will promptly notify Eargo, in writing, of the constraint, provide a detailed description of Supplier’s plan to resolve it, and provide Eargo with [***] updates regarding the steps Supplier has taken to resolve the constraint. If delivery of any shipment of Units or completion of any Service is delayed, or Supplier anticipates will be delayed, by more than [***] beyond the applicable Delivery Date, or amended Delivery Date (if amended by Eargo pursuant to Section 8.2), at no fault of Eargo, then Eargo may at any time thereafter terminate the applicable Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s), in whole or in part, without any liability, be relieved of any existing or future payment obligations to Supplier with respect to such Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s), and receive from Supplier a complete refund of all amounts paid by Eargo in connection with the terminated Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s).

9.4. Import/Export. Supplier will, at no charge, promptly forward to Eargo any and all documents that may be reasonably required to allow Eargo to clear any and all Units, or any portion thereof, through customs, and/or obtain possession of any and all Units, or any portion thereof, at the port of entry. In addition, Supplier will provide any assistance Eargo deems necessary in order for Eargo, its Affiliate(s) or Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, to obtain any export licenses or other official authorizations to carry out the export of the Units.

9.5. Returns. If Eargo returns any Units under this Agreement, they will be returned to [***], Eargo’s place of business. Supplier will be the exporter and importer of record for all returns and responsible for ensuring that such returns comply with all export and import regulations. Eargo will return the Units via the freight forwarders that are selected or pre-approved by Supplier. Title and risk of loss for returned Units transfers to Supplier as per [***]. Supplier agrees that any duties and taxes that may be recoverable by the Supplier will not be charged or collected from Eargo.

10. Inspection and Acceptance.

10.1. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon receipt of Units under each delivery, Eargo will inspect such Units within [***] for obvious damage or defects (“Initial Inspection”). If all or any such Units fail the Initial Inspection then the shipment will be rejected and Acceptance will not be met. If all such Units meet Initial Inspection then Eargo will engage in further testing of the Units for a period of [***] following the Initial Inspection (“Test Period”) to determine whether such Units are in Compliance and to validate that such Units are not the subject of a government or manufacturer recall. If (individual Units or entire lots) are not in Compliance as determined by Eargo, its Affiliate(s) or Approved Buyer(s), as applicable, during the Test Period, then the Units will be rejected and Acceptance will not be met; in which case, Eargo may return such shipment and require a re-shipment of the conforming Units as detailed in Section 10.2 below. Before the end of the Test Period, Eargo, its Affiliate or Approved Buyer, as applicable, will notify Supplier of either its acceptance of the Units (“Acceptance”) or describe in reasonable detail why the Units are not in Compliance. Acceptance does not waive any of Eargo’s other rights or remedies under this Agreement with respect to such Units. Supplier understands that Eargo’s silence or payment of any invoices will not be deemed Acceptance of any Units.

 

18


10.2. Correction. If Eargo notifies Supplier that a Unit has failed Initial Inspection, is not in Compliance or has otherwise not met Acceptance, or if such Unit is the subject of a government or manufacturer’s recall, Eargo may at its sole discretion exercise one or more of the following remedies: (a) retain such Unit for correction by Supplier or another third party, in which event, Supplier will reimburse Eargo for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Eargo in connection with such correction; (b) retain such Unit as delivered, with an [***] to account for the diminished value of such Unit; (c) return such Unit to Supplier for correction or replacement by Supplier at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, including but not limited to all shipping costs associated with delivery of the Units to Eargo and return of the Units to Supplier, and Supplier will comply with Eargo’s instruction, if any, on how to correct or replace such Units; (d) return such Units to Supplier for full credit or refund, as elected by Eargo; (e) purchase from others in substitution for such Units, in which event, Supplier will promptly pay to Eargo the costs of the substitute products in excess of the Unit Price for such Units; and/or (f) terminate the Purchase Order or SOW with respect to such Units at no charge and without liability (Supplier will continue to perform such Purchase Order or SOW to the extent not terminated by Eargo), in which event, Eargo may request, and Supplier will upon such request promptly deliver to Eargo any completed and partially completed Units (and all related material and information) and transfer to Eargo all tangible property rights, title and interests in such Units as directed by Eargo [***]. Eargo will be entitled to recover from Supplier all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Eargo in connection with any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, all costs to return such Units to Supplier). Eargo may recover any amount owed by Supplier to Eargo through, at Eargo’s election, credit, setoff, invoice, refund, cash payment, or otherwise.

10.3. Rejection of Replacement Products. If any replacement Products provided to Eargo after rejection of the original Products is found to have any errors or defects, does not conform to the applicable functional requirements or Specifications, contains cosmetic or packaging damage, do not meet the applicable warranties or conform to the applicable Purchase Order, Eargo will, at its sole option, in addition to and not in lieu or limitation of any other remedies available to Eargo: (a) afford Supplier one or more extension(s) of time to correct the non-conformity for a period to be specified by Eargo; (b) accept the defective Products for a reduced price (if applicable), the amount of which will be negotiated by the parties in good faith; or (c) terminate any pending or committed Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s) with respect to such Products, without any penalty or other liability to Eargo. If Eargo elects to terminate any pending or committed Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s), Eargo will, in addition to, and not in lieu or limitation of, any other remedies available to Eargo, be entitled to a prompt and full refund of all amounts previously paid for such rejected Products.

11. Unit Price and Payment.

11.1. Unit Price. The per unit price of each Product will not exceed the aggregate sum of the BOM Cost and Value Added in accordance with this Agreement (the “Unit Price”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Unit Price, and any Price Quotations (as defined below) for Products, will include all Services that are incidental to the assembly, manufacturing,

 

19


testing, packaging, labeling and delivery of the Units, Project Management Services, and all Services that involve finishing, testing, inspecting, non-recurring engineering, minimum order quantities, and packaging fees, applicable royalties and all applicable inland taxes (excluding sales, use and similar taxes) and Eargo will not be invoiced or responsible to pay or reimburse Supplier for any amounts related to such included Services. Supplier will directly sell the Units and Services to Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and Approved Buyer(s) at the agreed Unit Price. The parties will review the Unit Price on a [***] basis.

11.1.1. Value Added. Parties will agree on the Value Added in writing through the Price Quotation provided to Eargo by Supplier and the Value Added will not exceed the quoted amount unless formally amended in writing by the parties. Supplier will not increase the Value Added unless warranted by a formal change to Specifications, design, Manufacturing Process, and/or BOM that has been documented under an Approved ECO.

11.2. Price Quotation. Eargo may request that Supplier provide pricing for certain Units, Services, BOM Costs, Value Added, minimum order quantities or any other Unit Price components through a request for proposal or request for quotation (“RFP” or “RFQ”) or other request methodology including, but not limited to, open book costing (collectively, “Price Quotation”). Supplier will not present Eargo with Unit Price increases unless such increases are justified by [***]. Eargo reserves the right to further negotiate Unit Price provided via a Price Quotation and the agreed upon Unit Price will be applicable on a worldwide basis and will not increase for a [***] period from the agreed effective date for the Unit Price (“Pricing Period”). If Eargo does not issue another Price Quotation for the subsequent Pricing Period, the [***] period following the Pricing Period (“Subsequent Pricing Period”), the current Unit Price will remain in effect and fixed for the duration of the Term.

11.3. Non-recurring Engineering Fees. The parties agree that any applicable non-recurring engineering fees, if any, will only include [***] and will not include any mark-ups, engineering, labor or development fees, unless otherwise expressly authorized in writing by Eargo. Any non-recurring engineering fees will be pre-approved in writing by Eargo, and Supplier acknowledges and agrees that once the non-recurring engineering fee is paid for the Products, Supplier will not be entitled to any further non-recurring engineering fees, regardless of the extent Purchase Orders are placed.

11.4. Cost Reduction. Eargo and Supplier will agree on a joint cost-reduction program throughout the first [***] of production of new Products. The program will consist of specific cost targets, specific project plans and timing, and specific cost-sharing schedules. After the first [***] of production of new Products, the parties will cooperate in good-faith to achieve a [***] cost reduction target of [***] for all delivered Products. BOM Cost and Value Added pricing will be reviewed [***] to ensure price reduction commitments are consistent with this provision and otherwise acceptable to Eargo. Supplier will provide data for the following [***] at least [***] prior to the then-current [***]-end. The parties will share the benefit of cost reductions of established Products (beyond the first [***] of production) per the following schedules:

 

20


11.4.1. BOM Cost reductions will be shared between the parties as follows: (a) if Supplier initiated the BOM Cost reduction within the first [***] of the Term, (i) Supplier receives [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved for the first [***], [***] for the second [***], and [***] thereafter; and (ii) Eargo receives [***] for the first [***], [***] for the second [***], and [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved thereafter; (c) if Supplier initiated the BOM Cost reduction after the first [***] of the Term, (i) Supplier receives [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved for the first [***], and [***] thereafter; and (ii) Eargo receives [***] for the first [***] and [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved thereafter; and (d) if Eargo initiated any BOM Cost reduction during the Term, (i) Supplier receives [***] for the first [***], and [***] thereafter; and (ii) Eargo receives [***] for the first [***], and [***] of the applicable BOM Cost reduction achieved thereafter.

11.4.2. Process improvements or labor cost reductions will be [***] between the parties as follows: Supplier will receive [***] of the applicable process improvement or labor cost reduction and Eargo will receive [***] of the applicable process improvement or labor cost reduction, [***].

11.4.3. If Eargo cancels any Purchase Order, Supplier will use [***] to mitigate the costs in connection with and other effects of such cancellation, including without limitation canceling orders for Components, returning Components (provided, however, that Supplier will not be obligated to attempt to return any Components which are, in the aggregate, worth less than [***]), ceasing the Manufacturing Process immediately, re-using, re-selling or selling for scrap any Components or raw materials and similar actions, and Eargo will [***] of the Units which Supplier is unable to mitigate.

11.5. Most Favored Pricing. If Supplier offers any more favorable term or condition to any other company than that which is offered to Eargo, then Supplier will concurrently extend equal or better terms and conditions to Eargo, and this Agreement and any applicable Purchase Order or SOW will be deemed amended to provide those terms to Eargo. Any amounts charged to Eargo in excess of prices offered by Supplier to any other company or partner for the Product will promptly be refunded or credited to Eargo, at Eargo’s sole option.

11.6. Invoices. For each and every Order, Supplier will not invoice Eargo, its Affiliate, or Approved Buyer, as applicable, for Units under that Order until all Units required under that Order have been delivered in accordance with the Delivery Date and to the specified delivery location on the applicable Purchase Order, and such Units have passed Initial Inspection. For professional or engineering Services that are not included within the Unit Price and are performed under a SOW, Supplier will not invoice for any such Services until Acceptance has been achieved. The fees for the Units and, where applicable, professional or engineering Services that are not included within the Unit Price will be as set forth on the applicable Purchase Order and correspond to the Unit Price under Appendix 5 (Unit Price) to the applicable SOW. At a minimum, each invoice will identify: (a) this Agreement; (b) the applicable Purchase Order and, where applicable, SOW; (c) dates when each Unit was provided; (d) the taxing jurisdiction(s) in which each Unit was provided; (e) the name, description and SKU of the Units; (f) the quantity of Unit being purchased; (g) the per Unit Price and discount for the Unit; and (h) the total dollar amount owed. If specified on a Purchase Order or SOW, Supplier will provide a lien waiver with each invoice. The lien waiver form will be provided to Supplier by Eargo.

11.7. Expenses. Eargo will [***], comply with Eargo’s applicable vendor expense reimbursement Policies and have been approved in each case in advance by Eargo in writing.

 

21


11.8. Payment. All payments will be made in U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise specified on the applicable Purchase Order or SOW. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, all invoices are due [***] after (a) delivery and successful Initial Inspection, as confirmed by Eargo, its Affiliate, or Approved Buyer, as applicable, to which such invoice pertains, or (b) in the case of engineering or professional Services not included in the Unit Price for Units and that are performed under a SOW, after Supplier’s completion of the applicable Services and Acceptance of the same by Eargo, and (c) in the case of (a) or (b), after Eargo’s receipt of an undisputed invoice. Eargo will have no obligation to pay any charges and expenses that Supplier fails to invoice to Eargo within [***] after Acceptance of the applicable Units. In the event, Supplier purchases any Components and/or raw materials from Eargo, Supplier will pay all undisputed amounts on each invoice within [***] after Supplier’s receipt of such invoice. During the Term, Supplier will extend a credit line of [***] to Eargo, and Eargo will provide updated financials to Supplier on a [***] basis so that the parties can review and discuss potential increases to Eargo’s credit line on a [***] basis. Supplier acknowledges that all such financials are within the meaning of Eargo Confidential Information.

11.9. Taxes. Each party will be responsible, as required under applicable law, for identifying and paying all taxes and other governmental fees and charges (and any penalties, interest, and other additions thereto) that are imposed on that party upon or with report to the transactions and payments under this Agreement. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Supplier may charge and Eargo will pay applicable federal, national, state or local sales or use taxes or value added taxes that Supplier is legally obligated to charge (“Sales Taxes”), provided that such Sales Taxes are stated on the original invoice that Supplier provides to Eargo and Supplier’s invoice states such Sales Taxes separately and meet the appropriate tax requirements for a valid invoice. Eargo may provide Supplier with an exemption certificate acceptable to relevant taxing authorities, in which case, Supplier will not collect the Sales Taxes covered by such certificate. Throughout the Term, Supplier will provide Eargo any forms, documents, or certifications as may be required for Eargo to satisfy any information reporting or withholding tax obligations with respect to any payments under this Agreement. Eargo will have no obligation to pay any taxes or fees that are: (a) based upon Supplier’s net or gross income or gross receipts; (b) franchise taxes or other taxes based on Supplier’s corporate existence or status; (c) personal property taxes on Units; and (d) due in whole or in part because of any failure by Supplier or its agents to file any return or information required by law, rule, or regulation.

11.10. Invoice Disputes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Eargo reserves the right to dispute any invoice within [***] of its issuance. In the event of a good faith dispute with regard to an item appearing on any invoice, Eargo reserves the right to withhold such disputed amount while the parties attempt to resolve the dispute. Eargo’s withholding of such payment will not constitute a breach of this Agreement, nor will it be grounds for Supplier to suspend or withhold any manufacturing, production, fulfillment or deliveries or otherwise suspend its performance or any Services hereunder.

12. Term and Termination.

12.1. Term. The term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and continues in effect for twelve (12) months, automatically renewing thereafter for additional twelve (12) month periods, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Agreement (the “Term”).

 

22


12.2. Termination for Convenience. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Eargo may terminate this Agreement, any Purchase Order or any SOW at any time, for any or no reason, by giving Supplier one hundred and twenty (120) days’ written notice. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Supplier may terminate this Agreement, at any time, for any or no reason, by giving Eargo at least twelve (12) months’ written notice. Upon any termination for any or no reason by either party, Supplier will [***] of all amounts paid in advance for Units or Services not yet delivered or performed by Supplier or not fully delivered or performed by Supplier in accordance with this Agreement.

12.3. Termination for Cause. Either party may terminate this Agreement if the other party fails to cure any material breach of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such breach. In addition, in particular, Eargo reserves the right to terminate this Agreement for cause immediately upon written notice to Supplier in the event of: (a) any breach of confidentiality, (b) any breach of representations, warranties or covenants herein, (c) any incurable non-Compliance with respect to the Products, Components, or Services caused by any act, omission, default or breach by Supplier or any Supplier Parties, (d) any Epidemic Failure pursuant to Section 17.3 below, (e) where permitted, any Force Majeure Event (as defined below) affecting Supplier pursuant to Section 25.5.3 below, (f) any unauthorized distribution of the Products, or (g) any unauthorized use of the Marks.

12.4. No Suspension. Whether or not any disabling device or capability is listed in the applicable SOW or Specifications, Supplier agrees that in no event will it utilize or activate the same or otherwise attempt to avail itself of any self-help remedies without first obtaining a final judgment issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. In addition, Supplier is not permitted to and will not suspend performance or suspend or withhold any deliveries during the period of any dispute between the parties or otherwise.

12.5. Effect of Termination. Upon the expiration or any termination of this Agreement, Supplier will: (a) perform the Transition Services, (b) return materials, information and resources made available to Supplier as required by this Agreement, (c) if requested by Eargo, fulfill all then-outstanding unfulfilled Purchase Orders (except to the extent the same are canceled by Eargo as provided herein), (d) then cease any and all use of Eargo Property and manufacturing or sale of the Units, and (e) once all outstanding Purchase Orders (unless the same have been canceled by Eargo as provided herein) are fulfilled, cease all use of Eargo Property. Additionally, upon the expiration or any termination of this Agreement, Eargo will have the option to purchase from Supplier any Components or Excess inventory at the lesser of the Unit Price or the fair market value of such Components or Excess Inventory. Any termination of a Purchase Order or SOW will not result in termination of any other Purchase Orders(s), SOW(s) or this Agreement. Any termination of this Agreement, however, will result in termination of all SOW(s) and Purchase Order(s) then un-fulfilled unless Eargo elects otherwise pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement prior to the effective date of such termination as to the handling of then-pending Purchase Orders.

12.6. Transition. Unless otherwise instructed by Eargo, upon expiration or termination of this Agreement and/or any SOW(s), Supplier will furnish any and all Prototypes, First Articles, and Products, all associated documentation pertaining to the same, and Reports, to Eargo in the format required by Eargo, regardless of the state of completion within [***] of expiration or

 

23


termination of this Agreement. Additionally, commencing from the expiration date of this Agreement or the termination date of this Agreement, or any SOW or Purchase Order, as applicable, if requested by Eargo and for a period designated by Eargo (the “Transition Period”), Eargo may continue to order Units and Services. During the Transition Period [***], Supplier will also make available to Eargo such other services as mutually agreed to by the parties, including services consisting of the transitioning of the manufacturing of Products to another manufacturing source and services that facilitate Eargo obtaining from another vendor substitute units and services (collectively, “Transition Services”). Supplier will [***] with Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective Representatives and agents in the performance of the Transition Services. If Eargo terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.3 above then Supplier will perform the Transition Services at no cost to Eargo and Supplier will not invoice or attempt to collect from Eargo fees or other amounts associated with the performance of such Transition Services.

12.7. Survival. The following Sections will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement: 1 (Definitions), 6 (Manufacturing), 9.4 (Import/Export), 11.5 (Most Favored Pricing), 11.10 (Credits and Setoff), 11.11 (Invoice Disputes), 12.5 (Effect of Termination), 12.6 (Transition), 12.7 (Survival), 13 (Intellectual Property), 14 (Confidential Information), 15 (Access and Data Security), 16 (Representations and Warranties), 17 (Epidemic Failure), 18 (Disclaimer), 19 (Indemnification), 20 (Limitation of Liability), 21 (Compliance), 22 (Governance, Reports and Inspection) and 25 (General). Unless otherwise specified by Eargo or sooner terminated or canceled, any Purchase Order or SOW entered into prior to the termination of this Agreement will remain in effect in accordance with its own terms.

13. Intellectual Property.

13.1. Ownership. Except as otherwise provided herein and in any SOW, as between the parties, Supplier and its licensors will retain ownership of all Intellectual Property Rights in Supplier’s own Confidential Information and Records (except to the extent of any Eargo Data or Eargo Confidential Information therein). In addition, as between the parties, Eargo and its licensors own all right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to any and all Eargo Confidential Information, Eargo Data, Products, Enhancements, Feedback, Systems, Reports, Specifications, Approved Buyer list(s), Approved Vendor list(s), Prototypes, First Articles and Approved First Articles, and any materials or resources, provided by Eargo to Supplier or otherwise accessed by Supplier in connection with this Agreement (collectively, “Eargo Property”).

13.2. IPR Assignment. Supplier will not (and will not permit any Subcontractor) to improve, enhance, or modify any Products (collectively, “Enhancements”) without Eargo’s prior written consent in each instance and without meeting Compliance and adhering to the applicable Specifications. In any event, (a) if Supplier (or any Subcontractor) develops any Enhancements, and (b) as to all Feedback, Supplier hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to Eargo and its Affiliate(s), successors and assigns, without further compensation or any attribution (and Eargo owns all right, title and interest in) all Intellectual Property Rights in and to Enhancements, Products, and Feedback. If Supplier has any rights to the Enhancements, Products, or Feedback that cannot be assigned to Eargo, then Supplier hereby unconditionally and irrevocably assigns the enforcement of any and all IPR to Eargo and grants Eargo, its Affiliate(s), Approved Buyer(s), and all of their respective subcontractors, agents and assignees, under all Intellectual Property Rights,

 

24


an exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, universal, fully paid up, royalty-free license (with the right to sublicense through multiple levels of sublicensees), to make, sell, lease, use, execute, reproduce, modify, adapt, display, perform, distribute, make derivative works of, export, disclose, market, promote, and otherwise disseminate or transfer, for any purpose whatsoever, and via any means or methods now known or hereafter developed, any and all rights in and to the Enhancements, Products, and Feedback. Additionally, Supplier irrevocably and unconditionally grants Eargo the power and interest to act as Supplier’s attorney-in-fact to execute any and all documents necessary to effectuate or perfect the assignments by Supplier and other rights of Eargo under this Agreement. Supplier, on behalf of itself and the Supplier Parties, will not assert, and otherwise waives, any and all “moral rights” or equivalent rights in and to the Enhancements, Products, and Feedback and hereby assigns to Eargo all such rights to the fullest extent permitted by law.

13.3. Non-Assertion. Supplier agrees not to sue upon or otherwise assert in any proceeding against Eargo or any of its Affiliate(s), Approved Buyer(s), subcontractors, successors, assigns, officers, directors or employees, any Intellectual Property Rights relating to any Eargo Property. Supplier further acknowledges and agrees that it will not, and it will not authorize any employee, independent contractor or third party to, file or register for any patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress or service mark protection in any country with respect to any Product or Component, without Eargo’s [***] in each instance, provided, however, that in no event will Supplier attempt or authorize any employee, independent contractor or third party to, file or register for any patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress or service mark protection in any country with respect to any [***] Property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the covenants contained in this Section 13 will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any or no reason.

13.4. Eargo Marks. Supplier agrees that it will not use Eargo’s name, logo or trademarks or that of any of its Affiliate(s) or pertaining to any of its Products (collectively, “Marks”) except on the Products in accordance with: (a) Eargo’s then-current branding and trademark usage guidelines, (b) Eargo’s prior approval (which may be provided in the applicable Specifications with standards against which use of the Marks must comply), and (c) any other requirements or approvals governing use of the Marks that Eargo may furnish under the applicable SOW, which may be given or withheld in Eargo’s sole and absolute discretion. Eargo may require that Supplier manufacture Prototypes, First Articles, and Products that bear Eargo’s Marks or other branding, as set out in the Specifications or as otherwise directed by Eargo. Supplier (and the Approved Vendors) will not manufacture any Products that contain or bear any Marks or other branding (or alterations to any Marks or branding) that was not officially pre-approved by Eargo, in each instance, as part of the Approved First Article, and Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Approved Buyer(s) will not have any obligation to pay Supplier for any Products manufactured on that basis. All approved uses of the Marks will inure to the benefit of Eargo and its Affiliate(s), as applicable, and must be in accordance with Eargo’s then-current branding and trademark usage guidelines provided or made available to Supplier.

13.5. Feedback. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Eargo is free to retain, use and incorporate any and all written or oral ideas, suggestions or recommendations provided by or on behalf of Supplier, its authorized Subcontractors, or any Approved Vendors (referred to as “Feedback”) relating to the Products, Marks, Eargo Data or Confidential Information, without payment, attribution, or other consideration of any kind or nature to Supplier.

 

25


14. Confidential Information.

14.1. Meaning of Confidential Information. The parties agree that “Confidential Information” means any and all information (in any form or media) regarding a party’s, prospective, methods of operation, engineering methods and processes (including any information which may be obtained by a party by reverse engineering, decompiling or examining any Software or Hardware provided by the other party under this Agreement), programs and databases, patents and designs, billing rates, billing procedures, identities of and contact information regarding Approved Vendors and Approved Buyer(s), business methods, finances, management, and any other business information relating to such party (whether constituting a trade secret or proprietary or otherwise) which has value to such party and is treated by such party as being confidential. A party receiving Confidential Information under this Agreement is referred to as the “Receiving Party” and a party disclosing, furnishing or making Confidential Information available to the other party or its Representatives pursuant to this Agreement is referred to as the “Disclosing Party.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Person” will mean and include any individual, partnership, association, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or any other business entity or enterprise; and “Representative” will mean a party’s employees, agents, or representatives, including without limitation, financial advisors, lawyers, accountants, experts and consultants. Each party acknowledges that Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party is the property of the Disclosing Party, provided, however, that in no event is Eargo Property to be considered included within or construed as the Confidential Information of Supplier. The terms of this Agreement, including all Specifications, Eargo Data, content of Reports, Forecasts, Prototypes or samples of the Product, Prototypes, First Articles, Approved First Articles, and any not previously publicly disclosed information about Eargo’s or its Affiliate(s)’ respective business, finances, information systems, software or technology provided by or on behalf of Eargo to Supplier under this Agreement will be deemed Confidential Information of Eargo without any further marking or designation and regardless of the lack of the same.

14.2. Non-Disclosure Obligation. Except as expressly authorized herein, the Receiving Party will hold in confidence and not use or disclose, and ensure that its Representatives do not use or disclose, any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, except solely for the purpose of performing the Receiving Party’s obligations under this Agreement, but not otherwise. For a period of [***] from the date of the last disclosure under this Agreement, the Receiving Party: (a) will maintain as confidential all Confidential Information disclosed to it by the Disclosing Party, (b) will not, directly or indirectly, disclose any such Confidential Information to any Person other than (i) those Representatives of the Receiving Party whose duties under this Agreement justify the need to know such Confidential Information and then only after each Representative has agreed to be bound by this Confidentiality Agreement, in writing, and clearly understands his or her obligation to protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information and to restrict the use of such Confidential Information, and (ii) if Supplier is the Receiving Party, to an Approved Vendor solely for the purpose of obtaining information from that Approved Vendor necessary for Supplier to prepare a Price Quotation, provided that each such Approved Vendor clearly understands its obligation to protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information and to restrict the use of such Confidential Information, and (c) will treat such Confidential Information with the same degree of care as it treats its own Confidential Information (but in no case with less than a reasonable degree of care).

 

26


14.3. Exceptions to Confidential Information. The Receiving Party’s nondisclosure obligation will not apply to any information, regardless of whether marked or asserted to be Confidential Information by the Disclosing Party, which the Receiving Party can document with written records: (a) was rightfully in its possession or known to it prior to receipt of the Confidential Information; (b) is or has become public knowledge through no fault, act or omission of the Receiving Party; (c) is rightfully obtained by the Receiving Party from a third party without breach of any confidentiality obligation; or (d) is independently developed by employees of the Receiving Party who had no access to such information.

14.4. Compulsory Disclosures. If the Receiving Party or its Representatives is required or becomes legally compelled to disclose any of the Confidential Information pursuant to a regulation, law or court order, it will provide the Disclosing Party with prompt written notice so the Disclosing Party may seek appropriate protective orders. If a protective order or other remedy is not obtained, then only that part of the Confidential Information that is legally required to be furnished will be furnished, and reasonable efforts will be made to obtain reliable assurances of confidentiality.

14.5. Return of Materials. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all Confidential Information supplied by the Disclosing Party will remain the property of the Disclosing Party, and upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, for any or no reason, or upon earlier request by the Disclosing Party, will be promptly destroyed (with certification of such destruction in writing) or (if specifically requested in writing) returned by the Receiving Party, including all documents or materials of any nature in the Receiving Party’s possession, custody or control (regardless of the media in which such documents or materials are stored), including Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party and its Affiliate(s), that have been furnished by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party, or reproduced or developed by the Receiving Party or its authorized Subcontractors based on the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, provided, however, the Receiving Party may maintain copies of any such Confidential Information to the extent required for backup, disaster recovery, or business continuity; in such event the obligations of confidentiality hereunder will survive until such copies are destroyed.

14.6. Injunctive Relief. The Receiving Party acknowledges that disclosure of Confidential Information may cause substantial harm for which damages alone may not be a sufficient remedy, and therefore upon any such disclosure by the Receiving Party, the Disclosing Party will be entitled to seek appropriate equitable relief in addition to whatever other remedies it might have at law.

15. Access and Data Security.

15.1. Access to Systems. Access, if any, to Eargo’s computer, telecommunication or other information systems (“Systems”), if any, is granted solely to facilitate the business relationship described in this Agreement, and is limited to those specific Systems, time periods, and personnel as are separately designated by Eargo in writing from time to time. Access is subject to business control and information protection policies, standards, and guidelines as may be provided by Eargo. Use of any other Systems is expressly prohibited. Use of Systems during other time periods or by individuals not authorized by Eargo is expressly prohibited. Without limiting

 

27


the foregoing, Supplier warrants that it has adequate security measures in place to comply with the above obligations and to ensure that access granted hereunder will not impair the integrity and availability of Systems. Pursuant to Section 22 below, Eargo may audit Supplier to verify Supplier’s compliance with these obligations.

15.2. Data Security.

15.2.1. Safeguards. Supplier will implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards that prevent any unauthorized use, access, processing, destruction, loss, alteration, or disclosure of any of Eargo Data (including any client or end user data held by Eargo) as may be held or accessed by Supplier. Such safeguards will include, without limitation, an information security program that meets the highest standards of best industry practice to safeguard Eargo Data. Such information security program will include, without limitation: (a) adequate physical security of all premises in which Eargo Data will be processed or stored; (b) all reasonable precautions taken with respect to the employment of and access given to Supplier personnel, including background checks and security clearances that assign specific access privileges to individuals; and (c) an appropriate network security program (which includes, without limitation, encryption of all sensitive or private data). Supplier agrees not to utilize any Eargo Data unless it is necessary to do so in order to fulfill an obligation under this Agreement. Supplier also agrees that it will not sell, disclose, transfer, share or lease any Eargo Data under any circumstances.

15.2.2. Notification of Security Breach. Supplier will notify Eargo immediately following discovery of any suspected breach or compromise of the security, confidentiality, or integrity of any Eargo Data. Written notification provided pursuant to this paragraph will include a brief summary of the available facts, the status of Supplier’s investigation, and if known and applicable, the potential number of persons affected by release of data relating to such person (“Affected Persons”). If applicable, upon written request from Eargo, Supplier agrees to notify the Affected Persons regarding any security breach in a form approved in writing by Eargo. Such notices will be delivered within a reasonable time and in a manner approved by Eargo. Supplier agrees to provide at no charge to Affected Persons appropriate credit monitoring services for at least [***]. All costs associated with any security breach including but not limited to, the costs of the notices to, and credit monitoring for, Affected Persons will be the sole responsibility of Supplier. Supplier agrees that it will not communicate with any third party, including, but not limited to the media, vendors, consumers and Affected Persons regarding any security breach without Eargo’s specific prior written consent and approval of the content of such communication. At Eargo’s request, Supplier will execute and abide by the terms of any agreements as may be required by applicable law or regulation.

15.3. Returns; Eargo Confidentiality. Notwithstanding anything that may be construed to the contrary, Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Authorized Buyer(s) have no obligation to return to Supplier any Product, or Component thereof, which may contain any Eargo or Affiliate Confidential Information, including but not limited to hard disk drives, solid state drives and other memory devices, in order for Supplier to perform its warranty obligations under this Agreement.

 

28


16. Representations and Warranties.

16.1. General Warranties.

16.1.1. Corporate Warranties. Supplier represents and warrants that it has with respect to this Agreement and each Purchase Order and SOW: (a) it has the right to enter into this Agreement and its performance of this Agreement will be free and clear of liens and encumbrances; (b) taken all corporate action necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of such agreements and to make such agreement legal, valid and binding obligations of Supplier; (c) no agreement or understanding with any third party that interferes with or will interfere with its performance of its obligations under such agreements; and (d) obtained and will maintain all rights, approvals and consents necessary to perform its obligations and grant all rights and licenses granted to Eargo under such agreements. Supplier further represents and warrants that: (d) Supplier has all rights necessary to sell the Units and perform the Services and to allow Eargo, its Affiliate(s), Authorized Buyer(s) and their respective subcontractors, agents, licensees and end users to exercise the rights and licenses granted in this Agreement, without restriction, encumbrance, lien, royalty obligation, or additional charge or obligation of any kind; (e) the Products and Enhancements, including any portion thereof, or any intended combination with other hardware or software, or the sale, offer for sale, use, or importation thereof, do not infringe any IPR; (f) it has all right, title and interest to grant the licenses granted herein; and (g) it will not sell, license, lease, distribute, make available, ship or otherwise provide any Products to any parties other than Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and Approved Buyer(s) purchasing the same.

16.1.2. Services Warranties. Supplier will (and will ensure that all Subcontractors and Approved Vendors) render Services in a professional manner consistent with highest industry standards, and all personnel providing Services will be adequately trained and qualified.

16.1.3. Compliance. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that it and they will comply with all Policies, and any and all revisions to any Policies, all of which are hereby incorporated by this reference into this Agreement. Additionally, Supplier warrants and represents that Supplier will select packaging and raw materials that comply with environmental regulations, where such selection does not conflict with Eargo’s Specifications.

16.1.4. Compliance with Laws. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that it and they will comply at all times in the performance of this Agreement, and that all Units and Services will comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and government rules and regulations (including without limitation, all applicable Thailand employment laws) of any jurisdiction in which Services are performed, Units are manufactured from or to which Units are shipped.

16.2. Product Warranties.

16.2.1. Warranty. Supplier warrants and represents that all Products will: (a) be new, unused and comprised of new Components and/or raw materials when delivered, except to the extent the Products are part of a repair and/or refurbishment program authorized in writing by Eargo; (b) be provided with good and marketable title, [***]; (c) be in Compliance; (d) meet all product safety standards and requirements referenced in the Specifications and the Policies, as applicable; and (e) for a period of [***] from the sale of the Products by Eargo to its end-customer (the “Warranty Period”) such Products will be: (i) free from any defects in design, material and workmanship; (ii) in Compliance, including in Compliance with the applicable Specifications; and (iii) manufactured in a professional, workmanlike manner in compliance with all standards and rules reasonably established by Eargo. Eargo will have the right, at any time, to purchase an extended warranty for additional [***] periods past the Warranty Period.

 

29


16.2.2. ISO 13485. Supplier will ensure, continuously throughout the Term and thereafter, as applicable, that Supplier and any authorized Subcontractors used by Supplier in the manufacture of Units will have current ISO 13485 certification, FDA registration and any other applicable certifications for the factories in which Units will be manufactured. If either Supplier or Supplier’s authorized Subcontractors no longer possess the ISO 13485 certification, FDA registration and any other applicable certifications for the factories in which Units will be manufactured, Supplier will notify Eargo in writing immediately. Supplier and any authorized Subcontractors will then have [***] from the date of such notice in which to be recertified by the applicable certifying body and furnish evidence of the same to Eargo.

16.2.3. No Harmful Material. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that: (a) it will not include any harmful code, malicious code, disabling code, including, without limitation time bombs, Trojan horses, and viruses (collectively, “Malicious Code”) in the Product or on any Components; (b) it will have quality control measures in place to ensure that all units of the Product delivered to Eargo, its Affiliate(s), or any Approved Buyer(s) are free of any Malicious Code; and (c) the Products will not include any software disabling devices, time-out devices, counter devices and devices intended to collect data regarding usage of the Products.

16.2.4. Hazards. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that the Products will be free of any defects that could result in personal or bodily injury, death or property damage (“Hazard”). Supplier will promptly notify Eargo if it learns that any Product may present a Hazard. Supplier will give this notice before giving any notice to a governmental agency, unless the law specifically prohibits this. Supplier will promptly give Eargo all relevant data, and review and discuss with Eargo all information, tests, and conclusions about the Hazard and the basis for any contemplated recall or other remedial action. Even if the Warranty Period has expired, Supplier will be responsible for all costs of any such remedial action, including Eargo’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs. If Eargo asks, Supplier will give Eargo and any designee all reasonable assistance in deciding how best to deal with the Hazard, and in preparing and making presentations before any governmental agency that may have jurisdiction over any aspect of any Hazard. All information regarding a Hazard in any Product or the Product or any Eargo location is Eargo’s Confidential Information.

16.2.5. No Remote Access or Disruption. Supplier warrants and represents on behalf of itself, all Supplier Parties, and any authorized Subcontractors that it and they will not disturb Eargo’s quiet enjoyment and use of the Products. Supplier further represents and warrants that it has not included in any Product any device or mechanism which would permit Supplier or any third party to remotely access or disable the Product. In no event will Supplier, its agents or employees or anyone acting on its behalf, disable or interfere, in whole or in part, with Eargo’s or any end user’s use of the Products, regardless of whether the disablement is in connection with any dispute between the parties or otherwise. Supplier understands that a breach of this provision could cause substantial harm to Eargo and to numerous third parties, including end users of the Products, having business relationships with Eargo.

 

30


16.2.6. Product Inventory. Supplier represents and warrants that it will not (and will not permit any third party) to distribute, dispose of, or sell any Product Inventory, other than to Eargo, its Affiliate, and/or an Authorized Buyer. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it has no right to liquidate any Product Inventory, for any reason, including termination or otherwise.

16.2.7. Unauthorized Warranties. Supplier represents and warrants that it will not make any representations, warranties, or commitments with respect to the Products to any end customer of Eargo, Eargo Affiliate(s), and/or the Authorized Buyer(s).

16.3. Remedies for Breach of Warranty.

16.3.1. Service Warranty Remedies. In addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies provided Eargo in this Agreement, if any Units or Services do not conform to the warranties set forth in this Agreement, Supplier covenants and agrees to provide the following additional remedy which Eargo may elect, at Eargo’s option, Supplier will re-perform the Services and ship replacement Units all at no additional cost to Eargo, with Supplier being solely responsible for any and all shipping costs, including full freight costs, in both directions for any such replacement Units.

16.3.2. Product Warranty Remedies. Eargo will submit any and all claims for a breach of warranty under Section 16.2, no later than [***] after the expiration of the Warranty Period. At Supplier’s expense, Supplier will accept the return of any Product(s) that does not conform to the warranties of Section 16.2 or a consumer’s reasonable expectations, or fails to meet Compliance, or creates a Hazard (referred to as “Defective Products”). If Supplier delivers Products that, at any point, become Defective Products where root cause is a manufacturing defect or a defect in the Manufacturing Process, then Eargo may, in its sole discretion, select one or more of the following remedies, in each instance of Defective Products, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense: (a) require Supplier to compensate Eargo for the Defective Products and any associated transportation costs between Eargo and Supplier; (b) require Supplier, or an Eargo-designated third party, to re-perform the non-conforming Services and/or repair the Defective Products and recover from Supplier all reasonable related costs and expenses; (c) purchase products or services comparable to the Defective Products or Services, in which case Supplier will promptly pay to Eargo the costs of the substitute in excess of the price of such Product or Service; and/or (d) require Supplier to provide a written issue or defect analysis report and correction plan. Additionally, if Supplier delivers Products that, at any point, become Defective Products then, regardless of the existence or nature of root cause, Eargo may, in its sole discretion and without limiting the foregoing remedies, require Supplier to ship, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, a replacement of the Defective Product(s) with Products that are in Compliance, and such replacements will be considered new Products. Supplier will be responsible for all costs and expenses associated with shipping and insurance for returns and replacements, and will replace any Defective Products returned for replacement with new (not used or refurbished) Units free of charge. Repaired and replacement Products will be warranted for a new Warranty Period as set forth above in this Section 16.

 

31


16.3.3. Remedial Performance Issues. If Supplier fails to repair or replace Defective Products within [***] after Supplier’s receipt of the applicable Defective Products, or with respect to Services, within [***] after Eargo informs Supplier that the applicable Service does not conform to the warranties in Section 16, Eargo may, at its sole option, (a) extend the correction period; or (b) obtain a full refund of all fees paid to Supplier for the defective Product and/or Service and reimbursement for any other Product and/or property that Eargo is unable to use or that is otherwise damaged as a consequence of the nonconformity along with any costs incurred by Eargo in uninstalling and removing the Defective Product from its premises.

16.4. Pass Through of Third Party Warranties. In addition to its other representations and warranties given in this Agreement, Supplier will provide to Eargo the full benefit of all covenants, warranties, representations and indemnities granted to Supplier by third parties (including without limitation, any Approved Vendors) in connection with the Products or Components.

16.5. Survival of Warranties. All warranties set forth in this Agreement, including those in this Section 16 will survive inspection, Acceptance and payment, as well as expiration or any termination of this Agreement. In addition, Eargo’s rights and remedies under this Agreement with respect to the Products (including any and all warranties) will remain in full force and effect even if Eargo sells, consigns or otherwise transfers the Products to any of Eargo’s logistics and/or distribution partners.

17. Epidemic Failures.

17.1. Epidemic Failure. “Epidemic Failure” means the occurrence of Defective Products, Component defects, or other failures (whether or not resulting in breach of any warranties of Section 16) that: (a) are experienced by more than [***] of the identifiable subclass of the Products or of the Units of any given Product or Component in substantially the same manner, whether occurring in whole or in part during or after the Warranty Period; or (b) any governmental agency or court of competent jurisdiction finds that any Product or Component contains a safety hazard or other condition that requires or would make advisable a recall of such Product or Component. Supplier will be responsible for any and all [***] costs and expenses that Eargo, its Affiliate(s), and their respective subcontractors, incur related to any Epidemic Failure that is the result of Supplier or the Supplier Parties failing to manufacture the Units to the Specifications. Typical costs for which Supplier would be responsible include freight costs to recall Units from Eargo’s customers, warehouses, or distribution centers, freight costs to ship failed Units back to Supplier, costs to remedy the Units including repair, rework, replacement, and testing costs, and freight costs to ship remedied Units back to Eargo.

17.2. Failure Analysis. If an Epidemic Failure occurs: (a) Eargo will promptly notify Supplier upon discovery of the Epidemic Failure; (b) Supplier and Eargo will jointly exert all [***] efforts to diagnose the problem and plan a work-around or more permanent solution; (c) Supplier will apply its ECO procedure in appropriate circumstances for hardware problems originating in the manufacturing process; and (d) Supplier will prepare and consult with Eargo regarding an appropriate recovery plan as well as an appropriate workaround, as an interim solution, if one is needed., Subject to Supplier’s obligations in Section 17.1, Eargo will [***], if any, of a “root cause” analysis and follow-up corrective actions associated with any epidemic failure due [***].

17.3. Termination for Epidemic Failure. If an Epidemic Failure occurs, Eargo may terminate any and all applicable Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s) upon notice to Supplier, in whole or in part, without any liability, and receive from Supplier a complete refund of all amounts paid by Eargo in connection with the terminated Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s) and be relieved of any and all payment obligations to Supplier with respect to such Purchase Order(s) or SOW(s).

 

32


18. Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

19. Indemnification.

19.1. Indemnification by Supplier. Supplier covenants and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Eargo, its Affiliate(s), Approved Buyer(s), and their respective agents, contractors, officers, directors, employees and Representatives (including any combination of the Eargo, its Affiliate(s), Approved Buyer(s) or their respective agents, contractors, officers, directors, employees and Representatives) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, allegations, losses, damages, settlements, governmental fines and penalties, and all other liabilities, including attorneys’ and other professional fees and court costs, and all costs and expenses, arising out of or related to: (a) the Units, or any portion thereof, on their own or in combination with any other goods and services, infringe any rights or IPR of a third party (collectively, “Third Party IPR”) where such Third Party IPR relates to Supplier’s Manufacturing Process, or manufacturing, packaging, testing, or other Services provided under this Agreement, excluding Product design and materials or equipment consigned to Supplier by Eargo; (b) personal injury or property damage resulting, directly or indirectly from the Units or Services (including any Hazard), the performance of Supplier’s obligations hereunder, or the fault or negligence of Supplier or the Supplier Parties; (c) negligent, willful or reckless acts or omissions, dishonesty or fraud of or by Supplier or any Supplier Parties; (d) a breach or alleged breach by Supplier or any Supplier Parties of any provision or clause (e.g., Supplier or Supplier Parties act in contravention of any clause or perform acts contrary to the terms specified in this Agreement) of this Agreement; (e) any claim or cause of action anywhere in the world asserted against Eargo or any of the Indemnified Parties alleging or in connection with alleged defects in the assembly or manufacturing of the Product(s); or (f) violations of law in the manufacture of the Products; (each a “Claim” and collectively, “Claims”).

19.2. Process and Remedies. Eargo will give prompt written notice of each Claim to Supplier and, subject to Supplier fulfilling all of its obligations under this Section 19, Eargo will permit Supplier to control the defense of the Claim, provided that: (a) Supplier’s use of counsel of its own choosing has been pre-approved by Eargo, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and (b) Supplier will not enter into any settlement of any Claim that imposes any obligation on Eargo without Eargo’s prior written consent. In that event, Eargo will not settle such Claim without Supplier’s consent if such settlement requires any payment by Supplier, provided that Supplier will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent. Eargo may participate in the defense of any Claims by counsel of its own choosing, at its cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eargo may control the defense and settlement of a Claim if there is a reasonable risk that Supplier will not be able to cover its full obligation for the Claim or if there is a significant risk of harm to Eargo from a request for an injunction. Supplier agrees to provide information and assistance reasonably necessary to enable Eargo to defend the Claim (at Supplier’s expense), and if Supplier defends at Eargo’s request, then Eargo will do the same (at Supplier’s expense).

 

33


Supplier will not publicize or permit any third party to publicize any settlement of such Claim or allegation without Eargo’s prior written permission, in each instance. If Supplier can substantiate with a preponderance of the evidence that the Claim is not fully covered by the indemnity obligations in Section 19.1 above, then the parties agree the Claim will be tolled while the parties negotiate in good faith an equitable arrangement regarding the defense of the Claim and any settlement thereof consistent with Supplier’s obligations hereunder.

19.3. Claim Mitigation. Without limiting any of Supplier’s indemnification or other obligations under Section 19, if a Product becomes, or in either party’s reasonable opinion is likely to become, the subject of a Claim, Supplier will, at Eargo’s sole option, and Supplier’s sole expense: (a) procure for Eargo the right to continue to manufacture, use, distribute, market and sell the applicable Product as contemplated hereunder; (b) modify the Product to eliminate any Claim which might result from its manufacture, use, distribution, marketing or sale hereunder, provided that the Product’s performance must remain at least as good as provided in the Specifications and subject to Eargo’s approval; (c) replace the Product with equally suitable, compatible and functionally equivalent non-infringing Product subject to Eargo’s approval, at no additional charge to Eargo; or (d) reimburse Eargo for costs of cover associated with Eargo’s engagement of any third parties to perform the obligations of Supplier that are impacted by the actual or potential Claim.

20. Limitation of Liability.

20.1. Consequential Damages Waiver. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW IN SECTION 20.3, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE.

20.2. Direct Damages Cap. SUBJECT TO SECTION 20.3 BELOW, EARGO’S AND SUPPLIER’S MAXIMUM AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR DIRECT DAMAGES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED [***] UNDER THIS AGREEMENT [***], REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF EARGO WAS INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE.

20.3. Exceptions. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 20.1 AND 20.2 ABOVE WILL NOT LIMIT OR WAIVE ANY CLAIMS OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO: ANY REFUNDS, CREDITS OR REIMBURSEMENTS DUE BY SUPPLIER TO EARGO HEREUNDER, SUPPLIER’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER OR ANY BREACH OF: SECTION 6.8 (UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION AND COUNTERFEIT GOODS), SECTION 9.4 (IMPORT/EXPORT), SECTION 14 (CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION), SECTION 15 (ACCESS AND DATA SECURITY), SECTION 16 (REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES), SECTION 17 (EPIDEMIC FAILURES),

 

34


SECTION 19 (INDEMNIFICATION), AND/OR SECTION 21 (COMPLIANCE). THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS PERTAINING TO WARRANTIES, DISCLAIMER, INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY, ALONG WITH THE UNIT PRICE OFFERED TO EARGO, REPRESENT A FAIR ALLOCATION OF RISK IN THE ABSENCE OF WHICH THE PARTIES WOULD NOT HAVE ENTERED INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

21. Compliance.

21.1. Compliance with Policies. Supplier will comply with all Policies continuously throughout the Term and will ensure that all authorized Subcontractors and Approved Vendors comply with all Policies in the performance of their respective activities related to this Agreement. Eargo reserves the right to update the Policies from time to time as it deems appropriate and will deliver the applicable updated Policies to Eargo.

21.2. Manufacturing Compliance. Supplier will comply and ensure that all authorized Subcontractors and Approved Vendors comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the Supplier and manufacturing of the Products, including but not limited to, governmental regulations, labor laws, and environmental standards. Eargo will have no liability for any aspect of Supplier’ supply chain or operations, including any and all Approved Vendors.

21.3. Export Compliance. All Products and Components sold pursuant to this Agreement are subject to all applicable laws, regulations, orders and other limitations on the export and re-export of commodities, technical data and software. Supplier will be solely responsible for compliance with all applicable export and re-export control laws that apply to its sale activities and Supplier further agrees that it will not export, re-export, resell or transfer any export-controlled commodity, technical data or software: (a) in violation of such limitations imposed by the United States, or any other relevant national government authority; (b) to any country for which an export license or other governmental approval is required at the time of export, without first obtaining all necessary licenses or other approvals; (c) to any country or national or resident of a country to which trade is embargoed by the United States; (d) to any person or firm on the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Table of Denial Orders or Entities list, or U.S. Treasury Department’s list of Specially Designated Nationals; or (e) for use in any sensitive nuclear, chemical or biological weapons, or missile technology end-uses unless authorized by the U.S. Government by regulation or specific license.

21.4. Anti-bribery Supplier. in connection with its provision of the Services and manufacturing of the Products pursuant to this Agreement, will refrain from: (a) offering, giving or promising, directly or indirectly, money or anything of value to any person in any manner that would constitute commercial bribery or an illegal kickback, or would otherwise violate any applicable anti-bribery law; and (b) offering, giving or promising, directly or indirectly, money or anything of value to a Government Official or other person to influence a Government Official in his or her official capacity, induce a Government Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of his or her lawful duty, or to secure any improper advantage in order to assist in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person. For the purposes of this Section, “anything of value” will include, but not be limited to, cash or a cash equivalent, discounts, gifts, use of materials, facilities or equipment, entertainment, drinks, meals, transportation, lodging, or

 

35


promise of future employment. “Government Official” will mean any official or employee of any national, state, regional, provincial, city, local, tribal, or foreign government; any official or employee of any government department, agency, commission, or division; any official or employee of any state-owned or state-controlled enterprise; any official or employee of a public educational, scientific or research institution; any political party or any official or employee of a political party; any candidate for public office; any official or employee of a public international organization; any person acting on behalf of or any relatives or close family/household members of any of those listed above.

22. Governance, Reports and Inspection.

22.1. Governance. The parties will establish business processes to monitor and improve their business relationship contemplated by this Agreement Additionally, the parties agree to review the Unit Price on a [***] basis during the Term, including, without limitation, Value Added, cost reduction target, minimum order quantities, and increases to credit lines. Eargo and Supplier will mutually agree on reviews and frequency, which may include but not be limited to: [***] status calls and Report reviews, [***] sales and operations planning meetings, and quarterly business reviews (“QBRs”). In addition, Supplier will have a system for the collection and maintenance of quality assurance records. Supplier will provide a report describing such system to Eargo (for information and approval) prior to Supplier beginning any work under this Agreement or any applicable Purchase Order and/or SOW. Quality assurance records, whether written or electronic, will be made available for Eargo’s inspection upon reasonable notice. Supplier will maintain all quality assurance records pertaining to this Agreement, during the Term, and for a period of [***] following shipment of the applicable Units, whichever is longer.

22.2. Reports. Within [***] of the Effective Date, Supplier and Eargo will mutually agree upon the content, nature and form of Reports (defined below) and the frequency of such Reports. Following such mutual agreement, continuously throughout the Term, unless otherwise expressly set forth in the applicable SOW, Supplier will provide Eargo with real-time (or once every [***] period) accurate reports, in a form and format reasonably requested or approved by Eargo, of all information mutually agreed by the parties, including but not limited to, data points pertaining to the Services and Supplier’s activities under this Agreement, Inventory and material shortage reports, open Purchase Order reports & material liability reports, Excess Inventory and Obsolete Inventory reports, QBR reports, MRP reports, incoming material inspection reports, Manufacturing Process reports, material scrap reports, in-process inspection reports, final inspection reports, reliability testing reports, real-time production, quality, and delivery information, data points regarding the Manufacturing Process, sourcing and testing of Products and Components, Inventory levels, returns, defects, warranty claims, and the assembly, manufacturing, testing, packaging and shipment of Products (collectively, “Reports”). Supplier will conform the Reports to the format, if any, provided or approved by Eargo. By way of illustration, sample Report formats are set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement and incorporated herein by this reference and Supplier will use best efforts to comply with such formats, where appropriate, unless otherwise approved or requested by Eargo. If Eargo requests access to Supplier’s systems that contain, collect or reference data and information relevant to the data points required for the Reports, then Supplier will provide, facilitate and ensure that Eargo has access to such systems and is capable of accessing, viewing, downloading, and otherwise making use of the Reports. Supplier will not provide raw, uncompiled data for any Reports unless requested by Eargo

 

36


or unless such raw data is accompanied by a compiled report with resulting findings or analysis. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Eargo may request Reports over any period of time and may also request cumulative reports or other analyses of data sets in relation to other data sets or patterns over periods of time. There will be no cost to Eargo for Supplier’s compilation or provision of Reports or systems by which to access Report data. Supplier agrees to and will exercise due care and implement business-class safeguards to prevent the unauthorized access to, disclosure, distribution or reproduction of Reports or data within Reports by any third party.

22.3. Records. Continuously throughout the Term, Supplier will maintain complete, accurate and up-to-date written books and records in the normal course of its business, including but not limited to device history records (“Device History Records”), records about Supplier’s performance under this Agreement (including quality programs and test documentation), Supplier’s financial reports, quality control test results, Prototype test results, sales records, sales to all buyers of the Products, agreements or documentation with Approved Vendors and Approved Buyer(s), and purchasing records for Components and related to Approved Vendors, all reports issued to Eargo, raw data for all reports issued to Eargo or otherwise generated in connection with Supplier’s activities hereunder (all of the foregoing are collectively referred to as “Records”). Supplier will keep and maintain complete and accurate accounting Records, in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, to support and document all amounts payable to Supplier under this Agreement. Supplier will retain those accounting Records for [***] after the amounts documented in those Records become due. Supplier will maintain all other Records for at least [***] from the date of the events being documented. Supplier will provide Records to Eargo upon Eargo’s request. Additionally, Supplier will provide Device History Records to Eargo upon request, and the parties acknowledge and agree that it is preferred that Device History Records will be provided via email to Eargo with each delivery of Units by Supplier.

22.4. Inspection and Audit.

22.4.1. Price Verification. Supplier will provide Eargo with Component and raw material pricing for the purposes of determining BOM Cost. Eargo may review applicable vendor agreements and pricing arrangements to verify BOM Cost, except to the extent non-disclosure agreements prohibit Supplier from disclosing specific vendor pricing, in which case, Supplier will provide to Eargo aggregated price verification.

22.4.2. Books and Records. Upon [***] advance written notice, Supplier will permit Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective agents, subcontractors, auditors and Representatives to inspect, review, audit, and, where applicable, visit, Supplier’s books, Records (including those described in Section 22.3), Reports (including those described in Section 22.2), third party audit and examination reports, systems, facilities, plant, controls, laboratories, Manufacturing Process, procedures, information regarding pricing, quality assurance testing and measurement systems, Inventory, Product production, manufacturing of Prototypes and First Articles, storage of the Approved First Article, Products, Components, and other matters relevant to Supplier’s performance under the Agreement to assess and validate Compliance and Supplier’s adherence to the terms of this Agreement, including all Exhibits and Appendices, as well as its obligations to Eargo, as well as cycle counts of Eargo materials and inspection of Eargo tooling. Additionally, Supplier will permit Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective agents, subcontractors, auditors and Representatives to conduct an on-site visit to each and all of the factory premises involved in the Manufacturing Process or utilized in connection with Supplier’s performance of the Services. Supplier will supply copies of all Records as well as originals if requested.

 

37


22.4.3. Without limiting the foregoing, Supplier will, at all times and at no additional charge, facilitate regular on-site visits by Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective agents, subcontractors, auditors and Representatives, in the facilities, plants, controls, laboratories, and/or any other Unit production premises utilized by Supplier in connection with its performance of the Services. In addition and without limiting the foregoing, Supplier will allow the FDA and any other applicable regulatory authorities to inspect its facilities and/or premises related to the manufacture and/or production of the Products, Components and/or Units. Supplier will notify Eargo of any such audits in advance, if applicable, and any adverse audit results (including but not limited to, FDA 483s or major non-conformities observed by notified body), and/or any change in regulatory or legal status that could affect Supplier’s ability to supply the Products and/or perform the Services in compliance with this Agreement.

22.4.4. There is no limit on the amount or frequency of the audits and inspections contemplated by this Section 22.4. Supplier will make all personnel and Subcontractors available to Eargo, its Affiliate(s) and their respective agents, subcontractors, auditors and Representatives in connection with such audits and inspections.

23. Insurance.

23.1. Coverage. Supplier will maintain, continuously throughout the Term, at its own expense insurance of the type and in the amounts specified below:

23.1.1. Worker’s Compensation as required by law in all jurisdictions where Supplier has employees and where Services are performed;

23.1.2. Commercial General Liability including blanket contractual liability and broad form property damage, with limits of at least [***] combined single limit for personal injury and property damage for each occurrence; and

23.2. Insurance Requirements. The insurance policies for the above must: (a) be issued by companies with a rating of [***] or better in the current [***]; (b) not be cancelled or have coverage reduced without at least [***] notice from Supplier to Eargo; Supplier will provide to Eargo, upon request, certificates of insurance for each of the above-referenced insurance policies, indicating the amount and nature of such coverage and the expiration date of each policy. Each party agrees that it, its insurer(s) and anyone claiming by, through, under or on its behalf will have no claim, right of action or right of subrogation against the other party and the other party’s Affiliate(s), directors, officers, and employees based on any loss or liability insured against under the insurance required by this Agreement.

24. Executive Escalation. Except for any claims or disputes based upon breach of confidentiality, or breach, infringement or misappropriation of Eargo’s Intellectual Property Rights, for any or all of which Eargo may elect to pursue injunctive relief as permitted by this Agreement, should any dispute arise between Eargo and Supplier pertaining to this Agreement or

 

38


their rights and responsibilities to the other created hereunder, before proceeding with any binding arbitration pursuant to Section 25.3 below, the parties will first escalate such dispute by requesting that senior management level representatives of the parties meet to discuss and attempt to resolve the dispute in good faith. If such individuals are unable to resolve the issue in a timely manner, then either party may pursue any other rights or remedies under contract or at law as it deems appropriate to resolve the dispute, subject to Section 25.3 below.

25. General.

25.1. Assignment. Neither party may assign the Agreement or its rights or obligations hereunder without the other party’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that if the other party does consent, such assignee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and provided, further, that in no event may Supplier transfer any Eargo Data to an assignee or to any acquirer in the event of a change of Control without Eargo’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary, (a) either party may assign this Agreement without the other party’s consent to any Affiliate of such party, provided that the assigning party remains secondarily liable under this Agreement; and (b) Eargo may assign, delegate or transfer all or any portion of this Agreement without Supplier’s consent in connection with a reorganization, merger, consolidation, acquisition, or other transaction involving all or substantially all of the voting securities or assets of Eargo. Additionally, either party may assign its right to payment under this Agreement to a third party without the other party’s consent. This Agreement will be binding upon, enforceable by and inure to the benefit of the parties and each of their successors and permitted assigns. Any assignment in violation of this Section 25.1 will be null and void and of no force and effect.

25.2. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement will be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision will be limited to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement will otherwise remain in effect.

25.3. Dispute Resolution and Injunctive Relief.

25.3.1. Binding Arbitration. Disputes arising under, or in connection with, this Agreement will be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with the Rules. The language of the arbitration will be English. The place of the arbitration will be San Francisco, California. Judgment upon any award(s) rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

25.3.2. Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding the requirements of this Section 25.3 and without limiting a party’s rights under Section 14.6, either party may seek equitable relief in order to protect its rights, and to cause the other party to perform its obligations, hereunder at any time and in any court having jurisdiction over the parties hereto and/or the subject matter hereof. The parties hereby waive any bond requirements for obtaining equitable relief. As to any injunctive relief sought by Eargo pursuant to this Agreement, Supplier will submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the Northern District of California, United States of America. For any injunctive relief south under this Agreement, the governing law will be the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof, and

 

39


without regard to the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods. Notwithstanding Section 25.3.1 or anything else to the contrary, the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement will be enforceable under the provisions of the California Uniform Trade Secrets Act, California Civil Code Section 3426, as amended.

25.4. No Publicity. Supplier will not disclose, use or refer to this Agreement or any of its terms, or the names or Marks in any advertising, publicity releases, promotional materials or materials distributed to existing or prospective customers or otherwise make any public statements regarding Eargo, the Products or this Agreement without specific prior written consent of Eargo, in each instance. Eargo reserves the right to withhold such consent for any or no reason in its sole and absolute discretion.

25.5. Force Majeure. A “Force Majeure Event” means and is limited to: (a) the occurrence of unforeseen circumstances beyond a party’s reasonable control and without such party’s negligence or intentional misconduct, including, but not limited to, any act by any governmental authority, act of war, terrorism, natural disaster, strike, boycott, embargo, shortage, riot, lockout, labor dispute, civil commotion; and (b) the failure of an Approved Vendor to timely deliver a Component to Supplier (unless the Approved Vendor’s failure to timely deliver directly results from Supplier’s failure to order the Component).

25.5.1. Neither party will be responsible for any failure to perform due to a Force Majeure Event provided that such party gives notice to the other party of the Force Majeure Event promptly, but not later than [***] after the date on which such party knew or should reasonably have known of the commencement of the Force Majeure Event, specifying the nature and particulars thereof and the expected duration thereof; provided, however, that the failure of a party to give notice of a Force Majeure Event will not prevent such party from relying on this Section 25.5 except to the extent that the other party has been prejudiced thereby. The party claiming a Force Majeure Event will use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of any such Force Majeure Event and to cooperate to develop and implement a plan of remedial and reasonable alternative measure to remove the Force Majeure Event; provided, however, that neither party will be required under this provision to settle any strike or other labor dispute on terms it considers to be unfavorable to it. Upon the cessation of the Force Majeure Event, the party affected thereby will immediately notify the other party of such fact, and use its best efforts to resume normal performance of its obligations under this Agreement as soon as possible. Notwithstanding that a Force Majeure Event otherwise exists, the provisions of this Section 25.5 will not excuse: (a) any obligation of either party to pay amounts owed to the other party, including the obligation to pay amounts due under a non-canceled, timely fulfilled Order, or issue refunds as provided in this Agreement, or other payment, refund or reimbursement obligations actually incurred, that arose before the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event causing the suspension of performance; or (b) any late delivery of Products, equipment, materials, supplies, tools, or other items caused solely by negligent acts or omissions on the part of such party.

25.5.2. In the event a party fails to perform any of its obligations for reasons defined in this Section 25.5.2 for a cumulative period of [***] or more from the date of such party’s notification to the other party then the other party, at its option, may extend the corresponding delivery period for the length of the delay, or terminate this Agreement for cause in accordance with Section 12.3.

 

40


25.6. Notices. Wherever one party is required or permitted or required to give written notice to the other under this Agreement, such notice will be given by hand, by certified mail with return receipt requested, by overnight courier, or by fax and addressed as follows:

If to Eargo:

Eargo, Inc.

295 North Bernardo Avenue, Suite 100

Mountain View, CA 94043

United States

Attention: Legal

If to Hana:

Hana Microelectronics Public Co., Ltd.

Northern Region Industrial Estate

101/2 Moo 4, Chiangmai-Lampang Rd.

T. Baanklang, A. Muang, Lamphun 51000 Thailand

Attention: [***]

Cc: [***]

All such notices will be effective upon receipt. Either party may designate a different notice address from time to time upon giving written notice thereof to the other party.

25.7. Amendments: Waivers. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement will be binding unless executed in writing by a duly authorized representative of each party to this Agreement. No waiver will be implied from conduct or failure to enforce or exercise rights under this Agreement, nor will any waiver be effective unless in a writing signed by a duly authorized representative on behalf of the party claimed to have waived. No provision of any Supplier quote or other business form employed by Supplier will supersede the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and any such document relating to this Agreement will be for administrative purposes only and will have no legal effect.

25.8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all Exhibits, Appendices and referenced Purchase Orders and SOWs) is the complete and exclusive statement of the mutual understanding of the parties and supersedes and cancels all previous written and oral agreements, understandings and communications relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the preprinted provisions on the reverse side of any such quotation, Purchase Order, acknowledgment or invoice and all terms other than the specific terms set forth in this Agreement will be deemed deleted and of no effect whatsoever.

25.9. Independent Contractors. The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors. There is no relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise or agency created hereby between the parties. Supplier will be responsible for any withholding taxes, payroll taxes, disability insurance payments, unemployment taxes and other similar taxes or charges on the payments received by Supplier hereunder, and neither Supplier nor any of its employees or subcontractors will be eligible for any benefits normally provided by Eargo to its employees. Neither party will have the power to bind the other or incur obligations on the other party’s behalf without the other party’s prior written consent.

 

41


25.10. Cumulative Remedies. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all remedies in this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to (not in lieu of) any other remedies available to a party at law or in equity. In the event of a claim by Eargo for loss or damages for which Supplier is responsible, Eargo will be entitled to adjust the amounts claimed against future or outstanding payments due, or which may become due, to Supplier.

25.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be considered an original but all of which together will constitute one agreement, Delivery of signature by fax, or scan delivered by email, receipt acknowledged, or electronic signature are effective to bind a party hereto.]

25.12. Order of Precedence. All Price Quotations, Purchase Orders, acknowledgments and invoices issued pursuant to this Agreement are issued for convenience of the parties only and will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto. Solely as to matters of item quantity, Unit Price, item type ordered, delivery location and Delivery Date, the documents will apply in the following descending order of precedence: (a) Purchase Order (excluding any standard terms and conditions on the face of or attached to the Purchase Order); (b) Appendices to SOW; (c) SOW; (d) other Exhibits; and (e) this Agreement. As to all other matters, the order of precedence will be as follows, in descending order: (a) amendments to this Agreement executed by the parties, (b) this Agreement, (c) Approved ECOs to Exhibits or Appendices to Exhibits; (d) Exhibits; (e) SOWs; (f) Specifications; (g) other Appendices to SOWs; and (h) Purchase Orders.

25.13. Other Suppliers. This is not an exclusive agreement. Supplier acknowledges that Eargo reserves the right to use other vendors to provide goods that are similar or related to the Products. Supplier will, to the extent reasonably requested by Eargo, cooperate in good faith and in a timely manner with Eargo’s other suppliers to allow the suppliers to efficiently perform services for Eargo.

 

42


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF STATEMENT OF WORK

[***]

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

This SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “Sublease”) is made effective as of July, 30, 2018, by, between and among Microchip Technology Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Sublessor”) and Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Sublessee”), collectively referred to as the “Parties”, or individually as a “Party”.

RECITALS

A. By and through their respective predecessors-in-interest, GI TC 1600 Technology Drive, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Master Lessor”), as landlord, and Sublessor, as tenant, are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of August 30, 2011, as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of June 26, 2012 (the “Master Lease”), relating to certain premises located at 1600 Technology Drive, San Jose, California. A copy of the Master Lease is attached as Schedule E to this Sublease.

B. The Master Lease, Section 1.2 defines the terms “Building,” “Premises,” and “Project.” Where those terms are used in this Sublease, they are intended to have the same meaning as they are defined in the Master Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties provide and agree as follows:

1. Sublease of Building Space. Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee space within the Building that is within the Premises as defined in the Master Lease, as follows:

A. That approximately 25,870 rentable square foot space on the sixth floor of the Building, which space is specifically identified on Schedule A attached to this Sublease (the “Sixth Floor Sublease Premises”); and

B. That approximately 4,564 rentable square foot space on the first floor of the Building, comprising (i) that approximately 3,214 rentable square foot Test/Assembly Lab (“First Floor Lab”), (ii) that approximately 350 rentable square foot room across the main lobby from the First Floor Lab (“Lobby Room”), and (ii) that approximately 1,000 rentable square foot media studio (“Media Studio”), which space is specifically identified on Schedule B attached to this Sublease (the “First Floor Sublease Premises”).

C. Except as specifically referenced herein to distinguish the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises from the First Floor Sublease Premises, reference in this Sublease to the “Sublease Premises” is intended to include both the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises and the First Floor Sublease Premises.

D. Sublessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in the Master Lease), as necessary or desirable for its use of the Sublease Premises.


2. Permitted Use of Sublease Premises:

A. Sublessee’s use of the Sublease Premises shall not differ from, and shall be consistent, with Sublessor’s “Permitted Use” of the Premises, which Permitted Use is defined in Section 1.7 of the Master Lease. Sublessor shall not engage in any activity or use the Sublease Premises in any way that would be inconsistent with or cause Sublessor to be in violation of the Permitted Use of the Premises (as defined in Section 1.7 of the Master Lease).

B. Sublessee’s use of the Sublease Premises shall also comply with, and shall not cause Sublessor to be in violation of, the requirements of Section 5.1 of the Master Lease; provided, however, that Sublessor shall remain solely responsible to Master Lessor with regard to the provisions of Section 5.1 for making any change required under the Law to (i) any Tenant System (as defined in Section 7.1 of the Master Lease) and (ii) any Landlord System or common area (as those terms are defined Section 5.1 and 7.1.2 of the Master Lease) or the structure of the Roof of the Building caused by any Tenant-Insured Improvement (as defined in Section 10.2.2 of the Master Lease) and Sublessee shall not have any responsibility therefor unless the change required under the Law is related to any Sublessee improvements installed by or for the benefit of Sublessee, in which case Sublessee shall be responsible for making any change required under the Law to the same extent Sublessor is or may be liable to the Master Lessor pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Master Lease.

3. Master Lessor Consent. Section 14 of the Master Lease requires the Master Lessor’s approval of any sublease and requires Sublessor and any proposed sublessee to provide certain documentation prior to Master Lessor’s approval of any sublease. Sublessor and Sublessee acknowledge and understand, that this Sublease shall only become effective upon Master Lessor’s approval of this Sublease and should Master Lessor not approve of the Sublease, the parties release each other from any liability, costs or obligations associated with the Sublease. Neither Sublessor nor any of Sublessor’s agents have made any representation regarding Master Lessor’s approval of or willingness to approve this Sublease. Sublessee has not relied on and will not rely on any alleged representation by Sublessor or any of Sublessor’s agents regarding Master Lessor’s approval of or willingness to approve this Sublease. Sublessor and Sublessee agree to provide any documentation required by Section 14 of the Master Lease, and any other documentation reasonably requested by Master Lessor, for approval of this Sublease. The Parties will provide to the Master Lessor an executed copy of this Sublease for Master Lessor’s approval. If Master Lessor does not consent in writing to this Sublease within forty-five (45) days after Sublessor and Sublessee’s execution of this Sublease Sublessee may, at any time thereafter until such approval is obtained, terminate this Sublease upon written notice to Sublessor, whereupon any monies previously paid by Sublessee to Sublessor shall be reimbursed to Sublessee.

4. Term:

A. Sublease Premises Term: The term of the Sublease for the Sublease Premises shall commence (“Sublease Premises Commencement”) on the later of: (1) September 1, 2018; or (2) the date on which this Sublease is fully executed by the Parties and after Master Lessor consents to the Sublease as required by Section 14 of the Master Lease. Unless terminated on an earlier date for reasons permitted under this Sublease, the term of the Sublease shall expire on February 28, 2022.

 

2


B. Early Access: Provided that (1) this Sublease is fully executed by the Parties; (2) Master Lessor consents to the Sublease as required by Section 14 of the Master Lease, (3) the Security Deposit and Prepaid Rent have been paid by Sublessee to Sublessor, and (4) Certificates of Insurance as required in this Sublease are provided by Sublessee to Sublessor, Sublessor grants Sublessee early access to the Sublease Premises prior to the Sublease Premises Commencement date (“Early Access Period”). Except for occupancy by Sublessee of the Sublease Premises for the purpose of conducting business, during the Early Access Period: (i) Sublessee shall be allowed project manager access to install Lessee’s Initial Alterations (as defined in section 15) and perform the installation of Sublessee’s furniture, fixtures and equipment (provided the necessary consents for each of these Alterations have been received from Sublessor and Master Lessor in accordance with section 15); and (ii) Sublessee shall not be obligated for the Rent or operating expenses.

C. Termination of Master Lease: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Sublease,, the termination or expiration of the Master Lease for any reason shall result in the termination of this Sublease and all obligations contained herein immediately upon such termination or expiration of the Master Lease. Subject to the provisions of sections 19 and 36, Sublessor shall not be liable to Sublessee for any loss, cost or expense occasioned by, or resulting from, the expiration or termination of the Master Lease.

5. Condition of Premises: Sublessor shall, at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense, deliver the Sublease Premises broom clean and in good condition and repair, with the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises and the First Floor Sublease Premises Media Studio carpet professionally cleaned and the First Floor Lab and Lobby Room tile floors cleaned, and with the Sublease Premises building systems in good operating condition and repair. Sublessor shall also be obligated to remove all personal property from the First Floor Sublease Premises, as well as all ninety (90) cubicle workstations located within the Sublease Premises. Sublessee shall have ninety (90) days following respective Sublease Commencement dates to report to Sublessor any malfunctions or problems relating to the Sublease Premises building systems (e.g., electrical, plumbing and mechanical system) and Sublessor will commence and complete the necessary repairs in a timely manner and at Sublessor’s sole cost. To the extent any such malfunctions or problems are within the responsibilities of Master Lessor as set forth in sections 5.2, 6.1 or 7.1 of the Master Lease, at Sublessee’s request, Sublessor shall have the obligation to proceed as set forth in section 30.A or B. Except as set forth herein, Sublessee shall not have any claim or right against Sublessor to repair problems or malfunctions that are the responsibility of Master Lessor pursuant to sections 5.2, 6.1 or 7.1 of the Master Lease.

6. Rent: Commencing as of the Sublease Commencement date, Sublessee shall pay as rent on the first day of each month when rent is due, without notice, and free from all claims, deductions and set offs of any nature or for any reason against Sublessor. In the event of any partial calendar month, abated rent or base rent shall be apportioned at a rate equal to 1/30 of the monthly base rent.

 

3


A. Sixth Floor Sublease Premises Rent:

 

Months

   Rent per SF      Monthly Rent*  

01-03

   $ 0.00      $ 0.00  

04-12

   $ 2.50      $ 64,675.00  

13-24

   $ 2.58      $ 66,744.60  

25-36

   $ 2.66      $ 68,814.20  

37-42

   $ 2.74      $ 70,883.80  

B. First Floor Sublease Premises Rent:

 

Months

   Rent per SF      Monthly Rent*  

01-05

   $ 0.00      $ 0.00  

06-12

   $ 2.35      $ 10,725.40  

13-24

   $ 2.58      $ 11,775.12  

25-36

   $ 2.66      $ 12,140.24  

37-42

   $ 2.74      $ 12,505.36  

C. Additional Sublease Premises Rent:

1. Sublessor shall be responsible for payment of any Expenses, Taxes, Parcel Assessments and Project Assessments as provided for in Section 4 of the Master Lease. Sublessee shall not be responsible for payment of any Expenses, Taxes, Parcel Assessments and Project Assessments as provided for in Section 4 of the Master Lease, except for any taxes on Sublessee’s equipment, furniture, fixtures or other personal property located in or about the Sublease Premises that are levied against Master Lessor or Sublessor, in which case the provisions of Section 4.5 of the Master Lease shall apply to Sublessee in the same manner that Sublessor may be responsible to Master Lessor for such personal property taxes.

2. Sublessee shall be responsible for any janitorial service specifically charged for service to the First Floor Lab and the Lobby Room. Sublessor shall be responsible for all other janitorial services to the Sublease Premises.

3. Sublessee shall not be responsible for any utilities provided to the Sublease Premises, all of which shall be the responsibility of Sublessor, except as follows: Sublessee shall be responsible for the cost of dedicated air and power, as well as the CDA and vacuum equipment, supplied to the First Floor Lab and IDF room located on the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises. Sublessor may, at Sublessor’s sole discretion and expense, install a sub-meter to gauge the power draw (including the CDA and vacuum equipment) for said areas. If Sublessor elects to install such sub-meter, Sublessee shall pay costs billed by Sublessor that are associated with Sublessee’s power use indicated by the sub-meter. Specific to the CDA and vacuum equipment, Sublessee shall be responsible for one hundred percent (100%) or, if other subtenants are utilizing said systems, its pro-rata share of quarterly and annual maintenance costs associated with CDA and vacuum equipment.

 

4


D. Prepaid Rent: At execution of the Sublease, Sublessee will provide Sublessor with a check in the amount of the fourth month’s Rent for the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises and the sixth month’s Rent for the First Floor Sublease Premises. Having prepaid the Rent for these periods, Sublessee shall not be required to pay Rent for these periods during those months.

E. Security Deposit:

1. At execution of the Sublease, Sublessee shall provide Sublessor with a security deposit that is equal to $333,556.64. At Sublessee’s election, Sublessee may provide the Security Deposit in cash. The Security Deposit shall not be segregated by Sublessor, and Sublessee understands and acknowledges that the Security Deposit is not being held in trust by Sublessor for Sublessee’s benefit but may be used by Sublessor in Sublessor’s sole discretion subject to the provisions of subsection (3) below, regarding refund of the Security Deposit.

2. The Security Deposit may not be used by Sublessee to pay the last month’s Rent.

3. Within thirty (30) days from the later date of (i) end of the Sublease Premises term and Extended Sublease Premises Term or (ii) the date Sublessee has surrendered the Sublease Premises, Sublessor shall return to Sublessee the Security Deposit, minus (i) any unpaid Rent due and owing; (ii) the cost to repair any damages caused by Sublessee or Sublessee’s invitees or agents to the Sublease Premises, normal wear and tear excepted; (iii) any costs to clean or restore the Sublease Premises to a broom-clean condition, normal wear and tear excepted; (iv) the cost to remove, store or dispose of any of Sublessee’s furniture, fixtures or equipment not removed by Sublessee prior to surrendering; and (v) Sublessor’s damages for any breach by Sublessee of any term of this Sublease, including unpaid rent, beyond any applicable notice and cure periods.

F. Holdover Rent: In the event, Sublessee remains in occupancy of the Sublease Premises upon expiration of the term of the Sublease, or earlier expiration of the Sublease or Sublessee’s rights to possession of the Sublease Premises for default or otherwise, without Sublessor’s written authorization, the holdover penalty shall be five hundred (500%) percent of the Rent paid for the last month of the Sublease Premises term. Additionally, Sublessee shall indemnify and hold Sublessor harmless against any holdover penalties, damages, costs, and expenses of any kind incurred by Sublessor under the Master Lease that Sublessor may incur, or be liable to Master Lessor for, as a result of Sublessee’s holdover beyond the Sublease Premises Term or Extended Sublease Premises Term. If Sublessee demonstrates to Sublessor’s satisfaction that (1) it has signed a lease covering the Subleased Premises with Master Lessor for a term beyond March 31, 2022 and (2) that Sublessee will not cause Sublessor to suffer any liability or expense by remaining in the Subleased Premises beyond February 28, 2022, then, for the period from February 28, 2022 to March 31, 2022 only (the “Extended Sublease Premises Term”), the Sublease term shall be extended at the same Sublease Premises Rent and under the same terms and conditions as the previous month.

 

5


7. Compliance and Master Lease Exclusions: Except to the extent a particular Master Lease section, subsection, right, or obligation is directly incorporated into this Sublease or otherwise explicitly made applicable to a party by this Sublease, the Master Lease terms and conditions are excluded from applicability to this Sublease. Sublessee hereby assumes Sublessor’s obligations under the Master Lease applicable to the Sublease Premises, and shall comply with the terms and provisions of the Master Lease, to the extent expressly incorporated herein, and shall neither do nor permit anything to be done which would constitute a breach under the Master Lease or otherwise cause the Master Lease to be terminated or forfeited by reason of any default of Sublessee under this Sublease. Sublessee shall have all of the rights, privileges and benefits granted to or conferred upon Sublessor under the Master Lease with respect to the Sublease Premises, provided that Sublessee’s exercise of such rights, privileges and benefits shall not cause Sublessor to be in default under the Master Lease.

8. Rules and Regulations: Sublessee agrees to comply with the “Rules and Regulations” as set forth in “Exhibit D” to the Master Lease. Sublessor is not responsible to Sublessee for the nonperformance of any of the Rules and Regulations by any other tenants or occupants of the Project. Sublessor reserves the right to modify and issue reasonable and non-discriminatory additional or supplemental rules and regulations applicable to Sublessee and Sublessor’s other tenants.

9. Furniture: Sublessor shall not be responsible for furnishing the Sublease Premises, however, Sublessor shall grant Sublessee the right to utilize the conference room and private office furniture currently located in the Sixth Floor Sublease Premises (“Sublessor’s Furniture”). No warranty or guarantee of condition of said Sublessor’s Furniture is being provided by Sublessor to Sublessee. There shall be no charge to Sublessee for the use of Sublessor’s Furniture. All Sublessor’s Furniture shall be identified and listed with their conditions and quantities in Schedule D to be initialed and completed together by an employee of each party within twenty (20) business days after Sublease Premises Commencement or the Early Access Period, whichever comes first. Sublessee shall have access to the Sublease Premises upon full execution of the Sublease Agreement for the purpose of installing cubicle workstations and Sublessee’s furniture.

10. Parking: Upon Sublease Premises Commencement, Sublessor grants Sublessee the nonexclusive right to use a total of one hundred twenty (120) parking stalls in the Building’s adjacent parking garage for use by Sublessee, its employees, contractors or business invitees. Sublessor shall not be liable to Sublessee, nor shall it be a breach of the Sublease, if any parking is impaired by Law or by the occurrence of any events not within Sublessor’s control. There shall be no additional cost, charges, or rental payable in connection with said parking. Sublessor shall not be responsible for any damage or theft to any vehicles or other property arising from Sublessee’s use of the parking spaces. Provided that Sublessor provides the number of parking spaces granted herein, Sublessor may reserve to itself or its invitees certain parking spaces for Sublessor’s exclusive use.

11. Signage: After receiving Master Lessor’s approval, within a reasonable period of time after the Sublease Premises Commencement, Sublessor shall, at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense, (i) create a directory in the Building’s First-Floor lobby to identify all of the subtenants, including Sublessee and (ii) install an exterior monument (of a size and using building standard materials of its choosing) that identifies all subtenants, including sublease. Otherwise, subject to Sublessor’s consent, Sublessee, at Sublessee’s sole cost, shall be permitted to install identification signage on Sublessee’s floors. In no event shall Sublessor be liable or responsible for any denial (whatever the reason) by the Master Lessor to consent to any installation of a Lobby directory or an exterior monument.

 

6


12. Access and Security: Sublessor shall, at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense, provide a security service for the Building. A security guard/front desk attendant will staff the First-Floor lobby front desk M-F from 8:00 AM – 5:00 PM (excluding legal holidays). Up to one hundred twenty (120) access cards shall be issued to Sublessee at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense, in order to allow Sublessee’s employees to access the Building. Sublessee shall be permitted to purchase from Sublessor an additional sixty (60) access cards at a cost to Sublessee of Twenty and No/100 ($20.00) Dollars per access card. Unless deemed as replacement access cards for access cards lost, no additional access cards beyond one hundred eighty (180) shall be issued Sublessee by Sublessor. Sublessee, at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for installing any security service/system specific to the Sublease Premises. To the full extent permitted by law, Sublessor shall not be liable to Sublessee or any of Sublessee’s employees or business invitees for death, personal injury or property loss caused by any failure to provide adequate security.

13. Hours of HVAC Service: During the term of the Sublease, the building’s standard hours of HVAC service shall be 7:00 AM – 7:00 PM Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays.

14. Common First Floor: As shown on Schedule C to the Sublease, on a non-exclusive basis Sublessor shall make available to Sublessee the following areas of the First Floor:

 

  a)

That 3,200 RSF All Hands Room;

 

  b)

That Shipping/Receiving Area;

 

  c)

The five (5) conference rooms adjacent to the Media Studio;

 

  d)

Lobby reception area; and

 

  e)

The restroom and showers.

Items a and c shall be used on a first come first serve basis, as they will be offered to all subtenants. The item b area shall be used for the transfer of Sublessee’s deliveries (coming and going) and not for the storage of said deliveries. The only fees that might be charged by Sublessor to Sublessee for the item a, b, and c areas would be a reasonable cleanup cost for Sublessee’s use of the areas.

15. Alterations: Prior to making any Alterations as defined in Section 7.2 of the Master Lease, Sublessee shall (1) confirm in writing it can comply with Sublessor’s obligations to Master Lessor pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of the Master Lease, (2) comply with Sublessor’s reasonable requests associated with Sublessee Alterations, and (3) obtain Sublessor’s written consent; provided however that Sublessee may install cubicles or furniture if such installation will not affect any structural component or major system of the Building and on the

 

7


condition that Sublessee remove such additional installations at its sole expense without damage to the Sublease Premises prior to surrender of the Sublease Premises. In no event shall Sublessor be liable or responsible for any denial (whatever the reason) by the Master Lessor to consent to any Sublessee Alteration. If Sublessee makes any Alterations, the ownership of the Alterations will be governed by Section 8 of the Master Lease in the same manner as Sublessor’s Alterations. Specific to the remodel of the kitchen/break area, only if as a result of the consent process required by the Master Lease, the Master Lessor agrees that said Alteration can remain with no restoration obligation or expense to Sublessor, then Sublessor shall not require Sublessee to restore said Alteration back to its original condition at the expiration of the Sublease Term.

16. Liens: Sublessee shall be responsible for keeping the Project free from any lien arising from any work performed, material furnished, or obligation incurred by Sublessee to the same extent as Sublessor is responsible therefor pursuant to Section 9 of the Master Lease.

17. Pets: Sublessee shall not be allowed to bring pets to the Building, Building parking garage or Sublease Premises.

18. Sublessee’s Compressor: In the event, Sublessee elects to install a compressor for its use in the Sublease Premises, said compressor shall be installed in a manner to minimize both vibration and noise to the satisfaction of Sublessor. Such installation of Sublessee’s Compressor shall be subject to all obligations and consents as required by section 15.

19. Waiver, Indemnification and Insurance:

A. Waiver and Indemnification: With respect to this Sublease, Sublessee shall waive all claims against the “Tenant Parties” and the “Landlord Parties” as defined in Section 10.1 of the Master Lease to the same extent and in the same manner as Sublessor waives claims against the Landlord Parties pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Master Lease. With respect to this Sublease, Sublessee shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the Tenant Parties and the Landlord Parties harmless from any obligation, loss, claim, action, liability, penalty, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and consultants’ fees and expenses) to the same extent and in the same manner as Sublessor does hold the Landlord Parties harmless pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Master Lease. With respect to this Sublease, Sublessor shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Sublessee and its (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents (the “Sublessee Parties”) harmless from any obligation, loss, claim, action, liability, penalty, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and consultants’ fees and expenses) to the same extent and in the same manner as the Master Lessor does hold the Tenant Parties harmless pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Master Lease.

B. Sublessee’s Insurance: Sublessee shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts:

1. Commercial General Liability Insurance in the amount of $3,000,000 and in the same form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.2.1 of the Master Lease.

 

8


2. Property Insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 and in the same form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.2.2 of the Master Lease.

3. Workers’ Compensation Insurance in such amounts as required by applicable law and in the same form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.2.3 of the Master Lease.

C. Form of Insurance: Sublessee shall provide forms of insurance in the same form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Master Lease and shall name the Master Lessor and Sublessor as Additional Insured Parties in the same manner and form as Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Master Lease.

D. Subrogation: Sublessee shall cause any of Sublessee’s insurers to waive rights of subrogation in the same manner and form as Sublessor and Master Lessor are required to cause waivers of Subrogation as set forth in Section 10.4 of the Master Lease.

20. Casualty Damage: Sublessor’s obligations to Sublessee for any damage to the Premises shall be equal to and subject to the same notice requirements, restrictions and limitations on liability and requirements for assignment of insurance proceeds as set forth in Section 11 of the Master Lease, and in no event shall Sublessor be liable to Sublessee in any manner other than Master Lessor may be responsible to Sublessor pursuant to Section 11 of the Master Lease.

21. Nonwaiver: The nonwaiver provisions of Section 12 of the Master Lease shall be equally applicable to Sublessor and Sublessee as they are applicable to Master Lessor and Sublessor.

22. Condemnation: Sublessor’s obligations to Sublessee for any Taking as defined in Section 13 of the Master Lease shall be equal to Master Lessor’s obligations and limitations on liability as set forth in Section 13 of the Master Lease.

23. Assignment and Subletting: Assignment and subletting of the Sublease shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 14.1, 14.2 and 14.6 of the Master Lease to the same extent, and with the same requirements of Sections 14.1, 14.2 and 14.6 of the Master Lease. For any assignment of the Sublease or subletting of the Sublease, Sublessee shall follow the same procedures as Sublessor must follow in the Master Lease, as if Sublessor were the Master Lessor, to obtain Sublessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting of the Sublease, and Sublessor may consent or refuse to consent to assignment or subletting for any reason Master Lessor may consent or refuse to consent to assignment or subletting under the Master Lease. In addition, Master Lessor must consent to any request by Sublessee for assignment or subletting of the Sublease in the same manner as Master Lessor may consent to assignment or subletting if it were Sublessor were seeking Master Lessor’s consent for assignment or subletting pursuant to Section 14 of the Master Lease. The effect of consent will as to Sublessor’s consent, be the same as the effect of the Master Lessor’s consent as set forth in Section 14.3 of the Master Lease with respect to any assignment or sublease by Sublessor provided the Credit Requirements as defined in Section 14.5 of the Master Lease are met by the proposed assignee of the Sublease.

 

9


A. Transfer Premium: Sublessor shall have the same right of Master Lessor to the Transfer Premium as set forth in Section 14.3 of the Master Lease with respect to any assignment or sublease by Sublessor.

B. Right to Recapture: Sublessor shall have the same right of Master Lessor to recapture as set forth in Section 14.4 of the Master Lease with respect to any assignment or sublease by Sublessor.

C. Effect of Default: If Sublessee is in default, then Sublessee grants Sublessor the same irrevocable appointment as attorney-in-fact to direct any transferee of Sublessee’s sublease to make payments to Sublessor until such default is cured as Master Lessor would have against Sublessor pursuant to Section 14.7 of the Master Lease.

D. Permitted Transfers: Sublessee shall have the same rights and obligations for an assignment of the Sublease to constitute a Permitted Transfer as Sublessor has with respect to the Master Lease, as set forth in Section 14.8 of the Master Lease.

24. Sublessor Assignment and Transfer: Sublessor may assign its interest under the Sublease to a third party upon receiving Master Lessor’s consent pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease. Sublessee shall have no right to object to Sublessor’s request to Master Lessor to consent to an assignment of the Master Lease. Additionally, Sublessor may, with notice to Sublessee, assign or transfer this Sublease to any subsidiary, affiliate, parent company or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Sublessor, or to assign this Sublease as a result of a consolidation, merger, stock transfer or purchase of substantially all of Sublessor’s assets.

25. Surrender: Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall surrender the Sublease Premises in a clean and neat condition, normal wear and tear excepted. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall remove from the Sublease Premises (i) all trade fixtures, furnishings and other personal property of Sublessee, and (ii) all Sublessee Alterations (unless Sublessor confirmed in writing removal was not required) including computer and phone cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Sublessee, and Sublessee shall repair all damage caused by such removal.

26. Subordination and Estoppel Certificates: In any circumstance where Sublessor is obligated by the Master Lease to subordinate its lease to a Security Instrument for the benefit of a Security Holder as defined in Section 17 of the Master Lease, and the Master Lessor requires Sublessee to subordinate its Sublease in addition to requiring Sublessor to subordinate its Master Lease, Sublessee shall be obligated to provide Master Lessor a subordination to the same extent Sublessor is required to do so and to attorn to the Security Holder in the same manner Sublessor is required to attorn. Sublessee waives any right to terminate this Sublease in the event of a foreclosure to the same extent Sublessor waives its rights in the Master Lease. In any circumstance where Sublessor is obligated by the Master Lease to provide an estoppel certificate to Master Lessor, Sublessee shall provide an estoppel certificate to Master Lessor, if requested. Sublessor shall have the same right to an estoppel certificate from Sublessor as Sublessor grants to Master Lessor. Within seven (7) days after Sublessor’s request, Sublessor shall execute and deliver to Sublessor (i) a subordination and non-disturbance agreement in a form required of Sublessor by Master Lessor or otherwise in a commercially reasonable form; and/or (ii) an estoppel certificate in a form required of Sublessor by Master Lessor or otherwise in a commercially reasonable form and such certificate shall be in favor of such parties as Master Lessor or Sublessor may reasonably designate.

 

10


27. Entry by Sublessor: As to Sublessee, Sublessor shall have the same right of entry, under the same conditions, and subject to the same obligations of notice from Master Lessor to Sublessor, as Master Lessor has pursuant to Section 18 of the Master Lease.

28. Defaults; Remedies; Sublessee Default

A. Events of Default: As to Sublessor, Sublessee shall be deemed in “Default” to Sublessor for the same events and under the same conditions that Sublessor would be considered to be in “Default” to Master Lessor pursuant to Section 19.1 of the Master Lease.

B. Remedies Upon Default: As to Sublessee, Sublessor shall have the same remedies upon Default as Master Lessor would have against Sublessor in the event of Sublessor’s Default, as specified in Sections 19.2 and 19.3 of the Master Lease. In addition, if Sublessee shall default in the observance of any provision or covenant on Sublessee’s part to be performed, Sublessor, in addition to all other remedies available to it, may elect, but shall not be required, to perform such obligation of Sublessee, and Sublessee shall reimburse Sublessor for the reasonable direct costs incurred in connection therewith, together with interest thereon at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, upon demand from Sublessor.

C. Efforts to Relet: Unless Sublessor provides written notice signed by an actually authorized agent of Sublessor to the contrary, no re-entry, repossession, repair, maintenance, change, alteration, addition, reletting, appointment of a receiver or other action or omission by Sublessor shall (a) be construed as an election by Sublessor to terminate the Sublease or Sublessee’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Sublease Premises, or (b) operate to release Sublessee from any of its obligations under the Sublease. Sublessee waives, for Sublessee and for all those claiming by, through or under Sublessee, California Civil Code § 3275 and California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1174(c) and 1179 and any other existing or future rights to redeem or reinstate, by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, the Sublease or Sublessee’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination hereof.

29. Defaults; Remedies; Sublessor Default

A. Sublessor shall not be in default hereunder unless it fails to begin within thirty (30) days after notice from Sublessee, or fails to pursue with reasonable diligence thereafter, the cure of any breach by Sublessor of its obligations hereunder, if the default by Sublessor does not adversely affect the conduct of Sublessee’s business in the Sublease Premises.

B. If Sublessor’s alleged default adversely affects the conduct of Sublessee’s business in the Sublease Premises, then Sublessee may thereafter provide Sublessor with a written notice stating that if Sublessor does not perform such obligation then Sublessee will exercise its right to do so, and if Sublessor does not begin performing such obligation within ten

 

11


(10) business, days after such notice and thereafter diligently pursue such performance until completion, Sublessee may perform such obligation. If Sublessee performs such obligation then Sublessor shall reimburse Sublessse’s actual expenses, without overhead or markup, upon ten (10) days written notice from Sublessor, which notice shall provide Sublessor with documentation establishing Sublessee’s actual expenses. In no event shall Sublessee be entitled to terminate this Sublease for Sublessor’s breach of any of Sublessor’s obligations under the Sublease.

30. Exculpation:

A. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, no Tenant Parties as defined in Section 10.1 of the Master Lease shall have any personal liability for any judgment or deficiency, and Sublessee waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all parties claiming by, through or under Sublessee.

B. Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, or any provision in the Sublease, neither Party shall be liable to the other for any form of special or consequential damages, including but not limited to loss of use, lost business, lost business opportunity, lost profits or lost goodwill. Both Parties waive any provision of any statutory or common law that limits the rights of the Parties to waive claims for such special or consequential damages.

31. Communication Lines and Computer Lines: Sublessee shall install all Lines as defined in section 23 of the Master Lease in the same form and manner as required of Sublessor under section 23 of the Master Lease.

32. Representations and Covenants: Sublessee makes the same representations and covenants to Sublessor as Sublessor made to Master Lessor pursuant to Section 25.3 of the Master Lease. Sublessor represents and warrants to Sublessee that (a) the copy of the Master Lease attached hereto is a full, complete and correct copy of the Master Lease, (b) the Master Lease is in full force and effect, and Sublessor is not in default under the Master Lease, (c) this Sublease has been duly authorized and delivered by Sublessor, and (d) no consent, other than the consent of Master Lessor, is required for Sublessor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Sublease.

33. Hazardous Materials and Mold: Sublessee agrees to and is obligated to Sublessor to comply with all provisions of Section 28 of the Master Lease with regard to Hazardous Materials and Mold to the same extent and in the same manner that Sublessor is obligated to Master Lessor. Sublessee shall comply with the law, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord Parties and Tenant Parties harmless to the same extent and in the same manner as Sublessor does hold Landlord Parties harmless pursuant to Section 28.2.3 of the Master Lease. At Sublessor’s request, Sublessee shall complete a Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate in the same form as “Exhibit H” to the Master Lease.

34. Each Party waives California Civil Code § § 1932(2) and 1933(4). Sublessee waives (a) any rights under (i) California Civil Code §§ 1932(1), 1941, 1942; 1950.7 or any similar Law, or (b) California Code of Civil Procedure § 1265.130: and (c) any right to terminate this Lease under California Civil Code § 1995.310.

 

12


35. Force Majeure: Sublessor and Sublessee shall have the same rights, duties and obligations pursuant Section 25.2 of the Master Lease as Sublessor and Master Lessor have, and the same exceptions to Section 25.2 that are applicable to Sublessor under the Master Lease shall also be applicable to Sublessee.

36. Certain Obligations of Sublessor.

A. If Master Lessor shall fail or refuse to comply with the terms of the Master Lease, including without limitation Sections 5.2, 6.1, 7.1, 10.5 and 11 thereof, Sublessee shall have the right, upon notice to Sublessor, to exercise, in its own name, and that of Sublessor, all the rights available to Sublessor under the Master Lease to enforce performance on the part of Master Lessor, including without limitation Sublessor’s rights under Section 19.5.2 of the Master Lease.

B. If, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph A. above, Sublessee shall reasonably require the participation of Sublessor in enforcing the obligations of Master Lessor under the Master Lease, then Sublessor, upon Sublessee’s written request, shall endeavor diligently to enforce such obligations (including the commencement of appropriate legal proceedings) to attempt to cause Master Lessor to provide Sublessee with the service or other benefit in question. Sublessee shall reimburse all reasonable costs and expenses Sublessor shall incur in enforcing or attempting to enforce the Master Lease against Master Lessor.

C. So long as Sublessee complies with its obligations under this Sublease: (a) Sublessor shall preserve the Master Lease and keep the Master Lease in full force and effect throughout the Sublease term; (b) Sublessor shall not agree to any amendment of the Master Lease which would adversely affect Sublessee’s rights or obligations under this Sublease; (c) Sublessor shall not, without Sublessee’s prior written consent, enter into any agreement to voluntarily terminate the Master Lease or exercise any right to terminate the Master Lease, other than on account of casualty or condemnation; and (d) Sublessor shall perform all its obligations under the Master Lease not assumed by Sublessee hereunder during the Sublease term (unless such obligations have been delegated to other subtenants and Master Lessor has agreed to such delegation), including without limitation the prompt payment to Master Lessor of all sums paid by Sublessee to Sublessor hereunder.

D. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Master Lease, Sublessor shall not have the right to encumber its leasehold estate during the Sublease Term.

E. So long as Sublessee pays the rent and performs its obligations under this Sublease, Sublessor shall take no action, or fail to take any action, which would interfere with the right of Sublesse to peaceably have, hold and enjoy the Sublease Premises during the Sublease term.

37. Disputes:

A. Choice of Law: This Sublease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

13


B. Mediation and Arbitration.

Any dispute arising under, concerning, relating to or affecting this Sublease shall be resolved by binding arbitration according to the American Arbitration Association’s (“AAA”) Commercial Arbitration and Mediation Procedures or, in the event the AAA is no longer in operation, any reasonably equivalent organization or process.

Prior to arbitration, the parties shall mediate the dispute using an AAA mediator or equivalent. Prior to initiating formal mediation any Party making a claim or counterclaim must provide written notice of any complaint, claim or cause of action to the other Party, in order to provide the Parties an opportunity to resolve the complaint, claim or cause of action through informal mediation. The Parties shall dedicate appropriate efforts to achieve a timely negotiated resolution. If informal mediation is not successful, demand for formal mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party and with the AAA. A demand for mediation must be made within a reasonable time after the controversy has arisen. In no event may the demand for mediation be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such controversy would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. The Parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally.

In the event that informal mediation and formal mediation before the AAA is not successful, the Parties agree to submit the matter to binding arbitration. Either or any party may file a demand for arbitration with the AAA. Arbitration will be before a single arbitrator, not a panel. Venue for arbitration shall be in the County in which the Project is located. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Parties. The arbitrator may award legal or equitable relief, but in no event will the arbitrator have the authority to award punitive damages or any damages not provided for, or specifically excluded by, the Sublease. Judgment to enforce the decision of the arbitrator, whether for legal or equitable relief, may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties hereto expressly and irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara, California for such purpose. In the event a dispute is submitted to arbitration, the prevailing party shall be entitled to the payment of their reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arbitration fees, arbitrator’s fees, and expert witness fees, as determined by the arbitrator. The parties shall keep all disputes and arbitration proceedings strictly confidential, except for disclosures of information required by applicable law or regulation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may forego the Mediation and Arbitration procedure outlined herein and may seek relief in the state and federal courts in and for the County of Santa Clara, California to prevent or enjoin any activity that threatens imminent risk of damage to real or personal property, or of personal injury or death, or to legally compel any action necessary to prevent imminent risk of damage to real or personal property, or of personal injury or death.

The agreement to mediate and arbitrate in the Sublease notwithstanding, if Sublessor and Master Lessor become engaged in any legal dispute, Sublessee agrees and consents to being named as a Party in any legal proceeding between Sublessor and Master Lessor if Sublessor reasonably determines that Sublessee is or may be responsible for any damages or claims, or subject to any remedies, that Master Lessor may assert against Sublessor and Sublessee consents to venue and jurisdiction in any such proceeding, including but not limited to the “Judicial Reference” procedure identified in “Exhibit E” to the Master Lease. Sublessee will be legally bound by any rulings or judgments in any such proceeding among Sublessor, Master Lessor and Sublessee. Sublessor shall defend, indemnify and hold Sublessee harmless from any and all costs and expenses incurred by Sublessee in any such proceeding if Sublessee is found not be responsible for any damages or claims that Master Lessor may assert against Sublessor.

 

14


38. Effect of Agreement. This Sublease and the exhibits and schedules hereto embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties and supersede any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings relating to matters provided for herein. No amendment, waiver of compliance with any provision or condition hereof, or consent pursuant to this Sublease shall be effective unless evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by an agent of the Parties with actual authority. The captions are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of the provisions of this Sublease.

39. Notices. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Sublease shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly delivered on the date of personal delivery or on the date of mailing if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested to the following addresses, or to such other address as any party may request by notifying in writing all of the other parties to this Sublease Agreement.

To Sublessee:

Prior to Sublease Premises Commencement:

General Counsel

Eargo, Inc.

295 N. Bernardo Avenue, Suite 100

Mountain View, CA 94043-5205

After Sublease Premises Commencement:

General Counsel

Eargo, Inc.

1600 Technology Drive, Sixth Floor

San Jose, CA 95110

To Sublessor

Andrew Morris

Site Services Department

Microchip Technology Incorporated

2355 West Chandler Blvd.

Chandler, AZ 85224-6199

40. REPRESENTATION BY COUNSEL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HAS BEEN REPRESENTED BY OR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE REPRESENTED BY LEGAL COUNSEL OF HIS OWN CHOICE. THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED AMONG THE PARTIES AND IF THERE IS ANY AMBIGUITY, NO PRESUMPTION CONSTRUING THE AGREEMENT AGAINST A PARTY SHALL BE IMPOSED BECAUSE THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT WAS PREPARED BY COUNSEL FOR ONE PARTY OR COUNSEL FOR ANOTHER PARTY.

 

15


41. Pronouns. Whenever the pronoun “he” or “his” is used herein, it is understood that the usage is the common gender and refers to masculine, feminine, and neuter genders and also singular and plural.

42. Severability. If any one or more of the provisions of this Sublease Agreement shall be held or found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

43. Binding upon Successors. This Sublease Agreement shall be binding upon the parties, their heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

44. Counterparts. This Sublease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which shall constitute one document.

45. Brokers: The parties acknowledge and consent to the fact that that Steve Gibson Cynthia Rotwein and Howard Berry with Colliers International are the real estate brokers representing the Sublessor (“Sublessor’s Broker”) and Romy Zeid and Paul McManus with Colliers International is the real estate broker representing the Sublessee (“Sublessee’s Broker”) in this proposed transaction. Both Sublessee and Sublessor acknowledge and agree to Colliers International acting in a Dual Agency capacity and Sublessor shall be responsible for the payment of all brokerage commissions. Upon execution of the Sublease and after receipt of Master Lessor’s consent, Sublessor shall pay the above referenced brokers a fee as stipulated in the listing agreement between Sublessor and Colliers International. Both Parties represent that they have no obligation to any other brokers, and each party shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party from any claims by any other broker to any fee, commission or other compensation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Sublease effective as of the date first stated above.

 

“SUBLESSEE”
Eargo, Inc.
By:   /s/ William H. Brownie
Name:   William H. Brownie
Title:  

CCOO & CFO

 

“SUBLESSOR”
Microchip Technology Incorporated
By:   /s/ Andrew Morris
Name:   Andrew Morris
Title:   Sr. Mgr. Risk Loss

 

16


SCHEDULE ”E”

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (this “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 11, is made by and between CA-SKYPORT III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ATMEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). The following exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part hereof: Exhibit A (Outline of Premises); Exhibit B (Work Letter); Exhibit B-l (Close-Out Requirements); Exhibit C (Form of Confirmation Letter); Exhibit D (Rules and Regulations); Exhibit E (Judicial Reference); Exhibit F (Additional Provisions); Exhibit F-l (Exterior Equipment); Exhibit F-2 (Building Top Signage); Exhibit F-3 (Monument Signage); Exhibit F-4 (Tenant’s Logo); Exhibit G (Certain Tenant Systems); Exhibit H (Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate); and Exhibit I (Copy of Second Amendment to Parcel II Declaration).

 

1

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

  1.1   Date:    8/30, 2011
  1.2   Premises.   
    1.2.1    Building” :    1600 Technology Drive, San Jose, California 95110, commonly known as Skyport III.
    1.2.2    Premises” :    Subject to Section 2.1.1, 198,033 rentable square feet of space consisting of the entirety of the Building, as set forth in Exhibit A.
    1.2.3    Property” :    The Building and the parcel of land upon which it is located, as set forth on Exhibit A, and as more particularly described as the “Brocade Parcel” in the Parcel II Declaration (defined in Section 2.2.1.3)
    1.2.4    Project”:    The project commonly known as “Skyport Plaza,” which includes the Property.
  1.3   Term   
    1.3.1    Term:    The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date (or any earlier date on which this Lease is terminated as provided herein or any later date to which the Term is extended pursuant to Section 2 of Exhibit F).
 
EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

OFFICE & PARKING LEASE

700-706, 710 & 714

Division Street

Nashville, TN 37203

By and between

SEV 8th and Division, LLC

“Landlord”

And

Eargo, Inc.

“Tenant”

This Lease consists of three parts:

 

  Part I    Major Lease Terms
  Part II    Standard Lease Provisions
  Part III    Exhibits
     EXHIBIT A – Site Plan of the Property
     EXHIBIT B – Plan of the Premises
     EXHIBIT C – Tenant Permitted & Prohibited Parking on the Property
    

EXHIBIT D – Site Plan of the Additional Property for Parking


MAJOR LEASE TERMS

The terms listed below shall have the following meanings throughout this Lease.

 

DATE OF LEASE    The Effective Date of the Lease shall be the date of execution by the last party to sign this Lease.
LANDLORD    SEV 8th and Division, a Tennessee Limited Liability Company
C/O Southeast Venture
4011 Armory Oaks Drive
Nashville, TN 37204
TENANT    Eargo, Inc., a Delaware Corporation
800 6th Avenue South
Suite 110
Nashville, TN 37203
MANAGER    Southeast Venture LLC
4011 Armory Oaks Drive
Nashville, TN 37204
ADDRESS FOR RENTAL
PAYMENTS
   Southeast Venture LLC
4011 Armory Oaks Drive
Nashville, TN 37204
PROPERTY    The Property is the land outlined on Exhibit A Site Plan and all improvements thereon.
BUILDING    The Building is the structure consisting of 19,897 square feet on the Property as shown on Exhibit A Site Plan.
PREMISES    The Premises is the portion of the Building consisting of 14,965 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit C, with an address of 716 Division Street, Nashville, TN 37204 (the “Premises”), as shown on Exhibit B.
ADDITIONAL PROPERTY FOR PARKING    The Additional Property for Parking is the land and improvements outlined on Exhibit D.
TENANT’S
PERCENTAGE SHARE
OF PROPERTY AND
BUILDING EXPENSES
   75.21%
PERMITTED USES    Office use and no other purpose


LEASE
COMMENCEMENT
DATE
   March 15, 2019
RENT
COMMENCEMENT
DATE
   April 1, 2019
EXPIRATION DATE    March 31, 2021
TERM    The period of time beginning on the Lease Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date as extended by the options granted to Tenant in this Lease.
EXTENSION OF THE
TERM
  

Tenant shall have two options to extend this Lease. The Options cannot be used in conjunction with each other. The Option terms and conditions are as follows:

 

Option 1. Tenant shall have a onetime right to extend this Lease from the current Expiration Date to March 31, 2022 (the “One Year Extension”). Tenant’s right to exercise the One Year Extension is conditioned on the following, (i) Tenant shall not be in default of the Lease at the time Tenant exercises the One Year Extension, (ii) Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord exercising the One Year Extension on or before 5:00 PM, September 30, 2020.

 

Tenant’s Base Rent for the One Year Extension shall be Thirty-One Thousand Four Hundred and Forty-Five and 21/100 Dollars per month ($31,445.21). All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s right to exercise the One Year Extension by giving Tenant written notice no later than 5:00 PM June 30, 2020.

 

Option 2. Tenant shall have a onetime right to extend this Lease from the current Expiration Date to May 31, 2021 (the “Two Month Extension”). Tenant’s right to the Two Month Extension is conditioned on the following, (i) Tenant shall not be in default of the Lease at the time Tenant exercises the Two Month Extension, (ii) Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord exercising the Two Month Extension on or before 5:00 PM, December 31, 2020.

 

Tenant’s Monthly Base Rent for the Two Month Extension shall be Thirty Thousand Six Hundred Seventy-Eight and 25/100 Dollars ($30,678.25) per month. All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2


BASE RENT    Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall pay Base Rent without notice, demand or set off in the amount of Twenty-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty and No/100 Dollars ($29,930.00) per month. The Base Rent shall increase to Thirty Thousand Six Hundred Seventy-Eight and 25/100 Dollars ($30,678.25) on April 1, 2020.
ADDITIONAL RENT    Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay its Percentage Share of Expenses of the Real Estate Taxes, Insurance and Operating Expenses for the Property and the Building and Tenant shall also pay Landlord for One Hundred percent of the Real Estate Taxes, Insurance and Operating Expenses for the Additional Property for Parking. All of the above expenses shall be defined as “Additional Rent” in this Lease. Landlord’s good faith estimate of the Additional Rent is Thirteen Thousand Six Hundred Twelve and 23/100 Dollars ($13,412.363) per month.
UTILITIES    Tenant shall place all utilities, including electricity, gas and water in Tenant’s name and pay these costs directly to the appropriate utility company.

 

3


STANDARD LEASE PROVISIONS

ARTICLE I: PREMISES

 

1.1

PREMISES

 

  (a)

Demise of Premises. This Lease (the “Lease”) is made and entered into by and between Landlord and Tenant and shall become effective as of the Effective Date. In consideration of the mutual covenants made herein, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, and The Additional Property for Parking on all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.

 

  (b)

Access to Premises and Additional Property for Parking. Landlord shall have reasonable access to the Premises and the Additional Property for Parking, at any time during the Term, to inspect Tenant’s performance hereunder and to perform any acts required of or permitted to Landlord herein, including, without limitation, (i) the right to make any repairs or replacements Landlord deems necessary, (ii) the right to show the Premises and the Additional Property for Parking to prospective tenants, purchasers and mortgagees. Landlord shall at all times have a key to the Premises, and Tenant shall not change any existing lock(s), nor install any additional lock(s) without Landlord’s prior consent. Except in the case of any emergency and as otherwise provided in this Lease, any entry into the Premises by Landlord shall be on reasonable advance notice of not less than twenty-four (24) hours, except in an emergency, in which event no notice shall be required. Notices may be given orally to Tenant’s representative at the Premises. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to not interfere with Tenant’s business at the Premises.

 

1.2

COMMON AREAS

Tenant shall have the right to use, in common with other tenants, Landlord and others to whom rights are now or hereinafter granted by Landlord, the Property and the Building’s common walkways, driveways and parking areas (“Common Areas”). Tenant’s use of the Common Areas including the parking shall be on an unreserved, non-exclusive basis and solely for Tenant’s employees and visitors. Tenant’s right to use the parking in the Common Areas shall be limited as follows: Tenant shall have the right at all times to use the parking areas labeled Area A, B, and D on the attached Exhibit B. Tenant shall have the right to use the parking area labeled Area C at all times, with the exception that in no event shall Tenant, its employees and visitors use the parking area labeled Area C from 7:00 PM to 10:00 PM. Further, as a part of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to use the parking on the Additional Property for Parking at all times. Any improvements desired by Tenant or required by any governmental or municipal entity on the Additional Property for Parking shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, and this Lease shall not be affected, if any parking rights of Tenant hereunder are impaired by any law, ordinance or other governmental regulation imposed after the Effective Date, provided, however, that if any such parking impairment materially affects Tenant’s ability to reasonably operate its business, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be

 

4


equitably abated to account for such impairment. If Landlord grants to any other tenant the exclusive right to use any particular parking spaces, neither Tenant nor its visitors shall use such spaces; provided, however, that if any such exclusive grant to a third party results in a material reduction in the number of parking spaces available to Tenant, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably abated to account for such reduction.

Use of the Common Areas shall be only upon the terms set forth at any time by Landlord. Landlord may at any time and in any manner make any changes, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements to the Common Areas that it considers desirable, provided that Landlord shall give Tenant prior written notice of such repairs and shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s normal activities. Such actions of Landlord shall not constitute constructive eviction or give rise to any rent abatement or liability of Landlord to Tenant.

 

1.3

RESTROOM USAGE AND FEE

Tenant shall the right to use the restroom (the “Restroom”) and access thereto as shown on Exhibit B, subject to reasonable closures for routine maintenance, repair and upkeep and that the bill for the the Restroom water usage shall not be in the name of the Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first of each calendar month as additional rent $100.00 as the Restroom Usage Fee.

ARTICLE II: TERM

 

2.1

COMMENCEMENT

The Term shall begin on the Lease Commencement Date and shall end on the Expiration Date, or as extended by options provided in this Lease. If for any reason Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the anticipated Lease Commencement Date (March 15, 2019), this Lease shall not be terminated, but the Rent Commencement Date shall be proportionately delayed until the date two (2) weeks after the actual Lease Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason Landlord is not able to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before May 1, 2019, Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord whereupon all sums previously paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be reimbursed by Landlord to Tenant.

ARTICLE III: RENT

 

3.1

BASE RENT

 

  (a)

Payment of Base Rent. Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay the Base and Additional Rent each month in advance no later than the fifth day of each calendar month during the Term. All payments shall be made to Manager at Manager’s Address or to such other party or to such other place as Landlord may designate in writing, without prior demand, abatement, deduction or offset. All charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder shall be considered rent for the purposes of this Lease, and the words “rent” or “Rent” as used in this Lease shall mean both Base Rent and Additional Rent unless the context specifically or clearly indicates that only one or the other is referenced.

 

5


  (b)

Late Payments. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any rent or other sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Therefore, if any rent or other sum due from Tenant is not received within five (5) days of its due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord no later than ten (10) calendar days after the due date an additional sum equal to 5% of such overdue payment. In addition to such late charge, all such delinquent rent or other sums due to Landlord, including the late charge, shall bear interest beginning on the date such payment was due at the greater of (a) 10% per annum and (b) 4% over the then applicable prime rate of Bank of America N.A. (the “Default Rate”). The notice and cure period provided in Paragraph 8.1(a) does not apply to the foregoing late charges and interest. If payments of any kind are returned for insufficient funds Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional handling charge of $50.00. The foregoing charges and interest shall be in additional to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies.

 

3.2

ADDITIONAL RENT FOR OPERATING EXPENSES, TAXES, AND INSURANCE

 

  (a)

Additional Rent. In addition to the monthly payment of Base Rent, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Additional Rent on a monthly basis as follows.

 

  (b)

Estimate of Tenant’s Share of Expenses. Landlord shall give Tenant an annual estimate for Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay one-twelfth (1/12) of the estimated amount of Additional Rent with each monthly payment of Base Rent during the Term of the Lease. At the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement (the “Tenant’s Additional Rent Statement”) showing the Additional Rent for the prior Year. Any underpayment by Tenant shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Tenant’s Additional Rent Statement, notwithstanding that such statement may be delivered subsequent to the expiration or termination of this Lease; any overpayment shall be credited against the next installment of Rent due, provided that any overpayment shall be paid to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date.

 

  (c)

The following terms when used herein shall have the following meanings:

 

  i.

Taxes. The ad valorem taxes imposed on the Property (or any tax hereafter imposed in lieu thereof with the exception of franchise and excise tax any tax measured by Landlord’s income.

 

  ii.

Operating Expenses. Any cost for the repair, maintenance, management and operation of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking including, without limitation, (1) premiums and deductibles for insurance; (2) all costs of supplies, materials, equipment, and utilities used

 

6


in or related to the operation, maintenance, and repair the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking or any part thereof and utilities, unless the cost of any utilities is to be paid for separately by Tenant; (3) all management, inspection, legal, accounting, and service agreement costs related to the operation, maintenance, and repair of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking Property or any part thereof. Any of the above services may be performed by Landlord or its affiliates, provided that fees for the performance of such services shall be reasonable and competitive with fees charged by unaffiliated entities for the performance of such services in comparable buildings in the area. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (ii), Operating Expenses shall not include: (a) depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs; (b) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any third party; (c) capital costs occasioned by casualty or condemnation; (d) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the presence, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (not specifically the obligation of Tenant hereunder); or (e) costs incurred to remedy any construction defect or to comply with any law which first became effective prior to the Lease Commencement Date. Any capital cost (including capital costs included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 6.2) shall be amortized over the reasonable useful life of such capital item and the amount included in Operating Expenses shall be limited to the monthly amortized cost thereof.

 

  iii.

Audit. Tenant and its representatives may at any reasonable time within six (6) months after the date of receipt of any Additional Rent Statement, inspect and audit the books and records of Landlord respecting the Additional Rent Statement. Should an audit show that any Additional Rent Statement was inaccurate, the parties will make an adjustment to reflect the actual Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Insurance and Taxes for the year in question. If an audit shows that Landlord has overstated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes by more than five percent (5%) in the aggregate, then Landlord shall pay to Tenant the reasonable and actual out-of-pocket cost of the audit incurred by Landlord.

ARTICLE IV: DELIVERY OF PREMISES

 

4.1

CONDITION OF PREMISES TENANT’S AND ACCEPTANCE OF POSSESSION

Landlord shall deliver the Premises with the Building structure and Building Systems (as defined in Section 5.1 below) in good condition and repair. Upon Landlord’s tender thereof, Tenant shall accept possession and enter in good faith occupancy of the Premises, including those rights granted for use of the Common Areas and Additional Property for Parking.

 

7


4.2

Tenant’s taking possession of any part of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking shall be deemed to be an acceptance and an acknowledgment by Tenant that (i) Tenant has had an opportunity to conduct, and has conducted, such inspections of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking as it deems necessary to evaluate their condition, (ii) except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Tenant accepts possession of the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking in their then existing “as-is” condition, (iii) neither Landlord, nor any of Landlord’s agents, has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to such matters other than as set forth in the Lease, except as provided herein.

ARTICLE V: ALTERATIONS AND TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

5.1

ALTERATIONS

 

  (a)

Landlord’s Consent. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, installations, substitutes or improvements (“Alterations”) in and to the Property, Building, Premises and/or the Additional Property for Parking without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld. Without limiting the foregoing, Alterations shall include wiring, cabling and related installations for telephone, computer, voice data and other office systems. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to consent to Alterations that could affect any structure on the Property, Building, Premises and/or Additional Property for Parking Building or that would violate the certificate of occupancy for the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or any applicable law, code or ordinance or the terms of any superior lease or mortgage affecting the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or that would increase the rate of insurance for the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or would adversely affect any Building system, including, but not limited to, any mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilation or air conditioning system, fire protection system, or other system serving the Building (collectively, “Building Systems”). No consent given by Landlord shall be deemed as a representation or warranty that such Alterations comply with laws, regulations and rules applicable to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking (“Laws”), and Tenant shall be solely responsible for compliance therewith. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable costs of reviewing or inspecting any proposed Alterations and any other costs that may be incurred by Landlord as a result of such Alterations.

 

  (b)

Workmanship. All Alterations shall be done at reasonable times in a first-class workmanlike manner, by contractors mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant, and according to plans and specifications previously approved by Landlord. All work shall be done in compliance with all Laws, and with all regulations of the Board of Fire Underwriters or any similar insurance body or bodies. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the effect of any Alterations on the Property, Building, Premises and/or Additional Property for Parking’s structure and systems, notwithstanding that Landlord has consented to the Alterations, and shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs incurred by Landlord by reason of any faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors.

 

8


  (c)

Mechanics and Other Liens. Tenant shall keep the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and Tenant’s leasehold interest therein free of any liens or claims of liens, and shall discharge any such liens within ten (10) Business Days of their filing. Before commencement of any work, Tenant’s contractor shall provide evidence of such insurance as Landlord may require, naming Landlord, Landlord’s Manager and lender as an additional insured. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against any cost, claim, or liability arising from any work done by or at the direction of Tenant.

 

  (d)

Removal of Alterations. All Alterations affixed to the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking shall become part thereof and remain therein at the end of the Term. However, if Landlord gives Tenant notice, at the time of Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Alterations, that Landlord will require Tenant to remove any Alterations at the end of the Term, Tenant shall so remove the Alterations, make any repair required by such removal, and restore the Property, Building or Premises or Additional Property for Parking to their original condition prior to the date Tenant is required to surrender the Premises to Landlord.

 

5.2

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

Tenant may provide and install, and shall maintain in good condition, all trade fixtures, personal property, equipment, furniture and moveable partitions required in the conduct of its business in the Premises. All of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, movable partitions, and any Alterations not affixed to the Premises shall remain Tenant’s property (“Tenant’s Property”).

ARTICLE VI: LANDLORD’S COVENANTS AND RESERVED RIGHTS

 

6.1

SERVICES PROVIDED BY LANDLORD

 

  (a)

Separately Metered Utilities. The utilities for the Premises are separately metered. Beginning on the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall place all separately metered utilities in Tenant’s name and pay all charges for all separately billed gas, electricity, telephone and other utility services used, rendered or supplied upon or in connection with the Premises and shall indemnify Landlord against liability or damage on such account. The costs of any utilities which are not separately metered shall be included as an Operating Expense. Tenant shall not waste or permit the waste of water or any other utilities.

 

  (b)

Graphics and Signs. Tenant shall provide, at Tenant’s expense, identification of Tenant’s name and suite numerals at the main entrance door to the Premises. Tenant shall have the right to install one building mounted sign on the facade of the Building facing 8th Avenue or the facade of the Building facing 8th Division Street. All signs, notices, graphics and decorations of every kind or character shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay.

 

9


  (c)

Right to Cease Providing Services. In case of Force Majeure or in connection with any repairs, alterations or additions to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking Property, or any other acts required of or permitted to Landlord herein, Landlord may reduce or suspend service of the utilities, facilities or supplies, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to restore such services, facilities or supplies as soon as possible. No such reduction or suspension shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or relieve the Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease; provided, that if the reduction or suspension prevents or materially interferes with Tenant’s ability to operate its business in the Premises or to park in the Additional Property for Parking Property, for more than five (5) consecutive business days, then Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, for so long as such prevention or material interference continues on an equitable basis as reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant.

 

6.2

REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

Landlord shall repair and maintain (i) the Common Areas, (ii) the structural portions of the Building, (iii) the exterior walls of the Building (including exterior windows and glazing), (iv) the roof, and (v) the basic plumbing, electrical, mechanical and heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems serving the Premises, in the manner and to the extent customarily provided by landlords in similar buildings in the area. Tenant shall pay for such repairs as a part of Operating Expenses. If any maintenance, repair or replacement is required because of any act, omission or neglect of duty by Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees or contractors, the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent within thirty (30) days after billing.

Notwithstanding the above and normal and customary costs for preventive maintenance, Tenant’s cost for any repairs to the mechanical, heating, ventilating and air conditioning system, shall be limited to $1,500 per occurrence, not to exceed $5,000 in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, so long as such failure is not due to any act omission or neglect of duty by Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees or contractors.

 

6.3

QUIET ENJOYMENT

Upon Tenants paying the rent and performing its other obligations, Landlord shall permit Tenant to peacefully and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

 

6.4

INSURANCE

Landlord shall insure the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking Property against damage by fire and standard extended coverage perils in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof, and shall carry public liability insurance; all in such reasonable amounts as would be carried by a prudent owner of a similar building in the area. The cost of such insurance shall be an Operating Expense. Landlord may carry any other forms of insurance as it or its mortgagee may deem advisable which also shall be considered an Operating Expense. Insurance obtained by Landlord shall not be in lieu of any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant. Landlord shall not carry any insurance on Tenant’s Property, and shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of Tenant’s Property.

 

10


6.5

RESERVED RIGHTS

Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without notice (except as specified below) and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business and without effecting an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession or giving rise to any claim for setoff or abatement of rent or affecting any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease:

 

  (a)

To change the name or street address of the Building.

 

  (b)

To install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the Building, and to prescribe the location and style of the suite number and identification sign or lettering for the Premises occupied by the Tenant.

 

  (c)

To retain at all times, and to use in appropriate instances, pass keys to the Premises, subject to the notice provisions in this Lease.

 

  (d)

To exhibit the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking at reasonable hours.

 

  (e)

To enter the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking at reasonable hours for reasonable purposes, including the posting of notices of non-responsibility, inspection and supplying janitor service or other services to be provided to Tenant hereunder.

 

  (f)

To control access and prevent unauthorized access to Common Areas and other areas.

 

  (g)

Provided that reasonable access to the Premises shall be maintained and the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably, to relocate, enlarge, reduce or change corridors, exits, entrances in or to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and to decorate and to make repairs, alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or any part thereof, and any adjacent building, land, street or alley, including for the purpose of connection with or entrance into or use of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking in conjunction with any adjoining or adjacent building or buildings, now existing or hereafter constructed, and may for such purposes erect scaffolding and other structures reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, and during such operations may enter upon the Premises and take into and upon or through any part of the Building, including the Premises, all materials that may be required to make such repairs, alterations, improvements, or additions, and in that connection Landlord may temporarily close

 

11


  public entry ways, other public spaces, stairways or corridors and interrupt or temporarily suspend any services or facilities agreed to be furnished by Landlord, all without the same constituting an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part and without abatement of rent by reason of loss or interruption of the business of Tenant or otherwise and without in any manner rendering Landlord liable for damages or relieving Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligation under this Lease; Landlord may at its option make any repairs, alterations, improvements and additions in and about the Building and the Premises during ordinary business hours and, if Tenant desires to have such work done during other than business hours, Tenant shall pay all overtime and additional expenses resulting therefrom. In the exercise of its rights under this Subsection (b), Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts not to unreasonably interfere with the business operations of Tenant. If Landlord’s relocation or alteration of any exits, entrances in or to the Property Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking trigger any ADA compliance obligations, Landlord shall comply with same at is sole cost and expense (and without reimbursement as an Operating Cost).

ARTICLE VII: LANDLORD’S COVENANTS AND RESERVED RIGHTS

 

7.1

REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND SURRENDER

 

  (a)

Repairs and Maintenance. Except for Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations set forth in Section 6.2, Tenant shall keep the Premises in good order and condition, and shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises. All repairs shall be made in a workmanlike manner and any replacements or substitutions shall be of a quality, utility, value and condition similar to or better than the replaced or substituted item.

 

  (b)

Surrender. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking in good order, repair and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, and Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property and (if required by Landlord pursuant to Section 5.1(d)) any Alterations, repairing any damage caused by such removal and restoring the Premises and leaving them clean and neat. Any property not so removed shall be deemed abandoned and may be retained by Landlord or may be removed and disposed of by Landlord in such manner as Landlord shall determine. Tenant shall be responsible for costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in removing any Alterations and disposing of any such abandoned property, making any incidental repairs and replacements to the Premises, and restoring the Premises to their original condition.

 

7.2

USE

 

  (a)

General Use. Tenant shall use the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking only for the Permitted Use, and shall not use or permit the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking to be used in violation of any law or ordinance or of any certificate of occupancy issued for the

 

12


  Building or the Premises. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, or commit or allow any waste on or about the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall obtain all business licenses, operating permits and other approvals for the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises.

 

  (b)

Obstructions and Exterior Displays. Tenant shall not obstruct any of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking outside the Premises, and shall not, except as otherwise previously approved by Landlord, place or permit any signs, decorations, curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials or flagpoles, or the like.

 

  (c)

Compliance with Insurance Policies. Tenant shall not keep or use any article in the Premises, or permit any activity therein, which is prohibited by any insurance policy covering the Building, or would result in an increase in the premiums thereunder.

 

7.3

SUBLET OR ASSIGNMENT

Tenant shall have the right to assign or sublease all of any part of the Premises to any related entity, subsidiary, successor or affiliate of Tenant without Landlord’s consent or any profit-sharing. Otherwise, Tenant shall have the right to assign or sublease its rights under this Lease or sublet the whole or any part of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking with Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any sublease profits under a transfer that requires Landlord’s consent shall be split 50/50 between Landlord and Tenant after Tenant deducts reasonable fees for marketing, tenant improvements, demising costs, legal expenses and brokerage fees.

 

7.4

INDEMNITIES

 

  (a)

Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall defend (with counsel satisfactory to Landlord), indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors from and against any cost, claim, action, liability or damage of any kind arising from (i) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, or any activity done or permitted by Tenant, in, on or about the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, (ii) any breach or default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, or (iii) any negligent, tortious or illegal act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, licensees or contractors. The obligations of Tenant under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Nothing in this paragraph shall relieve Landlord from, or require Tenant to indemnify Landlord against, liability for damages to property or injury to person caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors. All property kept, stored or maintained in the Property, Building, Premises and/or the Additional Property for Parking shall be at the sole risk of Tenant.

 

13


  (b)

Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors from and against any cost, claim, action, liability or damage of any kind arising from any negligent, tortious or illegal act or omission of Landlord, its agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity for any damages arising from any act or omission of any other tenant of the Property. The obligations of Landlord under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Nothing in this paragraph shall relieve Tenant from, or require Landlord to indemnify Tenant against, liability for damages to property or injury to person caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors.

 

7.5

TENANT’S INSURANCE

Tenant shall maintain, at its sole expense, in responsible companies qualified to do business, and in good standing and otherwise acceptable to Landlord, the following insurance: (i) comprehensive general liability insurance covering the Property, Premises and Additional Property for Parking insuring Landlord as well as Tenant with limits which shall, at the commencement of the Term, be at least $2,000,000 and from time to time during the Term shall be for such higher limits, if any, as are customarily carried in the area in which the Premises are located with respect to similar properties, (ii) workers’ compensation insurance with statutory limits covering all of Tenant’s employees, (iii) “all-risk” property insurance insuring Tenant’s Property for the full replacement value of such items and (iv) business interruption insurance. There shall be no deductible for liability policies and a deductible not greater than $5,000 for property insurance policies. Tenant shall deposit promptly with Landlord certificates for such insurance, and all renewals thereof, bearing the endorsement that the policies will not be canceled until after thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord (if commercially available). All policies shall be carried with insurers with a rating of A-IX by Best’s and otherwise acceptable to Landlord.

 

7.6

PAYMENT OF TAXES

If at any time during the Term, any political subdivision of the state in which the Property is located, or any other governmental authority, levies or assesses against Landlord a tax or excise on rents or other tax (excluding income tax, franchise and excise taxes owed by Landlord), however described, including but not limited to assessments, charges or fees required to be paid, by way of substitution for or as a supplement to real estate taxes, or any other tax on rent or profits in substitution for or as a supplement to a tax levied against the Property, Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking or Landlord’s personal property, then Tenant will pay to Landlord as Additional Rent its proportionate share based on Tenant’s Percentage of said tax or excise.

 

14


7.7

ENVIRONMENTAL ASSURANCES

 

  (a)

Covenants.

 

  i.

Tenant shall not cause any Hazardous Materials to be used, generated, stored or disposed of on, under or about, or transported to or from, the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking unless the same is specifically approved in advance by Landlord in writing; provided, however that small quantities of retail, household, and office chemicals customarily sold over-the-counter to the public without special licensing or permitting requirements or the filing of a material data safety sheet and which are reasonably necessary to Tenant’s Permitted Uses shall be permitted so long such substances are used and maintained only in such quantities as are reasonably necessary for such Permitted Use of the Premises and the ordinary course of Tenant’s business therein, strictly in accordance with applicable law and the manufacturers’ instructions therefor.

 

  ii.

Tenant shall comply with all obligations imposed by Environmental Laws, and all other restrictions and regulations upon the use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

 

  iii.

Tenant shall deliver promptly to Landlord true and complete copies of all notices received by Tenant from any governmental authority with respect to the use, generation, storage or disposal by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at, to or from the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and shall immediately notify Landlord both by telephone and in writing of any unauthorized discharge of Hazardous Materials or of any condition that poses an imminent hazard to the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, the public or the environment.

 

  iv.

Tenant shall complete fully, truthfully and promptly any questionnaires sent by Landlord with respect to Tenant’s use of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and its use, generation, storage and disposal of Hazardous Materials at, to or from the Premises.

 

  v.

Tenant shall permit entry onto the Premises and Additional Property for Parking by Landlord or Landlord’s representatives at any reasonable time to verify and monitor Tenant’s compliance with its covenants set forth in this Paragraph 7.7 and to perform other environmental inspections of the Premises.

 

  vi.

If Landlord conducts any environmental inspections because it has reason to believe that Tenant’s activities have or are likely to result in a violation of Environmental Laws or a release of Hazardous Materials on the Property, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the costs incurred by Landlord for such inspections.

 

15


  vii.

Tenant shall cease immediately upon notice from Landlord any activity which violates or creates a risk of violation of any Environmental Laws.

 

  viii.

After notice to and approval by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenants cost, promptly remove, clean-up, dispose of or otherwise remediate, in accordance with Environmental Laws and good commercial practice, any Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking Property resulting from Tenant’s activities.

 

  (b)

Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, defend with counsel acceptable to Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs, liabilities or losses (including, without limitation, any decrease in the value of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, loss or restriction of any area of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, and adverse impact of the marketability of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking) arising out of Tenant’s use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials at, to or from the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political Subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in, on, or about the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking or in the soil or ground water on or under the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking.

 

  (c)

Definitions. “Hazardous Materials” as used in this Lease shall have its broadest meaning under applicable federal, state or local law, rule, regulation or publication relating to public health and/or the environment, including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended; the federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended; and the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended and shall include but not be limited to, materials defined or regulated as “hazardous substances”, “toxic substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “solid waste”, “special waste”, “universal waste”, “medical waste” “infectious waste”, materials containing asbestos or urea formaldehyde; gasoline and other petroleum products, flammables, explosives, radon, natural gases, radioactive materials and nuclear wastes and as such substances are defined or regulated in any regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to said laws (“Environmental Laws”).

 

  (d)

Survival. The obligations of Tenant in this Paragraph 7.7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

  (e)

Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event that Tenant be liable for any pre-existing Hazardous Materials in, on or under the Property, Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking, nor for any Hazardous Materials released by any third party. Tenant shall have responsibility only for Hazardous Materials released by Tenant, its agents and invitees.

 

16


7.8

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT

To the extent required by applicable law, Tenant shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Tenant hereby expressly assumes all responsibility for compliance with the ADA relating to the Premises and the activities conducted by Tenant within the Premises. Any Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant for the purpose of complying with the ADA or which otherwise require compliance with the ADA shall be done in accordance with this Lease; provided, that Landlord’s consent to such Alterations shall not constitute either Landlord’s assumption, in whole or in part, of Tenant’s responsibility for compliance with the ADA, or representation or confirmation by Landlord that such Alterations comply with the provisions of the ADA.

ARTICLE VIII: DEFAULT

 

8.1

DEFAULT

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

 

  (a)

The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or any other payment required hereunder within five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

 

  (b)

The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, if such failure shall continue for a period of more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord specifying Tenant’s default; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecutes such cure to completion;

 

  (c)

The failure by Tenant or any present or future guarantor of all or any portion of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease to pay its debts as they become due, or Tenant or any such guarantor becoming insolvent, filing or having filed against it a petition under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Paragraph 101 et seq. (or any similar petition under any insolvency law of any jurisdiction) if such petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days thereafter, proposing any dissolution, liquidation, composition, financial reorganization or recapitalization with creditors, making an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar agent is appointed or takes possession with respect to any property or business of Tenant or such guarantor; or

 

17


  (d)

if the leasehold estate under this Lease or any substantial part of the property or assets of Tenant of this leasehold is taken by execution, or by other process of law, or is attached or subjected to any involuntary encumbrance if such attachment or other seizure remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of ten business (10) days after the levy thereof.

 

8.2

REMEDIES OF LANDLORD AND CALCULATION OF DAMAGES

 

  (a)

Remedies. In the event of any default by Tenant, whether or not the Term shall have begun, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord may, at its option and without further notice exercise any or all of the following remedies:

 

  i.

Terminate the Lease and upon notice to Tenant of termination of the Lease all rights of Tenant hereunder shall thereupon come to an end as fully and completely as if the date such notice is given were the date originally fixed for the expiration of the Term, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises and its rights to use the Common Areas and Additional Property for Parking to Landlord and Landlord shall have the right, without judicial process, to re-enter the Premises and Additional Property for Parking to Landlord. No such expiration or termination of the Lease shall relieve Tenant of its liability and obligations under the Lease.

 

  ii.

Accelerate the payment of Base Rent and all Additional Rent under this Lease for the remainder of the Term and terminate the Lease in the same manner, and with the same force and effect, as provided in clause (i) above.

 

  iii.

Enter the Premises and the Additional Property for Parking and cure any default by Tenant and in so doing, Landlord may make any payment of money or perform any other act. All sums so paid by Landlord, and all incidental costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, shall be considered additional rent under this Lease and shall be payable to Landlord immediately upon demand, together with interest from the date of demand to the date of payment at the Default Rate.

 

  (b)

Calculation of Damages. If this Lease is terminated as provided in Paragraph 8.2(a)(i) above, Tenant, until the end of the Term, or what would have been such Term in the absence of any such event, shall be liable to Landlord, as damages for Tenant’s default, for the amount of the Base Rent and all Additional Rent and other charges which would be payable under this lease by Tenant if this Lease were still in effect, less the net proceeds of any reletting of the Premises actually collected by Landlord after deducting all Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage and management commissions, operating expenses, legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, alteration costs and expenses of preparation of the Premises for such reletting. Tenant shall pay such damages to Landlord monthly on the days on which the Base Rent and on the days on which Additional Rent would have been payable as if this Lease were still in effect, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant such damages monthly as the same shall arise.

 

18


If Base Rent and Additional Rent are accelerated and this Lease is terminated as provided in Paragraph 8.2(a)(ii) above, Tenant shall be liable to pay to Landlord, in one payment, as damages for Tenant’s default, an amount equal to the total amount of Base Rent and additional rent reserved in this Lease from the date of default to the date of expiration of the Term, minus such net proceeds of reletting of the Premises that Tenant proves could be collected by Landlord in mitigation, after deducting all Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage and management commissions, operating expenses, legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, alteration costs and expenses of preparation of the Premises for such reletting, all discounted at a fixed annual interest rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of Landlord’s election to accelerate the rents hereunder.

 

  (c)

No Limitations. Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be provided, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

 

  (d)

Cumulative Remedies. Landlord’s remedies under this Lease are cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedies to which Landlord may be entitled in case of Tenant’s default or threatened default under this Lease, including, without limitation, the remedies of injunction and specific performance.

ARTICLE IX: CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN

 

9.1

CASUALTY

 

  (a)

Casualty in General. If, during the Term, the Property, Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking, are wholly or partially damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, and the casualty renders the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking totally or partially inaccessible or unusable by Tenant in the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party.

 

  (b)

Reduction in Base and Additional Rent. In the event of a fire or other casualty which does not result in a termination of the Lease, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be proportionately reduced based on the portion of the Property, Building, Premises and/or Additional Property for Parking, rendered unusable during the period of repair or restoration, and Landlord shall repair or restore the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, to the extent of available proceeds or awards from such casualty. Landlord shall not be required to repair or restore any damage to Tenant’s Property or any Alterations.

 

19


  (c)

Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant shall cause each property insurance policy obtained by each of them to provide that the insurer waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either Landlord or Tenant in connection with any loss or damage covered by such policy.

 

9.2

EMINENT DOMAIN

 

  (a)

Eminent Domain in General. If the whole of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, shall be taken or appropriated under the power of eminent domain or condemnation (a “Taking”) so as to render the balance unusable by Tenant, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease and the termination date shall be the date of the Taking, or the date possession is taken by the Taking authority, whichever is earlier. If the whole or any part of the Property, Building, Premises or Additional Property for Parking, is the subject of a Taking and such Taking materially affects the normal operation of Tenants use of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease. A sale by Landlord under threat of a Taking shall constitute a Taking for the purpose of this Paragraph 9.2. No award for any partial or entire Taking shall be apportioned. Landlord shall receive (subject to the rights of Landlord’s mortgagees) and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made and any other proceeds in connection with such Taking, together with all rights of Tenant to such award or proceeds, including, without limitation, any award or compensation for the value of all or any part of the leasehold estate; provided that nothing contained in this Paragraph 9.2(a) shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any separate award made to Tenant for (i) the taking of Tenant’s Property, or (ii) interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business, or (iii) Tenant’s moving and relocation costs.

 

  (b)

Reduction in Base and Additional Rent. In the event of a Taking which does not result in a termination of the Lease, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be proportionately reduced based on the portion of the Property, Building, Premises and/or Additional Property for Parking, rendered unusable, and Landlord shall restore the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, to the extent of available proceeds or awards from such Taking. Landlord shall not be required to repair or restore any damage to Tenant’s Property or any Alterations.

 

  (c)

Sole Remedies. This Paragraph 9.2 sets forth Tenant’s and Landlord’s sole remedies for Taking. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 9.2, Tenant and Landlord hereby agree to release each other from any and all obligations and liabilities with respect to this Lease except such obligations and liabilities which arise or accrue prior to such termination.

 

20


ARTICLE X: RIGHTS OF PARTIES HOLDING SENIOR INTERESTS

 

10.1

SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments in the nature of a mortgage, ground lease or other matters of record (“Senior Interests”) which now or at any time hereafter encumber the Property and Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s request, execute and deliver to Landlord such recordable written instruments as shall be necessary to show the subordination of this Lease to such Senior Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any holder of a Senior Interest succeeds to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, then, at the option of such holder, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant shall attorn to such holder and recognize such holder as its landlord as long as such holder agrees to assume its obligations under this Lease. In the event of attornment, no such holder of a Senior Interest or successor thereto shall be: (i) liable for any act or omission of Landlord, or subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against Landlord (prior to such party becoming Landlord under such attornment), (ii) liable for any security deposit or bound by any prepaid Rent not actually received by such party, or (iii) bound by any future modification of this Lease not consented to by such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall make good faith commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from its sole current lender First Bank on such lender’s current commercially reasonable form.

ARTICLE XI: GENERAL

 

11.1

AUTHORITY

Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants that those persons executing this Lease on such party’s behalf are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf, and that this Lease is binding upon such party in accordance with its terms, and simultaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver evidence of such authority to Landlord in form satisfactory to Landlord, if so requested.

 

11.2

NOTICES

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing. Notices shall be addressed to Landlord c/o Manager at Manager’s Address and to Tenant at Tenant’s Address. Any communication so addressed shall be deemed duly given when delivered by hand, one day after being sent by Federal Express (or other guaranteed one day delivery service) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Either party may change its address by giving notice to the other.

 

11.3

NO WAIVER OR ORAL MODIFICATION

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord or Tenant except by a signed written waiver. No consent to any act or waiver of any breach or default, express or implied, by Landlord or Tenant, shall be construed as a consent to any other act or waiver of any other breach or default.

 

21


11.4

SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Lease, or the application thereof in any circumstances, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

11.5

REQUESTS BY TENANT

Tenant shall pay, on demand, all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with any matter requiring Landlord’s review or consent or any other requests made by Tenant under this Lease, regardless of whether such request is granted by Landlord.

 

11.6

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Within fifteen (15) days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications; (ii) the amount of Base Rent currently payable by Tenant to Landlord; (iii) Tenant’s Additional Rent currently payable by Tenant to Landlord; (iv) the date to which Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid in advance; (v) the amount of any security deposited with Landlord; (vi) that Landlord is not in default hereunder or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating the nature of any claimed default, and (vii) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Any such statement may be relied upon by a purchaser, assignee or lender. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such statement within the time required shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as represented by Landlord; and there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and Tenant has no right of offset, counterclaim or deduction against rent.

 

11.7

WAIVER OF LIABILITY

Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other and against the officers, employees, agents, and representatives of the other, on account of loss by or damage to the waiving party or its property or the property of others under its control, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy that either may have in force at the time of the loss or damage. Each party shall notify its insurers that the foregoing waiver is contained in this Lease.

 

11.8

EXECTION, PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND NO REPRESENTATIONS

This Lease shall not be binding and enforceable until executed by authorized representatives of Landlord and Tenant. This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior dealings, whether written or oral, between them with respect to such subject matter.

 

22


11.9

BROKERS

Landlord recognizes Jones Land LaSalle as Broker for the Tenant and Broker shall be paid a market commission by Landlord under terms and conditions to be established by separate agreement between Broker and Landlord.

 

11.10

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

Without limiting the provisions of Section 7.3, this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that only the original Landlord named herein shall be liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, if any, accruing before the beginning of the Term, and thereafter the original Landlord named herein and each successive owner of the Premises shall be liable only for obligations accruing during the period of their respective ownership.

 

11.11

APPLICABLE LAW AND LEASE INTERPRETATION

This Lease shall be construed, governed and enforced according to the laws of Tennessee. In construing this Lease, paragraph headings are for convenience only and shall be disregarded. Any recitals herein or exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease by this reference. Time is of the essence of this Lease and every provision contained herein. The parties acknowledge that this Lease was freely negotiated by both parties, each of whom was represented by counsel; accordingly, this Lease shall be construed according to the fair meaning of its terms, and not against either party. If one or more persons or parties constitute Tenant, the obligations of such persons or parties hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

11.12

COSTS OF COLLECTION, ENFORCEMENT AND DISPUTES

Tenant shall pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with any default by Tenant. If either Landlord or Tenant institutes any action to enforce the provisions of this Lease or to seek a declaration of rights hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs as part of any award. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other, on or in respect to any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking, and/or claim of injury or damage.

 

11.13

HOLDOVER

In the event of holding over by Tenant after expiration or termination of this Lease without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall pay Base Rent in an amount equal to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent in effect on the last month of the initial Term or One Year Extension or Two Month Extension as applicable together with one hundred percent (100%) of all Additional Rent. No holding over by Tenant after the term of this Lease shall be construed to extend this Lease, and, in such event, Tenant shall be

 

23


deemed a tenant at will, terminable on thirty (30) days’ notice from Landlord. Tenant shall not be liable for consequential damages sustained by Landlord on account of such holding over provided such Holdover does not continue for a period of more than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Term, One Year Extension or Two Month Extension as applicable.

 

11.14

FORCE MAJEURE

If Landlord or Tenant is prevented from or delayed in performing any act required of it hereunder, and such prevention or delay is caused by strikes, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, or equipment, inclement weather, acts of God, governmental restrictions, regulations, or controls, judicial orders, enemy or hostile government actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, or other causes beyond such party’s reasonable control (“Force Majeure”), the performance of such act shall be excused for a period equal to the period of prevention or delay. A party’s financial inability to perform its obligations shall in no event constitute Force Majeure. Nothing in this Paragraph 11.14 shall excuse or delay Tenant’s obligation to pay any rent or other charges due under this Lease.

 

11.15

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage to or loss of personal property in, or to any personal injury occurring in, the Premises, unless such damage, loss or injury is the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s employees or agents. The obligations and liability of Landlord arising from or in connection with this Lease, or any amendment to this Lease or any instrument or document executed in connection herewith do not constitute personal obligations or liabilities of the individual partners, members, managers, directors, officers, shareholders, trustees or beneficiaries of Landlord, and Tenant shall not seek or have any recourse against the partners, members, managers, directors, officers, shareholders, trustees or beneficiaries of Landlord, or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease, or any amendment to this Lease or any instrument or document executed in connection herewith. In the event of any default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy and recourse shall be against Landlord’s interest in the Property, Building, Premises and Additional Property for Parking and not against any other assets of Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be responsible for consequential damages. Assets of a Landlord which is a partnership or limited liability company do not include the assets of the partners or members of such Landlord, and the negative capital account of a partner or member and an obligation of a partner or member to contribute capital to the partnership or limited liability company which constitutes Landlord shall not be deemed to be assets of the partnership or limited liability company which is Landlord.

 

11.16

NOTICE OF LANDLORD’S DEFAULT

The failure by Landlord to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Landlord shall not constitute a default by Landlord unless such failure shall continue for a period of more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord specifying Landlord’s default;

 

24


provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if Landlord commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecutes such cure to completion. Tenant shall, simultaneously with delivery to Landlord, provide written notice specifying the Landlord default to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant in writing.

 

11.17

LEASE NOT TO BE RECORDED

Tenant agrees that it will not record this Lease. If required by applicable statute, each party shall, upon the request of the other, execute and deliver a notice or short form of this Lease in such form, if any, as may be permitted by applicable statute. If this Lease is terminated before the Term expires the parties shall execute, deliver and record an instrument acknowledging such fact and the actual date of termination of this Lease, and Tenant hereby appoints Landlord its attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest, with full power of substitution to execute such instrument.

 

11.18

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Intentionally Omitted

SIGNATURE PAGE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWS

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease, which includes the Major Lease Terms, Standard Lease Provisions and Exhibits attached to this Lease, with the intent that each of the parties shall be legally bound thereby.

 

TENANT: Eargo, Inc., a Delaware Corporation
By:    /s/ William H. Brownie
Name:   William H. Brownie
Title:   CCOO & CFO

Date:

  9/10/18

LANDLORD: SEV 8th and Division, a Tennessee Limited Liability Company

By: 

  /s/ Cameron W. Sorenson

Name:

  Cameron W. Sorenson

Title:

  Manager
Date:   9/11/18

 

26

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

STANDARD OFFICE BUILDING LEASE

THIS LEASE is made and entered into this 27 day of April, 2018, by and between LAGOS PROPERTIES, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company (“Landlord”) and EARGO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

1. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS. For purposes of this Lease, the following terms and definitions shall be applicable:

 

(a)  

Landlord:

   Lagos Properties, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company
(b)  

Tenant:

   Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(c)  

Property:

   Minnetonka Plaza, 10201 Wayzata Blvd., Minnetonka, Minnesota 55305
(d)  

Premises:

[Section 2]

   Suite 135, containing approximately 2,087 rentable square feet of space, as more fully depicted on Exhibit “A”, attached hereto and made a part hereof.
(e)  

Term:

[Section 3]

   39 months (three years and six months)
(f)  

Commencement Date:

[Section 3]

   Earlier of May 15, 2018 or opening.
(g)  

Expiration Date:

[Section 3]

   July 31, 2021
(h)      

Base Rent:

[Section 4(a)]

  

BASE RENT SCHEDULE

 

PERIOD

   MONTHLY
BASE RENT
     ANNUAL
BASE RENT
 

5/1/2018 – 7/31/2018

   $ 0.00        N/A  

8/1/2018 – 7/31/2019

   $ 1,562.50      $ 18,750.00  

8/1/2019 – 7/31/2020

   $ 2,239.18      $ 26,870.13  

8/1/2020 – 7/31/2021

   $ 2,260.92      $ 27,131.00  

 

(i)      

Tenants Proportionate Share:

[Section 4(b)]

   Based on Total Rentable Square Footage. It is Tenant’s understanding that they will be Billed at the rate of $9.67 per square foot for calendar year 2018 commencing 8/1/2018. (2,087 Sq. Ft.) 5.82% for the period of 8/1/2019 – 7/31/2021


(j)      

Reserved.

  
(k)  

Landlord’s Address for Rent Payments:

[Section 22]

  

Lagos Properties, LLC

Attn: Manager

275 North Lindbergh, Suite LL

St. Louis, Missouri 63141

(l)  

Landlord’s Address for Notices:

[Section 22]

  

Lagos Properties, LLC

Attn: Manager

275 North Lindbergh

St. Louis, Missouri 63141

(m)  

Tenant’s Notice Address:

[Section 22]

  

Eargo, Inc.

295 Bernardo Avenue

Suite 100

Mountain View, CA 94043

(o)  

Security Deposit:

[Section 24]

  

$2,500.00

(p)  

Landlord’s Broker:

[Section 29]

  

Avison Young (representing Landlord only)

(q)  

Tenant’s Broker:

[Section 29]

  

Equity Property (representing Tenant only, and not as a subagent of Landlord)

(r)  

Exhibits:

  

Additional Provisions

Exhibit “A”: Floor Plan

Exhibit “B”: Rules and Regulations

2. PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises described in Section 1 (d). In addition, Landlord grants to Tenant the non-exclusive use of all common areas designated by Landlord from time to time in and about the Property. All common areas shall be subject to the exclusive control and management of Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right, at any time, and from time to time, to change the size, location, elevation, and/or nature of the common areas. Landlord also reserves the right, from time to time, to close portions of the common areas or utilize the same for Landlord’s purposes. Tenant acknowledges that the square footages of the Premises and the Property are only approximate, and Landlord and Tenant agree that, notwithstanding the actual square footage of the Premises and the Property, Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as described in Section 1(i), shall be deemed correct for all matters of this Lease including but not limited to the calculation of Base Rent, Additional Rent, Security Deposit and any construction allowances. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for general office purposes and for no other use.

Tenant has inspected the Premises and accepts the same in its present “AS IS” condition, acknowledging that the Premises are in good order and satisfactory condition and suitable for the purposes for which they are leased. Tenant further acknowledges that, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, Landlord has made no representations to Tenant with respect to any alterations, repairs or improvements to be constructed within the Premises,

 

2


3. TERM. The Term of this Lease shall be for the period designated in Section 1 (e), commencing on the date set forth in Section 1(f), and expiring on the date set forth in Section 1(g), both inclusive. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, in the event Landlord is delayed in delivering the Premises to Tenant for any reason including but not limited to, labor strikes, casualty, legal actions, suits or injunctions, conditions of the elements, the completion of any construction agreed to be performed within the Premises by Landlord, or the inability to secure the Premises or any materials, Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant as soon thereafter as possible. In the event of any such delay, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall the validity of this Lease be impaired, but the Commencement Date shall be postponed a number of days equal to such delay, and the Expiration Date shall be extended a like number of days to reflect the term of this Lease, plus an additional number of days through the end of the then current month. However, in the event any such delay is due to Tenant’s negligence or any reason within Tenant’s control including, without limitation, Tenant’s selection of materials, or any requested changes, modifications or additions to any construction agreed to be performed within the Premises by Landlord, the obligations set forth in this Lease shall nevertheless commence on the date Landlord would otherwise have delivered the Premises to Tenant were it not for Tenant’s delay.

If this Lease commences on any date other than the Commencement Date set forth in Section 1(f), Tenant shall execute Landlord’s separate written memorandum, setting forth the actual Commencement Date, the Expiration Date, the date when all Rent shall commence, and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to withhold delivery of the Premises to Tenant until such memorandum has been executed and returned to Landlord; however, the withholding of delivery of the Premises shall in no way relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Lease.

Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in Default hereunder, Tenant shall have a one-time right and option to terminate this Lease effective on the last day of the 12th full calendar month of the Term or the last day of the 24th full calendar month of the Term (such date being the “Termination Date”), upon the following terms and conditions. In order to exercise such option, Tenant must give Landlord written notice at least six (6) months prior to the Termination Date, which notice shall specify the Termination Date. Should Tenant terminate said Lease pursuant to this Section, then prior to vacating the Premises, Tenant shall perform such repairs and make such restorations as Landlord reasonably determines to return the Premises to Landlord in substantially the same condition as when received, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Should Tenant exercise its option to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Premises, from and after receipt of Tenant’s notice, for the purpose of showing the Premises to prospective third party tenants. In the event Tenant elects to terminate said Lease as aforesaid, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (in addition to all other sums due under this Lease through the Termination Date) a sum equal to the Monthly Base Rent due for the month in which the Termination Date occurs on or prior to the Termination Date.

4. RENT. Tenant shall pay to Landlord or to Landlord’s designated agent the Base Rent and Additional Rent (collectively, “Rent”) which accrues or becomes due during the Term, in advance, on the first day of each calendar month, or as otherwise set forth in this Lease, without demand, setoff or deduction, at the office of Landlord. In the event any Rent or other charge is payable for a partial calendar month or year, such amount shall be prorated to reflect only that portion of the Term within such month or year. All accrued unpaid amounts shall survive the Term.

 

3


(a) Base Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord annual Base Rent pursuant to the Base Rent Schedule set forth in Section 1(h). The first monthly installment of Base Rent shall be payable to Landlord simultaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord. All subsequent monthly installments of Base Rent shall be payable on the first day of each month as and when the same become due.

(b) Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of (i) Taxes (as such term is hereinafter defined) payable by Landlord during the Term, plus (it) Operating Expenses (as such term is hereinafter defined) payable by Landlord during the Term.

Taxes. (as such term is hereby defined) shall include, without limitation, any tax, assessment, license, fee, or governmental charge, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, now or hereafter assessed, levied, or imposed against any legal or equitable interest in the Property or any part thereof, or against Landlord’s receipt of rent, or against any of Landlord’s personal property used in the operation and/or maintenance of the Property Taxes shall not include any franchise taxes or any taxes imposed upon or measured by Landlord’s income or profits. However, Taxes as defined herein are predicated on the present system of taxation in the State of Minnesota; and, therefore, if due to a future change in the method of taxation any rent, franchise, use, profit or other tax shall be levied or imposed against Landlord or the Property in lieu of any charge which would otherwise constitute a Tax, such rent, franchise, use, profit or other tax shall be deemed to be a Tax for the purposes herein. In the event Landlord is assessed with a Tax which Landlord in its sole discretion deems excessive, Landlord may challenge said Tax or may defer compliance therewith to the extent legally permitted; and, in the event thereof, Tenant shall be liable for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all costs in connection with such challenge or deferment, including any costs incurred by Landlord prior to the term of this Lease, to the extent that such costs relate to any Tax savings which may be realized during the Term. No costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any Tax challenge shall be included or applicable with respect to the initial determination of the amount of Taxes for the Base Year; and Tenant shall be liable for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the full amount of the costs of any Tax challenge in both the Base Year and in all subsequent calendar years during the term of this Lease.

Operating Expenses. (as such term is hereby defined) shall include all costs and expenses and reasonable reserves, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Property including without limitation: all materials, equipment and supplies, together with all service, maintenance, and labor agreements, relative to the maintenance, repair and replacement, as necessary, of the Premises and the common areas of the Property and all electrical, plumbing and mechanical systems therein; all utilities and related expenses and deposits, including costs incurred in connection with any energy management program for the Property; all landscaping stock, equipment and maintenance agreements; all janitorial services, equipment and supplies; snow removal; fire protection and security (if provided); any private trustee or indenture charges; maintenance, repair and replacement, as necessary, of the sprinkler systems, downspouts, gutters and nonstructural portions of the roof; the paving, resealing and/or re-striping of all parking facilities, access roads, driveways, sidewalks and passageways; heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) of the Property, as well as all maintenance, repairs and any replacements to the HVAC units servicing the Property; all Property signage; all wages/salaries, fees and commissions and related benefits of all employees and independent

 

4


contractors engaged in the operation and management of the Property, together with any applicable social security taxes, employment taxes or other taxes levied against such wages/salaries; premiums and deductibles for liability, property damage, fire, workers compensation, rent and mortgage insurance, and any other insurance which Landlord deems necessary to carry on, for or in connection with the operation of the Property, or for the protection of the Property, and the interests of Landlord and Landlord’s agents and mortgagees; management fees; cleaning and vermin extermination; capital improvements which are required by any governmental authority to keep the Property in compliance with all applicable statutes, codes and regulations; capital improvements which reduce other Operating Expenses, but in an amount not to exceed the reduction of Operating Expenses for the relevant year; the rental and/or amortized costs of any machinery or equipment used in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Property; and all other expenses incurred by Landlord for or on behalf of the Property. For purposes of establishing the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year, Operating Expense shall not include any unique or extraordinary expenses as reasonably determined by Landlord, such as those caused by any strikes, shortage of materials, utility blackouts, terrorism, or one-time assessments. Operating Expenses shall not include: any expense chargeable to a capital account or capital improvement (other than aforesaid); ground leases; principal or interest payments on any mortgage or deed of trust on the Property; any amount for which Landlord is reimbursed through insurance, by third persons, or directly by other tenants of the Property; brokers commissions and other expenses incurred in the leasing of space to tenants in the Property.

In the event the Property is not fully occupied in the initial calendar year or during any subsequent calendar year during the Term, then those Operating Expenses of the Property which are variable for that year (that is, those Operating Expenses which change depending upon the occupancy level of the Property (such as janitorial costs and usage of electricity), as distinguished from those Operating Expenses which do not change depending upon the occupancy level of the Property (such as landscaping costs and casualty insurance)), shall be deemed to be increased by an amount reasonably determined by Landlord to reflect the Operating Expenses which would have been expended had the Property been fully occupied. Similarly, in the event Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of Landlord, the Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount reasonably determined by Landlord to reflect the Operating Expenses which would have been expended had Landlord performed such work or service. Nothing contained in this Section 4(b) shall be construed as requiring Landlord to perform any services or make any expenditure with respect to the Premises or the Property unless such obligation is expressly set forth in this Lease.

Landlord shall have the right to invoice Tenant monthly, quarterly, or otherwise from time to time, for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Taxes and Operating Expenses, as reasonably estimated by Landlord; and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, those amounts for which Tenant is invoiced within thirty (30) days after receipt of said invoice. Any monies paid in advance to Landlord by Tenant shall not accrue interest thereon. After each calendar year, Landlord shall deliver a statement to Tenant setting forth Tenant’s actual obligation for Taxes and Operating Expenses, and the total amount of payments paid by Tenant to Landlord for such purposes. In the event Tenant’s actual obligation for Taxes and/or Operating Expenses exceeds Tenant’s payments for such respective purposes, Tenant shall pay the applicable difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement. Conversely, in the event Tenant’s respective payments toward Taxes and/or Operating Expenses exceed Tenant’s actual obligation for each of the same, Landlord shall

 

5


either refund the applicable overpayment to Tenant or credit said overpayment against Tenant’s obligation for such specific expense in the forthcoming year. In the event Taxes or Operating Expenses in any calendar year are less than the respective Taxes and Operating Expenses for the Base Year, Tenant shall not receive a refund or credit against any Tax or Operating Expense obligation in that same or any subsequent calendar year. If upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease there is accrued but unbilled Additional Rent, Tenant’s obligation with respect to any amounts owed to Landlord shall survive; and, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall either (i) pay such amounts after the expiration of the Term when such Additional Rent has been accurately determined within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement, or (ii) pay an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord prior to the expiration of the Term.

Within thirty (30) days after receipt of each year-end statement, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to inspect and audit Landlord’s records with respect to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Additional Rent, which audit shall be at the accounting office of Landlord, upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice, during Landlord’s normal business hours, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement acceptable to Landlord, and provided that if Tenant utilizes an independent accountant to perform such review it shall be one of national standing which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to such confidentiality agreement. Except as aforesaid, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide Tenant with detailed summaries or receipts for any expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Property, but Landlord shall provide Tenant with one or more statements setting forth such expenses, categorized by class and amount. Unless Tenant timely elects to audit such records and asserts specific errors within ninety (90) days after receipt of such year-end statement, said statement shall be deemed to be correct.

5. INTEREST AND LATE FEES. In the event Tenant should fail to pay to Landlord any Rent or other charge when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) interest on the unpaid amount from the due date through the date of payment, in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) per annum; plus (b) a late fee for Landlord’s increased administrative expenses, in an amount equal to one percent (1%), per month, of the amount owed Landlord. In addition to the aforesaid, in the event any check or payment made by Tenant is not honored or is otherwise returned by Landlord’s bank, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional charge equal to Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($50.00) for each such returned payment. All interest, late fees and additional charges payable pursuant to this Section shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder; and, at Landlord’s option, such charges shall be payable by Tenant with certified funds. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s actual damages for late payments and returned checks may be difficult or impractical to fix; and therefore, Tenant further acknowledges that such estimated fees and charges are fair and reasonable liquidated damages.

6. SERVICES. Landlord shall provide the following services during the Term. The cost of all services shall be an Operating Expense of the Property; and are based upon Landlord’s determination of the reasonable common use of such services. In the event Landlord provides additional services at the request or requirement of Tenant, or at times other than during “normal business hours”, defined as Monday through Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., Sundays and holidays excepted, Tenant shall pay for such additional services at costs reasonably determined by Landlord, plus a five percent (5%) administrative fee, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

 

6


(a) Landlord shall provide electricity to the Promises for building standard lighting. In addition to such lighting, Landlord shall provide service of electricity through floor and wall outlets, for a reasonable amount of normal office equipment, during normal business hours. In the event Tenant installs lighting in excess of building standards or in the event the total consumption of electricity through floor and wall outlets for the Premises exceeds the aforesaid allowance, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, shall make reasonable efforts to supply Tenant’s requested service through the then-existing feeders and risers servicing the Promises, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of such additional electric service, plus a ten percent (10%) administrative fee, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement. Landlord shall determine the amount of Tenant’s additional consumption of electricity by any verifiable method, including installation of a separate meter within the Premises, installed, maintained, and read by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, or as determined by an independent consulting engineer, engaged by Landlord from time to time at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of one hundred twenty (120) volts, or otherwise exceeding building capacity, without Landlord’s prior written consent. In the event Tenant requires excess or additional wiring, Landlord reserves the right to perform such work, at Tenant’s cost, if in Landlord’s reasonable determination such wiring shall cause damage to the Property, or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expenses to the Property, or will interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Property.

(b) Landlord shall provide HVAC to the Premises and to the common areas of the Property at temperatures reasonably determined by Landlord for normal occupancy and general office use during normal business hours. In the event Tenant utilizes any machines or equipment which affect the temperatures otherwise maintained by Landlord’s HVAC system, or in the event Tenant installs any lighting in excess of building standards, Landlord reserves the right to install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost of installation, operation and maintenance thereof shall be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent. In the event the Premises contain or are serviced by any heating or air conditioning equipment which is above building standard, Tenant shall accept such equipment in its present “AS IS” condition, acknowledging that all costs in connection with the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of such equipment shall be borne and payable by Tenant as Additional Rent.

(c) Landlord shall provide drinking water, restroom supplies, elevator service, and utility service to the common areas of the Property. Landlord shall also provide building standard janitorial service to the Premises on weekdays (other than building holidays), and window washing to the Premises from time to time as reasonably determined by Landlord.

(d) Landlord shall maintain the common areas of the Property in a good and orderly condition including, without limitation, lawn and shrub care, maintenance of the roof and the structural portions of the Property, and maintenance of all building mechanical, electrical and plumbing equipment servicing the Property, but excluding those items under Tenant’s exclusive use and control; and those items specifically excepted elsewhere in this Lease.

(e) Parking shall be provided on the parking lots of the Property on an unallocated basis.

(f) Tenant shall have the right to designate its telecommunication providers; however, Landlord reserves the right to designate and/or restrict all third party telecommunication access to and in Landlord’s building as Landlord may reasonably determine from time to time. Tenant shall only utilize existing pathways, shafts, raceways, conduits, columns, risers, closets and other areas within the Property which Landlord has or may from

 

7


time to time designate for the location of telecommunication equipment; and Tenant shall label all cabling, wiring and other telecommunications equipment placed by Tenant within the Property in a manner reasonably determined by Landlord. In the event any of Tenant’s telecommunication equipment causes or requires Landlord to perform any alterations or modifications to the Property to accommodate Tenant, Tenant shall be liable for the costs thereof. No telecommunications equipment, transmissions or receptions of Tenant shall interfere with the telecommunications equipment, transmissions or receptions of Landlord or any other tenant.

(g) Landlord shall use good faith efforts to provide the aforesaid services, but in no event shall Landlord be liable for damages, nor shall the Rent be reduced or abated, due to any failure to furnish, or any delay in furnishing, any services which are caused by Landlord’s inability to secure electricity, fuel, supplies, machinery, equipment or labor, or which are caused by necessary repairs or improvements, or any other reason; nor shall the temporary failure to furnish any such services, or any inconvenience suffered by Tenant as a result of Landlord’s maintenance or repairs, be construed as a constructive eviction of Tenant, or relieve Tenant from the duty of observing and performing the obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

7. LANDLORD’S RIGHTS. (a) Landlord may close the Property, or portions thereof, in emergency situations exclusively determined by Landlord, during periods of general construction, and at all times other than during normal business hours, during which times admittance may be gained only under such regulations as may be prescribed by Landlord. Landlord may also temporarily reduce or suspend certain building services from time to time for, among other purposes, the proper maintenance and repair of the Property.

(b) Landlord may designate all sources of all services used in the common areas of the Property; and Landlord may designate the source and grade of all materials and all personnel for all construction, repairs and maintenance which Landlord is obligated to perform under this Lease, whether the same is within the Premises or about the Property. Landlord reserves the right to designate, from time to time, for both the Premises and the Property, all utilities used by Landlord and/or Tenant including, without limitation, all gas, electric, water and sewer service. Tenant shall allow Landlord and all of Landlord’s assignees, invitees, licensees, contractors and utility providers reasonable access in and through the Premises for the benefit of Landlord, Tenant and/or any other tenants of the Property to perform such installations, maintenance, repairs or replacements as Landlord may determine. To this end, Landlord retains such license or easement in and through the Premises as shall be reasonably required by Landlord.

(c) Landlord may comply with voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any governmental entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light or electricity.

(d) Landlord may make alterations, repairs, additions, and improvements to the Property or any part thereof, including the installation and maintenance of pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and structural elements within the Premises to service the Property or other tenants of the Property.

(e) Landlord may have pass keys to the Premises and all portions thereof; however, except as specifically set forth in this Lease, Landlord assumes no obligation to enter the Premises or to make any inspections thereof.

 

8


(f) Landlord may change the name or street address of the Property; install, affix and maintain one or more signs within or about the Property; and grant to any third party tenant the exclusive right to conduct any particular business or undertaking within the Property,

(g) Landlord may take such reasonable measures as Landlord deems advisable for the security of the Property and its occupants. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, or to anyone claiming under Tenant, for any breach of any security within the Property.

(h) Landlord may re-enter the Premises or may repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for re-occupancy (without affecting Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent) during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the Term, if prior to that time Tenant has vacated the Premises.

(i) In the event Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred in reviewing the proposed action or consent including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, engineers’ or architects’ fees. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such costs within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement; and Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall be obligated to make such reimbursement regardless of whether or not Landlord ultimately takes such action or grants such consent.

(j) Landlord has established certain Rules and Regulations with respect to the Property, as more fully set forth on Exhibit “B,attached hereto and made a part hereof. Landlord reserves the right to establish additional Rules and Regulations, or make amendments thereto, from time to time, if in Landlord’s reasonable determination the same is necessary for the orderly operation or protection of the Property and/or for the general safety of the tenants. The non-compliance of any of such Rules and Regulations by Tenant shall constitute a Default under this Lease.

8. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE. Landlord does not warrant either expressly or impliedly the condition or fitness of the Premises except as specifically set forth herein. Landlord shall maintain, repair and replace, if necessary, the structural portions of the roof and the exterior walls of the Premises, as well as all common areas of the Property and all building standard electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems servicing the Premises, as more fully set forth herein; however, the costs and expenses thereof shall be subject to recapture as an Operating Expense pursuant to Section 4(b). Notwithstanding the aforesaid, in the event any such maintenance or repairs are caused by the negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees or contractors, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of all such maintenance and repairs within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement. Tenant shall have the affirmative duty to periodically inspect the Premises, and to notify Landlord of the need for any repairs which are the obligation of Landlord hereunder. Upon receipt of Tenant’s notice, Landlord shall have a reasonable period of time to make such repairs or maintenance; however, it is expressly understood and agreed that Landlord shall not be liable for any property damage sustained by Tenant, or anyone claiming under Tenant, due to Landlord’s inability, delay or negligence in making such repairs, and Landlord’s liability with respect to such repairs or maintenance shall be limited to the cost of such repairs or maintenance.

 

9


Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall clean, maintain, preserve, repair and replace, as necessary, all portions of the Premises which are not expressly the responsibility of Landlord including, but not limited to, all wall coverings, floor coverings, window treatments and any other interior finish installed by or for the benefit of Tenant; all electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems and fixtures servicing the Premises which are custom or above building standard; all signs, locks, alarms, security devices, telecommunications equipment, doors, hardware, all plate and other glass, and all of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures (including any interior finish constructed by Landlord or Tenant within the Premises). In the event Tenant should fail to perform any maintenance or repairs required of Tenant under this Lease in a prompt and good workmanlike manner after Landlord’s written demand, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such maintenance and repairs, whereupon Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all such maintenance and repair costs, plus ten percent (10%), within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

All maintenance, repair, and replacement obligations of Tenant under this Section shall be deemed improvements to the Premises and shall be performed by Tenant pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Section 9 of this Lease. All materials utilized by Tenant in any maintenance, repairs, construction or replacements under this Lease shall be pre-approved by Landlord, meet minimum municipal code requirements, and be of a quality at least as good as the quality of the materials in place within the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord (“Approved Materials”). AH contractors performing any construction, services or other work within the Premises for or on behalf of Tenant shall be pre-approved by Landlord (“Approved Contractors”). Landlord’s approval may include, without limitation, the use of union tradesmen and laborers; and in all events, as a prerequisite of any approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance of all contractors in a form and content, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably approve, naming both Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent (if any) as additional insureds.

9. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or Property without the prior written consent of Landlord; nor shall Tenant, or any telecommunications companies on behalf of Tenant, install any telecommunications systems within the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord. All construction and other work pre-approved by Landlord and performed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be with Approved Materials and Approved Contractors; and all construction shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all Laws, as well as all requirements of Landlord’s insurance carrier. Prior to installing any trade fixtures, or making any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the same and provide to Landlord such plans and specifications for such work as Landlord may reasonably request, together with a detailed work schedule and list of contractors, subcontractors and materialmen. It is expressly understood and agreed that Landlord’s approval of any plans and specifications of any work undertaken by Tenant shall not be a representation by Landlord that the contemplated alterations, additions or improvements comply with any Laws; and Tenant shall remain wholly liable for compliance with all Laws and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any violations thereof. Landlord shall not be liable for or be required to insure any alterations or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant; and Tenant shall secure all-risk property insurance coverage for all such alterations and improvements pursuant to Section 19. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall be liable for any damage to the Premises and the Property arising from any alteration or construction undertaken by Tenant.

 

10


Prior to performing any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or Property, Tenant shall first provide Landlord with certain assurances reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant is capable of paying for all such materials and work. Such assurances may include, by way of example (a) proof of prepayment of all or substantially all of such materials and work, based upon actual contractor’s bids; (b) evidence of a construction or other loan from a bank or other lender in the full amount of the cost of Tenant’s proposed improvements which provides for the disbursement of the loan proceeds pursuant to a disbursing arrangement in accordance with customary industry standards reasonably acceptable to Landlord; or (c) a guaranty by one (1) or more separate persons or entities, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for the full amount of the cost of such work. Landlord reserves the right, but not the obligation, to perform all alterations, improvements or additions required by Tenant; and, in the event Landlord exercises such right, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s costs within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

Tenant shall remove all trade fixtures from the Premises prior to the expiration of this Lease, unless Landlord has theretofore consented in writing to allow such trade fixtures to remain within the Premises. Tenant shall remove all other improvements from the Premises, whether or not installed and/or pre-approved by Landlord, unless Landlord elects in writing to require such improvements to remain within the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, improvements shall include without limitation, all personal property, construction, and fixtures, and all voice, video, data and other telecommunications wiring, cabling and equipment (collectively, “Telecommunication Equipment”) installed by or on behalf of Tenant. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, Tenant shall have no duty to remove any construction or fixtures which were installed by Landlord or Tenant in connection with Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Premises, except with respect to Tenant’s Telecommunication Equipment which Tenant shall remove unless Landlord otherwise specifically elects in writing. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by any such removal and restore the Premises to a condition substantially similar to the condition of the Premises immediately prior to the installation of such improvements; in the event Tenant fails to so repair and restore the Premises, Tenant shall be liable for the costs thereof, which liability shall survive the termination of this Lease.

10. CASUALTY. If the Premises or a substantial portion of the Property is damaged in whole or in part by casualty, and if the Premises are made untenantable as a result thereof, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, within sixty (60) days after such casualty, a good faith estimate of the time necessary to repair such damages (“Casualty Notice”). If in Landlord’s reasonable estimation such damages cannot be substantially repaired within the shorter of two hundred seventy (270) days from the date of such casualty, or within two-thirds (2/3) of the then remaining Term as of the date of such casualty (“Estimated Restoration Period”), this Lease may be terminated by either Landlord or Tenant by delivering written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Casualty Notice, in the event neither party timely terminates this Lease, or if in Landlord’s reasonable estimation such damages can be substantially repaired within the Estimated Restoration Period then, subject to Landlord’s rights below, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and Landlord shall proceed in good faith to repair and restore the Premises to a condition substantially similar to that condition which existed prior to such casualty. Landlord’s obligation with respect to repair and restoration shall be limited to the extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord in connection with such casualty and shall only extend to the repair of Landlord’s building and improvements, and shall not extend to Tenant’s fixtures, equipment, alterations, Telecommunications Equipment, or any interior finish constructed within the Premises by

 

11


either Landlord or Tenant, regardless of the cause of such casualty. In the event the repair and restoration of the Premises extends beyond the Estimated Restoration Period, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Landlord shall not be liable therefor, but Landlord shall continue to complete such repairs and restoration with all due diligence. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, if Landlord reasonably determines that repair of the Premises/Property is or will become uneconomical or that the insurance proceeds (after any required payments to any mortgagees of the Property) will be insufficient to complete all repairs and restoration, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant. In the event this Lease is terminated, the parties shall have no further obligations to the other, except for those obligations accrued through the effective date of such termination, which obligations shall survive the Term.

Upon termination of this Lease, Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. Tenant shall not be required to pay any Base Rent for any period in which the Premises are wholly untenantable; and, in the event only a portion of the Premises are untenantable, Tenant’s Base Rent shall be equitably abated in proportion to that portion of the Premises which are so unfit for such period of time as the Premises (or such portion) remains untenantable. There shall be no Rent abatement if the damages are due to the fault or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, invitees or contractors.

11. INSPECTION. Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter and inspect the Premises from time to time, for the purpose of ascertaining the condition thereof, or to show the Premises to existing or prospective fee owners or third party tenants, ground lessors, mortgagees, Landlord’s insurance carriers and by request of any governmental agency, or in order to make such repairs as may be required or permitted to be made by Landlord under the terms of this Lease; and, to this end, Landlord retains such license or easement in and through the Premises as may be reasonably required by Landlord. In addition thereto, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Premises to erect one or more signs indicating that the Premises are available for lease.

12. SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNING. Tenant shall not, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, sublet or encumber this Lease, the Premises, or any portion thereof, nor allow the same to be used or occupied by any person, without the prior written consent of Landlord. For purposes of this Section, the transfer of any majority interest in the entity constituting the Tenant, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or the merger or consolidation of Tenant with any other entity, or the divestiture of Tenant from any parent or affiliated company, shall be deemed to be an assignment of Tenant’s interest. In no event shall Tenant have the right to assign this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises to any third party tenant (or to any affiliated company of any third party tenant) who leases space in the Property or whose lease or possession of any space in the Property is expiring, or to any third party who is negotiating with Landlord to lease space within the Property. In the event Landlord should consent to any assignment or sublease, no subtenant, assignee or other occupant shall use the Premises for any purpose other than general office use. Further, in no event shall Landlord’s consent to any sublease or assignment constitute a release of Tenant front the full performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, Landlord’s reasonable attorney’s fees to review and/or draft any documents Landlord deems necessary in connection with the transferor Tenant’s interests.

 

12


13. DEFAULT. This Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is made subject to and conditioned upon Tenant performing all of the covenants and obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder, at the times and pursuant to terms and conditions set forth herein. The following events shall each be an event of default by Tenant under this Lease (“Default”): (a) Tenant fails to pay any Rent or other charge when the same is due; (b) Tenant fails to perform any other obligation to be performed by Tenant within the time or times set forth herein; (c) Tenant makes any material misrepresentation, or commits any fraud or criminal act; (d) Tenant shall become insolvent, make a transfer in fraud of its creditors, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, files or has filed against it a petition in bankruptcy, has a receiver, trustee or liquidator appointed over a substantial portion of its property or this Lease, or is adjudicated insolvent; or (e) Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises for more than thirty (30) days. In the event any monetary Default shall continue for five (5) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, or in the event any non-monetary Default shall continue for ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, or in the event Tenant becomes in Default for the same general reason three (3) or more times during the Term (regardless of whether or not Tenant subsequently cures such Defaults); then, in addition to all other remedies afforded Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord may terminate this Lease, or terminate Tenant’s right of possession to the Premises without terminating this Lease, by delivery of written notice to Tenant. In either event, Landlord shall have the right to dispossess Tenant, or any other person in occupancy, together with their property, and re-enter the Premises. No such dispossession of Tenant or re-entry by Landlord, or Landlord’s voluntary acceptance of the keys to the Premises, shall constitute or be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease, unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant specifically terminating this Lease. Upon such re-entry, Tenant shall be liable for all expenses incurred by Landlord in recovering the Premises including, without limitation, clean-up costs, legal fees, removal, storage or disposal of Tenant’s property, and restoration costs.

In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the effective date of termination, together with any late fees and interest thereon, plus an amount equal to all tenant concessions initially granted to Tenant including, but not limited to, any free or reduced Rent, any interior finish constructed within the Premises, or any contribution paid to Tenant in lieu thereof. In addition thereto, the remainder of the Rent payable by Tenant through the Expiration Date of this Lease, less the fair market rental value of the Premises over the same period (net of all expenses and vacancy periods reasonably projected by Landlord to be incurred in connection with the reletting of the Premises) shall be accelerated and become immediately due and payable.

In the event Landlord elects not to terminate this Lease, but only to terminate Tenant’s right of possession to the Premises, Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the effective date of repossession, together with any late fees and interest thereon. Upon repossession, Landlord may use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages and relet the Premises upon terms and conditions satisfactory to Landlord; however, Landlord shall have no duty to prioritize the reletting of the Premises over the leasing of other vacant space within the Property. Tenant shall remain liable for all Rent accruing after the date of repossession (together with all late fees and interest), payable monthly as such Rent accrues, in an amount equal to the Rent payable under this Lease, less the rent (if any) collected by Landlord from any reletting. Landlord shall have the right to make repairs, alterations, and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate and remodel the same to the extent deemed necessary by Landlord in connection with any reletting of the Premises; and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

 

13


In addition to any other remedy afforded Landlord under this Lease, Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a continuing security interest in all of Tenant’s goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, and all proceeds thereof (collectively, “Security”) situated within the Premises. In the event Tenant shall be in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall not remove any such Security from the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord; and Landlord shall have all rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code including, without limitation, the right to sell such Security at public or private sale upon five (5) days’ prior written notice to Tenant. Tenant hereby agrees to execute financing statements and other reasonable instruments necessary or desirable, in Landlord’s discretion, to perfect any security interest hereby created; and, in the event Tenant should fail or refuse to execute any such financing statements or instruments, Landlord shall be granted a limited power of attorney to execute such statements/instruments in the name and on behalf of Tenant and perfect Landlord’s security interest in the Security. The lien hereby created shall be in addition to any statutory lien granted under the laws of the State of Minnesota.

No action by Tenant after final judgment for possession of the Premises shall reinstate this Lease, and Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption in the event Tenant is judicially dispossessed. Should Landlord elect not to exercise any of its rights in the event of a Default, it shall not be deemed a waiver of such rights as to subsequent Defaults. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than that stipulated to be paid shall be deemed to be anything other than a payment on account; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying any payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept any payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy under this Lease. Landlord reserves the right to apply any monies received from Tenant, regardless of how designated, to any outstanding Rent, interest, late fees or other amounts then owed to Landlord under this Lease. All of the aforesaid rights of Landlord shall be in addition to any remedies which Landlord may have at law or in equity; Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies; and no election of remedy by Landlord shall preclude Landlord from subsequently pursuing any of Landlord’s other remedies. Tenant shall pay all costs and attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord from enforcing the covenants of this Lease.

14. RIGHT TO CURE TENANT’S DEFAULT. If Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease other than for the payment of Rent, and Tenant has not cured such Default within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s written notice, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cure such Default on behalf of Tenant, at Tenant’s expense. Landlord may also perform any obligation of Tenant, without notice to Tenant, should Landlord deem such performance to be an emergency, or Landlord reasonably determines that such Default will result in a violation of law or the cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord, or will unreasonably interfere with any other tenants in the Property. If Landlord incurs any expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees, in instituting, prosecuting and/or defending any action or proceeding by reason of any emergency or Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the same, as Additional Rent, with interest calculated thereon at the rate of thirteen percent (13%) per annum from the date such payment is first due Landlord.

15. RETURN OF PREMISES. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender and return the Premises to Landlord in substantially the same condition as when received, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall give Landlord thirty (30) days written notice prior to Tenant vacating the Premises, for the purpose of arranging a joint inspection of the Premises with respect to any obligation to be performed

 

14


therein by Tenant including, without limitation, the necessity of any repair or restoration of the Premises. In the event Tenant fails to notify Landlord of such inspection, Landlord’s inspection after Tenant vacates shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant’s responsibility under this Lease. Tenant shall remove all alterations, additions and improvements made by Tenant within the Premises including, without limitation, all fixtures and trade fixtures, regardless of how attached and all Telecommunication Equipment installed by or on behalf of Tenant in or about the Property. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, upon Landlord’s written election, any such alterations, additions, improvements or Telecommunication Equipment (other than trade fixtures) shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain within the Premises. All such work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using Approved Contractors and Approved Materials; and all such repairs and restoration shall be in compliance with all Laws, as well as all requirements of Landlord’s insurance carrier. In the event Tenant fails to return the Premises to Landlord as aforesaid prior to the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be liable for the costs thereof, which liability shall survive the Term.

16. HOLDOVER. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, without notice or demand. If Tenant shall remain in possession of the Premises after the termination of this Lease and hold over for any reason, then, in addition to all other remedies afforded to Landlord at Law or in equity, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, including the payment of Additional Rent, but at a monthly Base Rent equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the monthly Base Rent payable under this Lease during the last month prior to any such holdover. In addition, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all other damages incurred by Landlord as a result of such holdover. Acceptance by Landlord of any Rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute a consent to a holdover or cause an extension of the Term. Should any of Tenant’s property remain within the Premises after the termination of this Lease, it shall be deemed abandoned, and Landlord shall have the right, without liability to Landlord, to store or dispose of such property at Tenant’s cost, the liability for which costs shall survive the Term.

17. HOLD HARMLESS. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage to or loss of any property of Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, invitees, contractors or other persons, which Tenant places or permits to be placed within the Premises; and Tenant agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expenses, from all claims liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by Landlord arising from any such damage or loss. To the extent not prohibited by law, and to the extent that Landlord or its agents are neither negligent nor willful, Landlord shall not be liable for any injuries to Tenant, its agents, employees, licensees, invitees, contractors or other persons, caused by: the condition, operation or maintenance of the Property; the acts of any employee, agent, licensee, invitee, or contractor of the Landlord, Tenant or other tenants of the Property; or the general public. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, from any and all claims, damages to property, injuries to persons, losses, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising from any occurrence within the Premises that is the fault of Tenant; any act or permitted act or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, licensees, invitees and contractors within the Property; or Tenant’s breach of any covenant under this Lease. In the event any suit shall be instituted against Landlord by any third person for which Tenant is hereby indemnifying and holding Landlord harmless, Tenant shall defend such suit at Tenant’s sole cost and expense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; or, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may

 

15


defend such suit, in which event Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s costs of such defense. The aforesaid indemnifications and obligations shall survive the Term; and, for purposes of Tenant’s obligations under this Section, the term “Landlord” shall mean and include Landlord and all members, managers, partners, directors, officers and shareholders of Landlord, their agents, employees, independent contractors, representatives, successors and assigns.

18. CONDEMNATION. If the whole of the Premises or any substantial portion of the Property shall be taken for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain or by purchase under threat of condemnation (collectively, “Condemned”), this Lease shall automatically terminate effective as of the taking date. In the event only a portion of the Premises is Condemned, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the taking date, provided the remaining portion of the Premises are untenantable for Tenant’s use and Landlord cannot find alternate space within the Property to replace that portion of the Premises which is Condemned. In the event this Lease is not terminated in full, then this Lease shall terminate on the taking date only as to that portion of the Premises so Condemned, and the Rent and other charges payable by Tenant shall be reduced in proportion to that portion of the Premises which is Condemned. Landlord shall be entitled to the entire Condemnation award for all realty and improvements. Tenant shall have no right to claim or receive any award for any unexpired term of this Lease, or for any unexercised renewal or expansion options; and Tenant shall only be entitled to an award for Tenant’s personal property and the unamortized portion of any improvements which were installed with the Landlord’s approval within the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s cost, provided Tenant independently petitions the condemning authority for same, and further provided any such award does not reduce or adversely affect Landlord’s award.

19. INSURANCE. Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term the following specific insurance coverage, plus such other reasonable types of insurance coverage as may be reasonably requested from time to time by Landlord consistent with the types of insurance coverage required by landlords of comparable buildings located in the vicinity of the Property: (a) commercial general liability insurance, and if necessary commercial umbrella insurance, on an occurrence basis, in amounts of not less than a per occurrence limit of $1,000,000, with not less than a $2,000,000 general aggregate, or such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require, insuring Tenant, against claims of bodily or personal injury, and property damage, arising from Tenant’s operations, assumed liabilities or the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, invitees or contractors, including a commercial general liability endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in this Lease; and if Tenant’s liability policies do not contain the standard ISO separation of insureds provision, or a substantially similar clause, they shall be endorsed to provide cross-liability coverage; (b) contractual liability insurance coverage sufficient to cover Tenant’s indemnity obligations hereunder; (c) all-risk property insurance covering all property within the Premises including, without limitation, Tenant’s equipment, inventory, trade fixtures and supplies, all interior finish constructed by either Landlord or Tenant within the Premises, all alterations and improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant within the Premises, and all property of any third persons placed or otherwise located within the Premises; said insurance shall be for the guaranteed replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items; (d) worker’s compensation insurance and employers liability in statutory form and amounts containing a waiver of subrogation and endorsement acceptable to Landlord; and (e) business interruption, loss-of-income and extra

 

16


expense insurance, in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for one hundred percent (100%) of all direct and indirect loss of earnings attributable to prevention of access to or use of the Premises. All insurance deductibles under Tenant’s insurance coverages shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant without right of reimbursement from Landlord for any reason. Tenant’s insurance shall be primary and non-contributing with or in excess of any insurance coverage carried by Landlord. All policies of insurance shall contain a cross liability endorsement or severability of interest clause acceptable to Landlord and be in amounts sufficient at all times to satisfy any coinsurance requirements thereof. Each policy of insurance shall insure Tenant, and shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, Landlord’s lenders, and such other parties reasonably designated by Landlord, and their respective affiliates as additional insureds, all as their respective interests may appear. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord makes no representations that the aforesaid required insurance coverages and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Tenant and, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease, such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Tenant’s liability under the indemnities granted to Landlord under this Lease. Prior to taking occupancy, Tenant shall furnish certificates of all insurance required hereunder to be carried by Tenant, executed by a duly authorized representative of each insurer, or such other evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of all insurance coverages required hereunder; and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord and any other party requested by Landlord at least thirty (30) days before cancellation or a material change of any such insurance. All such insurance policies shall be in a form, and issued by companies reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and licensed to do business in the State of Minnesota, and rated not less than A: XII in Best’s Insurance Guide. Failure of Landlord to demand any insurance certificate or other evidence with these insurance requirements, or failure of Landlord to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided by Tenant to Landlord, shall not be construed as a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to maintain such coverage. For purposes of this Section, the term, “affiliate,” shall mean any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the party in question. Tenant shall not do any act which may make void or voidable any insurance on the Premises or Property; and, in the event Tenant’s use of the Premises shall result in an increase in Landlord’s insurance premiums, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to such increase in insurance. In the event Tenant fails to carry any of the above insurance, or provide Landlord with evidence of the same, Tenant shall immediately be in Default under this Lease and, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord herein, Landlord shall have the right to procure such insurance on behalf and at the expense of Tenant.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, it is agreed that, except for Landlord’s right to recover against any policies of insurance herein required to be carried by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive any and all right of recovery against one another, directly, by way of subrogation or otherwise, due to the negligence of either party, their agents or employees, for real or personal property damage occurring to the Premises, the Property, or any personal property located therein, or from loss of income (whether or not such insurance is actually carried). Each party shall have the affirmative duty to inform their respective insurance carriers of this Section and the mutual waiver of subrogation contained herein.

 

17


20. MORTGAGES/TITLE. This Lease is subject and subordinate to all mortgages, deeds of trust, easements, right-of-ways, encumbrances, indentures, trustees agreements, ground or master leases, or other conditions of survey or title, in place, of record, or hereinafter created, as well as to any extensions, modifications thereof (collectively, “Senior Rights”). Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the holder of any Senior Right may elect, at any time, unilaterally, to subordinate its Senior Right to this Lease. Tenant hereby waives its right under any current or future Law which gives Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure or sale of the Property or any interests therein. Any subordination shall be self-executing but, at the written request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute such further assurances as Landlord deems desirable to confirm such subordination. In addition, upon the written request of Landlord or the holder of any Senior Right, Tenant shall execute such instruments as such party reasonably deems necessary to attorn to the applicable holder of the Senior Right. In the event Tenant should fail or refuse to execute any instrument required under this Section within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s request, Landlord shall be granted a limited power of attorney to execute such instrument in the name and on behalf of Tenant. In the event any holder of any existing or future Senior Right requires a modification of this Lease which does not increase Tenant’s Rent hereunder, or does not materially change any obligation of Tenant, or does not materially reduce any service herein to be performed by Landlord, Tenant agrees to execute such appropriate instruments to reflect such modification, upon request by Landlord. At the request of Landlord or the holder of any Senior Right, Tenant shall give notice to said holder of any default by Landlord under this Lease and afford to said holder a reasonable opportunity to cure such default on behalf of Landlord,

21. LIENS. Tenant shall not mortgage or otherwise encumber or allow to be encumbered its interest herein without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord; nor shall Tenant permit any mechanic’s or other lien to be filed against the Property or any interests therein of Landlord. In the event Tenant authorizes, contracts or otherwise undertakes to perform or provide any construction, alterations, installations or other work or materials to the Premises for which a mechanic’s lien or other lien can be filed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord enforceable, unconditional and final lien releases or waivers for all such work and materials within five (5) days after Landlord’s request, but in all events before the earliest date any such lien can be filed. Should Tenant cause or permit any mortgage, lien or other encumbrance (singularly or collectively, “Encumbrance”) to be filed, against the Premises or the Property, Tenant shall dismiss or bond against the same within twenty (20) days after the filing thereof. If Tenant fails to remove or bond against said Encumbrance within said twenty (20) days, Tenant shall be in Default; and in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall have the absolute right to remove said Encumbrance by whatever measures Landlord shall deem convenient including, without limitation, payment of such Encumbrance, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, all costs expended by Landlord, including reasonable attorneys fees, to remove said Encumbrance. All of the aforesaid rights of Landlord shall be in addition to any remedies which either Landlord or Tenant may have available to them at law or in equity. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any labor, services or materials furnished or to be furnished to Tenant, or to anyone in possession of the Premises through or under Tenant; and that no mechanics or other liens for any such labor, services or materials shall attach to or affect the interest of Landlord in the Premises.

22. NOTICES. All Rents which are required to be paid by Tenant shall be delivered to Landlord by United States mail, postage prepaid, at Landlord’s address set forth in Section 1(k). All notices that are required to be given under this Lease shall be in writing, and delivered by either (a) United Slates registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or (b) a reputable overnight commercial courier/delivery service; however, in addition to the

 

18


aforesaid, Landlord may deliver a notice of Default or lease termination by personal delivery or by posting such notice on the Premises in a conspicuous place. All notices to Landlord and Tenant shall be sent postage prepaid, addressed to the parties hereto at their respective addresses set forth in Section 1. Either party may designate a different address by giving notice to the other party at the address set forth herein, or at any other address as the parties may subsequently designate. Notices shall be deemed received upon the earlier of actual receipt or the date of the return receipt. If any such notices are refused, or if the party to whom any such notice is sent has relocated without leaving a forwarding address, then the notice shall be deemed received on the date the notice-receipt is returned stating that the same was refused or is undeliverable at such address.

23. OWNERSHIP. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the term “Landlord” as used in this Lease shall be defined as the from time to time current owner(s) of the Property. Landlord may transfer any portion of the Property and/or any of its rights under this Lease; and, upon such transfer, the conveying party shall automatically be released from all liability with respect to any obligations occurring or covenants to be performed by Landlord or its agents after the effective date of such transfer. None of the covenants of Landlord under this Lease are personal in nature and, in the event any “Landlord” should become in Default under this Lease, recovery by Tenant shall be limited to the interests of the then current “Landlord” in the Property at the time of the assertion of liability.

24. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Simultaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the full amount of the Security Deposit set forth in Section 1(o) of this Lease, as security for the full and timely performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, The parties acknowledge and agree that said Security Deposit (or any pre-paid Rent received from Tenant under this Lease or under any separate agreement in connection therewith) shall be deposited in Landlord’s general operating account, and not a separate escrow account. Should said Security Deposit and/or pre-paid Rent be placed in an interest bearing account, all interest accruing thereon shall be payable to Landlord. Tenant’s Security Deposit shall not be construed as pre-paid Rent, or as a measure of Landlord’s damages in the event of a Default by Tenant. If Tenant should be placed in Default with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may apply all or a portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any sum in Default or for the payment of any amount which Landlord expends by reason of such Default. If any portion of said Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand, an amount sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to its original amount. Upon the expiration of this Lease, Landlord shall return said Security Deposit to Tenant, provided Tenant has paid to Landlord all sums owing to Landlord under this Lease, and Tenant has returned the Premises to Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 15. If upon the termination of this Lease, there is accrued Additional Rent which as of such date has not been invoiced to Tenant, or if Landlord reasonably determines that there is damage to the Premises for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to either (a) withhold Tenant’s Security Deposit, or so much of it as Landlord deems reasonable until Tenant’s actual obligation with respect to said Additional Rent have been determined, at which time Landlord shall offset Tenant’s actual obligation for Additional Rent and damages against the Security Deposit held by Landlord and return the positive difference, if any, to Tenant; or (b) reasonably estimate Tenant’s obligation for Additional Rent and damages, and offset such amount against said Security Deposit.

 

19


25. GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall comply with all laws and regulations of all municipal, state, or federal authorities now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, pertaining to, or in connection with, the Premises or Tenant’s use thereof (collectively, “Laws”). Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used in violation of any Law or in violation of any recorded covenant, condition or restriction. In addition, Tenant shall comply with all requirements of any board of fire underwriters, or any similar body having jurisdiction over the Premises, together with any reasonable requirements of Landlord’s insurance carrier with respect to Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be received, stored, handled, generated or released upon the Premises or the Property by Tenant or any employee, agent, invitee, licensee or contractor of Tenant. For purposes of this Lease “Hazardous Materials” shall mean and include any hazardous, explosive toxic or highly combustible materials, substances or wastes now or hereinafter defined or designated from time to time by any Law applicable to the Property or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Property. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, from and against any and all liabilities, damages, losses, claims and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and consequential damages) due to any damage or injury to persons or property of Landlord or of third persons arising out or as a direct or indirect result of (a) any Hazardous Materials brought onto the Premises and/or the Property by Tenant or by any of Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees, licensees or contractors, or (b) the breach or violation of any Law or the non-compliance of any requirement of the Americans with Disabilities Act, by Tenant or by any of Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees, licensees or contractors. The aforesaid hold harmless indemnification and duty to defend shall survive the Term.

26. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord or its designee a statement in a form requested by Landlord certifying, to the extent true, that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, that Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims against its obligations to pay any Rent or to perform any other covenants under this Lease, that there are no uncured Defaults of Landlord or Tenant, the dates to which the Rent and other charges have been paid, and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord. In the event Tenant fails to return such statement within said ten (10) days, setting forth the above or alternatively setting forth any Lease modifications, defenses and/or uncured Defaults, Tenant shall be in Default hereunder or, at Landlord’s election, it shall be deemed that Landlord’s statement is correct with respect to the information therein contained. Any such statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser, mortgagee, or assignee of any mortgagee of the Property.

27. PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES. Tenant shall timely pay all taxes assessed against Tenant’s personal property and those improvements to the Premises which are in excess of Landlord’s standard installations. In the event any of Tenant’s personal property or improvements are assessed with the property of Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount reasonably determined by Landlord equal to Landlord’s estimation of Tenant’s share of such taxes, within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement.

28. INTENTIONALLY DELETED

29. BROKERAGE. The parties warrant that they have dealt with no broker or other person claiming a commission in connection with this transaction other than the brokers set forth in Sections 1(p) and 1(q) of this Lease; and each party shall hold the other party harmless for any breach of such warranty. Landlord shall be liable for any commissions payable to such broker(s) pursuant to the terms and conditions of a separate commission agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s broker.

 

20


30. CONFIDENTIALITY. Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease are confidential in nature, and that the negotiations preceding the drafting of this instrument constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Therefore, Tenant and its agents (including Tenant’s brokers and attorneys) shall not disclose any of the terms or conditions herein contained to any person other than authorized agents of Tenant. In no event shall Tenant disclose any such terms or conditions to any third party tenant within the Property. In the event Tenant breaches such confidence, Tenant shall be in Default of this Lease and/or shall be liable to Landlord for any damages Landlord sustains as a direct or indirect result of such breach.

31. MISCELLANEOUS. (a) Covenants and Conditions. All of the covenants of Tenant hereunder shall be deemed and construed to be “conditions” as well as “covenants” as though both words were used in each separate instance.

(b) Recording. This Lease shall not be recorded by Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord.

(c) Section Headings, Severability and Interpretation. The Section headings appearing in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define or limit the scope of any Section. In the event any provision of this Lease is found to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall not affect or impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Words in the singular number include the plural, and vice versa; and masculine references shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa. All references to “days” shall mean calendar days, unless specifically stated to be “business days”; provided, however for purposes of receipt of notices under Section 22, notices received after 5:00 p.m. in the then current time zone of the recipient shall be deemed to have been delivered on the next calendar day, unless the recipient otherwise acknowledges receipt to the sender on the actual day of delivery.

(d) Managing Agent. Landlord reserves the right to designate from time to time one or more managing agents, and to assign to such agent(s) such rights or obligations as Landlord may determine. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, so long as Landlord is the fee owner of the Property, no assignment by Landlord to any managing agent shall relieve Landlord of its liability with respect to its obligations hereunder,

(e) Nuisance. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Property which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants; nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in or about the Premises or Property which will disturb the peaceful occupancy of any other tenants; nor shall Tenant commit or allow any immoral or illegal acts within the Premises, or commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or about the Property.

(f) Force Majeure. Except with respect to Tenant’s obligation for the payment of Rent and the maintenance of the requisite insurance set forth herein, and except with respect to specific cure periods provided herein for and with respect to Tenant’s Default, in the event any obligation to be performed by either Landlord or Tenant is prevented or delayed due to labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain materials, government restrictions, casualty, or other causes beyond the parties’ control, the responsible party shall be excused from performing such

 

21


obligation for a period of time equal to such delay. If as a result of any force majeure or other reason, Tenant is unable to occupy all or a portion of the Premises, and if pursuant to the terms of this Lease Tenant is afforded a full or partial abatement of any Rent in such event, then Tenant shall accept such abatement of Base Rent as liquidated damages for Tenant’s loss of use of the Premises and interruption of business; and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any applicable existing or future Law permitting the termination of this Lease.

(g) Interests and Late Fees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event shall any interest, fees or other charges payable to Tenant exceed such amounts as may be allowed by law.

(h) Non-Discrimination. Tenant shall not permit discrimination against, or segregation of, any person, group of persons, or entity on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, age, sex, marital status, national origin, or ancestry in Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

(i) Integrated Instrument and Amendments. This Lease represents the final product and integration of all negotiations between Landlord and Tenant; and the terms and conditions set forth herein shall incorporate and supersede all prior discussions and writings. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease, no representations, warranties or agreements have been made by Landlord or Tenant to the other with respect to this Lease or with respect to the obligations of Landlord or Tenant in connection therewith. In the event any term or condition of this Lease is inconsistent with any term or condition of any prior verbal or written understanding or agreement between the parties, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall prevail. In the event any term or condition of any prior verbal or written understanding or agreement between the parties is omitted in this Lease, such omission is the specific intent of the parties. No provision of this Lease may be amended except by agreement in writing signed by both of the parties.

(j) No Offer. The submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be an offer, an acceptance, or a reservation of the Premises; and Landlord shall not be bound hereby until Landlord has delivered to Tenant a fully executed copy of this Lease, signed by both of the parties on the last page of this Lease in the spaces herein provided. Until such delivery, Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants.

(k) Binding Effect. The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided.

(l) Financial Statements. Within fifteen (15) days after any request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with such financial statements of Tenant, Tenant’s business and/or any guarantor of this Lease, as Landlord may request. Landlord agrees not to disclose any information of such financial statements except to Landlord’s professional consultants, lenders or prospective purchasers.

(m) Withhold Possession. Landlord may withhold possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord the Security Deposit required by Section 24 of this Lease, and the first month of Base Rent required by Section 4(a) of this Lease.

 

22


(n) Governing Law. This Lease and the parties’ respective rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any and all right to a trial by jury on any issue to enforce any term or condition of this Lease, or with respect to Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant’s right of possession.

(o) Tenant’s Authority. The party executing this lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that: (i) said party has the authority to bind Tenant under this Lease; and (ii) the Tenant is a duly organized entity in good standing and qualified to do business in the State of Minnesota, and that all necessary approvals and resolutions of Tenant have been secured to authorize execution of this Lease by Tenant.

(p) Exhibits. This Lease is modified and affected by the Exhibits listed in Section 1(v) which are attached hereto and made a part hereof.

32. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Tenant shall have a one-time right of first refusal to lease that certain space within the Property known and numbered as Suite 185 (the “Option Space”), pursuant to the following terms and conditions. Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in Default hereunder, Landlord agrees to notify Tenant in writing the first time Landlord has a prospective third party tenant who in Landlord’s reasonable determination is ready, willing and able to occupy and lease all or any portion of said Option Space. Upon receipt of Landlord’s notice, Tenant shall have ten (10) days in which to notify Landlord in writing of its election to lease not less than all of the Option Space set forth in Landlord’s notice. In the event Tenant does not notify Landlord within said ten (10) days, Tenant’s rights with respect to the space identified in Landlord’s notice will be null and void, and Landlord may lease such space to any prospective tenant, at such rental and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole judgement may desire. If Tenant notifies Landlord within said ten (10) days of Tenant’s election to lease the space identified in Landlord’s notice, Tenant shall lease the applicable Option Space upon the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, except as follows:

(a) The term for the Option Space shall commence on the first day of the calendar month following Tenant’s notice of election to Landlord, and shall thereafter run concurrent with the term of this Lease with respect to the primary space.

(b) Tenant shall accept any said Option Space in its then “AS IS” condition; and, except to the extent that any interior finish construction or allowance is included as part of the determination of market rate pursuant to Section 32(c), Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any alterations or improvements within such space, other than to remove one (1) secretarial desk and repair or replace the carpet under such desk.

(c) The Base Rent for any said Option Space shall be based upon the Base Rent that Tenant is paying for the primary space at the time that Tenant wishes to take delivery of the applicable Option Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, in no event shall the annual per square foot rate payable for any Option Space be less than the then current annual per square foot rate payable for the primary space then being leased by Tenant.

(d) Tenant’s proportionate share, for purposes of determining Tenant’s obligation for Additional Rent or any other charge payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be equitably increased to reflect the additional square footage of the applicable Option Space.

 

23


(Signatures on following page)

 

24


WHEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant have respectively executed this Lease the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
EARGO, INC.     LAGOS PROPERTIES, LLC
By:   /s/ Christian Gormsen     By:   /s/ Paul Larson
Print Name: Christian Gormsen     Print Name: Paul Larson
Title: CEO     Title: CEO


EXHIBIT “A”

(Floor Plan)


EXHIBIT “B”

OFFICE BUILDING

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant agrees to comply with the following rules and regulations, and any subsequent rules or regulations which Landlord may adopt or modify from time to time. Tenant shall be bound by such rules and regulations to the same extent as if such rules and regulations were covenants of (his Lease; and any non-compliance thereof shall constitute a Default tinder this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the non-observance of any of said rules and regulations by any other tenant.

(1) No sign or advertisement shall be displayed by Tenant on the outside or the inside (and visible from the outside) of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not use any picture or likeness of the Property many not ices or advertisements, without Landlord’s prior written consent.

(2) Landlord shall provide and install, at Tenant’s expense, such letters and/or numerals on the main entrance to the Premises, and on the building directory, to identify Tenant’s name. All such letters and numerals shall be of building standard graphics, and no other signage shall be used or permitted. All such signage so placed shall be at Tenant’s risk. Tenant shall cause the removal of all such signage from the Property at the end of Tenant’s term, or Landlord may cause such removal at Tenant’s expense,

(3) No additional locks shall be placed upon any door of the Premises, and Tenant shall not permit any duplicate keys to he made, without the prior consent of Landlord. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all keys to the Premises and Properly.

(4) Landlord retains the power to prescribe the weight and proper position of safes, mechanical equipment, and any other bulky or excessively weighty objects. All such objects shall be moved into or out of the Premises under the prior written consent and supervision of Landlord and at such times and according to such regulations as may be designated from time to time by Landlord. Notwithstanding such supervision, Tenant shall be responsible for all damage to the Property caused by moving such objects.

(5) Tenant shall not install any additional lighting, or use any data processing equipment which utilizes power other than 110 electrical current to the Premises. Tenant shall not use any other fuel source other than electricity to heat, cool or light the Premises. Tenant shall not install any air-conditioning apparatus in the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any animals or any foul or noxious gas, noise, odors and/or vibrations in the Premises which may obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenant(s) in the Property.

(6) Tenant shall not permit within the Premises any animals other than service animals; nor shall Tenant create or allow any foul or noxious gas, noise, odors, sounds, and/or vibrations within the Premises, or create any interference with the operation of any equipment or radio or television broadcasting/reception from within or about the Property, which may obstruct or interfere with the rights of any other tenant(s) in the Property.

(7) Tenant shall not contract for any work or service to be performed to or within the Premises which might involve the employment of labor incompatible with Landlord’s employees or the employees of contractors doing work or performing services by or on behalf of Landlord.


(8) No sidewalks, loading areas, stairways, doorways, corridors, and other common areas shall be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress and egress.

(9) Tenant shall not install any window treatments other than existing treatments or otherwise obstruct the windows of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.

(10) After normal business hours Tenant shall lock all doors and windows of the Premises; and, in the event the building is locked after normal business hours and Tenant allows its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees to enter the building after such hours, Tenant shall be responsible that such persons lock the building upon exiting. Tenant shall be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord arising from such failure.

(11) Any person(s) other than Landlord’s selected janitorial service, who shall be employed by Tenant for the purpose of cleaning the Premises shall be employed at Tenant’s cost. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all losses, claims, liability, damages, and expenses for any injury to person or damage to property of Tenant, or third persons, caused by Tenant’s cleaning contractor,

(12) Tenant shall not canvass or solicit business, or allow any employee of Tenant to canvass or solicit business, from other tenants in the Property.

(13) Landlord reserves the right to place into effect a “no smoking” policy within all or selected portions of the common areas of the Property, wherein Tenant, its agents, employees and invitees shall not be allowed to smoke. Tenant shall not be allowed to smoke in any common stairwells, elevators or bathrooms; nor shall Tenant dispose of any smoking material including, without limitation, matches, ashes and cigarette butts on the floors of the Property, about the grounds of the Property, or in any receptacle other than a specifically designated receptacle for smoking.

 

B-2

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of June 6, 2018 (the “Effective Date”) among SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and EARGO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Eargo”), and EARGO HEARING, INC., a California corporation (“Eargo Hearing”, and together with Eargo, individually and collectively, “Borrower”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Growth Capital Term Loan Advances.

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request that Bank make certain growth capital term loan advances (each, a “Growth Capital Term Loan Advance” and, collectively, the “Growth Capital Term Loan Advances”) available to Borrower in two (2) tranches in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Growth Capital Term Loan Commitment Amount as follows: (i) the first (1st) tranche of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances (“Tranche A”) shall be available to Borrower, during the Tranche A Draw Period, in multiple advances in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), and (ii) provided Borrower has achieved the Tranche B Milestone, the second tranche of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances (“Tranche B”) shall be available to Borrower, during the Tranche B Draw Period, in a single advance in a principal amount not to exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000). Each Growth Capital Term Loan Advance under Tranche A must be in an amount of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), provided that if the first Growth Capital Term Loan Advance under Tranche A is more than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), the second Growth Capital Term Loan Advance under Tranche A shall be the remainder of Tranche A available for borrowing. After repayment, no Growth Capital Term Loan Advance (or any portion thereof) may be re-borrowed.

(b) Repayment.

(i) Interest-Only Payments. Borrower shall make monthly payments of accrued interest only commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the Funding Date of a Growth Capital Term Loan Advance and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each successive month thereafter during the Interest-Only Period.


(ii) Principal and Interest Payments. Commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the end of the Interest-Only Period (the “Conversion Date”) and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter through the Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date, Borrower shall make the Applicable Number of consecutive equal monthly payments of principal (each, a “Growth Capital Term Loan Payment”), each in an amount which would fully amortize the outstanding Growth Capital Term Loan Advances, as of the Conversion Date, over the Growth Capital Term Loan Repayment Period, plus accrued interest. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances is due and payable in full on the Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment.

(i) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances through the date the prepayment is made, plus (B) all outstanding principal with respect to the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances, plus (C) the Prepayment Premium, plus (D) the Final Payment, plus (E) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances.

(ii) Permitted Prepayment. Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (A) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances at least three (3) days prior to such prepayment (or such shorter period as agreed by Bank), and (B) pays, on the date of such prepayment (1) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances through the date the prepayment is made, plus (2) all unpaid principal with respect to the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances, plus (3) the Prepayment Premium, plus (4) the Final Payment, plus (5) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank agrees to waive the Prepayment Premium if Bank closes on the refinance and re-documentation with Bank of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances under this Agreement.

2.2 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate. Subject to Section 2.2(b), the outstanding principal amount of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate minus one percent (1.00%) (provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(d).

 

2


(b) Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.2(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate. Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation. Interest is payable monthly on the first (1st) calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360)-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.3 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Prepayment Premium. The Prepayment Premium when due pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.1(c).

(b) Final Payment. The Final Payment, when due hereunder.

(c) Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if there is no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(d) Fees Fully Earned. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.3 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.3.

2.4 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

3


(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank shall debit, first, the Designated Deposit Account and if there are insufficient funds in the Designated Deposit Account, then Bank may debit any of Borrower’s other deposit accounts, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.5 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) signatures to the Warrant;

(c) the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretaries of State (or equivalent agency thereof) of the States of Delaware and each other jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower; 4

 

4


(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(f) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with signature thereto;

(g) a copy of Borrower’s Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

(h) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(i) repayment of all Indebtedness under that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Bank and Borrower dated December 22, 2016;

(j) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.3 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been any Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

5


3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances set forth in this Agreement, to obtain the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by an Authorized Signer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is an Authorized Signer or designee. Bank shall credit the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances to the Designated Deposit Account on the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advance. Bank may make the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, promptly release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

 

6


4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation, and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate” (the “Perfection Certificate”). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement), provided that all information set forth in the following sections of the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete as of the Effective Date: Sections 1(e), 1(f), 5, 6, 11, and 12.

 

7


The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except (a) such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect (or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and (b) the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement with the Delaware and/or California Secretaries of State covering the Collateral in connection with the security interests granted herein) or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except as permitted in accordance with Section 6.6 hereof. To Borrower’s knowledge, the Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as otherwise permitted under Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

Borrower is the sole owner of the material Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) licenses permitted hereunder, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate or by giving notice in accordance with this Agreement. To Borrower’s knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate or as otherwise disclosed to Bank pursuant to Section 6.8(b), Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Litigation. Other than those of which Borrower has notified Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(i), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

8


5.4 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank by submission to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitted to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the dates and for the periods set forth therein. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitted to Bank.

5.5 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature (“Solvent”).

5.6 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in compliance in all material respects with Requirements of Law. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business or impair Borrower’s performance of the Obligations.

5.7 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000).

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps reasonably required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is more than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware

 

9


of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000). Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any material liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.9 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.10 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any report, certificate, or written statement submitted to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitted to Bank in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written reports, written certificates and written statements submitted to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitted to Bank in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the reports, certificates, or written statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.11 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Except as otherwise permitted by Section 7.3, maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank upon Bank’s request.

 

10


6.2 Financial Statements, Reports. Provide Bank with the following by submitting to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitting to Bank:

(a) Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company-prepared consolidated balance sheet, and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank (the “Monthly Financial Statements”);

(b) Compliance Statement. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a completed Compliance Statement, confirming that, as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;

(c) Annual Operating Budget and Financial Projections. Within thirty (30) days after approval by Eargo’s Board of Directors (and more frequently as updated), (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower, and (B) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;

(d) Annual Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than (i) two hundred seventy (270) days after the last day of fiscal year of Borrower ending 2017, and (ii) two hundred ten (210) days after the last day of each fiscal year of Borrower, commencing with fiscal year ending 2018 and each fiscal year thereafter, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; provided, however, for any fiscal year for which Eargo’s Board of Directors does not require Borrower to prepare audited financial statements, Borrower shall instead deliver to Bank, as soon as available, but no later than sixty (60) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations during such fiscal year in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(e) Other Statements. Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to holders of Eargo’s capital stock generally in their capacity as such or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(f) SEC Filings. In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

 

11


(g) Legal Action Notice. A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more;

(h) Beneficial Ownership Information. Prompt written notice of any changes to the beneficial ownership information set out in items 2(d) and 2(e) of the Perfection Certificate. Borrower understands and acknowledges that Bank relies on such true, accurate and up-to-date beneficial ownership information to meet Bank’s regulatory obligations to obtain, verify and record information about the beneficial owners of its legal entity customers; and

(i) Other Financial Information. Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

Any submission by Borrower of a Compliance Statement, or any other financial statement submitted to the Financial Statement Repository pursuant to this Section 6.2 or otherwise submitted to Bank shall be deemed to be a representation by Borrower that (i) as of the date of such Compliance Statement, or other financial statement, the financial information and calculations set forth therein are true, accurate, and correct, (ii) as of the end of the compliance period forth in such submission, Borrower is in complete compliance with all required covenants except as noted in such Compliance Statement, or other financial statement, as applicable; (iii) as of the date of such submission, no Events of Default have occurred or are continuing; (iv) all representations and warranties other than any representations or warranties that are made as of a specific date in Section 5 remain true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such submission except as noted in such Compliance Statement, or other financial statement, as applicable; (v) as of the date of such submission, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9; and (vi) as of the date of such submission, no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims in respect of Borrower’s Inventory or sole product that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for (i) deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof and (ii) up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in other taxes so long as no Lien has been filed in connection with the same, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

12


6.5 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks, and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property, provided that any such replaced or repaired Collateral (A) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (B) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens, which may have priority over Bank’s Liens in accordance with the terms of this Agreement); and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten (10) days for cancellation as a result of nonpayment of premium) before any such policy or policies shall be canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain its and all of its Subsidiaries’ primary banking relationship (including its operating and other deposit accounts, securities/investment accounts, cash management, asset management, letters of credit, and business credit cards) with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

 

13


(b) Provide Bank at least five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.7 Reserved.

6.8 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property, taken as a whole; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).

6.9 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on three (3) days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall occur no more than once every 12 months (unless an Event of Default is continuing) and shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

6.11 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower or any Guarantor forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower and such Guarantor shall, upon Bank’s request in its reasonable discretion, (a) cause any such new Domestic Subsidiary to provide to Bank either a joinder to this Agreement to cause such Domestic Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder or a Guaranty, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority

 

14


Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Domestic Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, (c) pledge sixty-five percent (65%) of the direct or beneficial ownership interest of any new Material Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by such Borrower, and (d) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, including one or more opinions of counsel satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be a Loan Document.

6.12 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments, including licenses permitted hereunder; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (f) consisting of transactions permitted by Section 7.3; (g) consisting of dividends, distributions, redemptions, and other payments permitted under Section 7.7(a); and (h) other assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that do not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; (c) fail to provide Bank with notice of a change in the Key Person within twenty (20) days of such change; or (d) permit or suffer any Change in Control.

Borrower shall not: (1) add any new offices or business locations without written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of such addition, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank, change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank, change its organizational structure or type, (4) without at

 

15


least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank, change its legal name, or (5) without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank, change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary), provided that a Subsidiary may merge, dissolve, liquidate, or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens and Transfers permitted by Section 7.1(f) or (h), permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property in favor of Bank, except (a) as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein, (b) customary restrictions in license agreements on the licensed property where Borrower or a Subsidiary is the licensee and not the licensor, and (c) covenants with such restrictions in contracts of sale or merger or acquisition agreements, provided that (i) such covenants do not prohibit or restrict Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property in favor of Bank and (ii) the counter-parties to such covenants are not permitted to receive a security interest in Borrower’s Intellectual Property or any Collateral (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that on or prior to the consummation of such sale, acquisition or merger, Borrower shall either be required to repay the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) in accordance with the prepayment provisions hereunder or Borrower shall have obtained Bank’s written consent to such transaction hereunder (which consent shall be at Bank’s sole discretion)).

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that Borrower may (i) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) pay dividends or distributions solely in common stock, (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, directors,

 

16


officers, or consultants pursuant to stock purchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases by Borrower does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per fiscal year, (iv) make purchases of capital stock in connection with the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation by way of a cashless exercise, (v) Borrower may purchase capital stock or options to acquire such capital stock with the proceeds (provided the amount of such proceeds exceeds the sub of such purchases) received from a substantially concurrent issuance of capital stock or convertible securities, provided that (x) such purchases do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per fiscal year and (y) no Event of Default is continuing or would result therefrom; (vi) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, and (vii) distribute equity securities to employees, officers, or directors on the exercise of their options; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; (b) transactions permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 7.7 of this Agreement; (c) transactions under clauses (a), (f), or (g) of the definition of Permitted Investments; (d) employment or compensation arrangements and employee benefit plans approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and entered into in the ordinary course of business or otherwise as Subordinated Debt, and (e) transactions between or among Borrowers or any Subsidiary or between or among Subsidiaries, in each case in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise prohibited hereunder.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA to occur, or (c) fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, in each case, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

17


8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.10 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants (if any) or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Investor Abandonment. Bank determines, in its good faith judgment, that it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors to not continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets with a value in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) Business Day cure period; or

 

18


(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes not Solvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000);

8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has not been rejected by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) Business Days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement, when taken as a whole, is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person (other than Bank) shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement, except, in each case, as may be permitted pursuant to the terms of such subordination agreement between such Person and Bank;

8.10 Guaranty. (a) Any guaranty of any Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any guaranty of the Obligations; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (d) the liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor;

 

19


8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) cause, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction;

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance (after the expiration of any cure period provided in Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof, if applicable) of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all of such Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

20


(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

21


9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, and except for Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Except as otherwise set forth in the Loan Documents, Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

9.8 Borrower Liability. Either Borrower may, acting singly, request Advances hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Advances hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Advances made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Advance, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Advances. Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, including, without limitation, the benefit of California Civil Code

 

22


Section 2815 permitting revocation as to future transactions and the benefit of California Civil Code Sections 1432, 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, and 2899 and 3433,] and (b) any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Bank under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission (if applicable); (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number (if applicable), or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number (if applicable) by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

 

If to Borrower:

   Eargo, Inc.
    

295 North Bernardo Avenue, Suite 100

Mountain View, California 94043

Attn: Christian Gormsen, CEO

 

If to Bank:

   Silicon Valley Bank
    

2400 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attn: Michelle Lai, Vice President

 

23


11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be

 

24


before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any obligations which, by their terms, are to survive termination of this Agreement and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date by Borrower pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.1.1(c)(ii). Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that is continuing, Bank shall not assign any interest in the Loan Documents to any Person who in the reasonable estimation of Bank is (a) a direct competitor of Borrower, whether as an operating company or direct or indirect parent with voting control over such operating company, or (b) a vulture fund or distressed debt fund.

 

25


12.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or reasonable and documented expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and reasonable and documented expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or

 

26


as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

27


13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Applicable Number” is (a) thirty-six (36) if Borrower does not satisfy the Tranche B Milestone, (b) thirty (30) if Borrower satisfies the Tranche B Milestone but not the Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone, and (c) twenty-four (24) if Borrower satisfies the Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone.

Authorized Signer” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.9.

Bank Expenses” are all reasonable and documented audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

 

28


Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person’s Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Advance request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Change in Control” means (a) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of forty-nine percent (49.0%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction; (b) except for a change in the members of the board or other equivalent body of Borrower resulting from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction, during

 

29


any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; provided, however, a member of Borrower’s board of directors who is an appointed representative of New Enterprise Associates or its Affiliates or Maveron or its Affiliates, shall not be deemed to have been replaced if such member of Borrower’s board of directors is replaced with a different appointed representative of the same investor; or (c) at any time, Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of each class of outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary of Borrower (unless such Subsidiary is dissolved, merged, consolidated, or liquidated into Borrower) free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement).

Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Statement” is that certain statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

30


Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements, warranties, or indemnities in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Conversion Date” is defined in Section 2.1.1(b)(ii).

Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension” is any Growth Capital Term Loan Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.2(b).

Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account” is the account number ending 682 (the last 3 digits only), maintained by Borrower with Bank.

Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

31


Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) the acceleration of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances, or (c) the prepayment of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances in full pursuant to Sections 2.1.1(c)(i) or 2.1.1(c)(ii), equal to the original aggregate principal amount of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage.

Final Payment Percentage” is equal to six percent (6.00%).

Financial Statement Repository” is [ *** ]or such other means of collecting information approved and designated by Bank after providing notice thereof to Borrower from time to time.

Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

32


Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Growth Capital Term Loan Advance” and “Growth Capital Term Loan Advances” are each defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

Growth Capital Term Loan Commitment Amount” means Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,500,000).

Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date” is June 1, 2022.

Growth Capital Term Loan Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.1(b)(ii).

Growth Capital Term Loan Repayment Period” is a period of time, equal to the Applicable Number of months commencing on the Conversion Date and continuing through the Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date.

Guarantor” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

Guaranty” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.3.

Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

33


(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Interest-Only Period” means for each Growth Capital Term Loan Advance, the period commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the Funding Date of such Growth Capital Term Loan Advance and ending on (i) June 30, 2019 if Borrower does not satisfy the Tranche B Milestone, (ii) December 31, 2019 if Borrower satisfies the Tranche B Milestone but not the Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone, and (iii) June 30, 2020 if Borrower satisfies the Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone.

Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone” means Bank’s receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Bank that Borrower has achieved Trailing Three-Month Gross Profit of Eleven Million Dollars ($11,000,000).

Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Key Person” is Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, who is Christian Gormsen as of the Effective Date.

Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

34


Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Material Foreign Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower who has assets in an aggregate amount of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), but “Material Foreign Subsidiary” specifically excludes Eargo Labs, Ltd., an Israeli corporation.

Monthly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, the Final Payment, the Prepayment Premium, if applicable, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or otherwise (other than the Warrant), including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

 

35


(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) with respect to surety, indemnity, or appeal bonds and similar obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(h) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business;

(i) letters of credit issued by Bank obtained in connection with leases of real property in the ordinary course of business;

(j) other unsecured Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding at any time; and

(k) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (j) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents and any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

36


(f) Investments (i) by one Borrower in or to another Borrower, (ii) by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, and (iii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries or in Borrower;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers, or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(j) non-cash loans to employees, officers, or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or equity compensation arrangements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(k) Investments in connection with joint ventures or strategic alliances or collaboration of Borrower or a Subsidiary in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology, or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash invested in connection therewith shall not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and

(l) other Investments not otherwise permitted by this Agreement not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens or capital leases (i) on Equipment (including additions, accessions, and improvements thereto and the proceeds thereof) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to such Equipment and additions, accessions, and improvements thereto and the proceeds thereof;

 

37


(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the accounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts;

(k) deposits in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) to secure the security, indemnity, or appeal bonds and similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business described in clause (h) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, and leases in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(m) Liens in favor of Bank to secure letters of credit issued by Bank obtained in connection with leases of real property in the ordinary course of business; and

 

38


(n) Liens on property other than Intellectual Property securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prepayment Premium” is an amount equal to (a) three percent (3%) of the principal amount of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances being prepaid if the prepayment is made on or before the first (1st) anniversary of the Effective Date, (b) two percent (2%) of the principal amount of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances being prepaid if the prepayment is made after the first (1st) anniversary of the Effective Date but before the second (2nd) anniversary of the Effective Date, and (c) one percent (1%) of the principal amount of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances being prepaid if the prepayment is made thereafter but prior to the Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date.

Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement; and provided further that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Operating Officer of Borrower.

Restricted License” is any material license or other material agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property (to the extent such restriction is enforceable under the Code), or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

39


Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Trailing Three-Month Gross Profit” means, as of any date, the revenue of Borrower (determined in accordance with GAAP), less Borrower’s cost of goods sold and warranty reserves (determined in a manner consistent with the financial statements provided to Bank on or prior to the Effective Date), for the three (3) months preceding such date.

Tranche A” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

Tranche A Draw Period” is the period of time commencing on the Effective Date through December 31, 2018.

Tranche B” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

Tranche B Draw Period” is the period of time commencing on the date on which the Tranche B Milestone is satisfied through June 30, 2019.

Tranche B Milestone” means Bank’s receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Bank that Borrower has achieved Trailing Three-Month Gross Profit of Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000).

Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

[Signature page follows.]

 

40


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
EARGO, INC.
By:  

/s/ William H. Brownie

Name: William H. Brownie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
EARGO HEARING, INC.
By:  

/s/ William H. Brownie

Name: William H. Brownie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Michelle Lai

Name: Michelle Lai
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (a) any interest of Borrower as a lessee or sublessee under a real property lease; (b) rights held under a license that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law); (c) any interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease; provided, however, that, upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank; (d) more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary, which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter; or (e) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:_____________
FROM:    EARGO, INC. and EARGO HEARING, INC.   

Under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending __________ with all required covenants except as noted below. Attached are the required documents evidencing such compliance, setting forth calculations prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Statement (“CS”)    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CS    If required by Board, FYE within 210 days; otherwise, company prepared financial statements FYE within 60 days    Yes No
Board-Approved Budget & Projections    Within 30 days after Board approval and as amended/updated    Yes No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes No
Other Statements to Security Holders and Holders of Subordinated Debt    Within 5 days of delivery to Security Holders and Holders of Subordinated Debt    Yes No

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Statement    Yes    No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the statements above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)


EXHIBIT C

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME

 

Fax To:    Date:____________________

 

LOAN PAYMENT:     
 
EARGO, INC. and EARGO HEARING INC.
   

From Account #                                                          

                                             (Deposit Account #)

  

To Account #                                                      

                                         (Loan Account #)

   
Principal $                                                                       and/or Interest $                                                  
   
Authorized Signature:                                                     Phone Number:                                                   

Print Name/Title:                                                        

 

    

 

LOAN ADVANCE:     
 
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this Credit Extension are for an ongoing wire.
   

From Account #                                                          

                                                 (Loan Account #)

  

To Account #                                                                               

                                                     (Deposit Account #)

   
Amount of Credit Extension $                                        
 
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for a Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
   
Authorized Signature:                                                    Phone Number:                                                                          
   

Print Name/Title:                                                       

 

    

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:     

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the Credit Extension above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

   
Beneficiary Name                                                          Amount of Wire: $
   
Beneficiary Bank                                                           Account Number:
   
City and State:                                                                 
   
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #                                            

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):                     

                                 (For International Wire Only)

   
Intermediary Bank:                                                        Transit (ABA) #:                                                                       
 
For Further Credit to:                                                                                                                                                                                                
 
Special Instruction:                                                                                                                                                                                                   
 
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
   
Authorized Signature:                                                    2nd Signature (if required):                                                       
   
Print Name/Title:                                                           Print Name/Title:                                                                      
   

Telephone #:                                                              

 

  

Telephone #:                                                                              

 


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this Amendment”) is entered into this 31st day of January, 2019, by and among SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), EARGO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Eargo”), and EARGO HEARING, INC., a California corporation (“Eargo Hearing”, and together with Eargo, individually and collectively, “Borrower”).

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 6, 2018 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to make certain revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 2.1.1 (Growth Capital Term Loan Advances). Section 2.1.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request that Bank make certain growth capital term loan advances (each, a “Growth Capital Term Loan Advance” and, collectively, the “Growth Capital Term Loan Advances”) available to Borrower in two (2) tranches in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Growth Capital Term Loan Commitment Amount as follows: (i) the first (1st) tranche of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances (“Tranche A”) shall be available to Borrower, during the Tranche A Draw Period, in multiple advances in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), and (ii) provided Borrower has achieved the Tranche B Milestone, the second tranche of the


Growth Capital Term Loan Advances (“Tranche B”) shall be available to Borrower, during the Tranche B Draw Period, in a single advance in a principal amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000). Each Growth Capital Term Loan Advance under Tranche A must be in an amount of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), provided that if the first Growth Capital Term Loan Advance under Tranche A is more than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), the second Growth Capital Term Loan Advance under Tranche A shall be the remainder of Tranche A available for borrowing. After repayment, no Growth Capital Term Loan Advance (or any portion thereof) may be re-borrowed.

2.2 Section 13 (Definitions). The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Growth Capital Term Loan Commitment Amount” means Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000).

Tranche B Milestone” means Bank’s receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Bank that Borrower has received a signed term sheet for a minimum of Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) in net proceeds from a bona fide round of private equity financing with investors satisfactory to Bank, on terms acceptable to Bank, which Bank acknowledges has been achieved.

Warrant” is, individually and collectively, (i) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date, and (ii) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of January __, 2019, each executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

46


4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the date hereof remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (i) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (ii) the due execution and delivery to Bank of the Warrant to Purchase Stock dated of even date herewith by each party hereto, together with a current capitalization table and current copies of Borrower’s equity documents, and (iii) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment and any documents entered into in connection herewith.

[Signature page follows.]

 

47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
EARGO, INC.
By:   /s/ William H. Brownie
  Name: William H. Brownie
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
EARGO HEARING, INC.
By:   /s/ William H. Brownie
  Name: William H. Brownie
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:   /s/ Michelle Lai
  Name: Michelle Lai
  Title:   Vice President

 

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 1st day of May, 2020, by and among SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), EARGO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Eargo”), and EARGO HEARING, INC., a California corporation (“Eargo Hearing”, and together with Eargo, individually and collectively, “Borrower”).

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 6, 2018 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) defer certain principal payments, and (ii) make certain revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

Now, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound the parties hereto agree as follows:

14. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

15. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT.

15.1 Deferred Principal Payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Agreement, Bank agrees to defer the principal amount of each payment on the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances which would otherwise be due and payable on the first (1st) day of each month during the Deferred Principal Payments Period (collectively, the “Deferred Principal Payments”). As used herein, the “Deferred Principal Payments Period” shall commence on May 1, 2020 and end on June 30, 2020; provided, however, the Deferred Principal Payments Period shall be automatically extended to July 31, 2020 (and include the payment that would otherwise be due on July 1, 2020) upon satisfaction of the Deferral Milestone. Borrower shall continue to make monthly interest payments on the outstanding principal balance of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances in accordance with the terms set forth in the Loan Agreement. On the first (1st) day of the month following the last day of the Deferred Principal Payments Period,


Borrower shall resume making regularly scheduled equal monthly payments of principal, plus interest, in an amount which would fully amortize the aggregate outstanding Growth Capital Term Loan Advances (including the Deferred Principal Payments) such that the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances are repaid in full on the Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Deferred Principal Payments shall be immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of any Event of Default.

15.2 Section 6.8 (Protection of Intellectual Property Rights). Section 6.8 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following Section 6.8(c) immediately following Section 6.8(b):

15.2.1 Until the IP Release Date, to the extent not already disclosed in writing to Bank, if Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall immediately provide written notice thereof to Bank and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property. Until the IP Release Date, if Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Until the IP Release Date, Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

15.3 Section 13 (Definitions).

15.3.1 The following defined terms and their respective definitions are hereby inserted alphabetically in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement:

Deferral Milestone” means Bank’s receipt of evidence satisfactory to Bank, no later than June 25, 2020, that Borrower has signed a term sheet for a bona fide round of equity financing of Borrower on terms satisfactory to Bank with investors satisfactory to Bank which will result in net proceeds to Borrower of at least Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000).

 

50


IP Agreement” is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of the Second Amendment Closing Date, as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

IP Release Date means the date the IP Release Milestone is achieved.

IP Release Milestone” means Bank’s receipt of evidence satisfactory to Bank that Borrower has received at least Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000) in net proceeds from a bona fide round of equity financing of Borrower on terms satisfactory to Bank with investors satisfactory to Bank.

Second Amendment Closing Date is May 1, 2020.

15.3.2 The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Loan Documents are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, the IP Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Prepayment Premium is an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the principal amount of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances being prepaid.

15.4 Collateral Description. Exhibit A of the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety with Exhibit A attached hereto. All references in the Loan Agreement to “Collateral” shall be deemed to refer to the Collateral Description attached hereto as Exhibit A.

15.5 Grant of Security Interest. In addition to the Collateral already securing the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral described on Exhibit A attached hereto (including Intellectual Property), wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file a UCC financing statement amendment (the “UCC Amendment”) with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights on the Collateral.

15.6 Release of Intellectual Property Security Interest. On the IP Release Date, provided, that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank will, at Borrower’s expense, (a) release Bank’s security interest in Borrower’s Intellectual Property, and (b) file such financing statement amendments and record with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office all necessary agreements evidencing the release of the Bank’s security interest in the Borrower’s Intellectual Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times (including after the IP Release Date) the Collateral shall include all proceeds of all Intellectual Property (whether acquired upon the sale, lease, license, exchange or other disposition of such Intellectual Property) and all other rights arising out of Intellectual Property.

 

51


16. LIMITATION OF AMENDMENTS.

The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

17. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

17.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

17.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

17.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the date hereof remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

17.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

17.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

17.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

52


17.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

18. INTEGRATION. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

19. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

20. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and delivery to Bank of the IP Agreement by each party thereto, (c) Bank’s filing of the UCC Amendment with the Secretary of State of Delaware to add the Intellectual Property as Collateral, and (c) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment and any documents entered into in connection herewith including the IP Agreement.

[Signature page follows.]

 

53


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
EARGO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Name:   Christian Gormsen
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
EARGO HEARING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christian Gormsen

Name:   Christian Gormsen
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Robert Mingrone

Name:   Robert Mingrone
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (a) any interest of Borrower as a lessee or sublessee under a real property lease; (b) rights held under a license that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law); (c) any interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease; provided, however, that, upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank; (d) more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary, which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter; or (e) from and after the IP Release Date (if applicable), any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.


THIRD AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this Amendment”) is entered into this 9th day of September, 2020, by and among SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), EARGO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Eargo”), and EARGO HEARING, INC., a California corporation (“Eargo Hearing”, and together with Eargo, individually and collectively, “Borrower”).

RECITALS

E. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 6, 2018 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

F. Bank has previously made credit available to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement, including without limitation, a growth capital term loan facility in the aggregate original principal amount not to exceed Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) (the “Existing Growth Capital Term Loan”).

G. Borrower consummated an unsecured loan in the amount of Four Million Five Hundred Seventy-Four Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars ($4,574,800) (the “PPP Loan”) from MidFirst Bank (together with its successors and assigns, the “PPP Lender”) in connection with the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”) under the U.S. Small Business Administration, Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”).

H. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) make a new growth capital term loan facility available to Borrower to refinance and replace the Existing Growth Capital Term Loan, (ii) consent to the PPP Loan, and (iii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

I. Bank has agreed to extend a new growth capital term loan to Borrower, and amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

8. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

9. Growth Capital Term Loans. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that as of the date hereof, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Existing Growth Capital Term Loans is Ten Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($10,400,000). Borrower and Bank acknowledge and agree that there is no further availability to borrow any Existing Growth Capital


Term Loans. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that all of such sum is due and owing Bank, without offset or defense of any kind or nature and in the event Borrower has any offsets or defenses thereto, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives all such offsets and defenses. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the execution of this Amendment is not intended to and shall not cause or result in a novation with respect to the Existing Growth Capital Term Loans. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that, on or prior to the date hereof, it will repay in full in cash all of the Obligations owing to Bank (other than the Prepayment Premium, which is hereby waived) under the Existing Growth Capital Term Loans, including without limitation, the Final Payment due to Bank under the Loan Agreement in the amount of Seven Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($720,000).

 

  10.

Amendments to Loan Agreement.

10.1 Section 2.1 (Growth Capital Term Loan Advances). Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following immediately after Section 2.1.1 as Section 2.1.2:

 

  2.1.2

Supplemental Growth Capital Advances.

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request that Bank make certain supplemental growth capital advances (each, a “Supplemental Growth Capital Advance” and collectively, as the “Supplemental Growth Capital Advances”) available to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Supplemental Growth Capital Commitment Amount. On the Third Amendment Closing Date, the first (1st) tranche of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances shall be funded to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of at least Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), and the proceeds thereof shall be used to repay in full the Existing Growth Capital Term Loans, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the Final Payment. The second (2nd) tranche of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances shall be available to Borrower in multiple advances through the Supplemental Growth Capital Commitment Termination Date in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000). Each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance must be in an amount of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). After repayment, no Supplemental Growth Capital Advance (or any portion thereof) may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment.

(i) Interest-Only Payments. Borrower shall make monthly payments of accrued interest only commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the Funding Date of a Supplemental Growth Capital Advance and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each successive month thereafter during the Supplemental Interest-Only Period.

(ii) Principal and Interest Payments. Commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the end of the Supplemental Interest-Only Period (the “Supplemental Conversion Date”) and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter through the Supplemental Growth Capital

 

57


Maturity Date, Borrower shall make the Applicable Number of consecutive equal monthly payments of principal (each, a “Supplemental Growth Capital Payment”), each in an amount which would fully amortize the outstanding Supplemental Growth Capital Advances, as of the Supplemental Conversion Date, over the Supplemental Growth Capital Repayment Period, plus accrued interest. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances is due and payable in full on the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date

(c) Prepayment.

(i) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances through the date the prepayment is made, plus (B) all outstanding principal with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances, plus (C) the Supplemental Prepayment Premium, plus (D) the Supplemental Final Payment, plus (E) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances.

(ii) Permitted Prepayment. Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (A) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances at least three (3) days prior to such prepayment (or such shorter period as agreed by Bank), and (B) pays, on the date of such prepayment (1) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances through the date the prepayment is made, plus (2) all unpaid principal with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances, plus (3) the Supplemental Prepayment Premium, plus (4) the Supplemental Final Payment, plus (5) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank agrees to waive the Supplemental Prepayment Premium if Bank closes on the refinance and re-documentation with Bank of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no Prepayment Premium shall be due and payable and no prior notice shall be required in connection with any prepayment of the Growth Capital Term Loan Advances.

10.2 Section 2.2 (Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions). Section 2.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(a) Interest Rate. Subject to Section 2.2(b) the outstanding principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus one percent (1.00%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(d).

 

58


10.3 Section 2.3 (Fees). Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following after clause (d) as clauses (e) and (f):

(e) Supplemental Prepayment Premium. The Supplemental Prepayment Premium when due pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.2(c).

(f) Supplemental Final Payment. The Supplemental Final Payment, when due hereunder.

10.4 Section 3.4 (Procedures for Borrowing). Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances set forth in this Agreement, to obtain the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by an Authorized Signer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is an Authorized Signer or designee. Bank shall credit the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances to the Designated Deposit Account on the Funding Date of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance. Bank may make the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

10.5 Section 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports). Section 6.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clauses (a) through (d) thereof in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

(a) Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than (i) thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company-prepared consolidated balance sheet, and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank (the “Monthly Financial Statements”), or (ii) from and after an IPO, no later than (A) forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, for the first three fiscal quarters of Borrower and (B) ninety (90) days after the last day of the last fiscal quarter of Borrower, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such fiscal quarter in a form consistent with those filed with the SEC (the “Quarterly Financial Statements”);

(b) Compliance Statement. Within (i) thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, or (ii) from and after an IPO, forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, and together with the Monthly Financial Statements or Quarterly Financial Statements, as applicable, a completed Compliance Statement, confirming that, as of the end of such month or fiscal quarter, as applicable, Borrower was in full compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;

 

59


(c) Annual Operating Budget and Financial Projections. Within sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of Borrower (and more frequently as updated), (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower, and (B) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;

(d) Annual Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of each fiscal year of Borrower, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank.

10.6 Section 6.6 (Operating Accounts). Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(a) At all times prior to an IPO, Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower and any Guarantor shall maintain all of its operating accounts and excess cash with Bank and Bank’s affiliates. From and after an IPO, Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower and any Guarantor shall maintain account balances in any of its accounts at or through Bank representing at least sixty percent (60%) of all deposit account balances of Borrower, such Subsidiary and such Guarantor at any financial institution; provided, however, Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower and any Guarantor shall use its best efforts to maintain more than sixty percent (60%) of its deposit account balances with Bank and Bank’s affiliates. In addition, at all times, Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower and any Guarantor shall obtain any business credit cards or letters of credit exclusively from Bank and Bank’s affiliates.

(b) Provide Bank at least five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such, and (ii) the merchant accounts with Stripe, Ally Financial, Bread, PayPal, and CareCredit, LLC, as more fully described in the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Third Amendment Closing Date (collectively, the “Merchant Accounts”), provided that Borrower shall promptly sweep the funds in the Merchant Accounts to the Designated Deposit Account.

 

60


10.7 Section 6.11 (Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries). Section 6.11 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the portion of the text in the first sentence leading up to clause (a) therein of such Section and replacing it with the following:

“Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower or any Guarantor forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date (including, without limitation, pursuant to a Division), Borrower and such Guarantor shall, upon Bank’s request in its reasonable discretion”

10.8 Section 7.1 (Dispositions). Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the portion of the text in the first sentence leading up to clause (a) therein of such Section and replacing it with the following:

“Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (including, without limitation, pursuant to a Division) (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers”

10.9 Section 7.3 (Mergers or Acquisitions). Section 7.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

7.3 (Mergers or Acquisitions). Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary or pursuant to a Division), provided that a Subsidiary may merge, dissolve, liquidate, or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

10.10 Section 8.1 (Payment Default). Section 8.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference therein to “Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date” and replacing it with “Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date”.

10.11 Section 8.3 (Investor Abandonment). Section 8.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs.

10.12 Section 12.1 (Termination Prior to Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date; Survival). Section 12.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the references therein to “Growth Capital Term Loan Maturity Date” and replacing them with “Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date”.

 

61


10.13 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The following defined terms and their respective definitions are hereby inserted alphabetically in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement:

Division” means, in reference to any Person which is an entity, the division of such Person into two (2) or more separate Persons, with the dividing Person either continuing or terminating its existence as part of such division, including, without limitation, as contemplated under Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act for limited liability companies formed under Delaware law, or any analogous action taken pursuant to any other applicable law with respect to any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity.

IPO” means the initial public offering of Borrower’s stock.

Quarterly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 6.2(b).

Supplemental Conversion Date” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b)(ii).

Supplemental Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date, (b) the acceleration of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances, or (c) the prepayment of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances in full pursuant to Sections 2.1.2(c)(i) or 2.1.2(c)(ii), equal to the original aggregate principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances multiplied by the Supplemental Final Payment Percentage.

Supplemental Final Payment Percentage” is equal to six and one quarter of one percent (6.25%).

Supplemental Growth Capital Advance” and “Supplemental Growth Capital Advances” are each defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

Supplemental Growth Capital Commitment Amount” means Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

Supplemental Growth Capital Commitment Termination Date” is December 31, 2020.

Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date” is September 1, 2024.

Supplemental Growth Capital Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b)(ii).

Supplemental Growth Capital Repayment Period” is a period of time, equal to the Applicable Number of months commencing on the Supplemental Conversion Date and continuing through the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date.

Supplemental Interest-Only Period” means for each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, the period commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the Funding Date of such Supplemental Growth Capital Advance and ending on (i) December 31, 2021 if Borrower does not satisfy the Supplemental Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone, or (ii) June 30, 2022 if Borrower satisfies the Supplemental Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone.

 

62


Supplemental Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone” means Bank’s receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Bank, that Borrower has received at least Seventy-Five Million Dollars ($75,000,000) in total net new capital received after August 7, 2020 from a bona fide equity financing of Borrower’s stock, Subordinated Debt and/or an IPO.

Supplemental Prepayment Premium” is an amount equal to (a) three percent (3%) of the principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances being prepaid if the prepayment is made on or before the first (1st) anniversary of the Third Amendment Closing Date, (b) two percent (2%) of the principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances being prepaid if the prepayment is made after the first (1st) anniversary of the Third Amendment Closing Date but before the second (2nd) anniversary of the Third Amendment Closing Date, and (c) one percent (1%) of the principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances being prepaid if the prepayment is made thereafter but prior to the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date.

Third Amendment Closing Date” is September 9, 2020.

(b) The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Applicable Number” is (a) thirty-three (33) if Borrower does not satisfy the Supplemental Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone, and (b) twenty-seven (27) if Borrower satisfies the Supplemental Interest-Only Period Extension Milestone.

Credit Extension” is any Growth Capital Advance, Supplemental Growth Capital Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, the Supplemental Final Payment, the Supplemental Prepayment Premium, if applicable, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or otherwise (other than the Warrant), including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

Warrant” is, individually and collectively, (i) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date, (ii) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of January 31, 2019, and (iii) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Third Amendment Closing Date (the “2020 Warrant”), each executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

63


10.14 Exhibit B (Compliance Statement). The Compliance Statement appearing as Exhibit B to the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Compliance Statement attached as Exhibit B attached hereto.

11. PPP Loan Consent. Subject to the terms of this Section 4 and the other provisions of this Agreement, Bank hereby (x) consents to the PPP Loan, (y) agrees that the indebtedness of Borrower incurred pursuant to the PPP Loan is deemed to be Permitted Indebtedness under the Loan Documents, and (z) agrees that the PPP Loan shall not, in and of itself, constitute a breach of Section 7.4 of the Loan Agreement; provided, that, in each case, the PPP Loan is repaid in full or forgiven in full no later than May 3, 2022. Further, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that an event of default under the PPP Loan shall constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Documents.

12. Cash with PPP Lender. Notwithstanding any depository or cash requirements to the contrary in the Loan Agreement, Bank consents to Borrower’s maintenance of cash in an account at PPP Lender or its affiliate, 1st Century Bank (the “PPP Cash Account”), on the conditions that (a) the balance therein shall not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) at any time, (b) Bank shall have received from the PPP Lender, on or prior to the Third Amendment Closing Date, duly executed signatures to a Control Agreement in favor of Bank with respect to the PPP Cash Account, and (c) the PPP Cash Account is closed no later than thirty (30) days after the date the PPP Loan is repaid in full or forgiven in full.

13. Limitation of Amendments.

13.1 The amendments and consents set forth in Sections 3 through 5 above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

13.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

14. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

14.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

64


14.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

14.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the date hereof remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

14.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

14.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

14.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

14.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

15. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

16. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

17. Post-Closing Requirement. Borrower shall deliver to Bank, no later than fourteen (14) days after the date hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee.

 

65


18. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and delivery to Bank of the 2020 Warrant by each party thereto, and (c) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment and any documents entered into in connection herewith including the 2020 Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

66


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
EARGO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christian Gormsen

  Christian Gormsen
  Chief Executive Officer
EARGO HEARING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christian Gormsen

  Christian Gormsen
  Chief Executive Officer
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Kristen Choi

  Kristen Choi
  Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                     
FROM:    EARGO, INC. and EARGO HEARING, INC.   

Under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                          with all required covenants except as noted below. Attached are the required documents evidencing such compliance, setting forth calculations prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Financial statements with

Compliance Statement (“CS”)

   Monthly within 30 days prior to IPO and Quarterly within 45 days after IPO (90 days after Q4)    Yes    No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CS    FYE within 180 days    Yes    No
Board-Approved Budget & Projections   

Within 60 days after FYE and as

amended/updated

   Yes    No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes    No
Other Statements to Security Holders and Holders of Subordinated Debt   

Within 5 days of delivery to Security

Holders and Holders of Subordinated Debt

   Yes    No

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Statement    Yes    No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the statements above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

B-1

EX-10.15

[***] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10).

Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

Exhibit 10.15

EARGO, INC.

MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

This Manufacturing Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Eargo, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 295 N. Bernardo Ave, Suite 100, Mountain View, CA 94043, United States, and all affiliates and wholly owned subsidiaries (“Eargo”) and PEGATRON CORPORATION, having its principal place of business at No. 76, Ligong Street, Beitou, Taipei, Taiwan, 112 (“Supplier”), effective as of the 21 day of August, 2018 (the “Effective Date”).

 

1.

Scope. This Agreement relates to goods that Supplier will develop, manufacture, sell and deliver to Eargo (as defined below) for use in connection with Eargo’s products (collectively, the “Goods”). The parties may enter into statements of work (each, a “Statement of Work” or “SOW”) in the future to address additional details related to specific Goods. Should there be any conflicts between the Agreement and SOW, the SOW will prevail.

 

2.

Forecast and End of Life Planning.

 

  2.1

Forecast. Eargo will periodically provide written forecasts indicating Eargo’s projected demand for each Good (each such forecast, a “Forecast”). Supplier will be deemed accepted each such Forecast upon receipt, if Supplier affirmatively accepts such Forecast within [***] from date of Forecast issue. Supplier will timely commence the manufacture of Goods in order to deliver the Goods by the dates indicated in each accepted purchase order. Should Eargo not purchase Products pursuant to Forecast, Eargo shall [***] support the manufacturing of Goods forecasted including but not limited to raw materials, finished Goods and work-in-progress Goods.

 

  2.2

End of Life Planning. Eargo will place Last Time Buy Purchase Order (“LTB PO”) for replacement Goods (“Service Units”). Both Parties will discuss in good faith regarding delivery schedule of LTB PO. Supplier agrees to maintain the ability to make additional Goods for a minimum of at least [***] subject to terms of LTB PO.

 

3.

Pricing.

 

  3.1

The per unit price of the Goods (the “Price”) equals BOM + Value Added, where:

 

  3.1.1

BOM” means the engineering bill of materials that Eargo approves for OEM project manufacturing Goods; and

 

  3.1.2

Value Added” means the per unit amount to be paid by Eargo to compensate Supplier [***].

 

  3.2

The Parties will agree on the BOM and Value Added in the applicable SOW or other written agreement.

 

Page 1 of 19


  3.3

To the extent permitted by law, the Price of the Goods that are provided by Supplier will not exceed the lowest cost or rate that Supplier offers to any other customer for the same Goods based on equivalent volume and other business terms

 

4.

Purchase Orders.

 

  4.1

Supplier will accept, and will timely fulfill all accepted Purchase Orders within the agreed upon Forecast that Eargo procures Goods under this Agreement issues by the delivery date requested in such Purchase Order. “Purchase Order” means a written or electronically transmitted instruction to Supplier to deliver particular Goods pursuant to applicable delivery or performance dates.

 

  4.2

Eargo may [***] any Purchase Order, or any portion thereof. Eargo agrees that the initial [***] quantities in the Forecast shall be deemed firmed Purchase Order.

 

  4.3

Unless mutually agreed in writing otherwise, all Purchase Orders will be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any applicable SOW.

 

  4.4

Supplier will invoice for Goods upon delivery. Payment terms are [***] from the date indicated on the bill of lading. All amounts payable will be stated and paid in United States Dollars.

 

  4.5

Eargo is not obligated to purchase any Goods except pursuant to an accepted Purchase Order it issues. Except for amounts due pursuant to a Purchase Order or SOW, Eargo will not be responsible for any costs in connection with the supply or purchase of any Goods.

 

  4.6

Notwithstanding the language as stated in Section 4.1, Supplier has the right to decline Purchase Orders if [***] is not provided, if necessary.

 

5.

Delivery. [***] as to the supply and delivery of Goods under this Agreement. If Supplier cannot meet the requirements of an accepted Purchase Order, Supplier must promptly notify Eargo and propose a revised delivery date, which the revised delivery date will not be less than [***] from the original delivery date (the “Grace Period”). If Supplier fails to meet the revised delivery date again, Eargo may, at its option, choose and exercise one of the following options: (i) require Supplier to deliver the Goods using priority freight delivery (with all incremental freight charges at Supplier’s expense); and (ii) seek and collect all other remedies provided at law, in equity and under this Agreement for failure to timely deliver Goods.

 

6.

Supply Constraint. If Supplier’s ability to manufacture and deliver any Goods in accordance with the then current Forecast is constrained for any reason, Supplier will promptly notify Eargo of the supply constraint and Supplier’s plan to resolve it, and will provide Eargo [***] updates regarding the steps taken to resolve the supply constraint. If the supply constraint is due to constrained resources (e.g., personnel, material, equipment, or third party components), Supplier will use its reasonable efforts to allocate the constrained resources to supply Goods to Eargo on a nondiscriminatory basis relative any other customer based on equivalent Goods, quantities and other business terms.

 

Page 2 of 19


7.

Acceptance. Goods delivered will be subject to Eargo’s inspection, test and rejection. Any Goods delivered (individual units or entire lots) that do not comply with the requirements of the applicable Specifications, Purchase Order or this Agreement, may be rejected. Payment of invoices will not be deemed acceptance of Goods. “Specifications” means the most current version of all specifications and requirements that Eargo provides in writing (which may include Eargo notifying Supplier that such specifications and/or requirements are available for electronic download along with providing necessary access and download instructions), including any documents referenced in any bill of materials, SOW, and any relevant specifications, drawings, samples or other descriptions that Supplier provides and Eargo approves in writing.

 

8.

Warranties.

 

  8.1

Supplier’s Warranty: Supplier represents and warrants that: (i) it has the right to enter into this Agreement and its performance of this Agreement will be free and clear of liens and encumbrances; (ii) entering into this Agreement will not cause Supplier to breach any other agreements to which it is a party; (iii) the Goods will be new and comprised of new materials when delivered; (iv) for a period of [***] from ex-factory (unless agreed otherwise in an SOW) the Goods will conform to all applicable Specifications, be free from any defects and be merchantable). Further, Eargo’s rights and remedies under this Agreement with respect to the Goods (including all warranties) remain in full force and effect even if Eargo sells, consigns or otherwise transfers the Goods to any of Eargo’s contract manufacturers, suppliers and other subcontractors.

 

  8.2

Warranty Exceptions: Supplier shall have no liability for any defects or infringement of the Goods that is caused in any way by (1) Supplier’s compliance with design(s), specification(s), customized features, software, trademark, or any other instruction, requirement and request given by Eargo to Supplier; or (2) the component(s), software or part(s) designated and/or provided by Eargo; or (3) any modification or combination or otherwise by reasons not attributable to Supplier; (4) any abuse, misuse, improper use, improper testing, negligence, accident alteration, tampering of faulty repair thereof not by Supplier; (5) Supplier supplied the Product to Eargo comply with any Standard. To avoid doubt, a Standard means any standard issued or published by any recognized standards development organization, consortium, special interest group, or like entity, for the purpose of widespread adoption; and (6) the essential third party intellectual property rights necessary in order to manufacture the Goods.

 

  8.3

Disclaimer: EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY OTHERWISE AGREED UPON, NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NONINFRINGEMENT ARE MADE WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS AND SPARE PARTS.

 

Page 3 of 19


  8.4

Eargo’s Warranty: Eargo hereby warrants to Supplier that, it will, [***] be responsible for all licenses, permits and authorizations required under this Agreement other than Supplier Obtained License. Eargo shall be solely responsible for procuring license(s) of any intellectual property right required in connection with the Goods and Service other than Supplier Obtained License, including but not limited to any standards issued or published by any recognized standards development organization, consortium, special interest group, or like entity, for the purpose of widespread adoption. [***] Furthermore, for certain license already obtained by Supplier for manufacturing the Goods (“Supplier Obtained License”), [***].

 

9.

Remedies for Defective Goods. If Supplier delivers Goods and during Warranty Period become Defective Goods, then Eargo may in its sole discretion select one or more of the following remedies: (i) have Supplier accept the return of such Defective Goods; (ii) have Supplier, repair or replace the Defective Goods or (iii) have Supplier provide a written issue or defect analysis report and a correction plan. “Defective Goods” means Goods that (a) fail to conform with or operate according to the warranties set forth in Section 8, or applicable Specifications; (b) fail to comply with any US law or regulation; or (c) create a risk of bodily injury or property damage; provided always that the defects or noncompliance are solely attributable to Supplier.

 

10.

Epidemic Failure.

 

  10.1

Definitions.

 

  10.1.1

Excessive Failure” means subject to Section 8.2 (Warranty Exceptions) of this Agreement and during the Warranty Period, failure rate of a Good delivered to Eargo except for assign part, and design problem from Eargo, equal to or more than [***] during [***] due to the same Single-Root-Cause.

 

  10.1.2

Excessive Failure Threshold” means [***] for a Single-Root-Cause Excessive Failure.

 

  10.1.3

Failure Rate” means the rate calculated using the following formula: Failure rate = A/B x 100% where: A = [***]; and B = [***].

 

  10.1.4

Epidemic Failure Period” means within the Warranty Period.

 

  10.1.5

Manufacturing Lot” means those Goods manufactured during a continuous time period not less than [***].

 

  10.1.6

Single-Root-Cause Excessive Failure” means an Excessive Failure due to a Single Cause.

 

Page 4 of 19


  10.1.7

Single-Root-Cause” means the same or substantially the same defect (e.g., related to the same component, material, design, manufacturing process, or test procedure).

 

  10.2

Remedies.

 

  10.2.1

After acceptance of Goods, and within the Warranty Period, if any Goods still in production later fail to conform to the warranty set forth herein, Eargo’s sole remedy will be to return the Goods to Supplier, and Supplier, will immediately replace the returned Goods for all such nonconforming Goods, provided that Eargo promptly notifies Supplier in writing upon Eargo’s discovery of the nonconformity, including a particularized explanation of all alleged deficiencies. Supplier will reimburse Eargo for all transportation-related charges paid by Eargo to return any nonconforming Goods, provided that Eargo will [***].

 

  10.2.2

After acceptance of Goods, and within the Warranty Period, if any Goods not still in production later fail to conform to the warranty set forth herein, Supplier will credit Eargo’s account for all such nonconforming Goods, provided that Eargo promptly notifies Supplier in writing upon Eargo’s discovery of the nonconformity, including a particularized explanation of all alleged deficiencies. Supplier will reimburse Eargo for all transportation-related charges paid by Eargo to return any nonconforming Goods, provided that Eargo will [***].

 

  10.2.3

If there is an Excessive Failure, Eargo will promptly notify Supplier upon discovery of the Excessive Failure. Supplier will: (a) give Eargo an initial response within [***] for Supplier’s containment and preliminary plan for diagnosing the problem; (b) exert all [***] efforts to diagnose the problem and plan a work-around or more permanent solution acceptable to Eargo; and (c) prepare a mutually agreeable recovery plan. If Eargo requests, Supplier will promptly replace or accept the return of (and credit Eargo for) affected Goods, in accordance with the procedures set out in this Agreement. If Supplier fails to fully perform an agreed upon recovery plan for [***], to the extent that such Excessive Failure is attributable to Supplier, Eargo may require Supplier to reimburse Eargo for all [***] and documented costs expenses actually incurred to respond to such Excessive Failure, including the expenses incurred to diagnose any defect, develop tests and remedies for any defects, perform testing, promptly respond to customer inquiries and complaints, promptly replace the Goods, and promptly transport the Goods, or Eargo’s Goods to and from Supplier, end users and Eargo’s other customers, using overnight or priority freight service if Eargo, at its sole discretion, deems it appropriate to do so to meet its customers’ needs. Provided that the aforementioned reimbursement amount and the approaches to remedy Excessive Failure shall be mutually agreed upon by both Parties in good faith. If an Epidemic Failure occurs and Supplier fails to remedy such Failure within [***], Eargo may terminate any and all applicable Purchase Order(s) for Goods with Epidemic Failure upon notice to Supplier, in whole or in part.

 

Page 5 of 19


11.

Modifications to Specifications. Whenever Eargo requests or agrees to a modification of the Specification for a Good, and on the condition that the cost to implement such Specification modification is agreed by Supplier, Supplier will immediately implement all such modifications and manufacture and timely deliver all such Goods pursuant to the applicable Purchase Order.

 

12.

Service and Support. Supplier will provide the service and support services set forth via a separate agreement.

 

13.

Limitation of Liability.

 

  13.1

Indirect Damages Waiver. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND EXCEPT FOR LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE.

 

  13.2

Direct Damages Cap. EACH PARTY’S MAXIMUM AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR DIRECT DAMAGES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED [***] UNDER THIS AGREEMENT [***], REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF PARTIES WERE INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF EARGO’S BREACH OF ITS PAYMENT OBLIGATION AND ANY REFUNDS, CREDITS, OR REIMBURSEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO EARGO’S PAYMENT OBLIGATION TO SUPPLIER SHALL BE EXCLUDED FROM THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 13.

 

14.

Logistics. When Eargo is the “Importer of Record,” Supplier will, at no charge, promptly forward to Eargo any documents Eargo may reasonably require to allow Eargo to clear the Goods through customs and/or obtain possession of the Goods at the port of entry. Supplier will use the freight carriers that Eargo selects or approves. Eargo is solely responsible for specifying any labeling of the Goods. Supplier may not print any of its own trade names, trademarks, or logos on the Goods without Eargo’s prior written consent. Supplier will package all Goods in accordance with applicable Specifications using the [***].

 

Page 6 of 19


15.

Terms of Sale. Supplier will deliver Goods [***], with title and risk of loss transferring from Supplier to Eargo at [***].

 

16.

Manufacturing Commitment. Supplier will use its reasonable efforts to timely start the manufacture of the Goods in order to fully and timely meet Eargo’s Forecasts confirmed by Supplier. For example, if Supplier is experiencing undesirable manufacturing yields during the initial ramp of a Good, Supplier will nevertheless continue use its reasonable efforts to manufacture the Goods to meet Eargo’s Forecast confirmed by Supplier.

 

17.

Right to Manufacture. Upon Supplier’s breach of any of its material obligations under this Agreement (or if Supplier cannot meet Eargo’s supply requirements herein) and failure to cure such breach within [***] of being notified, Supplier hereby grants and agrees to grant to Eargo a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable, royalty-bearing, worldwide license, under all of Supplier’s Intellectual Property Rights that are incorporated into Goods, to make, have made, use, have used, import, have imported, sell, offer to sell, copy, distribute, display, perform and otherwise use such Intellectual Property Rights in connection with procuring substitute goods and services for Eargo products incorporating the Goods. As reasonably necessary to assist Eargo in exercising its rights under this license, Supplier will promptly and fully provide any technical information necessarily required to manufacture the Goods (including, but not limited to, mask sets, net lists, and any other materials required to manufacture the Goods), training, and other assistance Eargo requests.

 

18.

Development. Supplier may be asked to develop new products and technology, including Goods. If Supplier so agrees to provide ODM project service, that all such development activities and any resulting technology or Intellectual Property Rights, will be discussed and governed by the respective SOW.

 

19.

Indemnification.

 

  19.1

Indemnification by Supplier: Supplier shall indemnify and hold harmless, and at Eargo’s request, defend or pay for the defense of Eargo, or its Personnel against any claims or allegations (collectively, the “Claim(s)”) that: (i) the Goods, or any portion thereof infringe any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret, or other proprietary right of a third party; (ii) the Goods caused injury or damages that is attributable to Supplier; or (iii) arise or are alleged to have arisen as a result of gross negligent and/or intentional acts or omissions of Supplier or Supplier Personnel or material breach by Supplier of the Agreement. Supplier’s indemnification obligation includes the obligation to hold Eargo, and Eargo Personnel harmless from and against any costs, damages and fees (including reasonable attorney and other professional fees) attributable to any such Claims. Eargo agrees that it will notify Supplier in writing of any Claims that are covered by this Section. If Eargo requests that Supplier defend such Claim and Supplier irrevocably confirms full indemnification for the Claim in writing and without exception, thereafter (1) Eargo will permit Supplier to control the whole defense of the Claim using counsel of

 

Page 7 of 19


  Supplier’s choice who is duly diligent; and (2) Eargo will not settle any such Claim without Supplier’s prior permission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eargo may, with Supplier’s written consent, control the defense and settlement of a Claim if there is a reasonable risk that Supplier will not be able to cover its full obligation for the Claim or if there is a significant risk of harm to Eargo from a request for an injunction. Supplier agrees to provide information and assistance reasonably necessary to enable Eargo to defend the Claim, and if Supplier defends at Eargo’s request, then Eargo will do the same. Supplier may not enter into any settlement that imposes any obligation on Eargo without Eargo’s prior written consent. Supplier will not publicize or permit any third party to publicize any settlement of such Claim without Eargo’s written permission. “Personnel means officers, directors, agents, and employees.

 

  19.2

Exceptions to Indemnification by Supplier: Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier shall not under this Section 19 or otherwise have any indemnity obligation with respect to any Claim to the extent caused in any way by: (1) Supplier’s compliance with design(s), specification(s), customized features, software, trademark, or any other instruction, requirement and request given by Eargo to Supplier; or (2) the component(s), software or part(s) designated and/or provided by Eargo; or (3) any modification or combination or otherwise by reasons not attributable to Supplier; (4) any abuse, misuse, improper use, improper testing, negligence, accident alteration, tampering of faulty repair thereof not by Supplier; (5) Supplier supplied the Product to Eargo comply with any Standard. To avoid doubt, a Standard means any standard issued or published by any recognized standards development organization, consortium, special interest group, or like entity, for the purpose of widespread adoption; and (6) the essential third party intellectual property rights necessary in order to manufacture the Goods.

 

  19.3

Indemnification by Eargo: Eargo shall indemnify and hold harmless, and at Supplier’s request, defend or pay for the defense of Supplier or its Personnel from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney and other professional fees) incurred by or relating to any Claims that is caused by: (1) Supplier’s compliance with design(s), specification(s), customized features, software, trademark, or any other instruction, requirement and request given by Eargo to Supplier; or (2) the component(s), software or part(s) designated and/or provided by Eargo; or (3) any modification or combination or otherwise by reasons attributable to Eargo; (4) any abuse, misuse, improper use, improper testing, gross negligence, accident alteration, tampering of faulty repair thereof attributable to Eargo; (5) Supplier supplied the Product to Eargo comply with any Standard. To avoid doubt, a Standard means any standard issued or published by any recognized standards development organization, consortium, special interest group, or like entity, for the purpose of widespread adoption; and (6) the essential third party intellectual property rights necessary in order to manufacture the Goods.

 

Page 8 of 19


20.

Duty to Correct. If a third party claims that any Goods infringe an Intellectual Property Right, Supplier will promptly notify Eargo in writing and keep Eargo informed of Supplier’s defenses and exercise the first one of the following remedies that is practicable: (i) obtain from such third party the right for Eargo to use, import and sell such Goods in Eargo products; or (ii) modify the Goods so they are non-infringing and in compliance with this Agreement; or (iii) replace the Goods with non-infringing versions that comply with the requirements of any Specifications and this Agreement; or (iv) if none of the above is reasonably possible, at Eargo’s request, accept the return of infringing Goods and refund any amounts Eargo paid. In any event, Supplier must make its [***] effort to exercise one of the foregoing remedies at a time and in a manner that will reasonably protect Eargo from harm that could result from an injunction.

 

21.

Resource Requirements. Unless agreed otherwise in an SOW, Supplier will, at its expense, purchase, install, test, maintain and operate all Equipment necessary to manufacture and deliver the development deliverables and the Goods. Supplier will also secure all materials (except for Eargo provided materials) in accordance with applicable Specifications necessary to timely manufacture and supply the development deliverables (pursuant to Attachment 2) and the Goods. Upon Eargo’s request, Supplier will purchase materials directly from Eargo, and, at Eargo’s request, will provide Eargo with (i) [***] reports by part number specifying demand for such materials for the immediately following [***] period; and (ii) [***] receipt logs of any such materials. Before placing orders for or purchasing any materials for use in Goods that are comprised of multiple components, Supplier will provide Eargo, for Eargo’s review and approval, a complete engineering bill of materials for such Goods, listing the supplier(s), part number(s), lead-time(s), and cost(s) of each material therein. “Equipment means fixtures, tooling, test equipment and any other equipment used in connection with the development, manufacturing, testing, packaging, delivery or servicing of the development deliverables or Goods.

 

22.

Term and Termination. This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and continue for three (3) years until terminated (the “Initial Term”), the Agreement will automatically renew for additional successive one-year period(s), unless either party provides the other with a thirty (30) days prior written notice of its intention not to renew the Agreement prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any one-year renewal period. Either Party may terminate this Agreement if one Party materially breach this Agreement and fails to cure the breach within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the other Party of the breach. Should such event occur, termination shall become effective at the end of said 30 days period.

 

  22.1

This Agreement may be terminated forthwith by either Party upon seven (7) days written notice in the event that the other Party:

 

  22.1.1

becomes insolvent;

 

  22.1.2

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  22.1.3

suffers or permits the appointment of a receiver or a manager for its business or assets;

 

Page 9 of 19


  22.1.4

avails itself or becomes subject to any proceeding under bankruptcy laws or any other statute or laws relating to the insolvency of protection of the right of creditors; or

 

  22.1.5

in the event control over it shall be transferred to others than those exercising control at the time of signing of this Agreement.

The provisions of Sections 8 through and including 23, Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

23.

Miscellaneous. The terms and conditions in Attachment 1 and Attachment 2 to this Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

24.

Force Majeure Event. A “Force Majeure Event” means and is limited to: (a) the occurrence of unforeseen circumstances beyond a party’s reasonable control and without such Party’s negligence or intentional misconduct, including, any act by any governmental authority, act of war, terrorism, natural disaster, boycott, embargo, or riot.

 

  24.1

Neither Party will be responsible for any failure to perform due to a Force Majeure Event. The Party encounters the Force Majeure Event will make its best effort to notify the other Party of the Force Majeure Event promptly, but not later than [***] after the date on which such Party knew or should reasonably have known of the commencement of the Force Majeure Event, specifying the nature and particulars thereof and the expected duration thereof; provided, however, that the failure of a Party to give notice of a Force Majeure Event will not prevent such Party from relying on this Section except to the extent that the other Party has been prejudiced thereby. The Party claiming a Force Majeure Event will use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of any such Force Majeure Event and to cooperate to develop and implement a plan of remedial and reasonable alternative measure to remove the Force Majeure Event; provided, however, that neither Party will be required under this provision to settle any strike or other labor dispute on terms it considers to be unfavorable to it. Upon the cessation of the Force Majeure Event, the Party affected thereby will immediately notify the other Party of such fact, and use its best efforts to resume normal performance of its obligations under this Agreement as soon as possible. Notwithstanding that a Force Majeure Event otherwise exists, the provisions of this Section will not excuse any obligation of either Party to pay amounts owed to the other Party, including the obligation to pay amounts due under a non-canceled, timely fulfilled Order as provided in this Agreement, or other payment or reimbursement obligations actually incurred, that arose before the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event causing the suspension of performance.

 

  24.2

In the event a party fails to perform any of its obligations for reasons defined for a cumulative period of [***] or more from the date of such party’s notification to the other party then the other party, at its option, may extend the corresponding delivery period for the length of the delay, or terminate this Agreement.

 

Page 10 of 19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the effective date shown above. Each of the persons signing this Agreement affirms that he or she is duly authorized to do so and thereby to bind the indicated entity. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Eargo     Supplier
By /s/ Kenneth P. Fay                                                              By /s/ SYH-JANG LIAO                                                         
Name Kenneth P Fay     Name SYH-JANG LIAO
Title V.P. Operations     Title President & CEO
Date 21 August 2018     Date 21 August 2018

 

Page 11 of 19


ATTACHMENT 1

General Terms and Conditions

 

1.

Confidentiality. All disclosures of Confidential Information arising out of or related to this Agreement will be governed by the terms of the parties’ existing Confidentiality Agreement, dated April 18, 2018.

 

2.

Press Releases and Publicity. Neither Eargo nor Supplier will issue press releases or other publicity regarding the Agreement or its subject matter without the prior written approval of the other.

 

3.

Compliance with Laws. Supplier agrees that it will fully comply with all applicable laws and regulations of the US and those countries in which Supplier operates in performing its obligations under the Agreement. Supplier agrees that it will not export, re-export, sell, resell or transfer any customer data or any export-controlled commodity, technical data or software (i) in violation of any law, regulation, order, policy or other limitation imposed by the United States (including the United States Export Administration regulations); or (ii) to any country for which an export license or other governmental approval is required at the time of export, without first obtaining all necessary licenses or equivalent.

 

4.

Anti-Corruption. Supplier has reviewed and understands Eargo’s policies with respect to ethical business conduct and agrees to fully comply with all such policies. Supplier will comply with the following laws and regulations enacted to combat bribery and corruption: the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act, the principles of the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials and any corresponding laws of all countries where business or services will be conducted or performed pursuant to the Agreement (collectively, the “Anti-Corruption Laws”). Supplier and, to the best of Supplier’s knowledge, its subsidiaries and affiliates, have conducted their businesses in compliance with the Anti-Corruption Laws. Supplier will not Knowingly, directly or indirectly pay, offer, promise, or give anything of value (including any amounts paid or credited by Eargo to Supplier) to any person or party, to influence any act or decision by such person or party for the purpose of obtaining, retaining, or directing business to Eargo. “Knowingly” means the actual knowledge or intention of Supplier’s executive officers or employees. Any amounts paid by Eargo to Supplier under the Agreement will be for services actually rendered, or Goods sold, by Supplier (as applicable). Supplier represents and warrants that all information provided to Eargo in connection with Eargo’s selection and approval of Supplier as an Eargo vendor, or at any other time during the term of the Agreement, is complete and accurate.

 

5.

Right to Offset. Eargo may set-off or recoup any liability, debt, credit or other obligation of Supplier so long as such offset is done directly and exclusively between an independent Eargo entity (i.e., Eargo, Inc.) and Supplier, provided that Eargo shall notify Supplier in advance and both Parties will discuss such set-off in good faith.

 

6.

Insurance. Supplier will comply with the requirements specified in Attachment 3 hereto.

 

Page 12 of 19


7.

Relationship of Parties. Nothing in the Agreement creates a joint venture, partnership, franchise, employment or agency relationship or fiduciary duty of any kind. Neither party will have the power, and will not hold itself out as having the power, to act for or in the name of or to bind the other party. Except as expressly provided, the Agreement is not for the benefit of any third parties.

 

8.

Assignment. This Agreement is personal to both Parties, and neither Party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer this Agreement, any SOW, any Purchase Order, and/or any right or obligation thereunder, without the prior written consent of the other party, except in the case of a change of control, such as a change in ownership, or a merger, acquisition, sale or transfer of all, or substantially all or any part of, each Party’s business or assets, or otherwise, voluntarily, by operation of law, reverse triangular merger or otherwise. Any purported or attempted assignment, delegation, subcontracting or other transfer, in whole or in part, except for as mentioned above (change of control) without such consent will be null and void and will constitute a breach of this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors, assigns, representatives, and administrators of the Parties.

 

9.

No Waiver. No delay or failure to act in the event of a breach of the Agreement will be deemed a waiver of that or any subsequent breach of any provision of the Agreement. Any remedies at law or equity not specifically disclaimed or modified by the Agreement remain available to both Parties.

 

10.

Audits/Inspections/Record Retention. During the Term and to support regulatory requirements, Eargo or its representatives may inspect Supplier facilities and audit Supplier’s factory records to verify that Supplier has complied with its obligations under this Agreement. Supplier will provide Eargo or its representatives any information and documentation that is reasonably requested in connection with such audit or inspection. Supplier will maintain all records related to the Goods during the Term and as required to support regulatory requirements. Supplier will bear all reasonable costs of the audit and inspection if the audit or inspection reveals any breach of Supplier’s obligations under the Agreement. Supplier must track the date Goods are produced and make such information available to Eargo upon Eargo’s request during the term of this Agreement.

 

11.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction. The Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties will be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within California between California residents, without regard to conflicts of law principles. The parties expressly agree that the provisions of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not apply to the Agreement or to their relationship. The parties hereby submit to the sole and exclusive personal jurisdiction of and agree that any dispute and cause of action with respect to or arising under this Agreement shall be brought in the court of the County of Santa Clara, CA, USA.

 

Page 13 of 19


12.

Equitable Relief. Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 11 above, either party may seek equitable relief in order to protect its rights, and to cause the other party to perform its obligations, hereunder at any time and in any court having jurisdiction over the parties hereto and/or the subject matter hereof. Without limitation of the foregoing, the confidentiality provisions of the Agreement will be enforceable under the provisions of the California Uniform Trade Secrets Act, California Civil Code Section 3426, as amended.

 

13.

No Knock-Off Products. In consideration of Eargo’s purchase of Goods under this Agreement and during the Term of this Agreement, without Eargo’s prior consent, Supplier will not sell or assist any third party to develop, manufacture or sell a Knock-Off Product. “Knock-Off Product” means any product that is the same or identical to the Goods that is defined in each respective SOW.

 

14.

Reports. Supplier will, at Supplier’s expense, provide reports reasonably requested by Eargo, including reports regarding the development deliverables, Goods, Purchase Orders, and Defective Goods.

 

15.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder will be in writing, and will be given to the appropriate party at the address first set forth above, or at such other address as the party may hereafter specify in writing. Any notices to Eargo will be sent to the attention of Eargo’s Legal Department. Such notice will be deemed given: upon personal delivery to the appropriate address; or three (3) business days after the date of mailing if sent by certified or registered mail; or one (1) business day after the date of deposit with a commercial courier service offering next business day service with confirmation of delivery.

 

16.

Construction. The section headings in the Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting the Agreement. References to sections, schedules, SOWs, and Purchase Orders are references to sections of, and SOWs, schedules and Purchase Orders to, the Agreement, and the word “herein” and words of similar meaning refer to the Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular section or provision. The word “party” means a party to the Agreement and the phrase “third party” means any person, partnership, corporation or other entity not a party to the Agreement. The words “will” and “shall” are used in a mandatory, not a permissive, sense, and the word “including” is intended to be exemplary, not exhaustive, and will be deemed followed by “without limitation.” Any requirement to obtain a party’s consent is a requirement to obtain such consent in each instance.

 

17.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of the Agreement unlawful or unenforceable, that provision will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible so as to effect the intent of the parties, and the remainder of the Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

18.

Related Documents; Precedence. The terms and conditions of any SOW, Purchase Order, and the terms and conditions of any schedules, exhibits, attachments and other documents referenced herein or therein are incorporated into the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict in the documents which constitute this Agreement, the order of precedence will be (i) the quantity, price, payment and delivery terms of the applicable Purchase Order; (ii) the applicable SOW; (iii) this Agreement; and (iv) any other schedules, exhibits, attachments and other documents referenced and incorporated herein and therein.

 

Page 14 of 19


19.

Complete Agreement. The parties agree that the Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive agreement between them superseding all contemporaneous and prior agreements (written and oral) and all other communications between them relating to its subject matter, excluding the confidentiality agreement referenced herein. Except as expressly provided herein, the Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written amendment specifically referencing the Agreement, signed by authorized signatories of both parties.

 

Page 15 of 19


ATTACHMENT 2

Development Terms

 

1.

Scope and Standards of Work.

 

  1.1

During the term of the Agreement, any services Supplier conducts in connection with the development of new products or other technology, including Goods, will be “Development Services” for the purpose of this Attachment 2. The parties may describe the Development Services in a Statement of Work. Eargo has no obligation to purchase or pay for any Development Services or related deliverables except as set forth will be addressed in an each corresponding SOW.

 

  1.2

Supplier agrees to notify Eargo promptly if, to the best of Supplier’s knowledge, Supplier knows or has reason to believe that the Statement of Work or any instructions from Eargo would, if followed by Supplier, violate any applicable law of US or infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party or be inconsistent with the applicable standards of US.

 

  1.3

The provision of deliverables and Services in their tangible form have no intrinsic value. As such, no value added, sales, or use taxes have been assessed or are anticipated to be required as a result of the Services provided under this Agreement.

 

2.

Eargo Project Materials. Eargo may provide items and materials, as specified in an SOW (the “Project Materials”). Supplier agrees that all such Project Materials will be and remain the sole and exclusive property of Eargo. If Eargo provides Project Materials, Supplier will only use them for the purpose described in the Statement of Work and will not be transferred to any third party without first obtaining written authorization from Eargo in each instance. Upon completion of the Development Services, any unused Project Materials will be, at [***] sole expense, returned to Eargo or destroyed at the sole discretion of Eargo.

 

3.

Communication, Visits, Results, and Reports.

 

  3.1

All results, reports, findings, conclusions, work papers, notebooks, electronic records, samples, prototypes, deliverables, and any other information or materials in any form or format arising out of performance of the Development Services by or for Supplier except Supplier Background Technology (defined below) (the “Project Work Product”) will become part of the Confidential Information to be protected under the Agreement. “Supplier Background Technology” means Supplier’s inventions, data, improvements, discoveries, ideas, processes, methodologies, formulas, techniques, works of authorship, trade secrets and know-how, whether patentable or not, conceived, reduced to practice, authored, or otherwise created or developed by or for Supplier either (i) prior to the date of the Agreement or (ii) subsequent to the date of the Agreement if conceived, reduced to practice, authored, or otherwise created or developed by Supplier separately and independently of its provision of any Development Services and any Eargo Confidential Information or Project Materials, and all Intellectual Property Rights therein or thereto. Supplier Background Technology is and will be owned by Supplier and is not being transferred or assigned to Eargo under the Agreement.

 

Page 16 of 19


  3.2

Upon receipt of any deliverable hereunder, Eargo will either accept the deliverable, or if in Eargo’s sole discretion, the deliverable does not comply with the Specifications, including the project schedule, reject the deliverable. If Eargo requests, Supplier will assist Eargo with testing all deliverables without charge. Upon rejection of a deliverable, Supplier will promptly correct any failure to comply with the Specifications and re-deliver the deliverable to Eargo as soon as is practicable, or such other time period agreed upon by Eargo in writing.

 

  3.3

Supplier will not destroy or dispose of any Project Work Product without Eargo’s prior written authorization in each instance. Supplier will, [***], promptly deliver any and all Project Work Product and any work-in-process to Eargo.

 

  3.4

Supplier will provide Eargo with a written [***] report summarizing the progress of the Development Services and any new Project Work Product developed since the last written report. In addition, Supplier will prepare and provide one or more draft and final report(s) at the intervals, and upon completion of the Development Services, as more fully described in the Statement of Work. All reports will be formatted and delivered to Eargo in accordance with Eargo’s instructions.

 

  3.5

Eargo will be solely responsible, at its discretion in accordance with applicable law, for any reporting to appropriate government agencies any Project Work Product generated during performance of the Development Services.

 

  3.6

Supplier will permit Eargo’s representatives to access all relevant Supplier facilities with reasonable frequency to perform quality assurance audits [***], observe progress of the Development Services, discuss the Development Services with relevant Supplier personnel, and inspect records and data relevant to the Development Services.

 

4.

Intellectual Property.

 

  4.1

No right or license to Eargo’s Intellectual Property Rights is granted or implied as a result of the Agreement or the Development Services, except that Eargo hereby grants to Supplier a limited, non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license to use Eargo’s Intellectual Property Rights solely to the extent necessary to perform Development Services and other obligations under the Agreement. The transfer or license of Project Materials or Supplier Background Technology provided herein does not constitute a public disclosure. “Intellectual Property Rights” means the rights in and to all (i) U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications claiming any inventions or discoveries made, developed, conceived, or reduced to practice, including all divisions, substitutions, continuations, continuation-in-part applications, and reissues, re-examinations and extensions thereof; (ii) copyrights; (iii) unpatented information, trade secrets, data, or materials; (iv) mask work rights; and (v) any other intellectual or other proprietary rights of any kind now known or hereafter recognized in any jurisdiction.

 

Page 17 of 19


  4.2

Unless otherwise mutually agreed in a SOW, the ownership of all right, title and interest in all Project Work Product, and all Intellectual Property Rights therein or thereto, will be subject to the following: (1) all Project Work Product will be owned by Supplier if the project is Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) based, and in such circumstance, Supplier agrees to grant Eargo a non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide license to use said Project Work Product solely to offer for sale, sell or distribute the Goods manufactured by Supplier for Eargo to the extent the Goods incorporates with any Project Work Product; (2) all Project Work Product will be owned by Eargo and Supplier jointly if the project is (“JDM”) based, and in such circumstance and for the portion of Project Work Product developed by Supplier, Supplier agrees to grant Eargo a non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide license to use said Project Work Product solely to offer for sale, sell or distribute the Goods manufactured by Supplier for Eargo to the extent the Goods incorporates with any Project Work Product; (3) all Project Work Product will be owned by Eargo if the project is Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) based, provided that Supplier Background Technology shall be excluded. “ODM” means Original Design Manufacturer which is a company that designs and manufactures a product that is specified and branded by another firm for sale. “JDM” means Joint Design Manufacturer which is a company that designs and manufactures a product in collaboration with another firm (i.e., jointly). “OEM” means Original Equipment Manufacturer which is a company that manufactures a product which is designed, specified, and branded by another firm for sale.

 

  4.3

If any Intellectual Property Rights that are owned, controlled or licensable by Supplier apply to any of Eargo’s use or exploitation of the Goods and/or the Project Work Product, Supplier hereby grants to Eargo a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license under such Intellectual Property Rights to use, have used, sell, have sold, offer for sale, import, have imported.

 

  4.4

Supplier will not engage in, nor will it authorize others to engage in, reverse engineering, disassembly or decompilation of any Eargo technology (including Project Materials) except as required to perform its obligations under the Agreement. Supplier will not use any Eargo technology provided or developed under this Agreement for the purpose of: (i) filing patent applications; (ii) modifying its pending patent applications or the claims of patents in any post-grant proceedings; or (iii) mapping or reviewing software, hardware, and/or confidential information against patents, patent applications, claim charts or other like material.

 

  4.5

Supplier will not use any Eargo trademarks for any purpose except to comply with its obligations under this Agreement. The goodwill derived from Supplier’s use of any Eargo trademarks inures exclusively to the benefit of and belongs to Eargo. Supplier acknowledges Eargo’s ownership of the Eargo trademarks and agrees not do anything inconsistent with Eargo’s ownership of the Eargo trademarks, such as filing any trademark application for an identical or substantially similar mark anywhere in the world.

 

Page 18 of 19


ATTACHMENT 3

Insurance

[***]

 

[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]

 

Page 19 of 19

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Eargo, Inc.

 

Legal Name of Subsidiary    Jurisdiction of
Organization

Eargo Hearing, Inc.

   California
EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 6, 2020 relating to the financial statements of Eargo, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

September 25, 2020

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

November 8, 2019

Shiv Singh, Chief Marketing Officer

Eargo, Inc.

1600 Technology Drive, 6th Floor

San Jose, CA 95110

Subject: Consent of Northstar Research Partners

NORTHSTAR Research Partners (USA) LLC (“Northstar”) prepared a market survey dated September 2019 for Eargo, Inc. Northstar consents to the use of data from such survey in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related prospectus of Eargo, Inc. and to the reference in the prospectus to Northstar’s name in connection therewith.

Dated: November 8, 2019

NORTHSTAR Research Partners (USA) LLC

 

By:   LOGO

Name: Vanessa Dziura

Title:    Managing Director, USA

 

1